Los Angeles Webster Commission records, 1931-1992

West Bureau, Wilshire Area, Standing plans and Mobilization rosters, 1992-04-19/1992-05-16

(USC DC Other)

West Bureau, Wilshire Area, Standing plans and Mobilization rosters, 1992-04-19/1992-05-16

PDF

Download a page range

Download transcript

Copy asset link

Request this asset

Transcript (if available)

Content LOS ANGELES POLICE DEPARTMENT DEPLOYMENT PERIOD #5 (APRIL 19 THRU MAY 16, 1992) WILSHIRE AREA PERSONNEL ROSTER LA-ROBINSON A R 0 .JEN DERSON . IDERSON .NDERT ANDREWS ARMAS AROCHO-WITMAN AUSTIN AYALA BARBER BARNHART BATESOLE BEAMAN BELL BENSON BERG BERTRAND .ISER buANKENSHIP BOATWRIGHT BOLAN BONILLA BOWE BOYD BOYKIN BOYKINS BRIGNONI BROSE BROWN BROX CAMPODONICO CARRANZA CARTER CARTY CASTILLO * BUS DRIVER FIRST NAME LITA ROBERT JOHN ARNOLD KATHY PHILLIP JEFFREY JEFFREY CAROL RICHARD DANIEL CLIFF EZANURY JEANNE JOHN BERNARD THOf1AS RONALD PENNY LAMAR LONNIE LISA JEFFREY KURT RICHARD BENNIE -FRANCIS ANGEL JACQUELINE MAXINE DOMINIC STEVEN MARIA MATT FELICIA MICHAEL DINO ARMAND ELVIN BARBARA PAMELA # COMMAND POST PERSONNEL RANK SGT 1 P-2 R/0 P-3 SGT 1 SGT 1 P-2 P-3"' CUST P-3 D-3 P-3 P-2 PCP 3 P~3 P-3 P-3 SGT 1 P-3 P-3 P-2 P-3 LT 1 P-2 P-2 P-2 D-2 P-1 S/0 CT P-2 P-2 P-3 P-2 P-3 P-3 P-2 P-2 GAR AT P-2 CT SERIAL# ASSIGNMENT A/B SHIFT 22679 25626 R0079 23595 24096 20825 27359 25025 L8697 25461 16397 21505 27267 L8997 14612 24704 22980 14356 26018 23191 27366 24682 17361 27841 . 23971 24241 15103 30172 E9697 E8015 26282 27272 25558 26536 24968 23333 26541 30030 B8342 25945 E8262 VAC sco LINE/RES VICE AREA ADJ PATROL PATROL VICE AREA PATROL DETECTIVE PATROL PAT/CRU RECORDS BAIL AUDIT DETECTIVE DETECTIVE CRO/OIC DET_ ECTIVE PATROL PATROL VAC W/C PATROL PATROL LN/DET DETECTIVE PATROL JAIL VICE/AREA PATROL PATROL PATROL LN/GRATS DETECTIVE DETECTIVE LN/GRATS PATROL GARAGE PATROL RECORDS B A B B A B A B B B A B B A A A A A A A A A B A B A A A A A A A A B A A B B A . B B PM ;tt DAY PM PM DAY AM DAY PM@+ · PM PM DAY AM PM DAY DAY DAY DAY DAY .lf.' DAY DAY DAY DAY AM DAY AM DAY DAY DAY DAY DAY DAY -\ DAY DAY e PM DAY+ DAY PM + AM DAY AM PM @ DRUG RECOGNITION EXPERT + NARCOTICS EXPERT uc, u .J. •au • .w .l,,.. ....... ... ........ , , i lJ. t "-, ._, i...J J. ... ,L ~.L..-J Ir i.l.t-JV~VJ.14•J.....l.&.1.J.. "- I I ,._, ....., .......... .J.. "--------------- ------------ ------ -------- ---------- ----- ~ATE~INO YOLANDA P-Z 25697 LN OWB A DAY CATO RONNIE P3+1 23265 PATROL/SLO A DAY ·GELENTANO JOHNATHAN P-2 26197 PATROL B PM CERVANTES JOHNNY . P-2 27374 PATROL B PM CHAVEZ GEOFFREY P-2 27031 PATROL A DAY ,... .. ,.~VEZ JOSE P-2 27375 VAC B PM jATHAM ROGER SGT 1 22031 PATROL B AM CHO HEEBAE P-2 25623 KTFB A DAY + CLARK DAVID P-1 30032 PATROL A DAY CLARK CRAIG CUST G9176 AREA A DAY COLEMAN EUGENE P-3 · 24109 PATROL B PM COLLINS MARCELLA P-2 21655 SICK A DAY COLLINS NOEL S/0 E8725 JAIL B AM COOPER CAROL P-2 25950 PATROL B AM COULTER PAUL D-1 21892 DETECTIVE A DAY+ CRAWFORD KENNETH P-3• 23536 PATROL A DAY CRAWFORD ALFRED P-2 27380 PATROL A DAY CRINER HURLEY P-3 25951 PATROL B PM CRYER MICHAEL P-2 25405 PATROL B AM CUMMINGS JOHN SGT 1 16179 VAC B PM CURTISS CARTEZ P3+1 23609 PATROL/SLO A DAY DACUS TIMOTHY P-2 30035 PATROL A DAY DAVIE HAROLD R/0 R1782 TECH/RES A DAY DAVIS JULIUS CAPT 3 13355 AREA A DAY~ DAY MARK P-3 25541 VICE B PM DEBELLIS A.J ~ P-2 27285 PATROL B AM DELGADO ALFREDO P-2 26030 J-CAR A DAY DIAZ LYDIA D-2 23691 DETECTIVE A DAY DIAZ STEPHEN P-2 27197 VAC B PM DIGGS-EDWARDS DELORES P-3 24187 PATROL A DAY DIMAURO VINCENT LT 1 20197 W/C B PM TATON! MICHAEL P-2 27977 PATROL B AM u.t\AKE SYNORVE P-2 23541 AREA A DAY DUKE BAXTER R/0 R0876 TECH/RES B AM DUMMAR TONYA P-2 30041 PATROL B PM DURAN ARTHUR P3+1 22424 PATROL/SLO A DAY EDGELL KLAUS P-1 30223 PATROL A DAY EGAN STEVEN P-2 26860 !OD B PM ELLIOTT RICHARD D-2 15762 DETECTIVE A DAY EPPENGER GARY P-2 25955 LN/TARP A DAY ERVIN MARLISE P-1 27979 PATROL A DAY ESCOTO DAVID D-2 23344 DETECTIVE A DAY EVANS CAROL P-2 27980 PATROL B PM FELICIANO FRANCISCO P-2 27293 PATROL B PM FELIX ROBERT D-2 13999 DETECTIVE A DAY FERRY WILLIAM D-2 13091 DETECTIVE A DAY FIERRO WILLIAM LT 1 22033 VAC A DAY=#= FLETCHER KIMBERLEIG P-2 24114 PAT/CRU B PM FRIERSON DIANNE SR/CLK E8222 AREA A DAY * BUS DRIVER @ DRUG RECOGNITION EXPERT # COMMAND POST PERSONNEL + NARCOTICS EXPERT .LJO.J..L c,r -uu_, '- 4 "- • ,..) .J.. A.1L \ J. .4.L..J L , r l.1. � L'... ~ • Jt-J4. •. -L, •.W It l li,,..,JU .J.. u .. o. •J.-ji..L f...ir.. ·•1 !....,J U.L..&. ~ .._ .J.. . ---------------- ----------- . ------ -------- ---------- ----- FULLMAN RICHARD S/0 G9134 VAC B AM 'FUTAMI RAYMOND D-3 21362 DETECTIVE A DAY ~ GAGE LAWANDA P-2 24118 LN/CRO A DAY CAMBLE MELVIN P-2 27419 PATROL B AM GARCIA . RANDY · SGT 1 22440 VAC A DAY r""RCIA ERIC P-2 27390 PATROL B AM JZA JOSE P-2 27203 PAT/CRU B PM GEORGE SHEON CT G8870 RECORDS A DAY GINTHER ROBERT P-2 27206 LN/DET A DAY GLENN JAY P-2 26645 PATROL B PM GOLGERT JOHN D-3 16189 DETECTIVE A DAY GONZALEZ FELIPE P-2 27497 PATROL . B AM GRAHAM NINA SR/CLK B8151 DET AUTOS A DAY GRANT VELVER SR/CLK B9687 RECORDS B PM GRAYSON JEFFERIA P-3 24591 PATROL A DAY GREEN ALFONZIE P-2"' 23550 REL/DUTY A DAY GREEN RESHELDA CT C8502 RECORDS B AM GREENE KENNETH P-2 26127 DET/ALPO A DAY GREER CORNELL P-3 22038 PATROL B AM GRIFFEN FRANK P-2 23284 PATROL A DAY GRIFFIN CLINTON P-2 23016 PATROL A DAY GUEVARA AMAURY P-2 27929 PATROL A DAY GUIDRY STAURT P-2 27210 PATROL A DAY GUTIERREZ JUAN P-2 26304 PATROL B PM HALLOCK ANDREW P-2 26650 CAD A DAY HAN SANG D-1 25554 DETECTIVE A DAY HARRELL RON P-2 26214 PATROL A DAY HARRIS JOHN P-3 22834 PAT/CRU B PM + HARVEY VONDA CT G8580 RECORDS B AM HAWES · MICHELE CT E8304 RECORDS A DAY HENRY RICHARD P-3 23355 PATROL A DAY ;KS SHARON S/0 E9027 VAC B PM hvLLOWELL WALTER R/0 R1336 LINE/RES A DAY HOLMSTROM GINA P-2 27397 LN/NG A DAY HONG TAE P-1 30232 PATROL B AM HOOSHMAND HAMID P-3 25096 DETECTIVE A DAY* -t- HOWELL ALONZO P-2 25415 PATROL B PM HOYTE GREGORY P-3 25322 VICE B PM HUFF MICHAEL P-2 · 27216 · PAT/CRU B PM HYDE ROBERT D-2 16896 DETECTIVE A DAY IVEY JESSE P-3 20486 PATROL B PM JACKSON . MICHAEL SGT 2 12758 VICE A DAY-#" JACKSON REGINALD D-1 22462 DETECTIVE A DAY JACKSON LEON P-3 24869 PATROL B AM JETT TONY P3+1 16432 PATROL/SLO A DAY JONES L J D-3 13391 DETECTIVE A DAY JONES RONALD P-2 25417 PATROL B PM JONES JOE P-2 26656 PATROL A DAY JONES LAWRENCE P-2 27404 ADJ/AIDE A DAY * BUS DRIVER @ DRUG RECOGNITION EXPERT # COMMAND POST PERSONNEL + NARCOTICS EXPERT WA. ~ ._., .J.. _., 1• u, _._ .......... ..._ ...... . .. , .. ... ·~ ---~ ... ••""'- 11 ··--·- ... ,.1. ... .-.J.._,_ • ·1 ~ - ...... 4-. .4.. --------------- ------------ ------ -------- ---------- ----- J ONES PERRY P-2 27507 PATROL B PM 'JONES KENNETH R/0 Rl906 LINE/RES A DAY : JONES SANDRA R/0 Rl907 TECH/RES A DAY KOLB STEVE D-1 21030 DETECTIVE A DAY KELLIHER DUANE SGT 1 21268 LN/OWB A DAY V~LLY DARIUS S/0 G9148 JAIL A DAY RCHENSKE LEO SGT 1 24341 PATROL B PM KIM PAUL LT 1 22041 DET ACO A DAY KIM HO P-3 24986 LN/KTF A DAY KIM TAE P-2 26479 LN/KTF A DAY KIM TIMOTHY P-2 27785 PATROL B PM KIM HONG P-2 30053 PATROL B AM KIM ALEXANDER P-1 30174 PATROL B PM KISHIYAMA GREGG MECH B9716 GARAGE A DAY KNIGHT LEONARD SGT 2 23536 VICE B PM KNIGHT NANCY R/O R0742 TECH/RES B PM KOVEN LOUIS D-1 20636 LN/KTF A DAY KRAMER HAROLD R/0 Rl447 DETECTIVE A DAY KREEFFT PAOLA P-2 26141 PAT/ADJ A DAY KRUSE CATRIONA P-2 27406 LN/VICE B PM KURTH ROBERT CAPT 1 14469 PATROL CO A DAY# KUSHNER JOSEPH R/0 Rl380 TECH/RES B PM KWON BYONG P-3 25233 LN/KTF A DAY LADD VICTOR S/0 E8830 JAIL B PM LAMBERT JOHN P-2 27233 VAC B PM LAUER NANCY P3+1 24927 PAT/SLO A DAY LAYTON SAM SGT 1 16356 PATROL A DAY LEE HENDON SR MEC L9208 GARAGE A DAY LEE STEVE R/0 Rl911 TECH/RES A DAY LEMELLE DOUG D-1 20137 DETECTIVE A DAY LENNON EVERETT P-2 27514 VAC B PM 1Y RICHARD P-2 25725 PAT/CRU B PM+ Lu:.WIS DARYL P-3 23501 PATROL B AM LEWIS PORTIA CT C8027 LW A DAY LO GARY R/0 R1981 -LINE/RES A DAY LONG ELEEN P-2 27317 PATROL A DAY LONG ROBERT P-2 27410 PATROL B AM LOPEZ PROTO P-2 16211 DETECTIVE A DAY LOPEZ MIGUEL P-2 25423 PATROL B PM + LOPEZ ALBERT GAR AT L8345 GARAGE A DAY LOWE KEVIN P-2 27614 PATROL A DAY LUGO EMILIA P-1 30108 PATROL B PM LUKE WILFRED P-2 27411 PATROL B AM MAGDALENO ANTHONY P-2 25567 KTFB A DAY MANJRA MUNIR P-2 26975 PATROL B PM MANN WALTER R/0 R0724 TECH/RES A DAY MARINO RONALD D-2 12347 DETECTIVE A DAY MARKLOFF JAMES SGT 1 21867 PATROL A DAY MARTIN DANIEL P-3 22133 V'AC A DAY * BUS DRIVER @ DRUG RECOGNITION EXPERT # COMMAND POST PERSONNEL + NARCOTICS EXPERT Wr\u .L L 4,CU U . .J .) .J. J.•~ · 14 ·;i.... .1. , .(1,.1.~L'\. i.J.La J.C\J..J 1-r nu..:, .Lu.Lu ·1.c. .1.-. J. /1./ D .:>ill. .c ..L --------------- ----· ------- ------ -------- ---------- ----- MARTINELLI nt<: P-2 26976 PAT/CRU B PM MART.INEZ D-A)fIEL P-2 25651 !OD A DAY ,.' MARZULLO ~LAS D-3 11147 DETECTIVE A DAY MATSUDA MECH M9499 GARAGE A DAY MAURO MARIA P-2 26584 _ LN/VICE A DAY JVf"XWELL DARYL P-3 23715 DETECTIVE A DAY 3RIDE TERRY SGT 1 22484 PATROL B AM MCCARLEY JOHN . D-2 20731 DETECTIVE A DAY MCCRANEY AARON P-1 30183 PATROL B PM MCHENRY THEADORE P-2 23298 PATROL B AM MCKINNEY JANET P-2 27422 VAC A DAY MEAGHER TRACEY P-2 27797 PATROL A DAY MENA JOSEPH P-2 26981 VAC A DAY MENZA MIKE SGT 1 24347 PATROL B PM MILLER PAUL P-2 26672 PATROL B PM MINNIGERODE HOWARD P-3" 16291 ANALY A DAY MITCHELL RHONDA P-2 25559 CRO A DAY MONTGOMERY PAUL D-2 13127 DETECTIVE A DAY MONTGOMERY GREG SGT 1 23372 PATROL A DAY MORENO SERGIO P-2 25955 PATROL A DAY MOUNGER FRANCINE D-1 23646 DET.ECTIVE A DAY MULRENIN DANIEL SGT 1 22780 PATROL B PM @.+ NADEL KEITH P-2 26493 PATROL A DAY NANSON GARY SGT 2 21631 AWC A DAY NATALE STEVE SGT 1 21539 PATROL B PM NEWMAN CHA~LES P3+1 24351 VAC A DAY NICHOLS COLLEEN P-2 27802 PATROL B PM NISHINAKA ERNIE R/0 R0821 SPEC/RES A DAY NOONAN TRUDIBETH P-2 25959 VAC B · PM OBRIEN MICHAEL P-2 27429 PAT/CRU B AM OBRIEN TERENCE R/0 R1346 LINE/RES B PM ~OA ORLANDO S/0 G8741 JAIL B PM G.vvH DANIEL .P-2 26154 PATROL B PM ODONNELL DEREK P-3 26243 VAC B PM OLIVIER PATRICK P-2 27430 VAC B PM ORTEGA LEON P-2 22284 J-CAR A DAY+ ORTIZ EDWARD D-2 15954 DETECTIVE A DAY OZAKI MICHAEL P-2 25147 PATROL A DAY PACKMAN BARNEY R/0 Rl440 SPEC/RES A DAY PANTHEN KIMBERLEY P-3 25004 PATROL B AM +- PAPWORTH BRETT SGT 1 15539 PATROL A DAY PARKER YVONNE P-3 24290 DETECTIVE A DAY@+ PARKS MICHELLE CLK/TY G9060 RECORDS B PM PASOS ALFRED P-2 25501 PATROL B PM PATE MALCOLM P-2 25435 PATROL A DAY PAYNE EDGAR SGT 1 16065 SLO/OIC A DAY PEREZ REYNALDO P-2 25439 PATROL A DAY PEREZ RICHARD P-2 27881 LN/GRATS B AM PERRY EVA P-2. 26683 PATROL B PM * BUS DRIVER @ DRUG RECOGNITION EXPERT # COMMAND POST. PERSONNEL + NARCOTICS EXPERT l...Jl ,._, .J.. .1. H \.1. !.i...J "- ..L ... -- ~ ..L J.. · " \ i J..L..J .1.\.l \ .1. U'. u ,1...,;.,.J..l\J..J IT ( \ .J.J .J.. VLH 'J.L:,.i.1.J.. Cl/ i...J .J.LlJ. C J. --------------- ------------ ------ -------- ---------- ----- I?ESSIS 1!:ll'MAN R/0 R0867 SPEC/RES A DAY . . PESSIS BARRY R/0 R0976 SPEC/RES A DAY ·· PHAN ROBERT P-2 26685 PATROL B AM .PHILLIPS ROCKY P-2 24214 PATROL B AM PHILLIPS WILLIE CUST E9625 AREA A DAY PTERCE CARSON P-3 15473 VAC A DAY . '1ES CHRISTINE P-3 25947 PATROL B AM + PLACENCIA ARTHUR P-3 13742 DETECTIVE A DAY POGUE ERIC P-3 25991 PATROL A DAY+ POLEE ANNIE CLK/TY E8637 DETECTIVE A DAY PONDER SHELIA CT B9597 RECORDS A DAY PONZI RONALD D-1 17924 DETECTIVE A DAY PORCHE WARREN P-2 27630 PATROL B PM POSNER WAYNE P-3 22735 PATROL B AM + RADA ELLIOTT D-2 13683 DETECTIVE A DAY RAMIREZ FRANK P-2' 26415 PAT/CRU B PM RAMIREZ CESAR P-2 27440 PATROL B AM RAMOS ANTHONY P-2 27443 VAC A DAY RANKINS THEETTA P-3 20931 PATROL B PM RAWSON RONALD D-1 20436 DETECTIVE A DAY REESER DAVID D-1 17051 DETECTIVE A DAY REISER RONALD D-2 14049 DETECTIVE A DAY RIFFEL RONNIE MGM/AN G8368 AREA A DAY RIGGS TYRONE P-3 23873 PATROL B PM RIVERA ANTHONY P-3 21439 PATROL A DAY ROBENIOL RAFAEL S/0 G8665 JAIL B PM ROBLES MICHELLE P-2 26254 P-1 COORD A DAY RODRIGUEZ EDMUND P-3 16963 PATROL B PM ROMERO KRISTIE SGT 1 24516 PATROL A DAY ROMERO STEVE P-2 26826 VAC A DAY+ ROMNEY RICHARD P-2 30005 PATROL A DAY ,ARIO JOAN P-2 27890 PATROL B AM 1'.v.SENBERG DENNIS SGT 1 13796 PATROL A DAY ROSS JAMES P3+1 14051 PATROL/SLO A DAY ROSS STEVEN P-2 25445 PATROL B PM ROSSUM JIM P-3 23579 PATROL B AM ROYBAL KENNETH P-2 22578 CRO A DAY¥" RUEDAS CHRISTINE D-1 24949 DETECTIVE A DAY RUEGG LISA P-2 24434 J-CAR A DAY SALAZAR ALEX P-2 27249 PATROL B PM SANDERS GEORGE R/0 R0263 LINE/RES A DAY SANDOVAL ARTURO P-2 27250 PATROL A DAY SANDOVAL EDWIN P-2 27445 PATROL B PM SAUCEDO RAUL P-2 2583,4 DET/ALPO A DAY SCALLON STEPHEN P-2 26829 PAT/CRU B PM SCHAPER CHRISTOPHE D-2 16377 DETECTIVE A DAY SCOTT REGINA P-3 25512 PATROL B PM SEPULVEDA MARLYN R/0 R1924 TECH/RES A DAY SHAW ARTIE S/0 J8566 JAIL A DAY * BUS DRIVER @ DRUG RECOGNITION EXPERT # COMMAND POST. P. ERSONNEL + NARCOTICS EXPERT LIL l ...J ..._ .l • L li. _..._. I -"'- - ~ ·- ..&... ..,_ 1 A, _i..1,, l ~~ ... •"' .l-..1 I f 4 l.L...JU .4. ..._J.1,u. l4-'•· ..I,.. 4 .l/ ...., ................. J.. , --------------- ------------ ------ -------- ---------- ----- SHEPHERD BARBARA S/0 B8887 PROPERTY A DAY sHYY STEVE P-2 27819 PATROL A DAY · SINIBALDI NICHOLAS SGT 1 24023 PATROL B PM •sLACK LESTER D-1 17058 DETECTIVE A DAY SMALL DONNA SR/CLK E9281 DETECTIVE A DAY ("~ART THOMAS SGT 1 22671 CRU/OIC B PM ITH MELVIN D-3 12583 DETECTIVE A DAY SMITH LARRY SGT 2 20368 REL/DUTY B PM SMITH RONALD P-2 23731 RES COORD A DAY SMITH CHARLOTTE P-3 24756 SP A DAY SOBERAL JUAN P-2 27003 PATROL A DAY SPRADLING DOLORES P-3 24199 DETECTIVE A DAY SPURLING RICHARD R/0 R1763 LINE/RES A DAY ST PIERRE MATTHEW P3+1 24227 PAT/SLO A DAY@+ STALLINGS KELLI P-2 26706 LW A DAY STALLWORTH SHAREN P-2' 25678 J-CAR A DAY STANGLAND MICHAEL D-2 21234 KTF A DAY STEIN STEVEN SGT 1 22587 PATROL B AM STENNIS WILLIAM P-2 27449 PATROL B PM STEPHENS CARLA P-3 24897 VICE A DAY STEWART JEFFREY P-2 27547 PATROL B PM STEWART JULIUS P-2 27823 PATROL B AM STILES THOMAS P-2 23733 PATROL A DAY STUDY KEVIN P-2 25521 PATROL B PM SUMPTER WILLIAM D-1 15010 DETECTIVE A DAY TAGLE LEV? P-1 30265 PATROL B AM TAMURA TERENCE P-2 27900 PATROL B PM THOMAS CHARLES P-2 25199 PATROL B PM -r THOMPSON-WRIGHT BRENDA MGT/AI C8838 C.A.D. A DAY THURSTON ROBERT S/0 E9144 JAIL B AM TOTH .TIMOTHY P-2 27905 PATROL B PM l.NLEY DALE D-1 15393 DETECTIVE A DAY l, .. -1. tUG STEVEN P-2 27736 PATROL B PM URRUTIA GUILLERMO P-3 24900 PATROL A DAY @ + VALLE JESSE P-2 22746 LN/DET A DAY VALLEJO RITA P-2 26057 PATROL B PM VASQUEZ ELIZABETH P-2 25766 PATROL B AM VELASQUEZ RUDOLPH SGT 1 21880 VAC B AM VERNON PAUL SGT 1 26177 PATROL B PM VILLANUEVA OSCAR P-2 27906 PATROL B PM WAGNER BYRON P-2 27461 PATROL B PM WALKER LARRY P-2 25075 PATROL A DAY WALTON VICKIE P-2 24498 PATROL B AM WARD JOE P-2 27907 PATROL A DAY WEAVER JAMIE D-1 24292 DETECTIVE A DAY WEBBER GREGORY P-2 27091 VAC B PM WHELAN MICHAEL P-3 24961 DETECTIVE A DAY@+ WHITEHEAD HENRY SR CUS J9497 AREA A DAY WIGGINS LEWIS P-3 26268 VAC B AM * ·Bus DRIVER @ DRUG RECOGNITION EXPERT # COMMAND POST P_ ERSONNEL + NARCOTICS EXPERT .._, , ~._., ~ J.. -~ . u, , ....... ._ ..J... .. .._,-'- '"' "- "4.4 ~ > ---------------- ------------ ------ .. ~I. LI~ IAMS ISAIAH P-3 WILLIAMS ZACHARY P-3 -· WILLIAMS JESSE P-3 ·wILLIAMS VICTOR P-3 WILLIAMS MARTHA P-2 MTLLIAMS CARL P-2 LLIAMS DARRYL P-2 WILLIAMS JEFFREY P-2 WILLIAMS TROY P-2 WILLIAMS CHARLES P-2 WILLIS JEFF SGT ·1 WILLIS WALTER P-3 WILSON WILLIE SGT 2 WILSON TERESA P-3 WINDLE CHERI P-2 WISE FRANCOIS P-Z WRIGHT MICHELLE P-2 WRIGHT D CLY/TY WRIGHT YOLANDA CLK/TY YBARRA STEPHANIE R/0 YORK MARGARET LT 2 ZEMONES LILLIE P-2 * BUS DRIVER # COMMAND POST PERSONNEL .....,,,...._.J..\..J.4 ~ ~ rr -------- 21308 22153 22353 22966 24804 25528 26347 26348 27014 27264 20750 23669 14270 24298 26180 27176 27556 · B9864 G8651 Rl934 14095 26353 I. .. ....... ..._, j,., .._., "-1'- .,\. "-,I~· ..a.. 'J,,I ~ '-'•~ ...... ,4, ---------- ----- PATROL B PM VAC B AM PATROL B PM PATROL B PM - PROP DISPO A DAY ~ DET/ALPO A DAY PATROL B PM PAT/CRU B PM PATROL B . PM LW A DAY REL/DUTY A DAY PATROL A DAY VAC B AM PATROL A DAY@+ PAT/CRU B PM PATROL A DAY PATROL A DAY AREA A DAY RECORDS B PM TECH/RES A DAY DET CO A DAY'# P~TROL B PM @ DRUG RECOGNITION EXPERT + NARCOTICS EXPERT TABLE OF CONTENTS WILSHIRE AREA STANDING PLANS 1. Distribution List Mandatory Review Location of Plans 2. U.O. Plan - General Introduction Field Procedures Command Post Assignment Operational Procedures U.O. Tactics Mobilization Procedures 3. Notifications - General Area Bureau Outside Agencies Manual Section 4/214.50 4. Logistics Recommended Equipment Wilshire Equipment Audit 5. Station Defense Security Procedures and Controls Jail Security Station Security Search Procedures Station Defense - Stage I, II, III Station Evacuation Station Search Checklist 6. Mobilization Plan - General Tactical Alert Procedures Mobilization Procedures Applicable Department Manual Sections 7. Mobilization Plan - Wilshire General Information Cadre Activation Emergency Communications 8. Civil Defense Plan Warnings Operational Considerations Watch Commander's Duties TABLE OF CONTENTS 9. Earthquake Response Plan - General Department Response Plan Preplanning Activities Evacuation Search and Rescue Dam Failure Crowd Control News Media Animal Control Staging Areas Inquiry Center Public Health Public Structures 10. Earthquake Response Plan - Wilshire Watch Commander's Checklist Wilshire Contingency Plan Command Post Locations Evacuation Centers Wilshire Area Schools Gasoline Pipelines DWP Facil:i.ties Hospitals Convalescent Hospitals Fire Department Locations Shopping Centers High Rise and Brick Structures Natural Gas Pipelines Emergency Action Officer Guidelines - On-Duty Officer Guidelines - Off-Duty 11. Damage Assessment Damage Reporting Command Post Locations Key Locations DWP Locations West Bureau Priorities · Department Phone Numbers 12. Mulholland Dam/Hollywood Reservoir 13. Franklin Dam/Reservoir 14. Silver Lake Dam/Reservoir 15. Wilshire Command Post Sites Wilshire Area Chart Baldwin Hills Elementary School Saturn St. School CBS Studios Los Angeles High School TABLE OF CONTENTS Queen Anne Place Elementary School Wilshire Methodist Church Farmers Insurance Building May Company Building DWP Construction Yard Mt. Vernon Jr. High School Cienega St. Elementary School John Bourroughs Jr. High School 16. Watch Commander's Disaster .Guide Airplane Crash Fires and Explosions Contamination Emergencies Earthquakes Floods Unlawful Assembly/Riot Terrorism Evacuations Specialized Resources FCP & EOC Information Tactical Manual Excerpts 17. Response Plan - Mayor's Residence Location Lighting Alarm Systems Medical Information Occupants Utility Response Command Post Locations Emergency Names and Numbers Maps and Floor Plans 18. Response Plan - Councilman Yaroslavsky's Residence Location Description Command Post Location Engress/Egress Routes Nearby Hospitals 19. Vital Points Survey Security Plan Special Locations in Wilshire Embassy Takeover Consulate Locations Consulate Generals' Offices and Residence Locations Jewish Temples DWP Facilities DWP Power Systems and Facilities Abortion Clinics Basic Car Problem Sites DWP Locations TABLE OF CONTENTS 20. Jail Evacuation Plan Communication and Alarms Fire Extinguishers Lighting Key Control Record Security Prisoners' Personal Property Control Personnel Evacuation Medical Treatment Sanitation Feeding 21. Cedars - Sinai Hospital Mass Arrest Plan Command Post Locations Field Jail Procedures Exemplary Arrest Report Tactical Plan - Animal Rights Demonstration 22. Special Event Call-Out Call-Up Procedures Wilshire SET Team 23. IRS Contingency Plan - Wilshire Traffic Diversion Plan Response - Stage I, II Evacuation - Stage I, II, III Command Post Location Staging Area LAFD Staging Area Sheltering - People Sheltering - Animals Handic~pped Persons Information Hazardous Material Information Consulate Information Consular Relations 24. Tactical Plan - Operation Rescue Clinic Locations Staging Areas Tactics Operational Response Command Post Location 25. Tactical Plan - New Year's Eve Gunfire Repression Detail Background Concept Enforcement Plan TABLE OF CONTENTS 26. Tactical Plan - 3rd & Fairfax (Methane Gas Leak) Background Command Post Location Staging Area Personnel Engress/Egress Routes Street Closures Hospitals 27. High Rise Sniper Tactical Considerations Notifications 28. Hazardous Materials Notes \ MAINTENANCE AND DISTRIBUTION A. Schedule of Plan Maintenance - These standing plans shall be reviewed yearly on a formal basis and updated as necessary. All updates and revisions shall be submitted to Operations-West Bureau and Tactical Planning Section. B. Location and Distribution of Plan 1. Watch Commander's Office 2. Area Commander's Office 3. Patrol Commander's Office 4. Area Response Vehicle 5. Operations-West Bur~au 6. Tactical Planning Section 1. INTRODUCTION A. PROBLEM Control of an unusual occurrence depends upon immediate mobilization of Department manpower and equipment resources to protect life and property and to prevent escalation. Once mobilized, all Department resources must be efficiently directed, controlled, and accounted for. From the beginning, time is a critical factor. Meeting the demands for everyday police sources becomes a matter of habit. Because unusual occurrences are infrequent, it is difficult to suddenly shift from accustomed responsibilities . to meet the needs of an unusual situation. During an unusual occurrence, the Field Commander must be immediately provided with necessary manpower and equipment to fulfill police responsibilities within the affected area. At the same time, that part of the City not affected must continue to receive police services commensurate with known and anticipated police problems. The additional problem of Station Security relative to possible attacks must be considered. To accomplish these missions, an unusual occurrence organization is needed. B. SOLUTION The Wilshire Area's Unusual Occurrence Manual provides plans to be followed in order to facilitate effective mobilization and security within Wilshire Area. Since an unusual occurrence generally necessitates the rapid assembly of a body of personnel, this manual will explain the different phases for activating and deploying personnel. Once assembled, this body of personnel is formed into effective supervised units, directed, controlled, and accounted for , through operations of the Field Command Post. The uniformed field officer may encounter an unusual occurrence at a number of stages. He may be patrolling in Wilshire Area when he observes a large crowd breaking windows and looting stores along Adams Boulevard. He will evaluate, withdraw, and call for a supervisor. The supervisor may be required to establish a Command Post and act as Field Commander. He may call for a Tactical Alert to which numerous officers must respond. At any given state, the effectiveness of every procedure depends upon the knowledge and confidence of the officers who must carry it out. The Department's unusual occurrence organization will not function efficiently unless every officer in every Area is informed concerning its operation and is confident in his ability to take his part in supporting that operation. If there is confusion, if there is delay, it is because someone at some level has failed to understand of has failed to act. This material is intended as a guide to enable Wilshire Personnel to react in an efficient and effective manner. C. TYPES OF UNUSUAL OCCURRENCES An unusual occurrence is an unscheduled physical event involving potential or actual personal injury or property damage arising from fir~, flood, storm, earthquake, tidal wave, landslide, wreck, enemy action,civil disturbance, or other natural or man caused incident requiring police action. Unusual occurrences have been classified into three types: 1. MINOR UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE. An unusual occurrence which could be handled by the present facilities of one area with the assistance normally available from other divisions. 2. SERIOUS UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE. An unusual occurrence of such proportion that the facilities usually available to one area are inadequate to establish control and which requires temporary modification of the Department organization. 3. MAJOR UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE. An unusual occurrence which threatens the safety of the City to such an extent that in the opinion of the Chief of Police, or of the officer acting in his stead, it is necessary to activate the entire Department for control purposes. II. UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE FIELD PROCEDURES A. RELATED COMMAND AND SUPPORT OPERATIONS 1. MINOR UNUSUAL OCCURRENCES. Particular minor unusual occurrences might often require command and support operations which could be conducted efficiently from a properly equipped sergeant's vehicle by a sergeant (or other officer) acting as Field Commander. Prior to establishing a Field Command Post, certain considerations must be made: a. Evaluate the situation. 1) The when, where, what, and if possible the why and how of the unusual occurrence. 1) The when, where, what, and if possible the why and how of the unusual occurrence. 2) May need to assign scouts or establish O.P. 's (observation post~). 3. Determine the approximate boundaries of the unusual occurrence. b. Make special notifications 1) Equipment. 2) Specialized units, e.g., SID, Detectives, etc. 3) Tactical alert request. a) Done quickly to alert other divisions. b) Not necessarily a request for response units. c. Select a staging area. 1) Adequate space for vehicles and equipment. 2) Communications availability. 3) Security a) Proximity to unusual occurrence. b) Immediate surrounding high ground, paved surface, fire hazaid, etc. 4) Access to freeways and major thoroughfares. 5) Comfort of officers (restrooms, water, shade). 6) Consult the COMMAND POST SITE BOOK in the trunk of the call car. a) It has aerial photos and maps of all possible locations. d. Request necessary help. 1) Overestimate the number of officers required. 2) "Over deploy and under react." e. Seal off area. 1. Onlookers keep out. 2. Suspects keep in . 3 . Containment of civil disturbances. 4. Implement and direct control plans. 2. BASIC FIELD COMMAND POST ASSIGNMENTS. No matter how small the unusual occurrence is, certain basic assignments should be made every time . Every situation has the potential of escalation. In order for an expanded Field Command Post to work efficiently, the basic assignments must have existed. These assignments should be given to responsible officers. a. Radio operator/journal recorder. 1. First appointment. 2. Keep chronological log of ALL events, communications, and decisions. 3. Forward logistical request. b. Personnel/staging officer. 1. Second appointment. 2. Acts as staging officer. a) Directs responding units where to park, whether to lock or not lock vehicles, where to report, what equipment will be required, etc. 3. Acts as the personnel officer. a) Gathers and processes "Unusual Occurrence Time Cards." b) Forms provisional squads as directed by the Field Commander. 3. EXPANDED FIELD COMMAND POST ASSIGNMENTS. The Command Post should be expanded as soon as escalation occurs or is imminent. At this point the Command Post assignments should be redistributed and expanded to include the following individual positions and responsibilities: a. Personnel 1) Anticipates and fulfills personnel needs. 2) Maintains personnel records. 3) Provides Field Command Post security in an expanded operation. b. Intelligence. 1) Gathers, records, and evaluates unusual occurrence related information. 2) Keeps the Field Commander informed. c. Operations. 1) Plans strategy and tactics. 2) Plans deployment of personnel. d. Logistics. 1) Provides, maintains, and controls equipment, supplies and vehicles. e. The Communications Unit 1) Coordinates field units. In the event of a serious or major unusual occurrence, activation of the Field Command Post Division should be considered. Department Mobile Units should be requested and shall be staffed as per the Los Angeles Police Department Tactical Manual. B. MAJOR UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES The Field Command Post should be activated during a major unusual occurrence. The aforementioned individual positions would become "Sections". The extent of the situation may require staffing of the Sections prior to the arrival of Field Command Post Division personnel. The positions and Sections should be staffed as follows: 1. SUPPORT COMMANDER (EXECUTIVE OFFICER) a. Assist Field Commander 2. OPERATIONS SECTION a. Planning b. Control 3. INTELLIGENCE SECTION a. Communications unit. b. Information unit. 1) Intelligence Division liaison officers. 2) Intelligence Division field units. 3) Scouts. 4. PERSONNEL SECTION a. Personnel pool b. Medical unit c. Jail unit d. Security unit 5. LOGISTICS SECTION a. Staging officer b. Field Transportation unit c. Field Stores unit. III. UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE TACTICS A. UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE TACTICS OUTLINE 1. CONTROL OF ACCESS TO AREA a. Block off key access routes leading to affected area. 1) Protects innocent unwary from accidental involvement. 2) Prevents large-scale support for opposing groups. 3) Provides intelligence on movement of potential participants. 4) Retains access routes for responding units. 5) Beginning of perimeter - a} Complete perimeter control not practical in initial stages. 2. DISPERSAL a. Initial effort to neutralize dangerous and destructive effects of disturbance. 1) Should be swift and decisive. 2) Must still consider size and strength of opposing group. 3) Always over deploy and under react. b. Serves to bring disorder to opposing group. 1) Affords time to assemble and deploy police units. c. Support initially responding unit 1) Allows initially responding units to fall back and regroup. d. Disperse into area least subject to destruction and affording lea~t cover and protection to opponerits. 1. Open area. 2. Away from business and commercial area. e. Clears area and enables application of holding action. 3. CONTROLS OF STRATEGIC HIGH GROUND a. Deprives opposing groups of places of advantage from which to attack police. b. · Enables police surveillance of larger area. 1) Source of intelligence. 2) Observation posts for di~ection of ground efforts. 3) Identification and observation of assailants operating from rear of crowds from behind buildings. c. Place of advantage for anti-sniper units. d. Use of helicopter 1) Surveillance of rooftops and other high points. 2) Discover hidden assailants. 3) Discover reaches of missile (rocks, bottles, etc. 4) Observation platform for intelligence gathering ~ a) Size and dispersal of opposing forces. b) Moving of stationary. c) Potential dispersal area. d) Tactics of opposing groups (e.g ambush). 5) May be only "high ground" subject to police control in initial stages. 4. SWEEP AREA a. Prevents reassembly of riotous groups. b. Allows engagement with recalcitrants who failed or refused to dispersed. 1) Arrest. c. Coordinated effort on broad front . 1) Slowly moving squads or platoons through area. 2) Protect the flanks. d. Hold area cleared by sweep. 1) Personnel left behind to prevent ~egrouping behind sweep formations. e. Security of sweep force. 1) Potential for sniper attack. 2) Squad movement close to -buildings for protection. NOTE: 5 . 3) Avoid skirmish line unless facing large crowd. a) Unnecessary exposure to sniper fi reg. CONTROL OF AREA a. Deployment of control forces. 1) Control of periphery simultaneously with initial dispersal effort. a) Prevents spread of disturbance. 2) Mobile squad. a) Sergeant, nine officers and three vehicles operating as a single unit. b) Small area. c) Responsibility for all activity in area. d) No response out of assigned area unless directed by Fi~ld Commander. e) Support for foot patrols. f) Provide intelligence for Field Commander. g) Arrest violators. h) Prevent assemblages i) Enforce curfew. Mobile Patrol Squads should respond to all calls for service in their assigned area. Incidents exceeding their physical capacity should be dealt with by platoon sized striking forces dispatched by the Field Commander, leaving intact the deployment of control squads within the area. Caution must be exercised by squads on all calls to avoid ambush. 3) Foot patrols. a) Squad sized . . b) Small area. c) Business district. d) Close support by mobile squad. e) Prevent groups from forming. f) Arrest violators. g) provide information to Field Commander. 4) Light striking forces. a) Mobile reserve. b) Platoon sized. c) Transported by bus. d) Support mobile and foot squads. e) Cope with problems exceeding capacity of mobile or foot squads. B. The preceding outline gives a general description of tactics which could be considered in an unusual occurrence. The following is a more detailed look at the five basic categories of riot suppression tactics. 1. Establishing a network of mobile and good squad beats. 2. Dispersing the rioter's attack. 3. Gaining high ground control security. 4. Sweeping the area-mop up . 5. Control of the area. C. Each Field Commander must decide what sequence of the above tactics he wishes to employ. He may be guided somewhat by the numbers and type of personnel responding, the actions of the rioters and the size of the area involved. 1. MOBILE AND FOOT PATROL. Almost simultaneously with preparation for a dispersal or attach, plans should be laid for establishing Mobile and Foot Patrols. a. If at all possible, Mobile Squad patrol should be - implemented along the periphery of the affected area at the time the dispersal is made. Mobile Squad Patrol consists of nine police officers and a sergeant working tn threes and operating in tandem. b. The area to be covered by a Mobile Patrol should not be too extensive. If the area is highly urbanized there may be a need for Foot Patrol in squads. If Foot Patrols are employed they should be linked with Mobile Patrols. c. Mobile and Foot Patrols should ultimately develop a tight net over the entire affected area handling calls for service~ gathering and reporting information, and preventing groups from forming. They should handle all events in their assigned area. Patrols from other areas should not respond unless specifically directed. Any movement out of the assigned area should be at the direction of the Field Commander only. If a Patrol squad finds a build up of rioters it cannot handle, it should call for a response from a Light Striking Force. d. Providing that a Mobile Patrol makes regular checks of foot patrols within its area, it should not be tied to a regular schedule, but should be permitted to use. its own initiative and thus introduce an element of surprise to make its coverage more effective. e. In addition to its assigned duties, a Mobile Patrol can be employed: 1) To access a communications link with Foot patrols. 2) To act as a mobile reserve to assist Foot Patrols which clash with rioters before a Light Striking Force is employed. 3) To act on it's own initiative against small groups. 4) To patrol between strong points which form a cordon around the affected area. 5) To patrol access routes. 6) To escort prisoners or injured persons from the scene. 7) To enforce curfew. f. If it is found that -a Mobile or Foot Patrol cannot adequately handle the problems confronting the unit, the area should be reduced and an additional patrol added. g. LIGHT STRIKING FORCE. These units, once the main groups of rioters have been dispersed, mop up sweeps have a4vanced through the affected areas, and mobile and foot squad patrols have been put into effect, are the Mobile reserve. h. These units, consisting of up to three squads or a platoon, are transported in a bus or personnel carrier. Any problem the Mobile Squad would be incapable of handling would be dealt with by Light Striking Force units. i An additional use would be to deploy these units into shopping centers and industrial complexes that might be in the path of the rioters. This technique was used to good advantage during the Watts Riots. The foresighted action of sending these units into a large shopping center that was outside the affected area, but close enough to be a target, is credited with preventing millions of dollars in damage. 2. DISPERSAL OF ATTACK. If there are large groups of rioters who are looting, throwing rocks, burning, and ca~sing extensive injury to life and property, dispersal is a major concern. a. A Unit leader, having been assigned a dispersal mission, should not permit his unit to deviate from the objective. There is a tendency to become embroiled in incidents that are observed en-route to an assignment. These should be reported but ordinarily, there should be no engagement unless the deviation is directed by the Field Commander. b. Upon arriving at the scene, it may be that the original information upon which the mission was planned is insufficient, exaggerated, or out of date. The Unit leader, before effecting a dispersal, may send out a reconnaissance group to update his information. If at all possible, the Unit leader should be a part of the reconnaissance. A first hand view is worth a thousand words. It must be remembered that a hasty or ill considered plan based on inaccurate information, or no information, is not only likely to fail, but may also waste more time than would be spent making a reconnaissance. c. The Unit leader, in making his appraisal of the situation, should determine the direction in which he intends to disperse the crowd. A riotous crowd should not be dispersed into a business district or residential area foreign to the majority of the rioters. If the rioters are indigenous to the area, it may be best to disperse them towards their homes. They should be driven away from such attractive targets and toward an area where the physical features tend to break it up into small parties, and into open area where little damage can be done. When moving in to disperse, the direction should be noted and the control force must be alert to the possibility of rioters dispersing into building and reforming to attack the rear of the unit. d. There are no hard and fast rules concerning the type of formation to be adopted for dispersal. The principal underlying any plan is to bring to bear as many ~nits, squads, or platoons, in a coordinated effort as appear necessary to break the resistance of the crowd and disperse it. If gas is to be used, surrounding businesses, nearby non-involved civilians, and wind direction should be considered. e. By attacking from more than one direction simultaneously, each section of the crowd, against which an attack is delivered, is made to fear for its own safety. Thus, the common purpose linking the rioters is broken and the task of dispersing them made easier. f. Two possible methods of attack which satisfy these principles are the "Pincer" and "Flanking" attacks. A "Pincer" attack is delivered from the front and both flanks. This tends to drive the crowd before the frontal attack. A "Flanking" attack is delivered from the front and one flank. This tends to drive the crowd toward the open flank. An attack from both the front and rear may allow some rioters to escape to the rear of the advancing units - this is highly undesirable. ----- - - --- - -- - g. It is better that too many squads be involved in the attack than too few. An unsuccessful dispersal attack can prove extremely costly in time lost and increased disorder. h. Naturally, a crowd cannot be completely bottled up. It is elementary that they must be given an avenue of escape, otherwise they may have no alternative but to stand and fight. 3. HIGH GROUND SECURITY AND CONTROL. Control of high ground rooftops, and vantage points must be gained as quickly as possible in the initial states of the control action. a. Helicopter patrol can assist in accomplishing control of high ground. It may be that the only control in the early stages will come from the helicopter. At least helicopters can be used to spot rioters who are operating on top of buildings or other high areas. b. Special Weapons and Tactics teams may be requested for deployment to high ground in order to guard against sniper fire. c. An additional value of maintaining control of the high ground is to provide a source of information. Officers positioned properly on rooftops not only will be in a position to protect the ground forces, but also will be in a position to spot potential problems. Rock throwers, for example, are almost always found to be the rear of a crowd or hiding behind a building where they cannot be spotted by units on the ground that are being bombarded. Rooftop control can spot the rock throwers and direct ground forces in a strategic approach. In addition, they will be able to identify the rock thrower. 4. SWEEPING THE AREA. After a successful dispersal, the dispersing crowd should be followed, hurried along and not allowed to reform. Rioters should be driven off the streets and as may as possible, particularly agitators, should be arrested. a. Mopping up can be accomplished by deploying squads to sweep through the riot affected area on a broad front. b. Sweeping tactics should be used to ·clear an area infested with small and elusive groups of rioters; or when it is apparent that the crowd is giving way and breaking easily into small groups. c. Sweeps were found to be effective in Watts, but some that were conducted by· use of skirmish lines were ineffective. If there is only a small group remaining in the area, these can be dispersed by bringing squad pres~ure to bear on the specific locations of the groups. Sweeps can be expedited by assigning them to mobile units that dismount only when necessary to engage a group of rioters. d. Sweeps are particularly effective in ferreting out rioters who have remained behind to cause additional damage or violence. e. If a sweep is conducted on foot, squads probably should be moved in single file next to buildings for protection. The skirmish line moving down the center of the street with no one confronting it accomplished nothing and provides snipers with excellent targets. f. The sweep should be a steadily advancing force; it should disperse small groups and arrest violators. The pace should be slow enough to observe inside buildings, side streets and alleys. Officers should not break ranks to chase rioters. If units are deployed properly on the flanks, rioters escaping one sweep unit will undoubtedly run into a flanking unit. 5. CONTROL OF THE AREA. Once some of the more vital control problems have been taken care of, it may be necessary for the police to establish a perimeter control sealing the area. Isolating the disturbed area is best accomplished by an extended line of road blocks encompassing the area. a. If units are deployed to seal off an area, they should be connected by either mobile or foot patrols. The patrols are then in position to deal with small groups intent upon harassing a roadblock. b. While perimeter control may not be accomplished in the early stages of the activity, it does not mean that certain key intersections should not be blocked. Four reasons for maintaining control of certain main arteries are: 1) To retain access routes. 2) To prevent assistance from forming to aid rioters. 3) To prevent innocent people from wandering into the area. 4) To keep the traffic flow to a minimum within the affected area. c. Fires, earthquakes, and plane crashes, unlike civil disturbances, divisional planning is not practical in the above situations as there are too many variables. In each of these cases the prime responsibility of extinguishing fires and aiding the injured will probably fall to another City Department. But, since police will probably be first on the scene, certain preliminary courses of action should be considered by officers. 1) Request necessary help. a) Fire department b) Ambulances c) Police officers 2) Seal off the affected area. 3) If looting is imminent, take precautions. 4) Consider evacuation routes. IV MOBILIZATION PROCEDURES The procedure for the recalling of off duty personnel in an unusual occurrence mobilization is described in the following outline. A. MATERIALS 1. WATCH ASSIGNMENT BOARDS. The "A" and "B" watch assignment boards hang on the north wall of the Analytical Office. The boards list officers preassigned to 12 hour watches in the event of a mobilization. Approximately, 45 percent of the division personnel are on the "A" Watch and 55 percent on the "B" . watch. a. Watch Times 1. "A" Watch - 0630 to 1900 hours 2. "B" Watch - 1830 to 0700 hours 2. CARDEX FILE. The cards contain up to date residence and telephone information on divisional personnel. The file is kept in "File Cabinet 2" in the Analytical Office. The Watch Commander has a key. a . The "A" Watch and "B" Watch are divided. b. Supervisors are filed alphabetically at the front of each watch. They should be telephoned first so as the be available for forming squads, preparing briefings, etc. c . Police Office~s are filed alphabetically by city dialing code. This permits the file to be divided into parts providing each call up detail officer with cards of the same dialing code. 3. NOTIFICATION FORMS. The forms (filed in Unusual Occurrence File - Mobilization) are completed by personnel assigned to the call up detail. The detail supervisor uses the form in making status reports. 4. DIVISIONAL GUIDE BOOK. The Analytical Office maintains an adequate supply of divisional guide books. The books consist of Wilshire reporting district maps, street locations reference based on major streets, hospital locations and government property within the area. These will be distributed to outside personnel who respond to a Wilshire unusual occurrence. B. CALL UP PROCEDURE The Area Commander will activate the Area Mobilization Plan . The on duty Watch Commander will immediately activate the area call up system. He should appointment a supervisor to coordinate the call up detail. 1. The supervisor of the call up detail may use officers of the Analytical Unit, and Community Relations Officer. The availability of telephones and proximity to the Watch Commander's officer are advantages. 2. Approximately eight people (in addition to the supervisor) should be assigned to the call up detail. Anyone in the station is fair game: officers on Code 7 or ·making reports, record clerks, desk and jail officers, etc. A unit should not be stripped beyond its capacity to function. 3. Six people should be assigned to telephones. Extensions to the Watch Commander's and Commander's offices should not be used. This permits incoming calls. 4. The personnel assigned to make notifications are given a group of cards with the same dialing code. They must also have a stack of Notification forms. a. Supervisors should be contacted first. b. The officer to be notified by "long distance" should be called next. Communications Division (Administrative Section, Ext. 53261) is called and is then given to the City Hall operator who will connect one extension as an outside number. A record must be kept by the calling officer of each long distance number completed on the extension. As soon as all notifications are made, the caller must notify the operator, who will disconnect the line. 5. As the notification is being mad~, the officer's name telephone number, and the time the call was made should be entered on the notification form. If the officer answers, the "yes" box is checked and his estimated time of arrival at the station entered. NOTE: Each phone position should have a "Daily Work Sheet". Officers already working should obviously not be called. 6. Keep conversation to a minimum. Only the briefest explanation should be given to anyone answering a call . Time is essential. The maximum number of officers needed in the shortest possible time to establish control. 7. The two remaining personnel are used as router and plotter. The router gathers the notifications from the telephone positions every five or ten minutes and gives them to the supervisor. The supervisor hands them to the plotter who removes the names from the watch assignment columns and places them into teams on the same board. 8. The supervisor should tally the names on the notification forms every five or ten minutes to provide the Watch Commander with an accurate status report. The Watch Commander records the latest information on Form 14.3, "Unusual Occurrence Personal Status Report." 9. A second attempt to contact personnel should be made only after all the first calls have been placed. V. POTENTIAL UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE LOCATIONS A. FOREIGN CONSULATES .,.. I Section A 1. NOTIFICATIONS Policies and Procedures for Notifications {4/214.50) 1. Department policy concerning notifications mandate that the Administrative Information Unit, Detective Headquarters Division, be notified of any incident that is, or may be, of unusual concern to the Department. The senior officer at the scene of the incident is responsible for insuring notifications are made. Area level 1. It is the policy of Wilshire Area that the Field Services Division Watch Commander be notified of any unusual incident as soon as possible. The Watch Commander shall be responsible for determining who and in what sequence any notifications are to be made. 2. Where no other specific guidance exists, the Watch Commander shall insure that notifications are made as follows: (a) Individuals necessary to control the incident. (b) Individuals necessary to support the control of the incident. (c) Individuals necessary to investigate the incident. (d) The Area Commander. (e) The concerned Division Commander: Field Services Division/Detectives. (f) Other Area personnel as necessary. Bureau Level Generally, Operations-West Bureau will be notified upon the direction of the Area Commander, or in his absence, the Field Services Division Commander or Detective Commander. Where no commander within Wilshire Area is available, the Watch Commander will determine the necessity for Bureau notification. Other Department Notifications The notification of other units/divisions of this Department shall be made as determined by the Watch Commander. Generally, the Administrative Information Unit, Detective Headquarters Division, will be notified as a matter of course and, where practical, asked to make notifi~ations for the Watch Commander to other Department entities. NOTIFICATIONS Page 2 6.4 Outside Agency Notifications Any unusual occurrence may entail expertise, resources or manpower from other city agencies outside the City or non-governmental agencies. Additionally, liaison may need to be established for recovery operations. A partial listing of outside agencies may be found · in ANNEX B. Additional sources may also be located in the commercial telephone books located within the Wilshire Detective Squad Room and by contacting Detective Headquarters Division. Included on the following page are phone numbers of selected agencies which may be of use during a disaster. It would be impossible to list all agencies which would be notified in a major Unusual Occurrence. In reality, any disaster which would be beyond the capability of on-duty Wilshire personnel would cause notifications and coordination above the Area level. Requests for outside assistance would most likely be made by Detective Headquarters Division or the EOC. When the EOC is activated, requests for assistance should be routed through the EOC. NOTIFICATIONS Page 3 6.4 NOTIFICATION INDEX Agencies Beverly Hills Police Department ................... (195) 550-4951 Board of Unified Education, Los Angeles ................ 625-6000 Civil Defense officer, City of Los Angeles ............. 485-2350 Culver City Police Department ..................... (195) 837-1221 . California Highway Patrol .............................. 736-3306 Fire Department, ·Los Angeles ........................... 485-6180 Flood Control District, Operations and Maintenance Division, Los Angeles County ............... 226-6143 Griffith Park Ranger Station ........................... 665-5188 Hanks/Wilshire Tow ..................................... 734-3137 Telephone Service Communications Division ........................... 485-3223 Chief Telephone Operator (request Department of Public Utilities Emergency Communication Coordinator ......... - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485-5500 Phone Repair. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485-5581 Gamewell/wire signal .............................. 485-3623 Fire Dispatch repair equipment .................... 485-2399 Public Works, Department of Bureau of Street Complaints .................................... (24 hr.) 485-5661 Rapid Transit District Police Department - Admin ... ...................... 972-7701 Watch Commander ............... 972-7742 Operator ...................... 972-0000 Bus Dispatch ...................................... 972-6280 Recreation and Parks Department ........................ 548-7598 Red Cross Disaster Office .............................. 739-5200 Salvation Army Disaster Services ....................... 627-0164 Cellular Phone (24 Hrs) ......... (213) 304-7354 Sheriff, Los Angeles County West Hollywood Station ............................ 855-8850 Lennox Station .......................... · .......... 671-7531 - ----- --- ---- - - INTRADEPARTMENTAL CORRESPONDENCE February 21, 1991 8 .1. 7 TO: All Area Commanding Officer FROM: Commanding Officer, Uniformed Services Droup SUBJECT: RECOMMENDED EQUIPMENT FOR AREA COMMAND POST VEHICLES Tactical Planning Section has updated the list of minimum recommended equipment for Area Command Post vans/sedans. Areas are advised to outfit either the passenger van assigned to their Area or a supervisor's sedan with the suggested equipment for use in establishing field command posts. It is essential that this equipment be readily accessible for use in emergency situations. The three categories of equipment are: 1. Recommended i terns, to be stored in the vehicles. 2. Recommended i terns, to be stored in the station. 3. Optional items, to be stored in the station or in the vehicles. For additional information, contact Officer Walters, Tactical Planning Section, at extension 52901. (NOTE: The original letter was previously signed) RONALD C. BANKS, Commander Commanding Officer Uniformed Services Group Operations-headquarters Bureau Attachment J.C. CHAMBERS, Commander Commanding Officer Personnel and Training Bureau RECOMMENDED ITEMS - TO BE IN THE VEHICLE QUANTITY 1 Area Standing Plans (including command post sites) 1 Penal Code 1 Vehicle Code 1 Hazardous Material Emergency Response Guide Book 1 Watch Commander's Guide for Control of Disasters and other emergencies. 1 First Responder Guide, Form 14.18.0 (6/82) 1 Field Commander Post/WC-UO Procedures, Form 14.15.0 (10/79) 1 Barricaded Suspect/Terrorist Activity, Form 14.16.0 (1/77) 1 Officer Involved Shootings/Bomb Emergencies, Form 14.17.0 (2/77) 1 1 Book Book Short form Arrest, Form 05.02.1 Release From Custody/Notice to Appear, Form 05.02.2 1 Dispersal Order (Spanish/English) 50 Handcuffs/Plastic 1-Time Use (Material Code 9~74766) 1 Handcuffs/Plastic Cutter (Material Code 9374768) 1 Handcuffs/Plastic Marker (Material Code 9374769) 50 Shotgun shells, (Replaced every 6 months) 60 .38 Caliber Rounds (Replaced every 6 months) 150 9MM Caliber Rounds (Replaced every 6 months 150 Flares 1 Pair Jumper Cables 1 Bullhorn 1 First Aid Kit 1 Fire Extinguisher (Dry Chemical) 1 Banner Guard Tape, 1000 Ft. Roll, "Police Line Do Not Cross" ( 3' X 1000' ) QUANTITY ·(continued) 1 Lantern, 6 Volt (with additional battery) 1 High Intensity Desk Lamp (Tensor) 48 Flashlight Batteries, Size D (Replace every 6 months) 1 Personnel Pool Kit: 1 50 - Unusual Occurrence Assignment Cards, Form 14.12.0 250 - Unusual Occurrence Time Card, A Watch, Form 14.13.0 250 - Unusual Occurrence Time Card, B Watch, Form 14.14.0 Tool .Box: (contains) 1 - Hatchet 1 - Pliers 1 - Screwdriver 1 - Adjustable Wrench 1 - Manhole cover remover (Optional) 1 - Bolt Cutter 1 - Pry Bar 1 - Water Main Shut Off Tool (optional) 1 - Knife 1 - Saw 1 - Tape measure 1 Map Case 1 Set 800 Scale Series of the Area Surrounding Areas 1 Set 400 Scale of Special Location Areas 25 Sets Reporting District Maps 1 Clear Plastic Map Overlay 1 Can of Map Cleaning Fluid 2 Rags for cleaning maps CLERICAL SUPPLIES: Pencils, No. 2.5 (0135-860) Pencil Sharpener Grease Pencils (Varied colors) Paper Clips (small) Paper Clips (large) Chalk Stapler/Staplers Rubber Bands QUANTITY (continued) Thumb Tacks Masking Tape Legal Tablets Coin Envelopes Manila Envelopes (7-1/2 x 10-1/2") Tape, Transparent Tape, Dispenser Ruler (15 _ inches) Scratch Pads Scissors Evidence Tags Evidence Envelopes Felt Tip Pens (Black) RECOMMENDED ITEMS MAY BE STORED IN STATION QUANTITY 1 Folding Ladder (Minimum 10 feet) - 6 Operations Order/Briefing, Form 14.21.0 1 Unusual Occurrence Situation Report Summary, Form 14.10.0 1 Unusual Occurrence Situation Report - Arrest Recap, Form 14.01. 1 Unusual Occurrence Situation Report Summary - Casualty Report, Form 14.10.3. 1 Unusual Occurrence Situation Report Summary - Logistics Report, Form 14.10.4 1 Unusual Occurrence Situation Report Summary - Summary of Significant Events, Form 14.10.5 3 3 3 Books Books Books Temporary Emergency Pass (Blue), Form 14.40.0 Temporary Emergency Pass (Golden), Form 14.40.1 Temporary Emergency Pass (Pink), Form 14.40.2 112 Command Post signs (12" x 12.S") 2 Clipboards 10 - Authorized Personnel Only 10 Closed Area - Entry Forbidden 10 Closed Area - Open to Residents Only 10 - Crime Scene - Authorized Personnel Only 10 - Detour 3 - Extreme Fire Danger - No Smoking 5 - Personnel Pool 5 - Police Staging Area 4 - Press Relations 35 - Printed Arrows for Indicating Direction 10 - Blank (Used to Make impromptu signs) OPTIONAL ITEMS The below listed articles are optional but may aid . individual areas with their indigenous problems: Tactical Manual Thomas Guide Telephone directory, City of Los Angeles Blankets Extension Cord Binoculars Polaroid Camera, with enough film for 60 photographs (update film every three months) Optical attic viewing device Traffic Cones ,(orange) Water Jug Tape Recorder . CB Radio Scanner Two Hole Punch Climbing Rope Portable Barricades Measure Meter (collapsible handle type) Folding Chairs Restraining Straps heavy Gloves Paper Cups Trash Bag~ Finger Print Kit File Box (3 x 5) Envelopes (Letter size) Safety Goggles Portable Table Full Body Armor Face Shields Trouble Lamp, 115 Volt Rover Battery Charger Dry Erase Board Dry Erase Pens and Eraser Magnets Overtime Reports, Form 02.24.0 School gate keys Park keys "Guide to Schools and Officer" (L.A. Unified School District) Telephone Book (White and Yellow pages) Aerial Photos of area Storm Drain maps Floor Plans for sensitive facilities Heavy tools (shovels, pick, etc.) Earphones A.M. and F.M. Battery Radio (Replace Battery every 6 months) Cellular Phone Generator Exterior Lighting for Command Post I I I U-0 ,, .. ,.o ., .... --··-AMA WILSHIRE SHOTGUNS MAKE & MODEL Jdel 37 ITHACA Feather Light TOT AL SHOTGUNS - I 1~84076 2-84077 3-84078 4-84079 5-84080 6-84081 7-84082 8-84083 9-84084 10-84085 11-84086 12-84087 13-84088 14-84089 15-84090 16-84091 17-84092 18-8409 19-84094 20-84095 21-84096 22-84097 23-84098 24-84099 25-84100 -- Loe Anoe ... Ponce Department SEMI-ANNUAL EQUIPMENT REPORT I DAn: January 14, 1991 IIFLU & M.4CHINI GUNS MAKE & MODEL AMMUNITION & ACCESSOIIU .30 CAL. SHELLS .38 CAL. SHELLS .45 CAL. SHELLS 12 GA. SHELLS 9mm i ION CHAMIIIS SERIAL NUMBER & LOCATION TOTAL 0 LIGHn & SIGNS 15 0 RED LANTERNS 0 WHITE LANTERNS 15 0 AUTO HAND SPOTLIGHTS 15 0 PORT ABLE HANDLIGHTS RED BLINKER LIGHTS FLOOD LIGHTS NO PARKING ~G,::..:U::.....;;.;K;.;..ITS_;;_C..;..Se_r_ ia_l N_u_m_be_r_s> _____ ---t NO PARKING LIMITED TIME # 11 ONE-WAY STREET # 12 NO RIGHT TURN GAS GUNS <Serial Numbers) #1: #2: G26757 G26725 NO LEFT TURN KEEP RIGHT CLOSED AREA GAS GRENADES TOOU & IOPI 1-----TY_P_E_-=----~-EX_PI_RD----t-_T_OT_AL-::1 SHOVELS 517 FLAMELESS * 6 SPADES 519 HAN-BALL 19 8 8 10 PICKS TOTAL TOTAL M-8 SMOKE * 4 AXES --------""--------i HANO HELD RADIOS *No exp. date SLEDGE HAMMERS M-A-K-E,-M-OO_E_L _&_F-RE_Q_U_E_N_CY~-s-a_JAL_N_UII_I_ERS-t found BOLT CUTTERS Motorola MX350 (Patrol) TOTAL HAND HILD IADtOS 5160 5191 5161 -5193 516 2 519 4 GAS PIIOJICTILIS TYPE 5 16 3 5 19 9 ~ /38 MM FERRET CARTRIDGES 516 4 5 2 0 0 12 GA. FERRET CARTRIDGES 5165 5202 5166 5203 5167 5206 EXPfttES TOTAL 10 10 CHAIN ~,, ROPE ½" ROPE ~ " ROPE ¾" ROPE 1" ROPE (Number of Feet) 5168 5208i---~=-----~--+---+-M-=-:-ISC=·::-:-::-IM~E~R~G~I_NC_Y_E~Q_UI_P_M_EN_T __ r_TO_TA 1 L , 5169 5209 1 _c..,;;;; ... ;.:;~~M;_u~KS..;.;;.... _______ --r_ro_rAL-:.-, aARR1cA0Es ol ACMe l LADDERS 11 5173 5210 . M9A-1 0 BATTERING RAM 2 5174 5212 ~~~ 28 0 GOGGLES ~ 2 5175 5 213 1 __,..__,,.......,,._...,..,..,,.,=-=-----...,_-~ __ 2--1 GANG CHAINS 0 5176 5 215 GAS CANISTERS TOTAL FLEX CUFFS 2 8 9 . ACME UNASSIGNED HELMETS 01 5178 5 21 7 M-15 RESTRAINING STRAPS 0 5179 5219 M-11 POWER MEGAPHONES l 518 2 5 2 2 0 1--M-,sc---. _,.GAS...,.....,,...._,.l~Q~u,=,~M-=1::-:'.NT=------r-:-TC-:--:T-:-AL--, RAIO JACKETS 0 518 5 5 2 2 3 KEYHOLE GAS CYLINDERS 5186 522 7 GAS VESTS I - .&.. \ '----•&'"' • ' ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT Include cameras, field gla1ae1, pak fonea, ta1er1, portable power untta, radiological monitoring kita, and armored v•t• (Uat aerial numbers and, If applicable, make of Item). TAS~RS: 4828 8022 4852 8088 4879 8108 7914 5456 8013 8022 5926 4817 1 - LO/JAC Test Kit #000VN 2 - Boxes Radiation Detection Kits Box #1 - 3 Units Box #2 - 3 Units #61482 #7270 #51096 #53957 ·. Page. Two LAPO 11.e1.D'9l1~ WilAhire SHOTGUNS . MAKE & MODEL (Continued) Model 37 ITHACA Feather Light I lf'tissing. Invest _ in Progress. ) ·- -- - - - I 26-84101 27-84102 28-84103 29-84104 30-84105 31-84106 32-84107 33-84108 34-84109 35-84110 36-84111 37-84112 Loa Angela Police Department IEIII-ANNUAL EQUIPMENT RIPOIIT llfLU & MACHINI GUNS MAKE & MODEL AMMUNITION & ACCESSOIIU . TOTAL .30 CAL. SHELLS .38 CAL. SHELLS .45 CAL. SHELLS 12 GA. SHELLS GAS Kin (Serial Numbers) • I DATI Januarv 14. 1991 ION CHAMIIIS SERIAL NUMBER & LOCATION LIGHTS & SIGNS RED LANTERNS WHITE LANTERNS AUTO HANO SPOTLIGHTS PORT ABLE HANOLIGHTS RED BLINKER LIGHTS FLOOO LIGHTS NO PARKING NO PARKING LIMITED TIME ONE-WAY STREET 38-84113 39-84114 40-84115 41-84116 42-84117 43-84118 44-84119 L-----------------1 NO RIGHT TURN GAS GUNS <Serial Numbers) NO LEFT TURN KEEP RIGHT CLOSED AREA 4 5-84120 GAS GRENADES TOOLS & IOPE 4 6-84121 · L,_ ___ TYP_E ____ --+_EU_HI_ES--+-_TOT_Al---4 SHOVELS 4 7-84122 517 FLAMELESS SPADES .. OT AL SHOTGUNS 48-84123 519 HAN-BALL PICKS ( Cont • ) M-8 SMOKE AXES ---------L...:..---.;......-1 HAND HELD RADIOS SLEDGE HAMMERS MAKE, MOOEL & FREQUENCY SERIAL NUIIIOS BOLT CUTTERS Motorola MX350 5229 5254 5230 5256 5231 5257 5233 5260 5234 5261 5235 5263 5236 5267 5237 5270 CHAIN (Number of Feet) ~,, ROPE ,, ,, ,, CIA8 PIIOJICTILU 1/2" ROPE II " II TYPE EUlltES TOTAL II II II ~r.JB MM FERRET CAATAIOGES ~" ROPE ¾" ROPE ,, ,, ,, 12 GA. FERRET CARTRIDGES 1" ROPE .. .. ,, TOTAL TOTAL 5238 5272 l------------'-----+--~~M~l=SC~-~·M~~••~G=l~N~C~Yl=Q=U~IP_M_E_N_T_-+_T_OT_AL~ 5 2 3 9 5 2 7 J GAS MASKS TOTAL BARRICADES ACME LADDERS 5240 5274 MIA-1 BATTERING RAM 5241 52 75 M17 GOGGLES 5242 5276 ,_xM_-_ 2 _ 8 __________ -+---t GANG CHAINS 5244 52 77 GAS CAHISTIRS TOTAL FLEX CUFFS 5 2 4 5 5 2 7 8 · ACME UNASSIGNED HELMETS M-15 RESTRAINING STRAPS 5 2 4 6 5 2 7 9 M-11 POWER MEGAPHONES 5 2 4 7 . 5 2 8 2 '--M-ISC-. -GAS--1 ..... Q_U_IP,....M__,I ..... N=T~-----+--TO~TAL---, RAID JACKETS 5 2 5 0 5 2 8 7 KEYHOLE GAS CYLINDERS 5251 5288 GAS VESTS TOTAL HAND HILD IADIOS t rnn4- \ ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT Include cameraa, field glaaHa, pak fonea, taaera, c,ortable power unlta, radlologlcal monitoring kits, and armored v•ta Ulat aerial numbers and, If appllcable, make of Item). - n AolTl~f'OltMATION MAY BE LISTED ON REVE~E S10£ - 1?004R -~ ---- --~ - . ---- ~ .- Paae Three U,O 11.lf"'.O ... , ..... W; 1 e l,i ; T"tll SHOTGUNS MAKE & MODEL (Continued) Model 37 ITHACA Feather Light I Ii I 49-84124 50-84125 51-67061 52-67064 53-67063 54-67064 55-67065 56-67066 57-7067 58-7068 59-67069 60-67070 Loe AngelN Polle• Department 81111-ANNUAL EQUIPMENT REPORT IIFLD & MACHINI GUNS MAKE & MOOEL AMMUNITION & ACCISSOIIU + .30 CAL. SHELLS .38 CAL. SHELLS .45 CAL. SHELLS 12 GA. SHELLS TOTAL I UAn; Januarv 14. 1991 ION CHAMIIIS SERIAL NUMBER & LOCATION LIGHff & SIGNS RED LANTERNS WHITE LANTERNS AUTO HANO SPOTLIGHTS PORT ASL£ HANOLIGHTS RED BLINKER LIGHTS FLOOO LIGHTS ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ g De S ! ~ GAS KITS (Serial Numbers) 72-009 NO PARKING NO PARKING LIMITED TIME ONE-WAY STREET 52-60 GAS GUNS CS.rial Numbers) NO RIGHT TURN NO LEFT TURN KEEP RIGHT CLOSED AREA GAS GRINADIS TOOLS & IOPI .__ ___ TYP_E ____ --._EX_P_II_ES-+-_TOT_Al~ SHOVELS 517 FLAMELESS SPADES 519 HAN-BALL PICKS _>_T_AL_S_H_O_TG_U_N_S ___ _.___~6..;;;3 __ -i M-8 SMOKE AXES HANO HELO RADIOS SLEDGE HAMMERS MAKE, MODEL & FREQUENCY Motorola MX350 (KCL) (Narcotics) {Vice) (Detectives) TOTAL HAND HILD IADIOS SEJtW. NUIIIUS 5444 55_ 71 6006 5170 5224 5264 5207 5249 5216 5232 5269 5280 5286 5292 5764 5914 5207 5284 5338 I,.. ___ •\ ' - I BOLT CUTTERS CHAIN (Number of Feet> 1----------~--~----1 %" ROPE " " " .__CIA ___ I_P_II_O_J_IC_TI_L_ll __________ ---4 ~" ROPE TYPE EXPIRES TOTAl 1-----.......::.-----.----+-----1 ~,, ROPE S/1314 MM FERRET CARTRIOOES ¾" ROPE 12 GA. FERRET CARTRIOOES GAS MASKS ACME MIA-1 M17 XM-28 GAS CANISTIU ACME M-15 M-11 MISC. GAS EQUIPMENT KEYHOLE GAS CYLINDERS GAS VESTS ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT TOTAl TOTAl TOTAl 1" ROPE MISC. IMHGINCY EQUIPMENT BARRICADES LADDERS BATTERING RAM GOGGLES GANG CHAINS FLEX CUFFS UNASSIGNED HELMETS RESTRAINING STRAPS POWER MEGAPHONES RAID JACKETS Include cameraa, field glaaua, pak fonea, taura, portable power untta, radiological monitoring ktta, and armored vnta (llat aerial numbers and, If appllCable, make of Item). TOTAl TOTAL TOTAL ; -- / A ~ )IOIW. I Na ... IIAY IE LISTED ON REVERSE SI DE 1 SIGNATUII[. DMr.../ _ - 7 r ___________ _,:. ___ ""'~,------------ - ____.,-· -:----- ---------____.:__- Paae Four UPO tl.,....O 11.1.- I/ Wilshire I .. SNOTGUMS MAKE & MODEL I / Loe Angeln Police Department 91111-ANNUAL EQUIPMENT REPORT I IIATI January 14, 1991 IIPLD I MACHINI GUNS MAKE & MODEL AMMUNITION I ACCESSOIIU f TOTAL .30 CAL. SHELLS .38 CAL. SHELLS .45 CAL. SHELLS 12 GA. SHELLS GAS KITS (Serial Numbers) GAS GUNS CS.rial Numbers) ION CHAMIIIS SERIAL NUMBER & LOCATION LIGHff I SIGNS RED LANTERNS WHITE LANTERNS AUTO HAND SPOTLIGHTS PORT ABLE HANDLIGHTS RED BLINKER LIGHTS FLOOO LIGHTS NO PARKING NO PARKING LIMITED TIME ONE.WAY STREET NO RIGHT TURN NO LEFT TURN KEEP RIGHT CLOSED AREA GAS GltlNADIS TOOLS & IOPI .,_ ___ TY_P_E ____ --+_EX_P_IR_D_ . +-TOT_AL~ SHOVELS 517 FLAMELESS SPADES 519 HAN-BALL PICKS _·o_T_AL_S_H_O_T_G_U_N_s ___ "------t M-8 SMOKE AXES HAND HELD RADIOS SLEDGE HAMMERS MAKE, MOOEL & FREQUENCY saw. NUIIIPS BOLT CUTTERS Motorola MX350 (Detectives) CHAIN 1------------L----'----f %" ROPE t-,;;;;;GA~l.;;;.....;.Pll...;.;..;;;OJ..;:...;:;.IC_T_I_LU_:_ __________ --4 ~,, ROPE (Number of Feet) TYH ECPIRD TOTAL 1----___;_.,;,.,;,,.;;. __ ____;,_--'" __ -+----4 ~II ROPE ~r.Ja MM FERRET CARTRIDGES ¾" ROPE 12 GA. FERRET CARTRIDGES GAS MASKS ACME MIA-1 M17 XM-28 GAS CANISTIU . ACME M-15 M-11 MISC. GAS IQUIPMINT KEYHOLE GAS CYLINDERS GAS VESTS TOTAL TOTAL TOTAL 1" ROPE MISC. IMHGINCY EQUIPMENT BARRICADES LADDERS BATTERING RAM GOGGLES GANG CHAINS FLEX CUFFS UNASSIGNED HELMETS RESTRAINING STRAPS POWER MEGAPHONES RAID JACKETS TOTAL HAND HILD RADIOS 5708 5781 5792 5187 5188 5192 5195 5198 5205 5207 5211 5218 5221 5222 5281 5294 5295 5338 . I - - ~ .._ \. \~Va&~• / ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT Include cameraa, field glaaHa, pak fonea, tawa, portable power unlta, radiological monitoring klta, and armored veata (Hat aerlal numbera and, If applicable, make of item). · TOTAL TOTAL TOTAL ~moua.· ~FOIIIIATio,',v IE LISTED ON REVERSE SIDE I I I I I I • Paae J'ive ~ u,o,1:11.0 ... , ... _ .. _,,,.,,. Jfilshire SN0111UMI .. MAKE & MODEL ·- ._ .. ; I "'T AL. SHOTGUNS HAND HELD RADIOS I J Loe Ans,elN Police Department 81111-ANNUAL IQUIPIIENT RIPOIIT &IPLD & MACHINI GUNS MAKE & MODEL AMMUNITION & ACCISSO&ID .tl .30 CAL SHELLS .38 CAL SHELLS .45 CAL. SHELLS 12 GA. SHELLS GAS Kin (Serial Numbers) GAS GUNS CS.rial Numbers) GAS GIINADU TYP£ O,IIES 517 FLAMELESS 111 HAN-BALL M-8 SMOKE TOTAL TOTAL ---- ---- - ----- -- I an January 14, 1991 ION CHAMIIIS SERIAL NUMBER & LOCATION UGHn & SIGNS TOTAL RED LANTERNS WHITE LANTERNS AUTO HAND SPOTLIGHTS PORT ASL£ HANDLIGHTS RED BLINKER LIGHTS FLOOO LIGHTS NO PARKING NO PARKING LIMITED TIME ONE-WAY STREET NO RIGHT TURN NO LEFT TURN KEEP RIGHT CLOSED AREA TOOLS & IOPI TOTAL SHOVELS SPADES PICKS AXES SLEDGE HAMMERS MAKE, MODEL & FREQUENCY SEIW. NUIIIOS BOLT CUTTERS Motorola MX350 CHAIN (Number of Feet) {Detectives) 5792 ~,, ROPE II " II 5784 GAa PtlOJICTILU ½" ROPE " II " TYH: O,IIIIS TOTAL ,, " " (Patrol) 5225 37ta MM FERRET CAATRfDGE8 ~,, ROPE 5172 3/4" ROPE " " ,, 12 GA. FERRET CAATRfDGE8 5293 1" ROPE .. " " 5190 5183 MISC. IMIIGINCY IQUIPMENT TOTAL 5204 GAS MASICS TOTAL BARRICADES 5170 ACM~ LADDERS 5285 M9A-1 BATTERING RAM 5447 M17 GOGGLES XM-21 5289 GANG CHAINS 5291 GAS CANISTDS TOTAL FLEX CUFFS ACME UNASSIGNED HELMETS 5255 ~ M-15 RESTRAINING STRAPS Area C/O 5181 M-11 POWER MEGAPHONES Patrol C/O 5259 MISC. GAS IQUIPMINT TOTAL RAID JACKE't8 KEYHOLE GAS CYLINDERS GAS VESTS TOT AL HAND HILD IADIOI 129 • ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT Include cameraa, field glHHI, pak fonN, taaera, portable power unlta, radlologlca.l monitoring klta, and armored veata (Hat Mrlal numbers and, If appUcable, make of Item). *see Attached c'\_. -,! INF0-4,JIAY IE LISTED ON REVERSE SIDE I SICIIAT\11£, DMSJ:- .......: , r · J7 ~ ~ J.I. DaviV. Caotain ATTACHMENT The difference of eight rovers from the July 1990 Semi-Annual Equipment Report (That report indicated a total of 118 rovers which was incorrect. The correct number is lZl) to the current semi-annual Equipment Report is due to Communications division providing four additional rovers for the Safe School program and four rovers that were loaned to Narcotics were returned. 7 WILSHIRE AREA PROTECTION OF DEPARTMENT FACILITIES PLANS IV. PROTECTION OF DEPARTMENT FACILITIES PLANS CONTENTS SECTION I Security Procedures Search Procedures SECTION II Station Defense Procedures Stage I Stage II Stage III Evacuation Procedures Insight Addendum #1 Addendum #2 Addendum #3 Addendum #4 Addendum #5 Addendum #6 Addendum #7 1 - 4 4 - 6 7 7 7 - 9 9 - 10 10 - 11 11 - 12 SECTION 1 STATION SECURITY 1. SECURITY PROCEDURES ROUTINE MEASURES Station security duties within Wil~hire Area will be performed by the various Wilshire Area uniformed units. Each uniformed field unit, including sergeant, arriving at Wilshire Station without a prisoner, shall make a visual check of the Station. This visual check should be accomplished by driving past the station on Venice Boulevard, Highland Avenue and through the Swap Mall parking lot, or by driving slowly through the Wilshire Station parking lot and visually checking station facilities. Arriving officers should contact the Watch Commander, upon their arrival, noting their findings as well as their unit designation. The Watch Commander shall make a minimum of two unscheduled . inspections of the station during his tour of duty. One inspection shall be of the station exterior and should include the garage, parking lot and perimeter of the station. The other inspection should be of the interior of the station and should include all vulnerable utilities (which include) mentioned in this defense plan. (See attached form for specifics) As detailed herein, all officers' and supervisors' efforts shall provide for reasonable security of all the facilities and activities related to the Wilshire Station complex, including the main station, garage, parking lot, high ground, and immediate environs. SECURITY CONTROLS To supplement the efforts of our station personnel, several controls are necessary on Area activities and the physical plant if proper security is to be effected. The following rules and procedures for all personnel shall apply: 1. Non-uniformed employees SHALL attach their ID cards to an outer garment before entering the station. 2. Sworn and civilian personnel shall normally enter the station via the rear door at the Northwest Corner. Visitors shall enter and exit via the front lobby door ONLY. 3. All containers, (briefcases, lunch boxes, etc.) carried into the station by Area personnel shall bear the owner's name and serial number in a conspicuous location (any officer observing a suspicious package shall notify the Watch Commander immediately). 4. All offices not occupied or intended for . use shall be locked (i.e. Captains' offices, CUP Room and Vice). Lobby doors to station offices shall be locked at all times . • 5. All Department vehicles shall be locked when not in use. Shotguns shall be returned to the station gun locker if the vehicle is to be out of service for an extended period of time and at change of watch. _Extended period of time includes court appearances, on duty basic car meetings, etc. 6. Unattended private vehicles belonging to Department personnel shall be locked when parked on station property. 7. Parking of personal and City vehicles by Area personnel upon station property shall conform as designated by Wilshire Area Order #1. Parking of vehicles on the p~rking lot driveway by Area personnel is prohibited, as well as parking in the citizen parking lot. This lot is reserved for citizens doing business at the Wilshire Area Station. 8. During hours of darkness, lighting for areas shall be provided as follows: a. Interior fluorescent lights in hallways, lobbies, locker rooms and work area shall remain lighted. b. Cells and areas with normal incandescent bulbs shall be unlighted when not in use. c. Exterior lights illuminating the parking area and surrounding site shall remain lighted. d. In case of a power shortage, a Cummings Diesel Engine Power Generator is automatically activated to supply all of the station's normal power needs. This generator and numerous electrical switch panels are located in the electrical panel room at the rear (North side) of the station, adjacent to the Kit Room. e. In the event that a problem develops with the generator or with the electrical system, notification shall be made to the Public Works Department, Bureau of Public Buildings, extension 55848 or 53367 (24 hours emergency Public Buildings). 9. All jail doors leading to interior station corridors and outside of the building shall be locked. 10. The gate · located at the southeast side of the lot shall remain locked and is not to be used for entry under normal situations. 11. Garage exterior doors shall remain unlocked only when an attendant is on duty. Security in and around the garage shall be the responsibility of the duty attendant. JAIL SECURITY - RESPONSIBILITIES AND DUTIES 1. Jail personnel shall make a complete security and prisoner check every one-half hour and log it accordingly. 2. Station OIC and supervisor shall make spot inspections of the jail facility to insure that safety and security is maintained. These inspections shall be logged . 3. All jail doors leading to interior station corridors, and the outside of the building shall be locked. STATION SECURITY RESPONSIBILITY 1. All suspicious packages, handbags, briefcases, etc., belonging to visitors requesting admittance into the station SHALL be inspected in the lobby area by a senior desk officer. 2. Screens on the TV security console located in the Watch Commander's office shall be closely monitored on a 24 hour basis to insure responsible security. 3. Personnel shall challenge all unfamiliar persons attempting to walk or drive onto station property. Officer shall establish the identity and intent of all unfamiliar persons requesting admittance to station facilities. 4. Unfamiliar persons loitering outside the station in ' restricted areas shall be interviewed and if the person is unable to provide adequate identification and explain his presence, he shall then be interviewed by a Watch commander. 5. Wilshire Area personnel shall record the description of pedestrians and vehicles that appear to be cruising the station; a Watch Commander shall be notified immediately. 6. All exterior walls, ledges, and doors shall be checked a MINIMUM OF ONE TIME EACH WATCH by the Watch Commander. NOTE: Inspection times and procedures must be varied to avoid establishing predictable patterns. 7. All vulnerable utilities shall be checked a minimum of once each watch, by the Watch Commander. NOTE: Inspection times and procedures must be varied to avoid establishing predictable patterns. a. Gas pumps (shut-off ' switch) (West wall of garage). b. Underground gasoline storage tank fill hole, 3 holes (between station and garage). c. Electrical service lines and main circuit breaker (in utility room, Room #128). d. Natural gas service main (shut-off valve) west side of parking lot. e. Air conditioning unit (on roof). 8. The locations of emergency fire equipment shall be known by all personnel (C-addendum #1). NOTE: Fire extinguishers and hoses are located on the wall in the station hallways and on the exterior of the station and are for necessary emergency use by all personnel. 9. The Watch Commander shall be notified upon discovering anything that appears to be, or appears to contain, an explosive device, or of any attempt to breech station security . . 10. Each visitor shall be requested to identify himself, register his name, address, purpose of his visit and be issued an identification card to be worn before proceeding past the reception area of the station. When leaving the station, the visitor shall check out at the same reception area and return the identification card (See attached Visitor Roster, Addendum #2). 11. COMMUNICATION All officers and teams assigned to any security detail shall maintain radio contact with each other and the Watch Commander on ROVER 6. The gamewell on the roof and Heliport can augment the ROVER Units. 12. The exterior lights on the parking lot and roof should remain lighted during darkness. If it is considered desirable to turn off any lights, the control switch can be located in the utility room at the north end of the station. 13. Station Shield Screen If an attack appears imminent, the sliding metal screen at the station entrance should be secured to prevent any unlawful entry. Due consideration of the situation should be made _ prior to allowing anyone entrance. 14. PERIMETER PATROL A helicopter unit shall be deployed to observe the features and activity within the area immediately surrounding the station and parking lot. II. SEARCH PROCEDURES Any officer or employee, upon receiving information from any source regarding the placing of an explosive or incendiary device at the station, shall immediately ~otify the Watch Commander. It shall be the Watch Commander's responsibility, upon such notification, to determine if a search of the police facility is necessary. It is highly desirable to distinguish threats of any impending bombing from threats of an already planted bomb. If at all possible, specific information should be conveyed to the Watch Commander. The following procedures hav~ been established to facilitate and expedite the physical ,search of the station and grounds. In assigning personnel to the search operation, officers familiar with the area to be searched, should be considered first. The Watch Commander shall broadcast over the intercom a Code 700 red, 700 yellow, or 700 green, depending upon the emergency of the search and/or necessity of evacuation . 1. 700 Red, when a device is found and/or an explosion is imminent. a. All personnel shall exit the building immediately. NOTE: C-Station Defense for Evacuation Plan. b. All personnel shall group in the safest area of the parking lot depending upon the type of bomb and where the bomb is located. c . All prisoners shall be evacuated through the safest door and be placed in the B-Wagon or garage storage cage. 2 . 700 Yellow, when information has been received from a reliable source that an explosion will occur within a given time. a. NOTE: b. c. All personnel will check their immediate area and report findings to their OIC. The OIC will then report the status to the Watch Commander. In the absence of specifics to the contrary, emphasis of the search should initially be stressed in locations most accessible to visitors and the public. If this initial search proves negative, the Watch Commander shall determine if a more thorough search of the premises · is advisable. The Watch Commander will detail officers to search those areas not searched by Detectives of Specialized Unit Personnel. Personnel will then exit the station in an orderly manner prior to the stated explosion time. 3. 700 Green, when an unknown, unreliable source reports that an explosive device has been placed in the station and gives no further information. NOTE: a. Each OIC shall insure th~t their personnel check the immediate area of their control and report the condition to the Watch Commander. b. The Watch Commander will check off each area searched on the Search Check Sheet (C-Addendum #3). The Watch Commander will check off each area searched on the Search Check Sheet (C-Addendum #3). All personnel shall extinguish all cigarettes and prevent from using any electronic device or radio transmitting device to eliminate the possibility of triggering an explosion. The Watch Commander shall make all the necessary notifications when a suspected explosive or incendiary device has been located at the station. These shall include, but are not limited to: a. Bomb Squad - in all cases when an item is found and believed to be an explosive or incendiary device. b. Watch Commander - Detective Headquarters Division c. Field Services Division Commanding Officer d. Area Commanding Officer SECTION II STATION DEFENSE PROCEDURES I I. STATION DEFENSE PROCEDURES If circumstances out of the ordinary exist which threatens the security of the station via criminal action, or if reliable information is received that the station may be attacked by dissidents, there will be an immediate need to strengthen the normal security force. Circumstances will dictate the exact procedures to follow to best control the situation. Whenever a defensive position is necessitated, the following additional measures shall be implemented: A. RESPONSIBILITY The Watch Commander shall be designated as the Field Commander when a station defense situation exists. He shall have the authority to direct ALL Wilshire Area Personnel unless specifically relieved by a Wilshire Supervisor (Supervisor Rank) as authorized by the Department Manual. II. STATE I State I is that level of Defense which is maintained during normal business operation. Normal station security procedures shall apply during Stage I. II I . STAGE I I Stage II is that level of security employed when it is believed the station or other police installation may come under assault of has suffered a minor assault. The Watch Commander shall broadcast a "Code 700" to all field units when the station is under attack. All field units not assigned to the security force not within the station shall respond immediately to the Satellite Command Post ana await further instructions. NOTE: The Satellite Command Post, unless otherwise indicated, shall be the parking lot at 4550 W. Pico Boulevard. A. Two uniformed officers shall be assigned to station security posts. 1. They shall provide constant surveillance of the station exterior. 2. They shall take appropriate action to prevent or forestall any attack against the station or related equipment. 3. They shall identify all non-Department persons desiring entry into the station. B. The fixed posts shall be located at the following points: 1. Station front entrance. 2. Roving patrol around exterior. C. Both officers shall be armed with service revolvers and shall be equipped with batons and ROVER units. The ROVERS are to be monitored on the same frequency by both officers and the Watch Commander. D. The front door officer shall record the following information about non-Department person desiring entry into the building. 1. Time In 2. Name 3. Address 4. Where going in the station (Desk, Detectives, etc.) a . A pass card shall be given to the person showing the intended location of business within the station. 5. Time Out E. The front door officer shall inspect any suspicious articles in the possession of persons desiring entry. F. Any person .loitering in or about the station shall be challenged and investigated according to the circumstances. G. The making of Field Interview Cards and want and warrant checks by the station security officers shall be done only in the very unusual instances with much discretion. H. The outside officer is to remain on foot and refrain from sitting in or on vehicles. I . Supervisors shall make periodic checks with the officers to ensure constant alertness. J. The officers should be relieved according to their physical needs, Code 7, after what may be considered a reasonable time at the fixed post. ~- Protection of air intake vents and electrical power service inlets. L. Constant observation of non-Department personnel inside the facilities by station personnel. M. Maintaining high ground security in the immediate area surrounding the facility. N. Close the west parking lot site. Stage II Security shall be manned by Investigative personnel. Whenever the Watch Commander determines the possibility exists for a status change from the Stage I Security, he sh~ll confer with the Area Commanding Officer if time permits. A decision will be forwarded to the concerned OIC's. 0. Stage II- In addition to precautions already noted, the following procedures s~all apply: 1. All sworn on-duty personnel shall be armed with a Department approved weapon (except jailers). 2. All doors are to remain locked. • 3. The shotgun locker and ammunition cabinets, located in the Watch Commander's room, shall remain locked at all times. Additional shotguns and ammunition are stored in the Vice equipment locker. 4. The kitroom shall remain locked. 5. Desk Officers shall know who is in the lobby at all times. They shall also know why the person is there. 6. Officers shall challenge any individual found wandering within the station, loitering in the vicinity of the station or on the station grounds. 7. One officer in the interior of the station, preferably the Senior Jailer, shall be responsible for the security of the door at the east end of the jail. 8. The Watch Commander shall be responsible to see that the door at the east end of the Property Room is secure. P. The use of S.W.A.T. personnel should be considered. IV. STAGE III Stage III is the active defense to be employed when the police installation is under assault, or assault is probable, by a sizeable force. In addition to the provisions of a Stage II Security, non-Department personnel shall be denied access to the police facility. A. Stage III Security shall be manned by -Detective personnel, if available. B. The Watch Commander shall be responsible for notifying Communications Division Watch Commander of status change to Stage II or Stage III Security. C. When Stage III is activated the following posts shall be immediately secured by Invest~gative Personnel: POST 1 - The roof of the Station, Northwest corner. POST 2 - The roof of the Station, Southwest corner. POST 3 - The roof of the garage, North side. POST 4 - East parking lot gate. POST 5 - West parking lot gate. NOTE: See Addendum #5 for roof locations. Access to the roof posts. POSTS 1 & 2 - Roof of the ·station. Through the staircases leading from the second floor. A 999 key will permit entry onto the roof. These officers should be competent marksmen and should be equipped with a high powered rifle. They shall have binoculars, adequate ammunition and a ROVER. POST 3 - Roof of the garage. Access to this roof is via the stairs at the west side of the garage. The officer should have a shotgun, adequate ammunition and a ROVER. NOTE: Officers manning station defense POSTS 1 & 2 should periodically inspect both air intake vents and electrical power service inlets. 1. Air intake vents - located on the roof directly above the jail area. The duct area is lower than the main roof and shielded on all sides of the unit. Shut-off switches for the air conditioner are in Room #128. 2. Electrical power service inlets - power is obtained from the power pole directly in front of the station. The inlets are shielded by metal shrouds and enter the station subterraneanly. Officers assigned at these posts should be cautioned against presenting a stationary silhouette to persons below. D. ROAD BLOCKS - If necessary, should be established at intersections surrounding the station. Barricades can be placed across Venice Boulevard at West Boulevard, Venice Boulevard Boulevard at La Brea Avenue, Pico Boulevard at Highland Avenue, and the Pico Boulevard entrance to the Midtown Shopping Center. E. The Watch Commander shall be responsible for ensuring that all personnel files and classified materials are protected during a Stage III alert. F. SWAT personnel should be requested to provide security and assistance for the areas adjacent to the station grounds. V. EVACUATION PROCEDURES If the premises are to be evacuated, the Watch Commander is responsible for: A. Causing notifications to be made throughout the station. All rooms are assumed to be occupied and notifications should be made accordingly, regardless of the hour. 1. The Watch Commander should broadcast via the intercom the appropriate 700 Code. B. Making immediate arrangements for evacuation of prisoners as well as employees and citizens (C-16 "Disaster Planning and Evacuation Procedure for Jail Facilities"). C. This assemblage shall be accomplis- hed in an organized manner. A minimum number of vehicles shall be employed in the transportation process. As directed by the Watch commander, employees shall regroup at the utility location reasonably accessible and convenient to police service. The watch commander shall ensure that all personnel are accounted for upon regrouping at the new location. The watch commander will assign personnel to ensure that any handicapped persons in the station are evacuated. Exit Routes - All personnel shall WALK to the nearest exit. Personnel exiting the building should remain alert for any evidence of tampering or the presence of any unusual objects and shall immediately report any such findings to the watch commander. Notifications - In the event of an evacuation, the watch commander shall made all necessary notifications. These should include, but are not limited to: A. Patrol Division Commanding Officer. B. Area Commanding Officer C. Administrative Desk, Investigative Headquarters Division D. Operations-West Bureau Security Force - The watch commander shall appoint a security force of sufficient number to prevent unknowing citizens from approaching the station. The watch commander should take into account the possibility of the station coming under attack while unoccupied. The security force personnel shall be equipped with ROVERS. - The watch commander shall consider the possibility of notification to an evacuation of businesses and residences a~jacent to the station. Personnel, other than those assigned to the security force and guards for pr~soners, should be used for this purpose. During an emergency, local conditions and situations may warrant modifications of the preceding procedures and recommendations. the Watch Commander may vary their directions to fit conditjons that may arise at the station. In the event of the need to evac·uate, the services of SWAT should be utilized if possible. VI. INSIGHT If the station site has weaknesses for its defense, it is most probably in these areas: LOW WALL HEIGHT - At the east wall, just east of the garage, a suspect could climb the wall and be hidden from view due to the location of the garage. Directly behind the Station, 4088 Pico Boulevard, Water and Power lot view of the parking area can clearly observe officers exit and enter the station by the north doors. HIGH GROUND - In the 4500-4600 block of W. Venice Boulevard, and the roof of the Mid-Town Center affords occupants a clear and unobstructed view of the East portion of the station and parking areas. ADDENDUM #1 A. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 1. First Floor a. Lobby - next to -the Watch Commander's Room door b. East hall, next to the north side exit door. C. West hall, next to northwest exit door d. Detective Room - East Hall 2. Jail - Various locations 3 . Garage - Various locations 4. Second Floor a. Next to Room 2Q9 b. Track Area, southeast corner C. Track Area, northwest corner d. North side of building B. FIRE HOSES 1. First Floor a. Lobby Area - Next to Headquarters Room Door b. Next to northwest door c. Next to northeast door d. Detective Room - East wall 2. Second floor a. Hallway across from Room 203 b. Hall across from Roll Call Room c. Stairwell to roof VISITOR ROSTER II llatch NAME ADDRESS OR GOV'T AGENCY !BADGE #II DESTINATION I IN OUT - ::t> C, :tt-~ ~ ~ ...... I'-' ~ ~ ..... ADDENDUM #3 SEARCH CHECK LIST In the event that Wilshire Station must be searched, the following areas are to be checked: FIRST FLOOR Officer Assigned _________ A.Lobby ( ) - Include Men's' Restrooms ( ) Women's Restrooms ( ), Ord. Room( ), Hall( ), Hall Closets( ), Room 121 ( ), Attorney Conf.( ), Closets, 2 ea.( ) Stairwell ( ), Desk ( ). SECOND FLOOR B. Property Room ( ) C. Jail - Include Photo & Print Area( ), Kitchen( ) Shower( ), Prisoners Visitor Room ( ), All Closets 9 ea.( ), Rooms 1( ), 2( ), 3( ), 4( ), 5( ), 6( ), 7( ), 8( ), 9( ), 10( ), 11( ), 12( ), 13( ), 14( ), 15( ), 16( ), 17( ), 123( ), 124( ), 131( ), 132( ), 133( ), 134( ), 135( ). D. East Hallway- ✓ Include GCI Area( ), Rooms 122( ), 125( ), 126( ), 131( ), 13la{ ). E. North Hallway - Include Women's locker Room( ), ( )Women's Restrooms( ), Men's Restrooms( ), Stairwell-Electric Room( ), Generator Room( ), Water and Power Room( ), Heating Room( ), Shotgun Room #129( ), Closets, 2 ea. ( ) . F. Detective Area - Investigative Desk( ), Rooms( ), 102( ), 104{ ), 105( ), 106( ), 107( ), 108( ), 109{ ), 110( ), 111( ), 112( ), 130{ ), 130a( ), 130b( ), Area Commander's Officer( ), Closet, 1 ea.( ). G. Watch Commander Area, Rooms 113( ), 114( ), 114a( ), 114b( ), 114c( ), 115( ), 116( ), 117( ), 127( ), 127a( ), 128( ). H. East Roof ( ) I. West Roof ( ) J. Locker Area( ), Restrooms( ), Showers( ), Workout Area( ), Room 209( ), Communications Room { ). GARAGE STATION EXTERIOR K. Roll Call Area - Coffee Room #203( ), Vice Office( ), including 2 interview rooms, Cot Room( ), Janitors' closet( ). L. Venting on Roof( - ). A. 3 Wheeler Storage Area( ), Shop Area( ), Tire and Part Storage Area( ), Supervisor's Office( ), Storage Closet( ). B. Gas Pumps( ), Oil Storage Closet( ). C. Garage Helicopter Pad ( ), and roof( ). A. Police Vehicle Parking Area ( ). B. Employee Vehicle Parking Area ( ). C. Visitor Vehicle Parking Lot ( ). D. Front Door Entrance Area ( ). E. Front Lawn and Curb Area from Midtown Shopping Center west to Highland Avenue and north on Highland Avenue to L.A. Board of Education Property. Addendum /14 ATTACK ON WILSHIRE STATION PROCEDURES (Check off as appropriate) ( ) 1. ( ) 2. ( ) a. ( ) b. ( ) C. ( ) d. ( ) e. ( ) f. ( ) g. ( ) h. ( ) i. ( ) j . ( ) k. ( ) 1. ( ) 3. ( ) 4. ( ) 5. ( ) 6 . Desk Officer turn off inside lobby lights, on switch #11. Switches located in light panels lAA in corridor behind the desk. Leave outside lights on. Desk Officers immediately notify the following that the station is under attack: Watch Commander Area Commanding Officer Jailers Record Bureau Specialized Service Detective Offices Security Offices Communications SWAT Team Helicopter Ambulance Broadcast over Station 40 (Station Intercom) Contact Communications and have all units responding go the 4550 W. Pico Boulevard. (Swap Mall Parking lot. Instruct Communications Division to broadcast a Code 700. Contact a Sergeant in the field and have him establish Satellite Command Post at the Swap Mall. Watch Commander establish internal station security utilizing investigators, jailers, or the officer already at the station. One man deployed to roof ( access to roof on second floor hallway). One man deployed to gamewell and three foot wall on edge of upper roof. Pholograph of Wilshire Poli ce Station , Looking West , 0 32392 ' I Aerial Photograph of Wilshire P n 7 Looking North , 0323 9 2 Looking East , 0 3 2392 ( . or -. 1 ' ~ , ; ~ . i . ,·, 'i::l / J J i ~~ . I •, ~ A . ; -j . j .1 ·. J -j J, } :.. ~ / . ·~ J' ~ ! ., ... f· .....::_:- >.:., lT > ! ,. ,1 - 1 1 . I cs ' . . ' _:t/ 1 LS H I.B.!:IJ,RF ~ pn, 1 r;c.s. ~ _ J]_Q~I -fl5~T Fl 008 ! i' r r ; ' . t I I L I I i i ! C \. 1 ! ,; I I ·,:-: .. /) · J . :-1 . ) 1 . r-, ---=---~:~-=~=--~--~--- I .,,,,- . I . / t / . / _ / I I I ! ·---~ ·~ - . . - - -- .. ---· - --- .. --- ... --- . •, . , \ . . . • ':' • I •: . . . . . . .- -: . ~ ... . .. -====-.:.:.=---- ; ! I ' ' . LOS ANGEL~~s ·oo..· 1f1D OF EDUCATION Pf~0?ZfnY I . _.,., . . . ·: ; , • · . . ", . , .. /1 I / ---··· - --\ .. L ... VENICE BLVD. VVILSH!f-(E ~~REt\ POLICE STATION . I"·'' I : \ ' . ' . . • ·'. .. . · .:>-__ ._ ~•~ .•·, • I .... ,_~ . - .I . J ~ v- l r i' t. . .. i C i r· I ' !' .• MOBILIZATION PLAN V. MOBILIZATION PLAN C O N T E N T S Tactical Alerts Mobilization Plan Wilshire Area Personnel Mobilization Plan B/1OO. Personal Mobilization Plan Mobilization Plan (Wilshire) General Info. Activation of the Cadre Cadre Call Up Procedures Emergency Communications Administrative Notes Addendum // 1 Addendum 1/2 Addendum If 3 1 - 2 2 - 3 3 - 4 5 - 12 13 14 14 - 15 15 - 16 16 - 17 MOBILIZATION PLAN This plan is a summary of the Personnel Mobilization Plan provided in the Department Tactical Manual (8/100). For specific details, see Department Tactical Manual, however, sufficient information should be available below for use of Wilshire personnel during initial stages of mobilization. I. TACTICAL ALERTS A Tactical Alert is the preliminary stage of the Department's Mobilization Plan. A. Purpose of Tactical Alert A Tactical Alert is initiated to: 1. Alert personnel to the possibility of personnel redistribution. 2. Provide a manpower reserve. 3. Control the depletion ·of field forces and discourage uncontrolled voluntary response to the scene of a major police incident. B. Initiating a Tactical Alert A Tactical Alert should be initiated as soon as the need is realized by informing the Communications Division Watch Commander. A Tactical Alert may be initiated by: 1. A Field Commander at the scene of a police incident when it is necessary to ensure the availability of sufficient personnel to control the incident. 2. The Communications Division Watch Commander may initiate or expand a Tactical Alert when re-distribution of of personnel is needed or anticipated. C. Holding Over Watches 1. All Watch Commanders shall hold over off going Watches until a teletype authorizing release is received from Communications Division. 2. If activated, the Emergency Control Center shall grant authorization to release Watches. 3. Personnel assigned to the Field Task Force shall be released by the Field Commander. D. Unusual Occurrence Manpower 1. The Field Commander shall be responsible for determining the number of officers needed at an Unusual Occurrence. 2. The Communications Division Watch Commander shall be responsible for determining how the manpower will be obtained. · E. Area Deployment During a Tactical Alert Areas are to divide on duty personnel into a Minimum Operating Force and an Available Reserve. 1. Minimum Operating Force. The Minimum Operating Force needed to continue essential police functions as determined by the Area and FSD Commanding Officers. It shall consist of 50% of uniformed personnel, not including Fixed Post Positions and all assigned person~el to plain clothes assignments. 2. Available Reserve The available Reserve consists of all officers and supervisors of an Area who are not assigned to the minimum operating force, and . are available for reassignment to the Unusual Occurrence Control Force, when needed. The Available Reserve, will ·ordinarily continue their routine duties until activated. NOTE: II. MOBILIZATION Detective personnel may be utilized to supplement or replace uniformed officers within the concerned Area. A. Mobilization is the Principal Personnel Deployment Plan for unusual occurrence control. A Mobilization requires: 1. Immediate extension of the workday to twelve hour watches. 2. Temporary deferment of day off. 3. Recalling of off duty officers. B. · Purpose of Mobilization A Mobilization is activated when: 1. The magnitude of the unusual occurrence requires major deviation from normal operating procedures. 2. The forces of a Tactical Alert are insufficient to meet the unusual occurrence requirement. C. Initiating a Mobilization 1. A Mobilization is initiated by the Department Commander. D. Holding Over Watches 1. On duty watches shall be held over until released by the Department Commander. 2. Personnel assigned to the Field Task Force will be relieved as directed by the Field Commander. E. Area Deployment During a Mobilization 1. · Sworn personnel shall be organized into two twelve hours watches. Assignments shall be structured so that 45% of uniformed officers comprise the "A" watch and 55% comprise of the "B" watch. NOTE: Watch hours shall be as follows: "A" Watch 0630-1900 hours "B" Watch 1830-0700 hours 2. The "A" and "B" Watches shall be divided into a Minimum Operating Force and an Available Reserve. a. Minimum Operating Force shall be 50% of uniformed officers and supervisors in the smallest car plan of Day and Night watches (seven units). Vice officers and Juvenile investigation personnel are NOT included in the Minimum Operating Force. b. Available Reserve for an Area shall consist of the Area's on duty officers, except those assigned to the Field Task Force or the Minimum Operating Force. Vice officers, Juvenile officers and Fixed Post Positions ARE included in the Available reserve. F. Cancellation of Mobilization Approval for the cancellation of a Mobilization shall be obtained from the Department Commander. Upon receiving notification of a Mobilization cancellation, Commanding Officer of mobilized Areas shall ensure that their concerned off duty personnel are immediately notified. III. WILSHIRE AREA PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN A. On Duty Watch Commander Duties 1. Cause the notification of all off duty personnel on the affected "A" and "B" Watch Roster. 2. Instruct the concerned personnel to immediately report to the Area. NOTE: Tactical considerations may necessitate a meeting location other than the station. 3. The time that each officer is notified shall be recorded and the officers estimated response time shall be noted. When an officer cannot be reached, the reason shall be noted. 4. The Watch Commander shall determine his estimated Available Reserve of officers based upon the response time quoted by the off duty officers. NOTE: When conducting a test of the Mobilization call up procedure, the officer(s) making the calls shall ensure that the person answering the phone is made aware that it is a TEST ONLY and no response to the station is required. \ ,_ ' '-- 8/100. PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN 101. PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN TACTICAL ALERT 101.01 TACTICAL ALERT. A Tactical Alert is the preliminary stage of the Department Mobiliza tion Plan for Unusual Occurrences. It provides for the controlled redistribution of on-dutY personnel to achieve the manpower level necessary for control of a major police incident . . 101.02 PURPOSE OF A TACTICAL ALERT. A Tactical Alert is initiated to achieve the following objectives: • Alert personnel of al I or selected Areas to the possi bil itv of personnel redistribution, and announce the existence of a major police incident. • Provide a manpower reserve which can be used by concerned Area(s) in the control of the incident. • Control the depletion of field forces and discourage uncontrolled voluntary response to the scene of a major pol ice incident. 101.03 INITIATING A TACTICAL ALERT. ',V~en there is a need tor a Tactical A :en. it snou1d be initiated as soon as possible to restrict voluntary responses and avoid depletion o. f personnel from the involved Area and surround11iQ· ~ , eas. • A Field Commander at the sc~..t>f a p.:>lice incident may declare a Tactical Alert for the concerned Area when, in his judgement, that actiori'is necessary to ensure the availability of sufficient personnel to con trol the incident. The Field Commander shall immedi ately cause the' Communications Division watch com mander to be notified of the decl~ration. • The Communications Division Watch Commander may "declare a Tactical Alert, or expand an existing Tactical Alert, for all or selected Areas, when the redistribution of Department personn~I is necessary to meet the immediate or anticipated needs of a Field Commander. 101.04 TACT1CAL ALERT BROADCAST. When a Tactical Alert has been declared, the Communi cations Division Watch Commander shall cause a notice of the Tactical Alert to be broadcast Depanment wide by radio and teletype. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department 101.05 EFFECTS OF A TACTICAL ALERT. When an Area or division is placed on a Tacticai Alert, the following provisions shall take effect: · • All field units in the alerted Areas shall continue patrolling their assigned districts unless reassigned by Communications Division. . • Unless otherwise directed, officers working in the _ Areas included in a Tactical Alert shall confine their · activities to police work of major importance. Station supervisors and field supervisors shail ensure that all on-duty personnel are aware of the Tactical Alert. • Officers in a_ lerted Areas who are off the air handling calls or making reports shall, whenever possible, be required to resume field patrol and await further instructions by radio or other communication. • Communications Division shall screen all incoming calls and, whenever possible, direct citizens to the con1:erned police station for making complaints or reports. . Station supervisors shaJI assign personnel to monitor radio frequencies and ·teletVpe machines. • • Station supervisors shall maintain an accounting of on-durv personnel on the Unusual Occurrence Per :..::-11"'\e; S:J:..,s ?-:~:;rt. Form 14.03, in accordance , w, th instructions .:ontained on the form. • Investigative personnel. assigned to Areas or divisions included in the Tactical Alert. shall continue to per form _ their regular duties; however, they shall contact their division of assignment at least once each hour. Note: Twelve-hour watches may be established by - - · the Department Commander; however .~ommanding officers of Areas specifically included in a Tactical Alert may establish twelve-hour watches for their AreJ when their judgment indicates that this will best serve their manpower needs. The Department Commander and the concerned bureau commanding officer shall be notified when this prerogative is exercised. Personnel Mobilization Plan March, 1976 8/101.06 PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN 101.06 HOLDING OVER WATCHES DURING A TACTICAL ALERT. When a Tactical Alert is iitiated. on-duty watches shall be held over as follows: All station supervisors and traffic division watch commanders (regardless of whether their Area. is on Tactical Alert) · shall tiold over off-going watches until a teletype is received from Communications Division granting authoritv to release watches. ' All station super-visors and traffic division watch com manders shall hold over off-going watches when it reasonably appears that their Area may be placed on alert, even though no Tactical Alert has yet been declared. All station supervisors and traffic division watch com manders desiring to release off-going watches shall reouest approval through the Communications Division Watch Commander. If the ECC is activated, the reouest shall be directed to the ECC Personnel Officer. ~ The Communications Division Watch Commander shall be responsible for releasing off-going watches and sending a teletype notice authorizing their release. If the ECC is activated. these duties shall be assumed by the ECC Personnel Otticer. In either case, the officer releasing off.going watches shall notify the Department Commander of his actions. • A Tactical Alert cancellation teletvpe from Communi cations Division or the ECC shall be considered author ity to release off.going watch~ . • , • Personnel assigned to the Fietd Task Force will be relieved as directed by the Field . ~ander. 101.07 UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE MANPOWER: The Field Commander shall be responsible for deter ining the number of officers needed at the scene of an .,usual Occurrence. The Communications Division ,'atch Commander shall be responsible for determining '- how the manpower will be obtained and for dispatching the manpower requested by the Field Commander. When the ECC is activated, the ECC Personnel Officer shall assume ·the responsibility for fulfilling the Field Com mander's requests for personnel. 101.08 INITIAL REQUEST FOR ADDITIONAL MAN- POWER. The manpower needs of the UO should be the Field Commander's first consideration. To ensure that the manpower needs are met, the Field Commander shall: • Determine whether the manpower at the scene wil I be sufficient to meet immediate and future needs. • When additional assistance is needed, select a Staging Area and request the desired number of pf]rsonnel. Note: The Field Commander should, when selecting a Staging Area, give consideration to securitv. distance from the disturbance, communications capabilities, toilets. electrical hook-ups, shelter, ingress and egress routes and a helicopter landing site. Personnel requests should be directed to Communications Division by radio. When the ECC is activated. personnel requests should be submitted to the ECC Personnel Officer by telephone or teletYpe, If these facilities are not avail able, the requests may be made by radio. • Declare a Tactical Alert when it appears that the magnitude of the incident has reached, or is likely to reach, a scale requiring redeployment of Department personnel to establish and maintain control. 101.09 AREA DEPLOYMENT DURING A TACTICAL ALERT. A Tactical Alert is activated to provide a manpower reserve that can be util ized to control a major police incident. This is accomplished by a control led redistribution of personnel from other Areas and divisions to the Area of occurrence. To effect a controlled redistribution of personnel . Areas placed on a Tactical Alert must alter their deployment so they can continue to provide essential pol ice service to their Area while reducing their manpower. To accom plish this, on-duty personnel in Areas and divisions placed on a Tactical Alert shall be divided into a Minimum Oper ating Force and an Available Reserve. March, 1976 Personnel Mobilization Plan Tactical Manuat, Los Angeles Police Depa~ment .. . ..... . :• · .. . • . I _ _,, _J PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN B/101.12 101.10 MINIMUM OPERATING FORCE-TACTICAL ALERT~ The Minimum Operating Force during a Tactical Alert is the minimum personnel -force needed by any Area or division to continue essential police functions. Area and division commanding officers shall determine the Minimum Operation Force as follows: • Operations and Support Divisions. The Minimum Operating Force for these divisions during a Tactical Alert shall consist of the following: • Approximately 50% of the watch's uniformed patrol offtcers. Note: The Minimum Operating Force for a Tactical Alert does not include Accident Investigation and Trattic Enforcement personnel. • The station supervisor. • Approximately 50% of the watch 's supervisors, not including fixed post positions. • All of the watch 's plainclothes and station fixed post positions. • ·Traffic Divisions. The Minimum Operating Force for traffic divisions shall consist of essential station per sonnel only. • Area Vice Unit. The Minimum Operating Force for Area vice unitS shall consist of all assigned vice per- sonnel. . ___ , • All Other Divisions. The corr,manding officers o. f all other divisions shall determine/tlfe'division's Minimum Operating Force by using guidelines-established by their respect ive bureau commanding officers. The Minimum Operating Force of eacn division s.riall repres ent the minimum strength needed to continue essential police functions during a Tactical Alert. Note: Minimum Ooerating Force during a Mobilization differs from the Minimum Operating Force during a ·Tactical Alert. See Section A/ 102.11, Tactical Manual. If field forces in the Area ·of occurrence or adjoining Areas are deoleted as a result of voluntary resoonse to the scene of the UO, those voluntary units not actively involved shall be recalled from the Task Force, if possible. and maae available for radio calls in their Area of assign menr:. If these units are not immediately available for recall, units from other Areas and divisions. shall be used to temporarily supplement the field forces in the depleted Area. T...,,...;,....,., ~"-- · ·-• • -• "'- - -'·· ,._._, • . • ""'-- - - --· .. 101.11 ADDITIONAL MANPOWER RESOURCES- TACTICAL ALERT. In adoition to uniformed personnel. the following manpower resources are also available during a Tactical Alert: • Investigative personnel mav oe utilized to supplement or replace uniformed officers within the concerned Area. • At the discretion of the Deoartment Commander , divisions other than operations or support divisions may be placed on Tactical Alert and their personnel used to assist in tbe control of the UO. • The following manpower is available with the approval of the Commanding Officer, Personnel and Training Bureau: • Officers attending recruit classes, to perform non hazardous duties. • Officers attending in-service training may be returned to their respective Areas. • · With approval of the Department Commander, civilian volunteers and police reserves may be assigned to the Field Task Force. Note: Reouests for civilian volunteers or police reserves shall be directed to the Communications Division Watch Commander. If the ECC has been activated, the reauests shall be directed to me ECC Personnel Officer. • When on-dutY forces assemoled during a Tactical A lert are insufficient to meet the needs of the tactical situa tion, the Department Commander shall initiate a Mobili zation. 101.12 AVAILABLE RESERVE-TACTICAL ALERT. The Available Reserve is the status of officers who can be released from regular duties in their Area or division of assignment and assigned to the UO Control Task Force when needed. The Available Reserve shall consist of all officers and supervisors of an Area or division who are not assigned to the Minimum Operating Force or the UO Control Task. Force. Those officers constituting the Available Reserve will ordinarily continue their routine duties until activated. 8/101.13 PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN 13 CONTROLLED REASSIGNMENT OF FIEL~ FORCES. During a Tactical A lert me following ~ . 1 sions shall apply when assign ing un its to the UO C..:introl Task Force: · • An Area or division: activated by a Tactical Alert may be required to commit its entire Available Reserve to the UO Control Task Force. • Activated Areas and divisions shall not be required to commit their Minimum Operating Force without the approval of the Department Commander. Note: In the event that sufficient manpower is not available for assignment to the Field Task Force, and the Department Commander determines that the . . implementation of twelve-hour watches and a Mobil i zation is not desirable, he may direct that Area vice personnel. or other personnel not included in the Avail.able Reserve, be assigned to the Field Task Force. • Unless the need for assistance at the scene of the UO is critical, no more than 50 percent of the uniformed patrol units :hat are c!ear in an Area will be dispatched to the Field Task Farce at one time. Note: When there is an appreciable delay in obtaining sufficient units to fu lfill the Field Commander's reqt.:ests for manpower , addit ional Areas and divisions shou ld ce inclt.;ded in me Tactieat~Jert rather than depleting the Minimt.:m Operating Force of activated . Areas. -~" , 101.14 CANCELLATION OF A TACTICAL ALERT. When the i:CC has not been activated, the Field r ·1mander shall be responsib le for the cancellation of ctical Alert ano shall notify the Communications ion Watch Commander. If the ECC has been acti ~cd the ECC Personnel Officer shal I have the resconsi =ilitY · to cancel the Tactical Alert. When a Tactical A lert is cancell ed, that oerson initiatirig the action shall cause a notice of ~ance!l ation to be broadcast by radio and :e!etype ta all involved Areas and aivisions. 102. PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN MOBILJZATION 102.01 MOBILIZATION. A Mobil ization is the principal personnel deployment plan far UO control. In addition to the imp lementation of a Tacti ca l Alert. th e Mobil ization requ ires : The immediate extension of the work day to twelve hour watches. • The temporary deferment of days ott. • The re(:;alling of off-duty officers. 102.02 PURPOSE OF A MOBI LIZA Tl ON. A Mobiliza tion is activated to provide the necessary man power when : • A UO is of sufficient magn itude to require major deviation from normal police aoerating procedures and necessitates a general modification of Department organization and command: or • The forces assemoled by a Tactical Alert are insufficient to meet the tactical situation. Note: A Mobil ization shall be initiated without delay if , at the beginning of a UO. it is obvious that the on duty forces will be insufficient to meet the immediate needs of the Field Commander. 102.03 MOBILIZATION OF THE DEPARTMENT. A Mobilization is initiated by the Department Commander and may involve the entire Deoartmem or s elected Areas and divisions. / PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN B/102.07 102.04 MOBILIZATION BROADCAST. When a Mobili- zation is initiated, the Communications Division Watch Commander shall cause a notice of the Mobilization to be broadcast by radio and teletype. If the ECC is activated the ECC Personnel Officer shall be resoonsible for causing the .Mobilization notification to be broadcast. The Mobil ization notification shall be made as follows : • The broadcast shall specify the watch (" A" or " B" ) and Areas or divisions mobilized. • The number of Areas or divisions included will depend upon the anticipated personnel needs of the Field Commander. • The radio broadcasts shall be repeated every 15 minutes for two hours following the original Mobilization broad cast. • If additional Areas or divisions are Mobilized, that information shall be added to the original broadcast or promulgated in a supplementary Mobilization broadcast. • Following the broadcast, the Communications Division Watch Commander shat I dispatch sufficient uni ts to meet the manpower needs of the Field Commander. 102.05 EFFECT OF A MOBILIZATION. When an Area or division is mobilized, the concerned commanding officer shall acti"'.~e the Area or Division Mobilization Plan, which shall inc;lude: • Implementation of twelve-hou1 111 !\, 1 fnches. • Deferment of days off. · • Consolidation of ·fixed post positions. • Alerting off-duty personnel. • Arranging an inventory of personnel and equipment remaining in the Area or division. • Preparing for the fulfillment of ECC requests for personnel and equipment. • Restricting the activities of units remaining in the Area or division to police work of major importance. 102.06 HOLDING OVER WATCHES DURING A MOBILIZATION. When a Mobilization is announced, on-duty watches shall be held over as follows: • All Area and traffic division commanding officers shall hold over off-go1ng watches. Off-going watches may be released only with the approval of the Depa'rtment Commander. • Station supervisors or watch commanders desiring to release off-going watches. shall request approval through the ECC Personnel Officer. • The ECC Personnel Officer shall be responsible for securing the Department Commander's approval for releasing off-going watches and for sending a teletype notice authorizing their release. • A Mobilization cancellation teletype shall be considered authority to release off-going watches. • Personnel assigned to the Field Task Force wi ll be relieved as directed by the Field Commander. 102.07 ALERT OF OFF-DUTY PERSONNEL DURING A MOBI LIZA Tl ON. When a Mobilization is initiated, personnel in mobilized Areas or divisions shall be activated as follows: • Station suoervisors on duty in mobilized Areas or divisions shall cause notifications to be made to otf dutv officers assigned to their respective Areas or divisions. • When the offices of a mobilized Area or division are closed, off-duty personnel shall be notified as specified in the Area or Division Unusual Occurrence Plan. • In a Ma1or Unusual Occurrence. the Department Commander may use the services of cooperating commercial radio and television stations to notify off-duty officers of the Mobiliza~ion. • When off-duty personnel are alerted, they shall be instructed to report to their Area or division of assign ment. Officers assigned to the Field Task Force shall continue reporting on-duty at their Area or division of assignment throughout the duration of the incident unless otherwise directed by their Field Task Force supervisor. • When practicable, commanding officers who are requested to commit personnel to the Field Task Force shall send officers assigned to an on-com ing watch rather than officers who have been held over. Tactical ManuaJ. Los Anoeles Police nPn~rtmPnf __ _!) 0 -"'~" 81 kA"'~:,:~-·:-- "'-- 1 \ . B/102.08 PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN 102.08 MOBILIZATION WATCH ASSIGNMENTS. Area and other Office of Operations division commanding officers shall establish and maintain a Mobilization watch assignment roster and ensure that personnel of their-commands are informed of individual assignments. All officers shall be included except ~hose on vacation, military leave, extended leave due to illness. or those otherwise not available during the deployment period. Assignments shall be structured so that 45 per cent of the uniformed officers comprise the II A" watch and 55 percent comprise the "B" watch. Note: The Department Commander is not precluded from reassigning personnel commensurate with the needs of an emergency. • Day watch officers should be assigned to the "A" watch and night watch officers to the "8" watch. Morning watch officers should be assigned to either the II A 11 or "B" watch to comply with the 45-55 percent ratio requirement. • Investigative personnel shall be assigned in a manner that allows for the augmentation of uniformed per sonnel, if necessary, and also to allow investigators to perform special functions related to UOs, e.g., Field Jail Unit. • The number of officers assigned to the Minimum Operating Force and the Avaiia'b_ le Reserve for each twelve-hour watch shall be comp.1,JJed and the Avai-1- abie Reserve reported as provide:cfi4~ 8/102. 14. July, 1978 · Personnel Mobilization Plan 102.09 TWELVE-HOUR WATCHES. Each twelve-hour watch in a Mobilization shall be preceeded by a 30 minute roll call period. The watch times shall be: • 11 A" Watch: 0630 - 1900 hours. • _ 11 8" Watch: 1830 - 0700 ho1.trs. The watch times tor the FCP Cadre shall be: • 0730 - 2000 hours. • 1930 - 0800 hours. Other watch hours may be established only with the approval of the Department Commander. In unusual situations the Department Commander may authorize watch hours in excess of twelve-hour shifts. 102.10 AREA DEPLOYMENT DURING A MOBILIZA TION. The "A" and "B" watches of a mobilized Area shall each be divided into a Minimum Operating Force and an Available Reserve. T.artir,I ~A'""'' I ,._ A ........ , ..... o ... i:-- ,... __ -- - - ./ ' - __,.· PERSONNEL MOBILJZAT1ON PLAN B/102.14 102.11 MINIMUM OPERATING FORCE-MOBILIZA TION .. The Minimum Operating Force for an Area during a Mobilization shall consist of the following : • Approximately 50 percent of the un i formed officers and supervisors utilized in the smallest regularly-used car plan of the day and night watches. Minimum day and night watch personnel will be assigned to the "A" and "B" Watches respectively. Note: The Minimum Operating Force for a Mobiliza tion does not include vice.juvenile, and accident investigation or traffic enforcement personnel. • Those fixed post positions essential to Area operation. When practicable, these fixed post positions will be filled by light-duty officers. Example: A Mobilization occurs on Saturday night and Rampart Area is mobilized. The smallest regularly-used car plan on the night watch in this Area occurs on ~ Wednesday night. The Minimum Operating Force for Rampart's "B'' Watch would then consist of 50 percent of the uniformed patrol officers and uniformed patrol supervisors used on a Wednesday night deployment, plus those positions essential to Area operations. 102.12 AVAILABLE RESER~E-MOBILJZATION . . The Available Resetve .for an Area shall consist of the Area's on-duty officers e~~ those assigned ta the Field Task Force or the Area~ Minimum Operating Force for a Mobilization. The Avaflaele Reserve includes Area vice, juvenile, fixed posts, accident :investigation and traffic enforcement personnel. J If esHieors ari assig11ed to ti ,e Field·Task Fo1 ce from the Avatteble· A~. the number assigned will be subtracted from the original Available Reserve to determine the current Available Reserve. Note: The Available Reserve for a ~obilization, des cribed above, differs from the Available Reserve during a Tactical Alert, which is described elsewhere in this chapter. T<!lr.-;,.. .. 1 ••---··-• • -- • ---•- - ,.. _ ,. _ - ""' 102.13 OTHER OFFICE OF OPERATIONS DIVISIONS. • Traffic Divisions. The Ava ilable Reserve for traffic divisions shall consist of all personnel who have not been assigned to the Field Task Force. • Investigative Divisions. The Available Reserves· for investigative divisions, with in the Office of Operations, shal I consist of those officers in the division who are not assigned to the Minimum Operating Force and who are available for assignment to tM UO Control Task Force. 102.14 REPORTING AVAILABLE RESERVE EACH DEPLOYMENT PERIOD. Office of Operations Area and division command ing officers shall report the · number of officers assigned to the Ava ilabi8 Reserve during a Mobilization to their bureau commanding officers and to lnvestiaative Headquarters Division prior to the first day of each deployment period, as fol lows: • The report shall be submitted on an Intra-Departmental Correspondence , Form 15.2. • The report shall include the numbe:- of officers, by rank , who will be assianed to the Avail able Reserve for the coming deploy-ment period. • A secarare listing shall be maae for each twelve-hour watch. • A separate I isting shall be made tor: patrol , vice, juvenile , and fixed posts; accident investigation ; traffic enforcement; and investigative personnel. Example: West Los Angeles Area Twelve-Hour Watch Assignment Available Reserve Deployment Period No. 14 December 15, 1978 "A" Watch ,.8,. Watch Lt. Sgt. Invest. Ofer. Lt. Sgt. Invest. Ofer. Patrol, Vice Juvenile. & Fixed Posts 8 35 10 43 A.I. 7 1 9 T.E. 8 10 Invest. 4 2 5 2 Note: To provide an estimate of the potential strength of the Field Task Force, the Available Reserve, as re ported each deployment period, shall be based on the maximum number of avai I able sworn personnel. The ECC Personnel Officer will make a determination regarding the availability of personnel from each Ar~ during a Mobilization. _ At that ~ime, pro~le,:ns peculiar , to the UO will be considered prior to assigning an Areas or division's Available Reserve to the Field Task Force. When an Area or division is mobilized. the predetermined Minimum Operating Force shall immediately become effective. Prior to the beginning of each twelve-hour watch, Iine-ups shall be teletyped to Communications Division as prescribed in the Department Manual (3/224.10). 1 '- B/102.15 PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN 102.15 SELECTION OF PERSONNEL. The personnel assigned to UO control should be highly qualified .n police service. Selection of Task Force personnel should be predicated upon the following qualities: • Experience and .job knowledge. • Exemplary work habits. • Physical stamina. • Emotional stability. • Fortitude. These characteristics are of increased importance when selecting supervisors. They should have all the _qualities necessary for police officers and also those attributes 'Nhich contribute to effective leadership. 102.16 FORMATION OF SQUADS IN A MOBILIZA~ TION. In the application of Department tactics for Unusual Occurrences certain situations will necessi tate the use of squads. In a Mobilization, when the Field Commander indicates that squads will be used, the follow ing procedures shall apply: • When off-duty personnel are activated, concerned station suoervisors or watch commanders shall arrange officers and supervisors into squads as they arrive for roll call. . · -:· · . ~ . • The squads formed in the Area OJ:..Ci}'ision of assign ment shall be dispatched to tt:,e AssEfmbly Area or other designated location as a unit.- .. ~ ·- - • Squad assignments shall, when practicable, cont!~ue unchanged throughout the duration of the Mob1l1za tion. \ March, 1976 102.17 LOCATION OF OFF-DUTY OFFICERS IN A MOBI LIZA Tl ON. Off-duty personnel from mobilized Areas or divisions shall inform their station supervisor or watch commander of the telephone number or location where they can be contacted when they are going to· be away from their homes for more than one hour. 102.18 CANCELLATION OF A MOBILIZATION. Approval for the cancellation of a Mobilization shall be obtained from the Department Commander. When a Mobilization has been cancelled, the ECC Per sonnel Officer shall cause the broadcast of the cancel la t ion by radio and telerype as follows: • The broadcast shall include the location of the occur rence and shall be directed lo all involved Areas. • The radio broadcast shall be periodically repeated during the first two hours following the original cancellation broadcast. • The teletype shall include instructions for resuming normal activities. 102.19 NOTIFYING OFF-DUTY PERSONNEL OF A MOBILIZATION CANCELLATION. Upon receiving notification of a Mobilization cancellation, commanding office"rs of mobilized Areas or divisions shall ensure that their concerned off-duty personnel, including those loaned or temporarily assigned to th_ eir command. are immediately notified of the canc_ ellat1on. In the event mobilized personnel need to be billeted in Department-selected facilities. the ECC Personnel Officer shall notify them when the Mobilization is cancelled. IV. MOBILIZATION PLAN WILSHIRE GENERAL INFORMATION The Field Command Post Cadre consists of approximately 600 officers and civilian employees who have undergone at least three 4ays of specialized training in Field Command Post (FCP) operations, including exercises employing the Mobile Command Fleet. Each deployment period, Tactical Planning Section publishes revised rosters of trained cadre personnel showing information such as each individual's rank, division of assignment, city o'f residence, and home phone number. The rosters are distributed as indicated below: 1. 2. 3 . 4. Alphabetical Roster 1 Tactical Planning Section Master Position Roster 2 Communications Division (Parker Center) Headquarters Uniformed Services Group Detective Headquarters Division Tactical Planning Section Bureau Position Roster 3 Headquarters Uniformed Services Group Detective Headquarters Division Communications Division Concerned geographic operations bureau Tactical Planning Section Area/Division Roster 4 Concerned Area Concerned Traffic Division Concerned geographic operations bureau (Administrative office) 1. The Alphabetical Roster lists all Field Command Post members on the Department. 2. The Master Position Roster lists collectively all Field Command Post Cadre members assigned to any of the geographic operations bureaus predesignated cadre position. 3. The Bureau Position Roster list Field Command Post Cadre members of each geographic operations bureau by predesignated cadre position. There is a separate roster for each geographic bureau. 4. The Area/Division Rosters list Field Command Post Cadre members of each Area, Traffic Division, and Geographic Operations bureau administrative office by predesignated cadre position. There is a separate roster for each of these entities. ACTIVATION OF THE CADRE Normally large scale cadre call ups are initially made by Tactical Planning Section during normal business hours and by Detective Headquarters Division at other times, utilizing the master Position Roster. Sections A/107.01 and A/107.02 of the Tactical Manual deal with the activation of the cadre during a serious or major Unusual Occurrence (UO) or when either appears imminent. Commanding Officers are also encouraged to use the cadre for preplanned special events and tactical exercises. The duties and responsibilities of each member of the FCP are contained in sections A/318 through A/343.01 of the Tactical Manual. Understandably, Commanding Officer of geographic operations bureaus want to draw upon their own cadre personnel to the greatest extent possible. However, occasionally the situation arises where there are insufficient officers listed for a particular FCP staff position on a bureau roster to meet the manpower needs, or alternatively, there are sufficient personnel but those listed are not of the appropriate rank. These difficulties result not because there are too few individuals trained for the position, but because transfers have left a disproportionate distribution amongst the individual bureaus. The problem can be resolved by staying within the bureau and upgrading an individual from another position within the concerned staff section (for example, Assistant personnel Officer, upgraded to Personnel Officer within the Personnel Section) or by consulting the Master Position Roster and obtaining an officer trained for the position from a different bureau. CADRE CALL UP PROCEDURES Personnel responsible for calling up the Field Command Post Cadre shall adhere to the following procedures: · · 1. Obtain permission to activate the Field Command Post Division from the Commanding Officer, Headquarters Uniformed Services Group, or in his absence, the Director, Office of Operations, or the Chief of Police (in that order). 2. Determine from the Field Commander the extent of the FCP Division activation. (That is, obtain at least a general idea of what positions are to be staffed and the corresponding ranks desired). 3. Notify cadre members who will fill the following positions first: Executive Officer, Personnel Officer, Operations Officer, Logistics Officer, Intelligence Officer, Personnel Pool Officer, Planning Officer, and Control Officer. 4. Staff those positions not contained in the cadre rosters in accordance with the instructions outlined in Addendum #1, attached. (Not all of the positions in the entire Field Command Post organizational structure are listed in the cadre rosters). The organizational charts contained in Addendum #2 are provided for reference. 5. Attempt to contact a cadre member at his place of work first. If the individual is off duty, ascertain that he is available for call up (that is, not on vacation, IOD, etc), then place a call to his residence. 6. Inform cadre members that they are being assigned to Field Command Post duties by order of the Commanding Officer, Headquarters Uniformed Services Group in his capacity as the Commanding Officer, Field Command Post Division, and that this shall serve as their primary duty assignment until relieved. 7. Avoid using traffic enforcement personnel if possible, since motor officers can be invaluable in fulfilling other functions during an Unusual Occurrence. 8. Keep records on every person called, indicating information such as date and time contacted, who made the notification, and estimated response time (or, if appropriate, reason for refusal to respond). Notes may be made directly on the roster or a separate log may be maintained. 9. Notify on corning watch personnel at least eight hours in advance of their watch when it has been determined that a second watch is needed to relieved on duty personnel at the command post. 10. Maintain a Journal of all significant information pertaining to the cadre call up, including but not limited to the name of the person authorizing activation, the time the call up was initiated and completed, and the noteworthy difficulties encountered. At the conclusion of the Unusual Occurrence, attach the cadre notification records (step 8) to the Journal and submit both items to the Officer-in-Charge, Tactical Planning Section. EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS In a large scale pressing emergency situation, it is quite likely that most of the Centrex telephone lines in Area stations will be tied up, making cadre call up difficult and time consuming. Two alternate means of telephonic communications are available and should not be overlooked by those making cadre notifications; these are (1) .the microwave audio-video system and (2) the Gamewell (City owned telephone system). Telephonic communications from one Department facility to another can easily be established through the microwave system. Simply pick up the handset of a touch tone microwave telephone (usually located on the video control console in the Watch Commander's office), wait for a dial tone, and _dial the desired three digit extension. The number directory system is as follows: FACILITY EXTENSION FACILITY EXTENSION Academy 138 Parker Center (Rm 800) 150 Central 159 Rampart 134 Devonshire 137 77th 116 Foothill 136 Southeast 130 Harbor 135 Southwest 117 Hollenbeck 113 Valley Hdqtrs/Van Nuys 111 Hollywood 114 Venice 119 Mt. Lee 158 West Los Angeles 118 Newton 115 West Valley 133 North Hollywood 132 Wilshire 110 Northeast 112 The Gamewell System is another means of telephonic communications and may be used to contact all Area station except those in Valley Bureau. Gamewell phones that may useful for call up purposes can be found at the following locations: 1. All Area Stations {n Central, South and West Bureau. 2. Emergency Operations Center in City Hall East (Extension 221 through 226). 3. Motor Transport Division, Administrative Office (230) 4. Parker Center a. Jail Division Watch Commander's Office (213) b. Jail Division Release Desk (215) c. Pool car dispatcher's office (231) d. Robbery/Homicide Division, Room 321 (238, 251) e. Burglary/Auto Theft Division, Room 319 (239) f. Bunco/Forgery Division, Room 340 (241) g. Latent Prints Section, Room 203B (243) ( 1 h. Photographic Section, Room 403 (244) i. Missing Persons Unit, Room 140 (240) ADMINISTRATIVE NOTES With the exception of the Alphabetical Roster, all roster · list cadre members by their predesignated Field Command Post staff positions. Additionally, the names are arranged in descending order of rank within each position and alphabetically within each rank. Cadre members to be activated can be selected on the basis of the individual's experience or training leveJ, the distance the person resides from the Unusual Occurrence, the personal preference of the Field Commander, or by simply calling them off the rosters in the order they are listed. In any event, cadre should be taken as to not cause an undue drain of personnel for any one Area. For convenience of call up, the names of all Department Equipment Maintenance Detail personnel are printed on the Master Position Roster even though some of these officers may not be assigned to any of the geographic operations bureaus. Officers not assigned within geographic bureaus are not, however, counted in· the statistical summaries that accompany this roster. The dial codes preceding all telephonic numbers are applicable to calls placed form Centrex telephones in the metropolitan area, with an asterisk(*) indicating call that must be placed through the City Hall operator. There is only one work telephone number used for each Area. The computer automatically prints the work telephone number b~sed on the Area to which assigned without regard for whether that individual is serving in a uniformed, detective, or command capacity. For Areas and Traffic Divisions, the Watch Commander's extension is used. If any errors in the rosters are discovered, or if any problems or questions arise, contact the Field Command Post Unit, Tactical Planning Section. ADDENDUM #1 STAFFING INSTRUCTIONS FOR FIELD COMMAND POST POSITIONS NOT INCLUDED IN THE CADRE ROSTERS These guidelines are to facilitate -the rapid, efficient staffing of those Field Command Post positions that are not included on the cadre rosters. FIELD COMMANDER - Command assumed in accordance with Section A/1O6 of the Tactical Manual. PERSONAL ADVISORS - Appointed by .the Field Commander as needed. RADIO-TELEPHONE OPERATORS - Obtained from Communications Division unless the Field Commander desires to utilize personnel from elsewhere. PRESS RELATIONS OFFICERS - A representative from -Press Relations Section utilized, if at the scene; otherwise, the function will be handled by the Intelligence Officer or another individual appointed by the Field Commander. LIAISON OFFICERS - Appointed by the Field Commander as needed. VOLUNTEER SERVICES OFFICERS - Staffed by community relations personnel from the involved Area(s) when practical. FIELD MEDICAL UNIT PERSONNEL - First aid services provided by Fire Department paramedic personnel; doctors from Jail Division and/or contract hospitals used for more advanced medical treatment (such as that required for bookings). FIELD JAIL UNIT PERSONNEL - Staffed in accordance with B/3O2 of the Tactical Manual. INTELLIGENCE CONTROL LIAISON OFFICER - Supplied by the Intelligence Control Center (ICC).* MESSENGERS - Selected from the Ready Reserve.* OBSERVATION DETAIL PERSONNEL - Selected from the Ready Reserve.* (Plain clothes, vice and narcotic personnel are normally the most suitable for this assignment). ARREST DETAIL PERSONNEL - Selected from the Ready Reserve.* CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION GROUND OPERATOR - Supplied by TV Photo/ Sound Unit, Training Division. CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION HELICOPTER CAMERA MAN - Provided by Air Support Division. INVESTIGATION UNIT PERSONNEL - Staffed from the Manpower Pool,* Ready Reserve,* or Detective Headquarters Division. FIELD PROVISIONS OFFICER - Selected from the Ready Reserve.* FIELD STORES UNIT PERSONNEL - Supplied by Property Division. FIELD TRANSPORTATION UNIT PERSONNEL - Supplied by Motor Transport Division. SECURITY UNIT PERSONNEL - Selected from the Ready Reserve.* *For a definition of the term, refer -to General Provisions/OO6 of the Tactical Manual. ' .-·· 1 UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE TASK FORCE DEPARTMENT COMMANDE_ R -:~ DIRECTOR ) I COMMANDER PATROL BUREAU OFFICE OF PLANNING AND CONTROL FIELD COMMANDER COMMANDER INTELLIGENCE DIVISION - · -· I _ _ _ _ ____ LIGENCE DIVISION COMMANDER EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER DIVISJON EXECUTIVE IELD UNITS EXECUTIVE - - OFFICER ,- - OFFICER I I I ---~ '- ~ __ F_C_P___ I I E E.C.C. PRESS RELATIONS 1, 1 ss RELATIONS OFFICER I I _ QFE!~E~----- -----+-------------, I I_ · ____________ _ IOPER!- no -Ns-J [ -iNrlEL~mEN<:E] IJ ___ u 7 [ · - 1 ._ _ _ __ ] [ - · iNT:}~fijCE ] [ S iruAno~- REPORT] L--~ - ~~N___ _ _ _ _ _ __ s _ECT!? _ N ~~!;~~ - · _ ~:;1;~;_ _ _ _ o_F~~ ~ ~-- \ ... ( I I EMERGENCY . CONT r<OL· CENTER (ECC) (_ I DEPARTMENT COMMANDER ... ' 1 EMERGENCY CONTROL - ~ Department Press Relations CENTER . il :, Officer ~ " ' I t I I ECC I Commancting \ I Officer I I Executive Press Relations Officer Section I I I Logistics Intelligence Personnel Public Service Situation Report Section Section Section Section Section INTELL~GENCE CONTROL CENTER (ICC) FCP Intelligence Control Liaison Officer ICC Telephone Detail DEPARTMENT COMMANDER Assistant to Director t ~ Office of Special Services-. Commanding Officer Organized Crime Intelligence Division Intelligence Control Center ECC Intelligence - - - - - - - - - - Officer-in-Charge -- - - - - - - - - - Control Liaison ICC Radio Detail ICC Field Units Officer ICC Journal Clerk . , I February. 1979 I CASUALTY INFORMATION CENTER (CIC) Records Section DEPARTMENT COMMANDER Commanding Officer . , Detective Headquarters ' Division · ) Casualty Information Center Officer-in-Charge Field Section February, 1979 ( . . , ( Advisory Staff I ntellige nee Section Intelligence Officer Asst. lntell. Control Officer Unit I Closed Circuit r H Undercover I Television Unit Unit I Information r H Field lntell. I Unit Unit FCP Photo Unit ( FIELD t' . ..,K FORCE DEPARTMENT COMMANDER COMMANDER Field Task Force Field \ Commander . .'J f , ~ J Executive Officer ) I I Liaison Press Relations Officers Operations Logistics Section Section Operations I Logistics Officer Officer -1 Planning I Staging ~ ~ Unit I Officer Assistant Field Commander Equipment Unit , : Security Ant. Pen Unit Officer Personnel Section Personnel Officer onnel Requisition Officer Investigation Field Unit r H Field Stores Person nel Field Med. Unit Unit Transport. Area Tactical Commanders Sector Commanders Unit Pool ~ Field Provisions Officer · ; Field Jail Unit February, 1979 field Medical Unit i _ I FIELD COMMAND POST PERSONNEL SECTION E>eecutive Officer Processing Detail Detention & Trans. Detail Guard Detail Field Jail Unit FIELD COMMANDER FIELD COMMAND POST PERSONNEL SECTION Personnel Officer , I I Personnel Pool Report Approval Detail Evidence Detail Wagon Detail Status Record Detail Volunteer Services Officer 0.1.C., Ready Reserve . I Requisition Officer F cl>ruary. 19 79 Photographic Unit Photographic Unit OIC SNAP Teams I I FIELD COMMAND . POST INTELLIGENCE SECTION - I Closed Circuit Television Unit Ground· Operator Helicopter Cameraman Executive Officer - - - Journal Clerk Situation Report Officer FIELD COMMANDER FCP INTELLIGENCE SECTION FCP Intelligence Officer Assistant Intelligence Officer Information Unit Messenger Detail Map Officer Routing Officer . , ~ ) ) ;; '-i . :1 ~ Undercover Unit Undercover Unit OIC - Observation Detail Arrest Detail Intelligence Control Center ICC Field Units field Intelligence Unit FCP Scouts FCP Scout Radio Detail -----, - I I I J I I I I I I I I I I I I Intelligence ---- Control Liaison Officer February, 1979 ,. I I ( ···•· · ( I FIELD COMMAND POST OPERATIONS SECTION if,cecutiva iomcer !Planning Unit ·Planning '. Officer Dispatcher FIELD COMMANDER FCP OPERATIONS SECTION . Operations Officer Control Unit Control 9fficer ' Monitor Investigation Unit Investigation Unit OIC Investigative Teams I February. 19 79 ( ( I Equipment and Supplies Detail I . ./ • FIELD COMMAND POST LOGISTICS SECTION Executive Officer Security Unit Field Storas Unit Flald Stores Officer I Prop11rty Detail FIELD COMMANDER FCP LOGISTICS SECTION logistics Officer Field Provisions Officer I Vehicle Pool Detail Staging Officer Field Transportation Unit Field Transportation Officer ( ! . I I Vehicle Maintenance Detail February, 1979 CIVIL DEFENSE PLAN CIVIL DEFENSE WARNING PLAN GENERAL This plan deals with actions to be taken during a Civil Defense Warning in the event of a PROBABLE or IMMINENT enemy attack. The primary objectives of this plan are three-fold: 1. Aiding the general civilian population. 2. Sheltering of area personnel. 3. Survival operations of command and key personnel. WARNING SIGNALS Three to five minute STEADY blast means attack ~s probable. Three to five minute WAVERING sound or short blasts means an attack. OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS 1. Many of the critical resources needed to sustain survivors and the defense effort will be destroyed. 2. Damage to transportation facilities, equipment and supplies will seriously restrict distribution of surviving resources. WATCH COMMANDER'S DUTIES When information is received that a probable or imminent nuclear attack is on its way, the Watch Commander shall be responsible for the following: A. INITIAL RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. Directing and assisting persons to available shelters (see attachment for shelter locations). 2. Giving information to the public upon request. 3. Protecting life and property. 4. Facilitating the flow of traffic. 5. Performing police work of major importance. B. PERFO. , RM REQUIRED NOTIFICATIONS: 1. Wilshire Field Services, Commanding Officer 2. W i lshire Area, Commanding Officer 3. Operations-West Bureau, Commanding Officer C. DESIGNATE FIELD COMMANDER, INTELLIGENCE OFFICER AND ASSIGN PERSONNEL TO PERFORM UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE STATION DUTIES,: 1. Monitor ACC, Tactical Radio and teletype. 2. Maintain unusual occurrence log. ✓ 3. Personnel reassignments. 4. Logistics information. 5. Intelligence summary. D. REQUEST NECESSARY SPECIALIZED UNITS OR EQUIPMENT 1. Command Post Vehicle (station wagon) 2. Helicopter section. 3. Ambulance. 4. Fire Department. E. INITIATE EVACUATION OF AREA PERSON-NEL DURING CIVIL DEFENSE WARNINGS: 1. All sworn personnel shall remain on duty during an ATTACK PROBABLE warning. When ATTACK is IMMINENT all personnel, sworn and civilian, shall immediately take cover in the best available location. 2. Only key civilian personnel shall remain on duty during an ATTACK PROBABLE. Selection of civilian personnel to remain on duty will be the responsibility of the Watch Commander. F. INFORM OTHER CONCERNED AGENCIES: 1. Culver City Police Department (213) 837-1221 2. Los Angeles County Sheriffs, West Hollywood (213) 855-8850. 3. Public Agencies: a. Water and Power b. Phone Company c. Hospitals 4. Volunteer agencies: a. b. Red Cross Salvation Army (213) 739-5200 (213) 627-0164/304-7354 (24 hrs) G. SHELTERING OF PRISONERS DURING A PROBABLE/IMMINENT DEFENSE WARNING: 1. Prisoners will be transferred to Jail Division, if time permits; however, should the need arise, immediate release of misdemeanor prisoners or "OR" and 5.10 releases on felony prisoners will remain at the option of the Watch Commander. 2. If the ATTACK is IMMINENT, all prisoners shall remain in custody. H. OFF DUTY RESP. ONSIBILITIES 1. Secure shelter for their families and dependents. 2. Remain with their families or dependents until the immediate danger has passed. Within 24 hours of the warning, contact the concerned Watch Commander or report for duty. I. OPERATIONS DURING A PROLONGED WARNING: 1. The Area Commanding Officer shall be responsible for determining the number of sworn and civilian personnel necessary to perform essential police function (C-Sections · B/1O1.1O). J. TERMINATION OF CIVIL DEFENSE WARNING: 1. This shall be made by radio or teletype. Sirens will not be used. 8/400. CIVIL DEFENSE WARNINGS 401. CIVIL DEFENSE WARNINGS-GENERAL. The purpose of this chapter is to provide a • ~ eneral plan for the Department in the event of a Civil Defense Warning giving notice of a probable o:- imminent enemy nuclear attack. This plan deals with actions to be taken during a Civil Defens~rning prior to the detonation of a nuclear device.1he primary objectives of this olan are three-fold : ( 1 l aiding the general popu lace to · shelter , I 2) t he sheltering of members of the Department, and ( 3) the dispersa l of Department com mand personnel to provide for the highest possible survival of key Department personnel in the event of a nucl ear attack. This plan does not deal with actions required subsequent to a nuclear attack ·or with non nuclear Civil Defense conditions. Those events will be handled as Major Unusual Occurrences in accordance v vith provisions of the Tactical Manual. The Civil Defense role of the Chief of Police and the rel ationsh ip of the Department to the Civil Defense and Disaster Corps are set forth in the City of Los Angeles Emergency Plan for the Organization and Operation of the Civil Defense and Disaster Corps. 402. SPECIAL DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBILITIES DURING CIVIL DEFENSE WARNINGS. During a Civil Defense Warning, the Department has the following responsibilities : * Directing and assisting persons to available shelters. * Giving information to the pub I ic upon request. * Protecting Ii fe and property. ;j- Facilitating the flow of traffic. * Performing police work of major importance. * Facilitating the activities of other agencies performing emergency services within City limits. 403. DEPARTMENT COMMAND AND ORGANIZA- TION. Changes within the Department organi zation and command shall be in accordance with UO control policy and procedures as set forth in the Tactical Manual. However, special effort stiall be made to retain ·the normal command structure at , and below, the bureau level. 404. CIVIL DEFENSE WARNING SIGNALS. • Attention or Alert Signal: A 3-to 5-rninute steady blast means an attack probable, or a threatened or impending peacetime emergency. * Attack Warning Signal: A 3-to 5-minute wavering sound on sirens, or a series of short blasts on whistles or horns means an attack imminent. 405. ACTIONS TAKEN DURING A CIVIL DEFENSE WARNING-ON-DUTY PERSONNEL 405.01 ACTIVATION OF THE EMERGENCY CON- TROL CENTER (ECC). Upon broadcast of a Civil Defense Warning giving notice of an attack probable or an attack imminent, the Emergency Control Center shall be immediately activated as set forth in Part A of the Tactical Manual. Activation of the ECC under these circumstances is independent of a Department Mobiliza- tion. · 405.02 ATTACK PROBABLE. During an attack pro- bable warning,on-duty personnel shall comply with their Civil Defense Warning Plan. Staff and com mand officers and their personal staff shall disperse in accordance with the dispersal plan. 405.03 ATTACK IMMINENT. During an attack immi- . nent warning,all Department personnel shall immediately take cover in the best available shelter. When time and distances allow, personnel will make every effort to comply with their Civil Defense Warning Plan. Tactical Manual , Los Angeles Pol ice Department . . Civil Defense Warnings February, 1976 B/406. CIVIL DEFENSE WARNIN_ GS 406. CIVIL DEFENSE WARNING PLANS. Area commanding officers, commanding officers of specialized divisions, and OIC's of separate se:tions, '=.g., Tactical Planning Section, shall be _ _r_esponsible for the preparation of a Civil Defense WaMi'ng Plan. Office directors and bureau commanding officers shall provide a plan for their office and bureau staff_ personnel. T_ hese plans will provide on-duty personnel with general guide lines to follow in the event of a Civil Defense Warning of a probable or imminent nucle~r attac~ .. C~mmanding officers shall ensure that appropriate training 1s conducted annually to familiarize members of the Department with their respective Civil Defense Warning Plans. The Civil Defense Warning Plans shall include : * A statement of the function of the Area, division or section during the preliminary stages of an attack probable warning, with emphasis on assisting the public in finding shelter. * A fallout shelter assignment for each member of the Area, division or section by position designation_, or by name if more appropriate. (Constant up-dating of the plan can be reduced by making shelter assignments by position rather than by name.) * A designation of those persons who will remain on duty during the preliminary stages of an attack pro babl• warning. * Du·t\' and sheltering assignments for additional per sonnel should the Department be mobilized during a Civil Oetense Warning. * Plans for divisions within Areas will inciude a list of shelter locations throughout the Area where personnel in the field may find shelter. * A I ist of those persons whose presence is essential to Department operaticns during a Civil Defense Warning. Those persons listed shall make every effort to report to their place of assignment during an attack probable warning. * A provision for the sheltering of prisoners during a Civil Defense Warning. * A statement of the actior.s to be taken by Area. division or section personnel in the event of a pro longed warning. February, 1976 Civil Defense Warn ings 407. CIVIL DEFENSE WARNING PLAN REVIEW 407.01 REVIEW-GENERAL. Civil Defense Warn ing _ Plans shall be reviewed annually by the next higher level of command. P:ans will be reviewed for adequacy, practicability, and compatability with other elements within the control span of the reviewer. Example: Divisions and sections within Headquarters Uniformed Services Group wi II have their plans reviewed by the Commanding Officer of Headquarters Uniformed Services Group or his representative. 407.02 REVIEW-PARKER CENTER. Technical Ser- vices Bureau shal I review and coord_ i nate al I plans for elements housed in Parker Center, and shall formulate necessary building occupancy regulations. 407.03 ENFORCEMENT-PARKER CENTER. Investi - gative Headquarters Division shall enforce the building occupancy regulations of Technical Services Bureau. 407.04 REVIEW-VALLEY POLICE HEADQUARTERS BUILDING. Operations-Valley Bureau shall review all Civil Defense Warning Plans for sections and divisions in the Valley Police Headquarters Building, ancl shall formulate, and secure the enforcement of, build in£ occupancy regulations. 408. DEPARTMENT MOBILIZATION .. The Depart • ment Commander may mobilize the Department during Civil Defense Warnings. Because of the potential problems of sheltering additional personnel, increased clustering of personnel, and th_e significant amount of time involved, careful consideration must be given to the totality of circumstances prior to Mobilization of ~he Department during a Civil Def.ense Warning and prior tc an actual attack . Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Pol ice Department ···:--. ) CIVIL DEFENSE WARNINGS B/410.03 409. ACTIONS TAKEN DURING A CIVIL DEFENSE WARNING-OFF-DUTY PERSONNEL. As professional law enforcement personnel, members of the Department are expected to perform their pub I ic duties in the event of a Civil Defense Warning. Th is obligation makes it incumbent on membe~f the Department to plan in advance for the sheltering of their families and dependents so that, having provided for their safety and well-being, members of the Department can devote their attention and energies to their public duties. 409.01 A TT ACK PROBABLE. When an Attention or Alert Signal is sounded, off-duty Department personnel have the following responsibilities : * Securing shelter for their families and dependents. * Staff and command officers shall proceed to their dispersal plan· duty location whenever conditions permit. Should conditions prohibit response to the assigned duty position, command and staff officers sh al I take the best avai I able she I ter, an-d then move to their assigned duty position when that action can be safely taken. • Members of the Department not included in the dis persal plan shall be guided by their Civil Defense Warning Plan as to whether and/or when to report to work, and under what ci rcumstances. * In the event of an extended alert, al I off-duty per sonnel shall report for duty at the regular time, unless otherwise instructed by their Civil Defense Warning Plan. 409.02 ATTACK IMMINENT. When an Attack Warning Signal is sounded, off-duty personnel are obi i gated to immediately secure cover for themselves and their families and dependents in the· best available shelter. 410. CIVIL DEFENSE WARNING DISPERSAL PLAN. The purpose of the dispersal plan is to maximize the survival of Department command and staff personnel, and to provide for on-the-scene decentralized command of the Department in the event of a communications or -transportation system failure subsequent to a nuclear attack. Dispersal shall occur during an attack probable. During an attack imminent, personnel shall immediately take the best avai !able she I ter. 410.01 PERSONAL STAFF OF THE CHIEF OF POLICE. The Chief of Staff sh al I provide for the dispersal of the personal staff of the Chief of Pol ice. 410.02 DISPERSAL OF ASSISTANT CHIEFS. All Assistant Chiefs shall proceed to City Hall East, 4th Sublevel, Emergency Operation Center l EOC). 410.03 DEPUTY CHIEFS' DISPERSAL. Deputy Chiefs shall disperse as follows : • Commanding Officer , Operations-Central Bureau~ remain at Parker Center. * Commanding Officer, Operations-South Bureau remain at South Bureau Headquarters. * Commanding Officer, Operations-West Bureau rem ain at West Bureau Headquarters. * Commanding Offi cer, Operations-Valley Bureau remain at Valley Bureau Headquarters. * Commanding Officer, Operations-Headquarters Bureau -report to City Hall East, 4th Sublevel, Emergency Operation Center ( EOC). * Commanding Officer, Technical Services Bureau- report to Police Academy. • * Commanding Officer, Personnel and Training Bureau -report to Devonshire Station. • · * Commanding Officer, Planning and Fiscal Bureau remain at Parker Center. * Commanding Officer, Bureau of Special Investigations -report to Hollenbeck Station. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles· Police Department Civil Defense Warnings June, 1981 B/410.04 CIVIL DEFENSE WARNINGS 410.04 COMMANDERS' DISPERSAL. Commanders sha ll disperse as follows : .. Assistants to the commanding officers of bureaus , commandeis assiqned to staff d_ uties , and group co rn rnand ing off icers, shall relffl'tn with their res pect ive corrmanding officers. * When off-duty , commanders shall have as their assioned report ing location the same location as the disp - ersal location of their respective commanding off ice rs. 410.05 DISPERSAL OF COMMANDING OFFICERS BELOW THE RANK OF COMMANDER. Dispersal locations.are as follows: * Bunce-Forgery Division-Southwest Area station. * Burglary-Auto Theft Division--77th Street Area station. * Central Area-Central Police Facilities Building. * Central Traffic Division-Central Police Facilities Building. * Communications Division--remain at Parker Center. * Detective Headquarters Division-remain at Parker Center. * Detective Support Division-Newton Street Area station. * Fiscal Operations Division--77th Street Area station. * Internal Affairs Division-Pol ice Academy. * Jail Division-remain at Parker Center. * Juvenile Division--remain at Parker Center. * Motor Transport Division--remain at Parker Center. * Narcotics Division-Foothill Area station. * Organized Crime Intelligence Division--Hollenbeck Area station. * Personne! Division--Northeast Area station. * Planning and Research Division-City Hall East, Emergency Operations Center {EOC). * Public Disorder Intelligence Division--City Hall East, Emergency Operations Center {EOC) . * Records and Identification Division-remain at Parker Center. · * Robbery-Homicide Division-17th Street Area station. * Scientific Investigation Division--remain at Parker Center. 411. DEPARTMENT OPERATIONS DURING CIVIL DEFENSE WARNINGS. During an attack immi nent, all functions of thE: Department will cease, except for the operation of the ECC . Personnei will take shelter immediately. During an attack probable, except for police work of major importance, pol ice services not connected with the Civil Defense Warning and resu ltant problems, will be suspended. Areas divisions and sections will function in accordance with their Civil Defense Warning Plans. Non-essential personne I wi I I take she I ter. The Department Commander shal l assume command of the Department from the ECC. Should an enemy attack occur I the Department wil l operate in accordance with plans and policy set_ forth for the control of a Major Unusual Occurrence. 412. PRISONERS IN DEPARTMENT CUSTODY. During a Civil Defense Warning, prisoners in Department custody shall be retained in custody and provided shelter in accordance with provisions set forth in the respective Civil Defense Warning Plans. Exception: Pre-arraigned prisoners who qualify under the provisions of 849b2 P.C. (intoxication only) may be released on· waiver as specified in Department Manual 4/682.10. 413. TERMINATION OF CIVIL DEFENSE WARN ING. Notification of termination of a Civil Defense Warning will be made by radi· o or teletype. Civil "Defense sirens will -not signal the termination o -f a Civil Defense Warning. June, 1981 Civii Defense Warnings Tactical Manual, Los Angeles -Police Department JI I I EARTHQUAKE RESPONSE PLAN LOS ANGELES POLICE DEPARTMENT EARTHQUAKE PLAN This plan delineates the Department's general responsibilities and functions in handling the emergency situation following an earthquake. It is not intended to be the specific standard operating procedures that each Area wo·uld employ. Rather, it suggests guidelines that should be followed. Areas are required to prepare and, every two years, update an Area Earthquake Response Plan. The plans shall contain methods that the Area will employ in response to the effects of an earthquake. GENERAL Earthquake effects will necessitate emergency operations. Of first importance is the need to save lives. Many people may have been injured by falling glass, masonry, arid similar debris, while other injured people may be entrapped in damaged structures. Additionally, in many places fires and possible flooding from dam failures may pose continuing threats to life and property. The Department requires information in order to make decisions and to establish priorities for control. Decisions must be based upon available information and then implemented with as much speed and determination as possible. Some actions may have to be postponed, or not done at all, in order that manpower and equipment can be deployed for controls considered most urgent. However, procedures must be kept flexible so that unforeseen contingencies may be met and dealt with. EARTHQUAKE PREPLANNING ACTIVITIES The following checkl~st has been designed to assist in delineating many of the items that should be included in an Area Earthquake Response Plan and in updating it. Some of the components will not pertain to each Area while other items may be added because of unique situations. Areas should identify key facilities, determine their communication capabilities, obtain copies of their disaster plans, and determine if they have emergency power generators. Key facilities may include: Hospitals Dams of reservoirs Schools Police & Fire Stations Airports - Heliports Radio & TV transmitter towers and relay stations Telephone Facilities Water storage tanks In addition to the key facilities listed above, Areas should prepare a list of other predesignated areas to be assessed. They may include: Theaters Shopping Centers Housing projects Rest homes & Nursing homes Convalescent hospitals Military facilities Pre-determine and maintain a list of locations that could be used for multi-purpose staging areas, command posts, first aid stations, and mass care centers. These areas might include parks, schools, recreation centers, churches, stadiums, large open area, or any other suitable location, especially those with an area large enough for helicopter landings. Personnel should be aware of possible problem sources in their Areas including, but not limited to, the following: High rise building; brick buildings (two or more stories) Gasoline storage areas, pipelines and pressure feeder stations Planting works and refineries Hazardous chemical & fuel storage areas (propane - butane -diesel fuel - etc.) Radioactive material storage areas Natural gas lines and pressure feeder stations Laboratories Medical suppliers of drugs, blood, oxygen, surgical supplies, etc. Electrical relay stations and high voltage power lines Over and underpasses (vehicle and pedestrian) Elevated freeways Possible landslide areas Railroad yards and track locations Zoos, stables, dairies, etc. As the Emergency Control Center (ECC) may not be able to supply all needed support services and . time may be of essence, Areas should identify where within their geographic area they might obtain. the following supplies and equipment: Items of transportation needed to evacuate an area such as RTD buses, school buses, private buses, postal trucks, or any other transportation prospect and ... Heavy equipment such as cranes, bulldozers and dump trucks that could be used in rescue operations. Personnel should also assess traffic routes to be used, traffic control measures to be utilized, and barricade and traffic sign storage areas. COORDINATING AREA ACTIONS Initial reports from each Area delineating damage and high risk situations will be used by the ECC to determine the extent of damage City-wide. A situation estimate is the key to coordinated operations and a prerequisite to a sensible allocation of resources. As a personnel status report is essential, Areas must keep the ECC informed of the ability to cope with the situation, the requirements for resources and support, and other details of the situation. The ECC will depend heavily on receiving these timely and adequate reports about the situation from Areas. It will also provide for an automatic search for needed information by such means as polling other departments and dispatching aerial surveillance units. Communication among components of the emergency services will be a continuing requirement. Telephone systems and some radio base stations may have sustained damage and repair is likely to take more than the emergency organizations can immediately afford. The use of mobile radio units to back up disrupted communications systems should be a part of the Area plan . . For example, 800 buses of the Rapid Transit District have two way radio systems aboard, and these buses, which are normally already dispersed, could provide a rapid means of reporting the severity of the situation through out Los Angeles to .the ECC, and could be dispatched to back up disrupted communications systems at hospitals or mass care centers. In addition to playing a major role in life sav~ng activities, law enforcement will provide such continuing services as: maintaining security in evacuation areas, protecting residences from burglary or looting, maintaining security for essential facilities that are damaged that could contain sensitive supplies (e.g., a damaged pharmacy or gun shop), maintaining security in mass care centers and staging areas. Throughout the involved area, travel will have to be restricted so that movement of emergency personnel can be expedited. Access to key facilities such as hospitals and emergency work sites will have to be controlled so that sightseers and other unauthorized personnel will not interfere with emergency activities. People in their homes will have to be given some sense of security through regular police patrols. Crowds may have to be controlled in mass care centers, food distribution sites, and other busy areas. Certain institutions (e.g., mental hospitals) may experience reductions in personnel and may require security assistance. EVACUATION In the 1971 San Fernando Earthquake, no large scale evacuations resulted from fire, but there was an evacuation of 80,000 persons from a flood risk area. If any of the major fires in the postulated earthquakes were to reach conflagration proportion, thousands of people might have to be rapidly evacuated from threatened areas. Many of these people could be in debris laden areas, making evacuation by vehicle not at all feasible. This situation would require greater reliance upon transportation along the perimeter of the damaged areas. The warning by loudspeaker trucks or door to door inspection may be hampered by such debris. Many fires may be expected in high-rise structures because of poor fire resistive materials; and homes in the vicinity of dry brush are particularly vulnerable. In the case of electric, gas, and petroleum lines, strategic shutoff of parts or all of the destructions systems will reduce hazards from short circuits, escaping fumes, and spillage - thus averting the danger of explosions and fires. Each Area should maintain a list of the names and emergency telephone of the individuals in charge of these systems. Areas should pay particular attention to bulk supplies of flammable substances and hazardous chemicals, and should provide measures to protect against ~ossible threats in such locations as gasoline stations, chemical plants, dry cleaning establishments, and places where bulk fuels and explosives are stored. Security should be provided for industrial building containing these types of potential hazards. SEARCH AND RESCUE A large portion of non-resistive brick masonry buildings can be expected to be in a condition of partial or complete collapse with many people injured and trapped in and around such structures. Thus, rescue operations may be concentrated principally in older congested regions of cit i es. There are sill a few schools in Los Angeles which do not comply with earthquake resistive standards. These schools should be identified through the Board of Education and assigned -priorities for evacuation and rescue. A total of 58 lives were lost during the 1971 San Fernando earthquake due to collapsing structures. Rescue operations were confined primarily to the Veterans Administration Hospital in Sylmar. Here, emergency personnel began immediately to search for and rescue patients who could be readily located in the debris. Heavy rescue began sometime later with the assistance of several public agencies and a private contractor. A total of 107 people were extricated from the debris, including 41 deceased. The crucial determinant of how may lives can be saved will be the speed with which trapped and/or injured people are located, rescued and given first aid and medical attention. Heavy rescue operations will be required for many people who will be trapped in multi-story structures and for clearance of debris from critical access routes. This effort will required a coordinated response from police and fire services, public works agencies and private heavy equipment operators. Composite heavy rescue units will be required in those areas of massive structural failure. Although most private and public ambulances will be functioning, immediate attention will have to be given to the establishment of access routes and dispatch of units to areas of need. Routes to hospitals may also be blocked by debris, collapsed freeway overpasses, and other damage. There may be a problem in mobilizing off duty personnel and getting them to places of need. For moving all emergency personnel, a combination of surface and air transport would probably be required. THE POSSIBILITY OF DAM FAILURE The near failure of the lower Van Norman dam in the 1971 San Fernando earthquake has resulted in a review by the State of California of the earthquake design criteria for dams, and the upgrading of those dams where necessary. Certain suspected types of dams, such as hydraulic fill, are being given special study. Corrective work is also in progress on some earthen dams. Additionally, the fact that dams are not necessarily 100% safe has been legally acknowledged in a State of California Legislative Act which was approved by the Governor on August 11, 1972. A large number of dams are for flood control or debris control and normally do not contain significant amounts of stored water to pose a danger. It is the sudden release of large quantities of water which can reasonably be expected to result in large loss of life for downstream populations. For example, failure of the lower Franklin and the Stone Canyon Dams, as a result of an earthquake on the Newport-Inglewood fault, could result in an estimated 2,200 dead and 200,000 homeless. Failure of other smaller dams and reservoirs could substantially add to these estimates. Flood threats may require evacuation of over 100,000 people. Evacuation may be more difficult than in San Fernando since surrounding areas may also have sustained considerable damage. In the 1971 San Fernando earthquake, there were about 500 police officers in and around the area during the time of evacuation. The LAPD used approximately 300 police officers daily to control access routes to and from the evacuation area, and another 250 officers per day to patrol inside the 25 square mile evacuation area. Twenty officers were assigned to assist fire department trucks pumping water between water system networks (about one police officer per pumper) and 35 officers were assigned to protect the rescue operations at the Veterans Administration Hospital. Earthquake response plans should clearly establish procedure and responsibility for carrying out actions to be taken in evacuating an area threatened by dam failure. Evacuation deserves the most careful planning. possible dam failure will be clearly evident. engineering considerations may be required. CROWD CONTROL In some cases, In other cases, complex Major crowd control problem may arise in the evacuation of people from floor threatened areas. There may be other evacuees numbering in the hundreds of thousands because of damage to homes and utility systems. Law enforcement personnel will have to identify and control principal transportation routes through the damaged area. Debris and collapsed overpasses will restrict the number of major routes that may be open. These transportation routes must be· kept open for the movement of emergency units. Major damage may be sustained by railroads and highways because of debris and landslides. A major effort will be required to open access to the damage areas to bring in supplies and evacuate the injured. In San -Fernando, about 100 water trucks and trailers were used to supply emergency water needs alone. Security will have to be provided for supply and transportation of essential supplies to destruction points in the damaged areas. Requirements exist for maintaining order at mass care centers and for protecting property_ in damaged areas where evacuation has been necessary. The latter effort will require both patrol activity and the limitation of access to evacuated areas. During the San Fernando earthquake problem, there were a total of 109 arrests {83% in the evacuation area). Assistance may be required in assembling emergency service personnel because of the lack of transportation. ASSISTING EVACUEES Examination of total school enrollment shows that school facilities are sufficient to receive . the likely evacuees from flood areas. Most of the school building are Field Act structures (post 1933) and should survive with little damage. Agencies such as the American Red Cross have wide experience in caring for the homeless after a disaster, supplying not only food and shelter but also sanitary facilities and welfare services. However, recent American Red Cross experiences with natural disasters has not encountered a mass care problem of the magnitude possible after a major earthquake in the Los Angeles area. In the 1971 San Fernando earthquake period, most of the 80,000 evacuees were able to find alternative lodgings on their own. The Red Cross shelters reported that they cared for 3,236 people during the first day, and later indicated that some 17,000 people had be fed and housed at some time during the period. Evidence from other large evacuations through out the country resulting from floods indicates that 20 to 25% of the evacuees used the American Red Cross or other public shelter facilities. The transportation of evacuees to mass care centers may require mass transit vehicles at the periphery of the damage area. MULTIPURPOSE STATING AREAS Area earthquake response plans should include the predesignation of multi-purpose staging areas as bases for coordinating search, rescue and other operat i ons; a designation point for incoming personnel; an area for support and recovery operations; and a site for other a~tivities that may be needed. These multipurpose staging areas may be used for a single or multiple response operation. The problem of providing food, water and shelter for emergency personnel should be addressed in area earthquake response plans for three reasons. First, the magnitude of the earthquake could require a total force (regulars and volunteers) numbering in the thousands. Second, the emergency could require around the clock response by personnel on a shift basis. Third, the - emergency could last for many days. Thus, the supply problem for emergency personnel over this relatively long period of time is a major one. WELFARE INQUIRY CENTER From both evacuees and those at home, as well as from citizens outside the disaster area, there will be _ a deluge of inquires regarding the health and welfare of their immediate families, relatives and friends. The system for handling these inquiries should include a central clearing house and several welfare inquire centers where all registrations and inquiries could be processed. All places that register disaster victims (for example, mass care facilities, evacuee centers, hospitals, morgues) should be notified of the location of the welfare inquiry centers serving their area. The welfare inquiry centers may need communications capabilities with each other agencies, with other parts of the United States. The American Red Cross has a management cadre, a system for recruiting and training workers, and a tested program to handle inquiries on a massive scale. These capabilities should be integrated into Area Earthquake Response Plans so that police personnel are released from the responsibility of this function and can perform their emergency duties. INFORMING THE PUBLIC Radio communication to the public will be a vital service. The press relations officer should work closely with radio broadcasters to provide the public with information essential for emergency operations that require public cooperation. Accurate and timely information will be needed by the public both within and outside the involved area. Otherwise, rumors and inaccurate information or ignorance could cause loss of life, property, panic and disorder. Major emphasis should be placed on emergency public service announcements, publicizing dangerous and restricted areas, informing the public of self assistance procedures to protect their health and welfare, aiding various relief agencies in reuniting families, and releasing casualty lists after proper notification of the immediate family has been made. News releases should be issued periodically, informing the public of the present situation and any major changes since the last news release. Care must be taken to assure that all releases are accurate and authentic, to avoid possible contradictions of facts affecting the survival and health of the public. Type and quantity of news releases will, of course, change as the emergency changes. The State Earthquake Response Plan and the Federal Earthquake Response Plan provide for establishing an Emergency Public Information Center. The center will function as a central point for coordinating release of authoritative emergency public information and advice by the federal and state governments through the news media. As stated before, the primary objectives of the earthquake response system are to save lives and property, care for survivors, and provide essential services to affected communities. The management system must extend from the operating level, where emergency actions are directed and implemented, through a hierarchy of organizational levels that generally coordinate and support emergency operations throughout progressively larger areas. CONCEPT OF OPERATIONS An earthquake will have the effect of subdividing the City into a DAMAGED AREA and an UNDAMAGED AREA. Within the damaged area, prompt actions will be needed to save lives and property and to sustain the survivors. Because of the variation in building density, land. use, terrain features, geological features, the intensity of the shaking, the degree of damage and possible accompanying hazards will vary considerably from place to place through out the damaged area. Fires and the possibility ·of dam failures are considered to be the main continuing threats to life within the damaged area. It is not possible to predict with any degree of certainty, the conditions that will occur in a given location following an earthquake. Therefore, Area Earthquake Response Plans should consider those possible conditions, or contingencies which cover the range of the damage that may occur in their Areas. All available local forces may need to be employed to control damage, fight fire, conduct search and rescue, provide first aid, assist the injured to hospitals or other emergency medical centers, and assist other survivors to safe locations where they may be care for. Police units will be dispatched to determine the extent and severity of damage, and the ensuing hazard in the involved area. Subsequent reports of the observed distribution of damage or other hazards will be used to refine the approximation and to establish priorities regarding allocation of resources available for supporting the damaged area. A· limited number of police personnel may also be required to respond to high priority calls in the undamaged areas of the City. PUBLIC HEALTH Major problems may include recovery of the dead, disease control, and other public health measures. The possible large numbers of deaths among workers during business hours from an earthquake suggests a major problem of providing information to families while helping to prevent uncoordinated searching procedure by individuals. Police personnel may also be needed to assist the coroner. More than half of the hospitals are in the Hospital Emergency Communication Network. (HEAR Net). It is suggested that emergency communications units such as RTD buses with two way radios, be stationed at all hospitals, where needed, immediately after an earthquake to complete this communication line. MEDICAL SUPPLIES The possibilities of a substantial loss to medical supplies stocked by wholesale and by retail facilities should be considered. Retail medical supplies are limited to those contained in pharmacies while wholesale supplies are restricted to those contained in· drug wholesale locations and medical/surgical supply houses. Air delivery of critical medical supplies to isolated communities may be necessary. BLOOD BANKS The capability of local blood banks to supply major disaster needs is quite insufficient, and nationwide resources may be required. Damage to the 15 blood banks in the Los Angeles and Orange County areas represent about 60% of the total of 24 blood banks in California. There may also be a problem of getting the ambulance drivers to the vehicle assembly areas. Access routes and distribution points should be established as police personnel may be called upon to deliver blood to hospitals or mass care centers. PUBLIC STRUCTURES Public structures are defined as those of municipal, county, state, and federal governments. This section covers only major public buildings considered vital after an earthquake. These buildings house: administration centers, communication centers, law enforcement facilities, fire stations, and major repair and storage facilities. Many of these facilities are operated by personnel who are trained to function in emergencies. However, severe building damage and collapses could render the facility unusable, and the failure of communications systems could seriously hamper operations. In addition, emergency functions could be significantly affected by personnel being unable to get to work because of blocked streets and crippled public transportation, by personnel casualties, by lack of electrical power and water, and by lack of mobility. Many of these critical facilities have emergency electrical generators; however experience has shown that many of these generators will be out of service because of inadequate anchorage of equipment and batteries, and damaged fuel supplies. A problem peculiar to fire stations is the jamming of the large doors because of racking of the structure~ This problem is common even on one and two story wood frame stations which usually suffer little earthquake damage. Power operated doors will have to be opened manually when electrical power fails. Except for fire stations, many Los Angeles City buildings have emergency electrical generators. However, practically all of our fire vehicles have mobile radios which are not dependent on commercial electrical power. The City of Los Angeles has a relatively high percentage of facilities which were constructed prior to 1933. Therefore, L.A. City building may suffer high functional losses. Damage may be especially serious to police, fire, and communications facilities since severe damage or collapse will significantly hamper emergency operations. Elevator and stairwell damage in multi-story buildings may also hamper evacuation and normal use of the structures. In an emergency, the following state agencies are considered most essential as they provide critical emergency service capabilities. California Highway Patrol, Division of Highways, National Guard, Water Resources Administration, Public Health and Communications facilities. NURSING HOMES "Nursing Homes" include: nursing homes, convalescent hospitals, sanitariums, extended care facilities, rehabilitation centers, and homes for the aged. These patients may require some type of medical related assistance as they usually lack the mobility for self help possessed by the general population. COMMUNICATIONS Emphasis is given to communication means that are vital to emergency services and minimal maintenance of community life in the days immediately after the disaster. Therefore, the greatest emphasis is given to radio, TV, and telephone communications, with some attention to other means. The use of the news media by the Department to encourage self help actions by citizens in the suppression of small or incipient fires will help reduce the number of fires that require suppression by organized fire forces. TELEPHONE SYSTEMS In general, telephone building are carefully designed and telephone utilities are reasonably prepared for emergency action. Disasters of any kind trigger a high volume of calls which could if not controlled, overwhelm the communication network's call handling capacity. Under these conditions, telephone companies activate control measures to prevent calls intended for the disaster area from overloading the system and give priority to outgoing calls. TRANSPORTATION All types of major transportation facilities are considered vital to the efficient functioning of a community. Railroads, major freeways, highways, bridges, amiss public transportation, major airports, and port facilities should be immediately assessed following an earthquake. RAILROADS Expect for freeway overpass collapses on tracks, damage to railroads is expected to be heaviest in the areas affected by surface fault movements and in structurally "poor ground" areas. Only a small portion of the railways are in the poor ground areas, which are principally in the vicinity of the Los Angeles and Long Beach Harbors. Landslides may block tracks in the high intensity mountainous areas, and this hazard would be the greatest during the wet season. The construction of freeways throughout the Southern California area has resulted in numerous overpasses over ~railroads. The collapse of these overpasses could create a serious railroad problem. Although railroad companies are generally well equipped to handle emergencies, massive blocking of railroads because of collapsed freeway overpasses could pose serious problems beyond the direct control of the railroads. HIGHWAYS, FREEWAYS AND BRIDGES Damage to the highway and freeway systems may occur as, (1) earth failure ·because of landslide, structurally "poor ground" movements, or surface fault movement. (2) overpass or bridge collapse. If the earthquake occurs during the wet season, landslide may be extensive. ANIMAL CONTROL AND RELATED PROBLEMS After an earthquake, the regulation, control and welfare of animals may be of utmost importance. Los Angeles City has an extremely large pet population. In addition, diary herds, riding stable horses, residential area horses, and to a lesser extent wild animals in zoos or other facilities could cause problems. An earthquake could release these animals causing a danger to the public, interference with rescue or fire operations, and provide problems in health and sanitation. Horses might be used in traffic control, rescue operations, and patrolling heavily damaged areas by emergency personnel. Many animals that are normally well behaved become highly agitated in period of earthquake stress and should be relocated to areas where they can be confined and controlled. CONCLUSION This earthquake Response Plan was written to delineate critical factors to be considered in the Police Department's responsibilities · in handling the emergency situation immediately following an earthquake in the Los Angeles area. Area Earthquake Response Plans will only be as effective as the quality of planning that goes into its design. 1. 2. 3 . 4. 5 . WILSHIRE AREA DIVISION WATCH COMMANDER'S CHECKLIST EARTHQUAKE Conduct Radio call of field units. Person Assigned Account for station personnel including Detectives. Person Assigned Check Communications Radio w/Communications Radio w/Tac Pac (blue phone) Radio w/Simplex 2 with field units MDT/ACC link Telephone lines, City , Telephone lines, commercial, including lobby Persons assigned Assess damage to Wilshire Station. Jail Area office and Records Detective squad room and office Generator room and two telephone rooms Roof Remainder of office spaces Garage and gas pumps Trailer offices Persons assigned DAMAGE ASSESSMENT: Dispatch units to listed locations to assess damage: PRIORITY 1 High-rises on Wilshire Corridor. Wilshire Boulevard, La Cienega to Normandie Avenue. Units Assigned Cedars Sinai Hospital, 8700 Beverly Boulevard (213) 855-6561 Unit Assigned Kaiser Hospital, 6041 Cadillac Avenue, 857-2631 Unit Assigned Midway Hospital, 5925 W. San Vicente Boulevard < 213) 9 3e- 3161 Unit Assigned Westside Hospital, 910 S. Fairfax Avenue 938-3431 Unit Assigned Earthquake Checklist Page 2 Hollywood Station, 1358 N. Wilcox Avenue X54302, to obtain information on Hollywood Dam, Franklin Dam. Unit assigned DWP Receiving Station "D" 5950 Venice Boulevard 481-5398. If possible obtain information on six other distribution stations in Wilshire Division. Unit .assigned PRIORITY 2 CBS Studios, 7800 Beverly Boulevard 852-2345. Unit assigned PRIORITY 3 Command Post Locations listed in section 12. Units assigned Baldwin Hills transmitter site 4201 S. La Brea Avenue Unit assigned Oil Fields, Pico Boulevard E/0 Highland Avenue. Unit assigned Santa Monica Freeway bridges and overpasses. Units assigned DWP distribution stations (six) listed on page 13. Units assigned DWP Construction Yard, 2311 Fairfax Avenue Unit assigned Additional Locations: 6 . Mayor's residence. See section 14 Beverly Center \ Determine if Wilshire Station must be evacuated. If yes: Notify all persons in station Evacuate Jail. See section 16 Person in charge of evacuation Alternate Command Post. See section 12. Location _______________ _ Notify Field Units Person Assigned ________ How? _______ _ Notify Communications, EOC (55191) or DHD (52504). Person Assigned ________ How? _______ _ 7. 8. 9 . Notify West Bureau 237-0083 Person Assigned How? ________ _ Assign Key Command Post Perso~nel as needed: Field Commander Assistant Field Commander Personnel Officer Journal Officer Executive Officer Intelligence Officer Operations Officer Logistics Officer Press Relations Officer ________ _ Record initial damage assessments from the field within 20 minutes of earthquake. Situation/Damage assessment to the Emergency Operations Center (EOC), 4TH Sub-level, City Hall East (55191), within 30 minutes of earthquake. Person/Unit making notification Accomplished by: Telephone (X55191) NEGS (to ECCP) CPS (to RLA, LCB) Courier Number of personnel hand Number of injuries to police personnel Location of Command Post if not station Command Post Phone Damage assessment: Number of citizens injured H~gh-rises, .. Wilshire corridor Cedars Sinai Hospital ___________________ _ Kaiser Hospital Midway Hospital Westside Hospital _____________________ _ DWP Receiving Station "D" CBS Studios Alternate Command Post Locations Baldwin Hills transmitter site ______________ _ Oil Fields, Pico/La Brea _________________ _ Santa Monica Freeway bridges and over passes DWP Distribution Stations (six) 10. 11. 12. 12. 14. DWP Construction Yard Damage to other structures Determine if . area evacuation must take place: What area? Egress/Engress routes Evacuation Centers Advisory or Mandatory? Notifications: Press Relations DHD X52504 City News Service 628-2013 Associated Press 746-1200 United Press International 620-1230 Person Assigned Establish perimeter around evacuation area. Person in charge Control Egress/Egress routes Person in charge Officers in area to assist citizens, PA systems, direct crowds etc. Person in charge Spanish speakers needed? Yes ___ No Request additional personnel to accomplish mission. Police Officers Sergeants (1 per 10 P.O.) D.O.T. Officers D.O.T. Supervisors Foreign lang_ uage speakers: Spanish ____ Korean Begin detailed area damage assessment plan. Tactical Alert Yes____ No Assign Supervisor/Detective By phone By Field units Authorize O.R. release of all misdemeanor prisoners if needed. Ensure security of felony prisoners. 15. 16. Routine Notifications: OWB Area Captain Patrol Captain Detective Commanding Officer DHD Initiate Area Mobilization Plan by phone: All officers report? Yes ___ No A and B watch? Yes ___ No Where to report? WILSHIRE AREA EARTHQUAKE CONTINGENCY PLAN EGRESS ROUTES One freeway traverses the Wilshire Area; the Santa Monica Freeway for east and west bound traffic. This freeway is elevated and has numerous bridges that cross over intersecting surface streets. Should any of these collapse, it would make this egress route impassible and would force traffic exiting or passing through the area to the paralleling major surface streets. Uniformed officers will be deployed at the major intersections as needed to control the flow of traffic out of or into the area. The following are the major surface streets and will accommodate the largest volume of traffic. North and South La Cienega Boulevard La Brea Avenue Crenshaw Boulevard Western Avenue Normandie Avenue FIELD COMMAND POST LOCATIONS East and West Beverly Boulevard 3rd Street Wilshire Boulevard Olympic Boulevard Pico Boulevard Venice Boulevard Washington Boulevard Adams Boulevard Jefferson boulevard Rodeo Road In the event field command posts are required to control and coordinate field activities, the following locations have been selected for this purpose. (For additional information on command post sites there is a detailed guide, for Wilshire Area that delineates Ingress and egress routes, aerial photographs and other useful information in Section 10 of this guide). NOTE: Also, see evacuation centers. Information regarding and access to L.A. City playgrounds can be obtained by phoning the "Park Rangers at: (213) 665-5188. Fire Stations 026, 029, 0945, and 068 are within Wilshire Area and may also serve as Field Command Post Locations. Telephone Numbers are listed below and on the following pages. EVACUATION CENTERS The proper selection of evacuation centers is essential for the protection of life and property. As a general rule, schools are considered to be the best facility for an evacuation center. Most school building are constructed to withstand earthquake tremors, and their large open area (fence gym fields, playgrounds, and parking lots) provide ·a secure space for displaced people and animals. Thus schools and other suitable evacuation centers are listed below: NOTE: These locations are suitable and can also be utilized as Field Command Posts. Information regarding or. access to all L.A. City Schools can be obtained on a 24 hour basis by phoning the "Board of Education Security" at (213) 625-6631. WILSHIRE AREA SCHOOLS SCHOOL FACILITY 1. 3rd Street Elementary LOCATION TELEPHONE# 201 S. June Street 939-8337/ 933-1066 R.D. 706 408 S. Fairfax Av. 935-5272/ 935-5126/938-1204 600 S. Mccadden Pl. 938-9146/938-5579 934-9901/939-6977 4. Carthay Center Elementary 6351 W. Olympic Bl. 935-8173/ 935-7766/935-6511 5. Wilshire Crest Elementary 5241 W. Olympic Bl. 938-5291/929-1409 2. Hancock Park Elementary 3. John Burroughs Jr. High 714 725 731 733 6. Cahuenga Elementary 7. Wilton Place Elementary 8. Hobart Blvd. Elementary 9 . 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. Los Angeles High Queen Anne Elementary Arlington Heights Elem. Mt. Vernon Jr. High Alta Loma Elementary Laces Magnet School Crescent Heights Elem. Saturn St. Elementary Marvin Avenue Elementary Cienega St. Elementary 19. Baldwin Hills Elementary 939-8856/939-0810 220 S. Hobart Blvd. 386-6303/ 709 382-6651/386-6304 745 S. Wilton Place 389-1181/ 737 389-1182/384-4220 980 S. Hobart Blvd. 386-8661/ 738 389-7107/389-8105 4600 W. Olympic Bl. 937-3210/931-1026 . 745 1212 Queen Anne Pl. 939-7322/939-7625 745 1717 S. 7th Avenue 735-1021/732-3621 776 4066 W. 17th Street 733-2157 776 1745 Vineyard Ave. 939-2113/933-4030 774 5931 W. 18th St 938-1620 1661 S. Crescent Hts. 931-2761 761 5360 W. Saturn St. 931-1688/935-7434 763 2411 Marvin Avenue 938-3608 782 2611 S. Orange Dr. 939-1138/ 794 5421 Rodeo Road 939-1139/939-1130 937-7223 795 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE Land line communications may be partially or completely disrupted. If this occurs, T.E. officers will be utilized to shuttle messages from the Command Post to other agencies until telephone communications can be restored. The Department of Public Utilities and Transportation will provide emergency telephone service. Their service may include installation of one (1) telephone and cable to multiple phones and lines or the dispatching of a microwave van to the Command Post location. A receiving microwave station is located on Mount Lee. It has the capacity of handling ten (10) Centrex lines. The response time during regular business hours is approximately one (1) hour. The response time during non-business hours will depend on the Telephone Company personnel. TELEPHONE COMPANY INSTALLATIONS In the event of a serious earthquake or other major disaster, emergency telephone services can be obtained through the "Sector Emergency Report Center" Pacific Bell, however this center should not be contacted directly. Communications Division has a direct line to this center and requests for service should be routed through them as Pacific Bell will be experiencing an excessive number of service requests. In the event this procedure can not be followed for some reason, the emergency numbers for the sector Emergency Report Center are (818) 506-5080 and (213) 975-7231. GASOLINE PIPELINES Crude oil, natural gas and refined products (gasoline) are pumped through sixteen major pipelines in the Wilshire Area. The routes of these pipelines are depicted on the attached diagrams and numerically identified as to their size and content. Should one of these pipelines be damaged, emergency response from the appropriate company may be obtained as follows: Union Oil Company of California Chevron, U.S.A. Inc. Atlaritic Richfield Company (ARCO) 977-7766 694-7356/694-2818 435-1371 DEPARTMENT OF WATER AND POWER FACILITIES There are no water storage areas in Wilshire that would be hazardous to ~ife or property if destroyed by earthquake. There are seven power distribution facilities that would be potentially hazardous to persons in the event they were to be damaged by earthquake. The locations of these power stations are as follows: RD 771 764 .7 59 STATION Fairfax Receiving Sta "D" Distribution Station 8 Distribution Station 17 · LOCATION PHONE 5950 Venice Blvd. 481-5398 "Longwood" 4858 San Vicente 934-7716 "Irolo: 2904 W. 11th Street 481-5508 RD 738 742 705 791 STATION LOCATION PHONE Distribution Station 38 "Hobart" 987 s. Hobart Bl. 481-5398 Distribution Station 43 "Pico" 5769 w. Pico Blvd. 934-0307 Distribution Station 55 "Beverly" 5801 w. 3rd St. 934-1632 Distribution Station 56 "Hauser" 3401 s. Hauser Bl. 481-4211 NOTE: The phone numbers for all distribution Stations listed above are only monitored during normal business hours (0800 to 1700 hours). In the event these facilities experience earthquake damage on weekends, holidays or . during times other than normal business hours, the Fairfax Receiving Station "D" should be contacted. This facility is staffed constantly and will provide any necessary emergency service. STREET MAINTENANCE Street Maintenance has the capability of removing fallen debris from structures that has deposited on surface streets. This task must be accomplished as quickly as possible. -During normal business hours, the Area Superintendent, Wilshire Yard, can be contacted on extension 53481 or 53482. The after hours emergency number is extension 52121, 54501, or 462-0936. (X55666 dispatch Business hours/x57100 after hours). There are four hospitals located within Wilshire Area. Information as to their ability to receive and treat injured persons may be obtained by calling the appropriate telephone numbers. NAME Cedars-Sinai Medical Center Midway Hospital Westside Hospital Kaiser-Permanente ADDRESS 8700 Beverly Boulevard 5925 W. San Vicente Bl. 910 S. Fairfax Avenue 6041 Cadillac Avenue PHONE 855-6561 thru 6567 938-3161/932-5104 938-3431 857-2631 CONVALESCENT HOSPITALS There are several Convalescent Hospitals located within Wilshire Area. Contact should be made with each one of these facilities to determine the need for evacuation or transportation of elderly and ill persons. The location and telephone number of each Convalescent Hospital is as follows: RD 702 721 732 747 742 761 761 767 747 783 NAME Sharon Conv. Nursing Hosp. Guardian Rehab. Hospital Westside Hospital Alcott Convalescent Hosp. Westside Health Care Flora Terrace Conv. Hosp. Flora Terrace West Rehab., Sunray Conv. Hosp. (East) Country Villa North L.A. Brea Court ADDRESS 8167 W. 3d Street 533 S. Fairfax Avenue 910 S. Fairfax Avenue 3551 W. Olympic Blvd. 1020 S. Fairfax Ave. 5916 W. Pico Boulevard 6070 W. Pico Boulevard 3210 W. Pico Boulevard 3233 W. Pico Boulevard 5112 W. Wa~hington Blvd. PHONE 655-2023 931-1961 938-2451 737-2000 938-2451 939-3184 653-3980 734-2171 734-9122 931-1329 NOTE: FIRE DEPARTMENT State Law requires Hospitals and licensed Rest Homes to have automatic back up power so patients on mechanical devices, such as iron lungs have emergency power supplies. Hospitals with such patients have contingency plans for black out emergencies. However, experience has shown that many of these generators will be out of service because of inadequate anchorage of equipment and batteries, and damaged fuel supplies. For this reason, these types of facilities should be given a high priority when the area damage assessment is initiated and checked as soon as possible. There are four fire stations located in Wilshire Division. Their locations and telephone number are as follows: STATION ADDRESS TELEPHONE EXTENSION 026 2009 s. Western Avenue 485-6226 5-6226 029 4029 w. Wilshire Boulevard 485-6229 5-6229 061 5821 w. 3rd Street 485-6261 5-6261 068 5023 w. Washington Boulevard 485-6268 5-6268 OTHER AGENCIES In the event of an emergency the following agencies may be of assistance and can be called on to assist with evacuation, control and protection of life and property. NAME Red Cross Salvation Army Cellular Phone NEWS MEDIA ADDRESS 1130 S. Vermont 900 W. 9th Street (24 Hrs) PHONE (213) 739-5200/739-5560 (213) 627-0164 (213) 304-7354 Television and Radio Communication to the public will be a vital service in providing the public with information essential for emergency operations that require public cooperation. Accurate and timely information will be needed by the public both within and outside the involved area. Otherwise, inaccurate information or ignorance could cause loss of life aqd property, panic and disorder. Major emphasis should be placed on emergency public service announcements publicizing dangerous and restricted areas. News releases should be issued periodically, informing the public of the present - situation and major chances since the last news release. Care must be taken to assure that all releases are accurate and authentic, to avoid possible contradictions of facts affecting the survival and health of the public. The following is a list of Stations within Wilshire Area, their addresses and phone numbers: NAME CBS Television KFI & KOST Radio KGFJ Radio KRTH Radio KLOS Radio ABC & KABC Radio ADDRESS 7800 Beverly Boulevard 610 S. Ardmore Avenue 1100 S. La Brea Avenue 5901 W. Venice Boulevard 3321 S. La Cienega Blvd. 3321 S. La Cienega Blvd. ANIMAL CONTROL AND RELATED PROBLEMS PHONE 852-2345 385-0101 930-9090 935-8595 840-4800 840 - 4900 R.D. 702 729 733 771 797 797 After an earthquake, the regulation, control and welfare of animals may be of utmost importance. Los Angeles City has extremely large pet population. If assistance is needed in Wilshire Area contact the Department of Animal Regulation, Animal Care and Control Division. South Central District, 3612 11th Avenue, Phone number (213) 485-5761. ASSESSMENT OF INJURY AND DAMAGE Earthquake effects will necessitate emergency operation. Of first importance is the need to save lives. Many people may have been injured by falling glass, masonry, and similar debris, while other injured people may be entrapped in damaged structures. Additionally, several businesses that contain sensitive supplies may sustain damage and should be checked so security may be assigned if necessary. EMERGENCY SERVICES Naturally, Emergency Services should be checked first. If Wilshire Police Station or any of the four Fire Station, pr~viously listed, in Wilshire are damaged to the extent that they are inoperable, Emergency Services would be severely affected. A problem peculiar to Fire Stations is the jamming of the large doors because of racking of the structure. This problem is common even in one and two story wood frame stations which usually suffer little earthquake damage. Power operated doors may have to be opened manually when electrical power fails so fire equipment and ambulances can exit. COMMUNICATIONS Communications are probably the most importance factor in a disaster. If communications fail, immediately contact appropriate repair agencies that have been previously listed. Radio and TV Stations should also be checked for damage and transmission capabilities. Radio communication to the public will be a vital service. The press relations officer should work closely with radio broadcasters to provide the public with information essential for emergency operations that require public cooperation. Accurate and timely information will be needed by the public both within and outside the involved area. Otherwise, rumors and inaccurate information or ignorance could cause loss of life and property, panic and disorder. Major emphasis should be placed on emergency public service announcements publicizing dangerous and restricted areas, informing the public of self assistance procedures to protect their health and welfare, aiding various relief agencies in reuniting families, and releasing casualty lists after proper notification of the immediate family has been made. News releases should be issued periodically, informing the public of the present situation and any major changes since the last news release. Care m~st be taken to assure that all releases are accurate and authentic, to avoid possible contradictions of facts affecting the survival and health of the public. Type and quantity of news releases will, of course, change as the emergency changes. All radio and television stations located in Wilshire Area are listed in this guide. NOTE: SCHOOLS The area adjacent to Radio and Television Stations should also be checked as transmission towers may be knocked down causing damage to surrounding structures and possible injury to occupants. Schools in Wilshire Area have been previously listed in this report. Should an earthquake occur during the hours when school is in session, they should be given a high priority. HOSPITALS The Hospitals and Convalescent Hospital have also been listed. These locations should always be given a high priority. SHOPPING CENTERS Should an earthquake occur during business hours of Shopping Centers or large Department Stores, these locations should be checked as soon as possible. These locations are likely to have large numbers of people present and a great number of casualties may be sustained. The following locations in Wilshire are representative of this type of area. Miracle Mile Shopping Area Wilshire/Western Business Area Venice/Western Shopping Center Beverly Center HELIPORTS The locations within Wilshire that are listed in this guide should be checked to ensure they are still usable. It may be necessary to airlift emergency personnel, supplies, blood, etc. into these areas or injured persons out. - HIGH RISE AND BRICK STRUCTURES Wilshire has many high rise buildings in the Northern Area of the Division along Wilshire Boulevard. If an earthquake strikes while these buildings are heavily occupied loss of life and injury may be excessive. Many persons might also be trapped in elevators or debris. Wilshire Area also has numerous old, multi-story brick buildings that are largely in use as residential structures. Most of these structures are located in an East, West corridor between Beverly Boulevard and Pico Boulevard. Buildings of this type should also be checked for injured or trapped persons. PETROLEUM AND NATURAL GAS PIPELINES Major pipelines carrying flammable substances are identified and their routes are indicated on diagrams within this guide. These pipelines should be inspected because there is a strong likelihood that an explosion or fire will occur should one of these lines rupture. Should this happen, the lines can be identified by the letter and number designation on the maps and respective company notified for repairs. (10.ST-276 Standard Oil-Crude Oil). r EARTHQUAKE EMERGENCY ACTIONS The following checklist was designed to assist supervisory personnel in conducting emergency actions in their Areas IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWING an earthquake. It is intended as a guide only. Areas should assess the information and make additions or deletions as necessary to meet their emergency commitment. The actions listed below are not . necessarily arranged in the proper priority as emergency needs will ne~essitate the proper priority of response. Immediately following an earthquake, Area personnel shall check the predesignated key facilities indicated on their pre-emergency checklist, including the police station, and determine their ability to function. Determine the status of all on duty personnel and consider the release or relocation of prisoners. Start a log listing personnel assignments, requests for assistance, damage and casualty reports and other essential information. Determine the need for Departmental mobilization and activation of the Emergency Control Center. Instruct personnel to conduct light rescue of entrapped people, perform first aid, and call for medical support as needed. If any facility or area is reported to be uninhabitable because of damage, developing fires, or other hazards, order evacuation. Provide security for evacuated premises. If communications with key facilities, such as fire stations, are not operational, deploy mobile units to assess the situation and provide alternative communication links. Dispatch ground and aerial units to survey other predesignated areas for damage, fires, landslides, and other effects, and have them report to the station or command post on the results of this secondary damage survey immediately. If the community includes a dam, or is in the inundation area of a dam, dispatch units to determine the status of the dam. If there is a possibility of dam failure, warn other down stream .areas or cities and immediately notify Investigative Headquarters Division. Have personnel warn the public by the use of public address systems such as portable loudspeakers, police cars and motorcycles, ·fire department equipment, helicopters or other sound vehicles. Have . personnel walk from door to door to insure that all residents have been evacuated realizing, there may be injured, trapped or ambulatory residents still in their homes. Have personnel check facilities known to contain chemicals, flammable substances, explosives or other materials that could pose a hazard if released. If hazardous materials or environmental conditions pose a threat to the emergency forces, have them -observe appropriate precautions while giving priority to life saving actions. Determine the operability of telephone, water, gas, electric power, transportation, and other systems serving the community. If persons are entrapped in collapsed structures, set up a Field Command Post and request proper assistance. Activate a multipurpose staging area as a destination point for units coming into the area and as a base for conducting the emergency operations. Call for equipment needed for debris clearance and heavy rescue. Order evacuation routes cleared as needed. Establish access routes through the damaged areas and instruct personnel to assist people to safe areas. Prohibit unauthorized entry or re-entry into the evacuated areas. Prepare to issue Temporary Emergency Passes to those persons or agencies that will be authorized to enter the closed areas. The criteria for selecting a multipurpose staging area is: A low risk fire and flood area. Adequate areas, both paved and unpaved, for all intended uses including assembly, maneuvering, parking, and a helicopter landing site. Adequate facilities, both covered and open, for supplying and maintaining vehicles and heavy construction equipment. Facilities for first aid and medical treatment sufficient for use as a medical evacuation point. Feeding, sleeping and sanitation facilities sufficient for emergency personnel. Provision for security and safety, such as a fence or a natural barrier. Ready access to major transportation routes. Request that personnel control traffic and expedite the movement of units for emergency services. Determine the capacity and safety of evacuation routes; if primary routes are blocked, select secondary or alternate routes. Provide for traffic control and expedite the evacuation, coordinating activities of other departments. Instruct personnel to search the evacuation area to insure that people received warnings; assist in evacuation and perform rescue and first aid, as necessary. Request that the media broadcast instructions to direct evacuees to designated relocation areas using specific evacuation routes. Determine the location and condition of mass care facilities both public and private. Activate mass care facilities in the relocation areas. Coordinate with the Red Cross and other welfare agencies or church groups on facilities to be activated. Provide for personnel io open facilities and prepare to receive the disaster victims. Insure that mass care facili~ies receive, shelter and care for the evacuees, and call for the needed supplies, equipment and support services. Establish communication at all mass care facilities for the registration of victims. Provide for the transportation of individuals requiring medical attention or other specialized service not available at the facility. Coordinate with medical sources who can supply special medicines and drugs for those people with chronic illnesses or other unforeseen emergencies. Utilize radio and television facilities to broadcast the locations of mass care facilities and these emergency directives if time permits. Request that citizens: Take self help actions to knock down incipient fires and assist injured persons in their vicinity. If they detect the odor of gas, to open windows, shut off the main gas valve, vacate the building and notify the proper authorities. Prevent possible explosions by not burning candles, smoking or lighting fires. Shut off the electrical current at the main meter box if electrical wiring is shorting out. Shut off the main water valve if water pipes have ruptured. Conserve all available water for drinking and sanitary purposes. Stay out of the damaged area. Do not use the telephone, except to report an emergency. Go to the mass care centers if they need medical care, food, water, inoculations or other assistance. ON DUTY DURING EARTHQUAKE - OFFICER'S GUIDELINES If your are on duty during an earthquake, your own survival is your main concern. If you are operating a radio equipped vehicle, establish a mini Command Post. Be conscious of, and prepared for the after shocks - they will occur. Move to a low risk open area. Stop your usual police· routine. The first priority is the protection of life through enlisting of citizen aid. Do not clutter the radio, wait for roll call, and at that time, provide your supervisor with intelligent information that you have obtained. If your radio is damaged, attempt to obtain citizens with CB radios to assist you. Delegate responsibilities - enlist citizen aid- maintain order - gather and record intelligence and above all, DO NOT PANIC. If you do not have a radio, try to return to your station or team up with someone who has an operable radio, or report to a Police Station other than your own. If you have prisoners in custody, good judgement may result in their release. Investigators in the Police Station should immediately take over the functions of the uniformed station officers and allow them to get in the field where their uniform will be of more value. A traffic officer's primary concern is the ingress and egress of emergency vehicles. TO's should look for fallen bridges, blocked roads and freeway hazards. Gather information and wait for roll call. Do not clutter the radio. Civilian employees in the station will have their duties directed by the stations supervisor then on duty. OFF DUTY Utilize your radio to receive earthquake information and plan to respond to your station according to you "A" and "B" watch assignments. July 22, 1986 8.1.7 INTRADEPARTMENTAL CORRESPONDENCE TO: Area Commanding Officer FROM: Officer-in-Charge, Tactical Planning Section SUBJECT: DAMAGE ASSESSMENT IN THE EVENT OF A MAJOR EARTHQUAKE In the event that adverse weather condition preclude the use of Department aircraft, the responsibility for damage assessment shall be transferred to the patrol divisions. The attached package contains a list of critical sites to be surveyed in the event of a major earthquake, and should be included in the Area Standing Plans. **** original 15.2 previously signed BRUCE S. WARD, Lieutenant Officer-in-Charge Tactical Planning Section Attachment **** DAMAGE REPORTING In the event that adverse weather conditions preclude the use of Department aircraft, the responsibility for damage assessment shall be transferred to the patrol divisions. - Air support Division will be the initial down link to receive damage assessment information from Areas after they have gathered and prioritized intelligence received from Area ground units. In the event of grounded aircraft, Areas have the responsibility for surveying priority 1 and priority 2 sites and communicating their damage reports to the appropriate down link (Air Support Division until the EOC is activated). As unit availability permits, priority 3 locations should be surveyed. Areas should utilize their appropriate tactical frequencies or ACC to contact Air Support Division. The following attachments are a list of critical sites to be surveyed in the event of a major earthquake. Areas will be responsible for assessing these sites if Department aircraft are unable to fly. The attachments should be included in Area Standing Plans. COMMAND POST LOCATIONS PRIORITY 1 1st 1/2 hr - WILSHIRE AREA PRIORITY 2 1st hour PRIORITY 3 4 hours Baldwin Hills Elementary School 5421 Rodeo Road (42 F-6) ...................... X Saturn Street School ( 42 F- 3) .................................... X 5360 W. Saturn Street CBS Studios (33 F-6) ............................ X 7800 Beverly Boulevard L.A. High School (43 C-2) ....................................... X 4600 W. Olympic Boulevard Queen Anne Place Elementary School (43 C-3) .................. ..... X 1212 Queen Anne Place Wilshire Methodist Church (42 C-2) ........................... .... X 4350 Wilshire Boulevard Farmers Insurance Building (43 C-2) ................. .............. X 4680 Wilshire Boulevard DWP Construction Yard (42 C-4) ................................... X 2311 Fairfax Avenue Cienega Street Elementary School (43 A-5) ......................... X 2611 South Orange Drive Mount Vernon Junior High School (43 C-4) ........................ X 4066 South Orange Drive John Burrough Junior High School (43 B-1) .................. ....... X KEY LOCATIONS: Cedar-Sinai Medical Center (33 D-6) .... X 8700 Beverly Boulevard Baldwin Hills, 4201 S. La Brea Avenue, Transmit/receive ..... ...... X Site (51 A-2) Baldwin Hills, La Brea/Pico (43- B-3) OIL FIELDS .. · ............. X Wilshire Boulevard (34) HIGH RISES .. .... X WILSHIRE AREA DWP FACILITIES 5950 Venice Boulevard (42 E-4) PRIORITY 1 1st 1/2 hr PRIORITY 2 1st hour PRIORITY 3 4 hours POWER ....................... . X 4858 San Vicente Boulevard (43 B-3) POWER ........................ X 2904 West 11th Street (43 B-3) POWER ....................... . X 987 South Hobart (43 E-3) POWER .............................. X 5769 West Pico Boulevard (42 F-3) - POWER ................. ....... X 5801 West 3rd Street (34 A-6) 3401 Hauser Boulevard (42 E-6) TELEPHONE SWITCHING STATIONS None Provided FREEWAYS, OVERPASSES AND TUNNELS As they Affect Ingress and Egress POWER ........................ X POWER ........................ X -o ... · ~ I I I I I I I I I ) L__ __ ~--1 I i ~\ ... t«>RTH WEST BUREAU 0 0 () f' ... ---'---" ) ~ \ .:·:. ·- .... V .. i :,. £. f. ,, ! ..... ~ ·-···-· ---: ... ; . ,. / 1) ~' ~ ~ ... ; \ ' r;r,,. .. ··•·\ 1£..1 \+- \ ~ :.-;;_-- R1portin1 District llap of Wilshire Area 4881 VE-HICE BLVD. ,t ... :i BEVERLY "' 0 ~®1,3 ~ -------· 796 . ·- .. · .. ; · -: Air . •"'.'· ... . --·•-<~ ;.-.~ ..l; ... .. :... -- . · _,..,... __ ,. :· . . ·,.:- -_ ~-~"111--- -. --· ..:- - ... ..., > .. 706 3rd .. ..., a:: a) .. ._J · '.I) COCHRAN AVE @ CLOVERC'ALE AVE . @ BRCNSON AVE . © IROLO ST. @ 7th ST ..., z ~ @ WESTCHfSTER PLACE (D COUNTRY CL 1 JB DRIVE ® OLYMPIC eLvO @ SIERRA BONITA AVE . @) L A CIENEGA AVE @ THURMAN AVE @ JEFFERSON BLVC @) LONGWOOD AVE . - ~EDGEWOOD P'... ACE ~LA BREA AVE BLVD ..., ..., > .. ~ 707 708 c;, ST "' 728 729 0 ~ :::i; ~ z > 7(§) .. 739 ST 748 749 0 a:: ~ ~ :i:: BLVD 0 759 .. •. ~ a) BLVD. z e <!) 757 ... z a:: ::; .. a:: <I) 0 .. I: 777 778 779 l'REEWAY Q ~oc,L o ~""~ -- PDS.T . l'L..\~M~G &. RlSEARCH ()I\, ISION Corto~r:,pl,y and Visu~I Aids Unit FORM 17.07.00 -~ -- •:-·. : . • ..f _ • • •. ; - ~-; . .' "r ' ... . ·- --~ ~ ~'!:~! .. : !~ ~ - - . .... .... ,;;.. ... , .. : ...... A ~ ~ A A A & ~ R ~ ~ ~ '1 WEST BUREAU PRIORITY 1 NAME/LOCATION THOMAS BROS. MAP COORDINATES R.~.# Q DAM~ HOLLYWOOD RESERVOIR & CHLORINATION STATION DAM-STONE CANYON RESERVOIR DAM-FRANKLIN CANYON RESERVOIR-UPPER & LOWER FREEWAY - 405/10 OVERPASS FREEWAY - 405/90 OVERPASS HIGHRISES - WILSHIRE CORRIDOR FAIRFAX E/B TO NORMANDIE AVE. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS - GASOLINE STORAGE TANKS ~JEFFERSON/SLAUSON HAZARDOUS MATERIALS- GASOLINE STORAGE TANKS EL SEGUNDO REFINERY , ___ , . TRANSMIT/RECEtvER SITE - MT. LEE 3800 MT. L_ EE,t'f(JVE HOSPITAL·- CEDAR.;SJNAI MEDICAL CENTER BEVERLY BLVD. & SAN VICENTE HOSPITAL - UCLA MEDICAL CENTER SUNSET BLVD. & HILGARD AVE. HOSPITAL - BROTMAN MEDICAL CENTER 3828 DELMAS TERRACE MAJOR POWER STATION 12700 VISTA DEL MAR. POWER"SUBSTATIONS ·'594Q_ VENICE BLVD. CBS STUDIOS PRIORITY 2 FAIRFAX AVE. & BEVERLY BLVD. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS - LAX E/O WORLD WAY WEST HIGH RISE - CENTURY CITY SANTA MONICA BLVD. & CENTURY PARK EAST TRANSMIT SITE-SAN VICENTE TRANSMITTER 17400 MULHOLLAND DR. CLIFFS 17000 PACIFIC COAST HIGHWAY P24-C6 P32-O2 P33-B1/3 P41-F5 P50-C4 P42-43 P50-C4 615 806 809 1408 1459 723 261 CIC P62-A 1 c, EL SEG. P24-O5 609 P33-D6 701 . P32-E6 826 P42-C6 CIC P55A-F6 1491 P42-E4 76, , P33-F6 PSS-83 P42-A2 P21-D6 P40-A4 713 1493 839 803 831 c- SUPPORT SERVICES BUREAU N O T I C E I March 23, 1988 TO: FROM: All Concerned Commanding Officers Commanding Officer, Support Service Bureau SUBJECT: ESSENTIAL TELEPHONE SERVICE In the event of a major disaster (earthquake, fire, etc.), Pacific Bell will provide the Police Department with essential telephone service on selected Department telephone lines. These essential telephone service lines are lines that will remain in service should Pacific Bell decide to implement line load control procedures, which would cut off telephone service in the affected area to avoid overloads. If telephone lines are damaged in the disaster, essential telephone service lines will receive priority repair service. The below essential telephone service lines were selected by Operations-Headquarters Bureau, bases upon the criteria and limited number of lines set forth by the Department of General Services. In the event of an emergency, Operations-Headquarters Bureau is designated as the staff command post. LOCATION Operations-West Bureau Operations-Valley Bureau Operations-South Bureau Operations-Central Bureau (Central Facilities) Central Area Devonshire Area Foothill Area Harbor Area Hollenbeck Area Hollywood Area Newton Area North Hollywood Area Northeast Area Pacific Area Rampart Area 77th Street Area . . Southeast Area Southwest Area Van Nuys Area West Los Angeles Area West Valley Area Wilshire Area Metropolitan Division (Central Facilities) Air Support Division (Piper Tech) CENTREX LINES 312-8468/312-8451 989-8303/989-8304 485-4252/485-4253 485-3101/485-3784 485-3294/485-6588 989-8285/989-8281 989-8861/989-8860 548-7063/548-7605 485-2942/485-2941 485-4302/485-4301 485-5261/485-5257 989-8824/989-8821 485-2563/485-2540 202-4502/202-4571 485-4062/485-4061 485-4162/485-4164 485-6929/485-6914 485-2582/485-2583 989-8343/989-8383 479-6128/473-7292 989-8543/989-8541 485-4022/938-9013 485-4091/485-4015 485-2600/237-1738 Training Division (Police Academy) PARKER CENTER Jail Division Detective Headquarters Division Operations-Headquarters Bureau Scientific Investigation Division Property Division Press Relations 485-3151 485-2510 485-3261/485-2504 485-3211/485-2530 485-2535 485-3196 485-3586 APPROVED: MATTHEW V. HUNT, Commander Commanding Officer Support Services Bureau DISTRIBUTION "M" MARK A. KROEKER, Deputy Chief Commanding Officer Personnel and Training Bureau DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES D/317.01 7"' • Railroad yards and track locations. ~ J • Zoos, stables, dairys, etc. Note: If an Area includes a dam, reservoir, or other ' potentially dangerous facility, information concerning possible damage, actual or potential, should be obtained without delay. To obtain requirffl information it may be necessary to employ ground and/or air units. 317.05 CITIZEN SELF-HELP MEASURES. When it becomes apparent that an evacuation is necessary, the warning must be given in an expeditious manner. For a variety of reasons, some citizens will choose not to heed the warning. These individuals should not be forcefully removed from their resider)ce unless extenuating circumstances exist (D/305.04). Those electing to remain should be instructed to initiate self-help measures include: • Attempting to extinguish small fires. • Assisting injured persons. • Opening windows, shutting off main gas valve, vacating the building, and notifying the appropriate authorities when detecting the odor of gas. • Preventing possible explosions by not burning candles, smok ing or lighting fires. • Shutting off electricity at the main box if ~lectrical wiring is shorting out. • Conserving all available water. • Not using the telephone, except to report an emergency. * Going to evacuation centers if in need of medical care, food, water, or other assistance. 317.08 AREA EARTHQUAKE RESPONSE PLANS. Each Area is required to implement and periodically update Area Earthquake Response Plans. Areas commanding officers should assess the following information and make additions or deletions tp their response plans as necessary. The actions listed below are not necessarily arranged in order of priority and are intended as a guide only. • Survey predesignated key facilities. * Determine status of all on-duty personnel. • Check facilities known to contain chemicals, flammable substances, explosives, or other materials that may pose a hazard if released. • Determine the operability of telephone, water, gas, electricity, public transportation, and other systems serving residents of the Area. • Activate a multipurpose staging crrea for responding units. • Request equipment needed for debris clearance and heavy rescue, if needed. • Establish ingress and egress routes into and out of the involved area. • Prepare to issue Temporary Emergency Passes to persons authorized to enter closed areas. • Provide for traffic control and expedite movement of emergency service vehicles. ~ • Determine capacity and safety of evacuation :_ routes. If primary routes are impassable, select secondary or alternate routes. • Ensure residents receive the evacuation warning and assist with evacuation. • Request news media to broadcast evacuation routes and other pertinent information. • Consider release or relocation of prisoners detained in Area station. * Start log of personnel assignments, requests for assistance, damage and casualty reports, and other essential information. * Advise ti re department personnel of trapped victim& and request medical assistance, as needed. * If any facility or area is reported to be untenable because of damage, developing fires, or other hazards, consider evacuation. • If evacuation is required, assist where needed and provide security. • If communications with key facilities, such as fire stations, are not operational, deploy mobiie field units to assess the situation and provide alternate commun ication links. * Dispatch ground and aerial units to survey vulnerable areas for damage, fire, landslide, etc. • Instruct survey units to report to the station or Field Command Post with pertinent intelligence. * If Area includes a dam, or is in the inundation path of a dam, dispatch units to survey these structures for possible damage. Note: If there is a possibility of dam failure, immediately notify the Emergency Control Center, if activated, or Detecti"8 Headquarters Division. Notification will then be made to the agency responsible for the dam. Tactical Manual. Los Angeles Police Deoartrnent Disasters & Other Emergencies September, 1979 DAM a RESERVOIR EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION LIST CITY OF LOS ANGELES DEPARTMENT OF WATER a POWER 1991 NOTE: In order to maintain the accuracy and completeness of this document and its future revisions, PLEASE REPORT ALL CHANGES OR CORRECTIONS TO THE RESERVOIR SURVEILLANCE GROUP at (213) 481-6100, -6130, or -6101, Post Office Box 111, Room 1314, Los Angeles, California 90051. - WATER SYSTEM DIVISION HEADS: Dam and Reservoir Emergencies Persons to be Notified In case of any sudden or unprecedented flood, unusual or alarming circumstance or occurrence affecting a dam or reservoir, including a significant change in seepage, abrupt change of water level in an observation well, or any unusual cracks, slumps, or wet spots in the dam or abutments, the employee discovering the problem shall notify his supervisor as outlined on the attached sheets. Where the problem or occurrence is of such seriousness as to warrant notification of the Engineer in Charge of the Aqueduct division or the Engineer in Charge of the Water Operating divi~ion, it is essential that one of the members of the Water Engineering Design Division also be alerted. In the event of a major emergency, the Engineer in Charge will be responsible for contacting the Assistant General Manager - Water (page 4); the State Department of Water Resources, Division of Safety of Dams (page 7); and County Sheriff (page 9). If the dam or reservoir is located within the City of Los angeles, The Engineer in Charge shall notify the Chief of Police (page 9). In all cases, where the person called cannot be contacted, the next name in order shall be notified. The first person contacted in each group shall be responsible for notifying all others in that group who may be needed in connection with the problem. In all cases, if none of the persons in a group can be reached immediately, the Department Telephone Operator, (213) 481- 4211 or 818 984-2512, shall be contacted and instructed to complete the call to one of the group. Attachments c: Distribution List JAMES F. WICKSER Assistant General Manger - Water I Ref. DWR Letters J. J. Doody to DWP 10/26/81 and 7/15/82 Reservoir Data IN-CITY RESERVOIRS The employee discovering any unusual or alarming occurrence affecting a dam or reservoir shall immediately notify the Wate~ Utility Operator· Supervisor or District Reservoir Foreman. These first -level supervisor are listed below. If unable to contact the first level supervisors, the employee should immediately notify the LAWS-DAC operators at (213) 481-8118 or 8117. LAWS-DAC will attempt to notify the first leve~ s~pervisor and if unsuccessful, will notify the second level supervisor. First Level Notification central District W. Clark** Harbor District A. Dempsey** Western District c. Nishiyama** 2355 Fletcher Drive · Los Angeles (213} 481-7754 5898 Venice Blvd. Los Angeles (213) 481-6981 5898 Venice Blvd. Los Angeles (213} 481-6980 East Valley and West Valley Districts J. Fitch** 18718 Rayen Street Northridge (818) 702-2661 *{DWP} 2-273-2661 (818) 367-2002 (213) 971-2968 (818) 242-4079 (805) 523-7674 Upon investigation by the Water Utility Operator Supervisor or the District Reservoir Foreman, he shall alert the following supervisors listed under -second level notification: (See next page) * DWP - Department of Water and Power telephone system, from General Office Building telephones only. ** Also see Pager/Radio/Vehicle No. listings in Appendix A. Page 2 second Level Notification D. E. Horton Room 1449 (805) 484-4698 General Office Building (213) 481-6233 J. D. Powers Room 1449 (818) 281-2249 General Office Building (213) 481-6232 After the investigation of the problem by the second level supervisor, and if the situation warrants, he shall notify one of the following in the order indicated: Third Level Notification J.E. Jarf R. w. Carr Principal Engr. (WOD) L. McReynolds Principal Engr. (WOD) Room 1449 (818) 249-0713 General Office Building (213) 481-6222 Room 1420 (818) 968-8948 General Office Bu~lding (213) 481-6241 Room 1420 {818) 957-0826 General Office Building (213) 481-6240 Where the problem or occurrence affecting a dam or reservoir is of such magnitude or seriousness as to warrant notification on one of the above engineers, it is essential that the Water Engineering· Design Division be altered. In such instance, the engineer notified shall contact one of the members of the Water Engineering Design Division. Page 3 H.F. Hanson* M. M. Sakado s. Matsuda P. C. Lahr* w. w. Hoye H. R. Venegas J. F. Wickser WATER ENGINEERING DESIGN DIVISION Room 1314 General Office Building (213) 481-6130 Room 1314 General Office Building (213} 481-6134 *Beeper 717 7356 Room 1314 General Office Building (213) 481-6132 Room 1314 General Office Building (213) 481-6100 Room 1336 General Office Building (213) 481-6150 Room 1336 General Office Building (213} 481-6147 4070 Wilkinson Avenue Studio City, CA 91604 (213) 877-2565 630 Marek Drive Montebello, CA 90640 (213} 728-9704 5 Via Seville Rolling Hills Estates, CA 90640 (213) 541-0198 3239 Altura Avenue, #11 Glendale, CA 91214 (818) 957-2322 136 S. Plymouth Blvd. Los Angeles, ca 90004 (213) 935-1523 900 -Hibiscus st. Montebello, ca 90640 (213) 724-9560 WATER SYSTEM EXECUTIVE OFFICE Room 1455 General Office Building ( 213 ) 4 81-61 71 4548 El Reposa Drive Los Angeles, CA 90065 (213) 257-3623 D. D. Buchholz Room 1455 General Office Building (213) 481-6181 * Also see Pager/Radio/Vehicle No. listings in Appendix A. Page 4 AQUEDUCT RESERVOIRS - NORTHERN DISTRICT The employee discovering any unusual or alarming occurrence affecting a dam or reservoir shall immediately notify one of the Construction and Maintenance Supervisors listed below: Bishop-Mono District J. Bright Bishop Yard (619) 873-2231 2-265-2231 (DWP)* (619) 873-8027 Lone Pine and Independence Districts R. Stockman Independence Yard (619) 878-2076 2-272-2227 (DWP) (619) 878-2337 If appraisal of the problem by the Construction and Maintenance Supervisor warrants, he shall immediately alert the Construction and Maintenance Superintendent and the Engineering Services personnel: J. Snead F. Finkbeiner Bishop Admin. Office (619) 873-2226 2-265-2226 (DWP) Bishop Admin. Office (619) 873-2256 2-265-2256 (DWP) (619) 873-4966 (619) 873-4302 If appraisal of the situation by the Construction and Maintenance superintendent warrants, he shall immediately notify one of the following in the order indicated: R. G. Wilson D. C. Williams Bishop Admin. Office (619) 873-2225 2-265-2225 (DWP) (619) 873-4738 Room 1466 General Office Building (213) 481-6191 (714) 995-7129 Where the problem or occurrence affecting a dam or reservoir is of such magnitude or seriousness as to warrant notification of one of the above engineers, it is essential that the Water Engineering Design Division be alerted. In such instance, the engineer notified shall contact one of the members of the Water Engineering Design Division as listed on pa-ge 4. *(DWP) - Department of Water and Power telephone system, from General Office Building telephones only. Page 5 AQUEDUCT RESERVOIRS - SOUTHERN DISTRICT The employee discovering any unusual or alarming occurrence affecting a dam or reservoir shall immediately notify the Construction and Maintenance Superintendent. T. J. Ste- rling Mojave Yard 17031 Sierra Hwy. (805). 824-4695 *(DWP) 2-269-2200 (805) 822-7493 If Mr. Sterling cannot be reached immediately, contact one of the Construction and Maintenance Supervisors listed below. J. Herbaugh L. Gra~es Mojave· Yard 17031 Sierra Hwy. (805) 824-4695 *(DWP) 2-269-2201 Mojave Yard 17031 Sierra Hwy. -(805) 824-4695 (DWP) 2-269-2209 (805) 822-5010 (805) 296-0249 If appraisal of the situation by the Construction and Maintenance Superintendent or Supervisor warrants, he shall immediately notify one of the following in the order indicated: M. M. Kodama Room 1466 General Office Building (213) 481-6180 (818) 333-5572 K. L. Salsman Room 1466 General Office Building (213) 481-6198 (213) 325-3779 · D. C. Williams Room 1466 General Office Building (213) 481-6191 (714) 995-7129 Where the problem or occurrence affecting a dam or reservoir is of such magnitude or seriousness as to warrant notification of one of the above engineers, it is essential that the Water Engineering Design Division be alerted. In such instance, the engineer notified shall contact one of the members of the Water Engineering Design Division as listed on page 4. * (DWP) - Department of Water and Power telephone system, from General Office Building telephones only. Page 6 STATE DEPARTMENT OF WATER RESOURCES DIVISION OF SAFETY OF DAMS Section 6101 of Division 1 of the California Water Code requires owners of dams or their agents to advise the Department of Water Resources (DWR) fully and promptly of any sudden or unprecendented flood or unusual or alarming circumstances or occurrence affecting the dam or reservoir. Notification of DWR would normally take place only after review of the situation by either the second level supervisor or the reservoir surveillance group. Make notification in the order listed below. During Working Hours V. H. Persson, Chief 2200 "X" Street, Suite 200 Sacramento, CA 95818 (916) 445-7606 After• Working Hours and on Weekends and Holidays For City and South Aqueduct K. P. Osgerby 69 Coloma Way Field Engineer Sacramento, CA 95819 (916) 232-1115 (916) 736-9472 Fax No. (916) 324-0793 For Owens Valley and Mono Basin R. Sanchez 1041 La Salle Drive Field Engineer Sacramento, CA 95864 (916) 323-1115 (916) 489-1660 If the appropriate Field Engineer cannot be reached, attempt to contact in the following order: R. F. Delparte Regional Engineer (916) 322-6206 D. H. Babbitt Chief Field Engineer (916) 445-9517 6310 Cassady Way Carmichael 95608 (916) 944-1541 3860 West Land Park Drive Sacramento, CA 95822 (916) 444-7336 California State Police, Sacramento (916) 445-1150 In all cases, where the erson called cannot be contacted, the next name in order shall be notified. The first person contacted in each group shall be responsible for notifying all others in their group who may be needed in connection with the problem. In all cases, if none of the persons in a group can be reached immediately, the Department Telephone Operator, (213) 481-4211, shall be contacted and the operator shall continue to try to complete the call to any one of the group. Page 7 COUNTY SHERIFF Los Angeles County .•.... s. Block, L.A. County Sheriff Department 211 West Temple St., Room 266 Los Angeles, CA 90012 (213) 974-4101 Inyo County ............. Al George P. o. Box s Independence 93526 (619) 878-2441 Mono County •..•••..•••.. M. Streineck, Jr. P. o. Box 616 Bridgeport 93517 Bridgeport No. (619) 932-7549 Mammoth Lake No. (619) 934-6058 Ventura County .......•.• J. Gillespie 800 So. Victoria Avenue Ventura 93009 (805) 654-2381 24 Hours: (805) 654-2314 CHIEF OF POLICE City of Los Angeles ..... D. F. Gates, Chief, Parker Center 150 No. Los Angeles St. Los Angeles, CA 90012 (213) 485-3202 R. Banks Commander Operations Hdqrt. Bureau Normal Hours (213) 485-3211 After 1700 Hours, Weekends, Holidays (213) 485-3261 Commanding Officer Emergency Operations Center (213) 617-0019 (213) 485-5191 City of Bishop •••••••••• F. G. Coburn, Chief 207 West Line Bishop 93514 (619) 873-5866 Page 8 FIRE DEPARTMENT city of Los Angeles •..... D. o. Manning Chief Engineer and General Manager 200 N. Main St., Rm 1020 Los Angeles 90012 (213) 485-6003 24 Hours: Operation Control Dispatch Center (213) 485-6009 or (213) 485-6180 J. Holloway, Hydrant Unit 200 N. Main st., Rm 920, City Hall East Los Angeles 90012 (213) 485-5964 Los Angeles County ...... R. Monarrez, Emergency Services Coordinator 1320 N. Eastern Avenue Los Angeles 90063-3294 (213) 267-2404 24 Hours: (213) 267-2455 OFFICE OF EMERGENCY SERVICES Ventura County •......... Ms. Karen Guidi, Emergency Services Coordinator Ventura County Office of Emergency Services 800 So. Victoria Ave. Ventura 93009 (805) 654-2551 24 Hours: (805) 654-2314 state of California .•... Mr. Gardener Davis state Office of Emergency Services AFRC Building 283 Los Alamitos, CA 90720-5001 (213) 493-8900 24 Hours: State O.E.S. Warning Center (916) 427-4341 Page 9 - -------- - --- ------------------ 7 DAM AND RESERVOIR EMERGENCIES DISTRIBUTION LIST - General Manager's Office ..........•..•. D. W. Waters (2) N. L. Buehring (2) Receptionist (1) Public Affairs Division ...••........... L.B. Dennis (1) E. Freudenburg (1) Receptionist (1) Power System Executive Office .......... E. A. Cotton (1) K. s. Miyoshi (1) B. v. Palk (1) Water System Executive Office . . . . . . . . . . J. F . Wickser (3) D. D. Buchholz (2) G. A. G~we (2) M. L. Blevins (2) c. v. Solorza (2) Receptionist (1) Aqueduct Division ...................... ·D. c. Williams (2) M. M. Kodama (4) K. L. Salsman (2) T. J. Sterling (8) R. G. Wilson (6) J. M. Snead ( 14 )· Receptionist (3) Water Operating Division ............... L. McReynolds (2) R. w. Carr (2) R. L. Simmons (2) J. E. Jarf (2) J. D. Powers (2) D. E. Horton ( 40) J. c. Lockie (10) L. B. Withers (2) D. Kocher (1) R. c. Forsyth (8) E. Thomas (8) E. Session (8) R. G. Fleming (8) Central Water Trouble Board (5) w. Valley Water Trouble Board (5) Water Engineering Design Division ...... w. w. Hoye (2) H. R. Venegas (2) s. Matsuda (2) H.F. Hanson (12) M. M. Sakado (2) Page 10 DAM AND RESERVOIR EMERGENCIES DISTRIBUTION LIST Cont ... Power Operating and Maintenance •..•. ~ ••. c. A. Rogacs (2) L. D. Robbs (2) M. L. Martinez (2) G. E. Haynie (2) Duty Superintendent of E.C.C. (14) Power Design and Construction .......•..•• E.G. Gladbach (6) Emergency Operation Center .... : .......••. L.B. Withers (6) State Department of Water Resources ...••• v. H. Persson (2) D. H. Babbitt (2) R. Delparte (2) R. Sanchez (2) K. P. Osgerby (2) State Office of Emergency Services .....•. G. Davis (5) (213) 620-5607 Los Angeles Police Department .....•••.•.. D. F. Gates (1) (213) 485-4011 s. Roberts (36) Ventura County Emergency Services ........ J. Gillespie (2) Center Sheriff Department (805) 654-2314 Emergency Services Coordinator ......... K. Guidi (2) (805) 654-2551 (805) 654-2381 u. s. National Park Service ........•..... T. Glass (2) (818) 597-1036 Los Angeles County Sheriff .•......••••••• s. Block (1) Inyo County Sheriff •••••.....•.....•...•• A. George (1) Mono County Sheriff ••.•.•......••........ M. Streineck (1) City of Bishop Police ••.••••••.•••••.•••• F. G. Coburn (1) Los Angeles City Fire Department .••...••• D. o. Manning (1) Hydrant Unit ••.••.•••••.••••••.•••••••••• J. Holloway (3) Los Angeles County Fire Department .•..•.. R. Monarrez (1) 640-PLEMRES.RPT Page 11 APPENDIX A 05/16/91 PAGER/RADIO/VEHICLE NO. LISTINGS WATER OPERATING DIVISION, PUMP PLANT AND RESERVOIRS * INDICATES CHANGES NAME BAKER BARR BENSEN BLINN BLOCH PAGER PH# PAGER# RADIO# RADIO ID VEHICLE# BODNAR BOTT* CAMPOS CASTILLO* CLARK DEMPSEY DUMBOLTON FITCH HANSON HARFORD HIGBY HOMILLER HOOVER HORTON HUMPHRIES JARVIS JAUREGUI JEKA KING KNOX KOCH KREINER LAHR* LAZADO LI:..L LINTON LUCAS* MANDEVILLE MC ALLISTER MONTANANO NAKAMURA NISHIYAMA PALACIO PATCHEN POCHMARA 704-5348 704-4900 704-5379 704-4885 704-5330 704-9323 717-7252 704-5355 717-7244 704-4890 704-4882 704-6054 704-5324 717-7356 704-5372 704-5327 704-5009 704-5378 704-4871 704-5325 704-4897 704-5349 704-5322 704-5241 717-7221 717-7248 704-5157 717-7374 704-4901 704-4888 704-5356 704-5377 704-4889 704-5381 704-4873 704-5382 704-4886 704-5374 POWERS 717-7257 RESV.SURV* REY 704-4878 RODRIGUEZ,RU717-7240 SEARS 704-5375 707348 707900 707397 708885 707330 703323 771252 707355 771244 707890 W644 W628 W524 W617 W523 W641 W632 W614 701080 701012 700920 700796 700321 700905 700902 W5-1377 W5-0500 WS-0597 P5-2612 W5-2603 P4-0096 REW-34782 P4-0029 708882 W611 700332 P4-0079 706054 W633 700428 WS-1123 707324 W520 700761 P4-0102 771356 (RESERVOIR SURVEILANCE) 707372 707327 707009 707378 708871 707325 708897 707349 708322 707241 771221 771248 W622 W278 W602 W624 W642 W525 W629 W646 700784 700853 700896 700928 700586 701037 700185 700922 REW-34784 W5-1072 P4-3204 W5-0502 P4-0092 WS-1565 - REW-34783 P4-0097 707157 W610 700939 P4-3146 771374 (RESV. SURV. ASSOC. ENGINEEER) 708901 W641 708888 707356 707377 708889 707381 708873 707382 708886 707374 771257 708878 771240 707375 W601 700613 P4-3396 W634 W277 W619 W638 W220 W616 W600 W637 Wl21 701602 700997 700454 700889 700861 701074 700745 748161 701016 700768 701020 REW-34782 W5-1124 P4-0107 P4-0127 WS-2523 W4-1175 W4-2042 W4-8160 W4-1154 W5-1555 W5-1187 704-4877 708877 W615 700989 SIMON 704-4887 708887 W612 700784 STANLEY 704-5359 707359 W279 700037 STONE 704-5347 707347 SUNDEMIER _, 704-5376 707376 TAN 704-5367 707367 W626 700804 VAN NORMAN W643 700669 WALL 717-7350 771350 WEATINGTON 704-5360 707360 WILKERSON 704-4884 708884 W613 700944 WILLIAMS 704-5361 707361 ZAHNOW 717-7259 771259 ZEMPO 704-5368 707368 W627 700345 ZORNE 717-7224 771224 TO CALL FROM PHONE TO CAR, DIAL 818-35~-1991. KEY RADIO ID AFTER TONE. LOCAL PAGER NUMBER FOR THE VALLEY AREA: W4-1176 W4-1175 W5-1152 W4-1164 P5-0523 P4-0112 P4-0016 • (818)884-1063, DIAL PAGER NUMBER, DIAL NUMBER TO CALL . .. WILSHIRE AREA MULHOLLAND DAM/HOLLYWOOD RESERVOIR CONTINGENCY PLANS February 1977 Revised February 1986 Reviewed April 1987 Reviewed April 1988 THE MULHOLLAND DAM/HOLLYWOOP RESERVOIR C O N T E N T S Inundation Route Contingency Plan Area to be Evacuated Evacuation Routes Traffic Control Measures Santa Monica Freeway Defense/Disaster Directory Mass Care Centers for Evacuees Evacuation of Persons without own transportation Evacuation of Unique Facilities Hospitals Convalescent and Nursing Homes Schools Method of Evacuation Perimeters and Internal Security Floor Warnings Advisement of Unique Facilities Hospitals Convalescent and Nursing Homes Schools Department of Water and Power Fire Department Other Agencies Telephone Company Installations Gasoline Pipelines 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 4 4 4 - 5 5 - 6 6 6 6 - 7 7. 7 7 - 8 8 8 CONTENTS (continued) News Media Animal Control and Related Problems FAA Recognized Helicopter Landing Sites Assessment of Injury and Damage Emergency Services Communications Schools Hospitals Shopping Centers Termination and Re-entry Procedures Organizational Responsibilities Power of Peace Officers to close Areas During Emergencies Penal Code 409.5 Attorney Opinion on Penal Code 409.5 FAA Regulations 91.91 - Avoidance of a Disaster Area Supervisors Briefing Sheet "Resident contact Detail" Water Depth and Velocity Chart Maps 8 - 9 9 9 9 - 10 10 10 10 10 11 11 11 ·12 12 12 - 13 13 - 14 15 15 WILSHIRE AREA DAM INUNDATION PLAN DAMS AND RESERVOIRS IN AND AROUND THE CITY AND AREAS RESPONSIBLE FOR MAINTAINING RESPONSE PLANS AREA Central Devonshire Foothill Harbor Hollenbeck Hollywood Northeast RESERVOIR Elysian Los Angeles Big Tujµnga Green Verdugo Hansen Los Angeles Pacoima Palos Verdes Ascot Devil's Gate Mulholland Rowena Sepulveda Ascot Devil's Gate Eagle Rock Highland Sepulveda North Hollywood Hansen Pacoima Sepulveda Rampart Elysian Rowena Silver Lake AREA Van Nuys Pacific West Valley Wilshire West L.A. RESERVOIR Encino Los Angeles Pacoima Sepulveda Mulholland Silver Lake Stone Canyon Lower Franklin. Encino Greys tone Lower Franklin Mulholland Silverlake Greys tone Lower Franklin Upper Franklin Rivera Santa Ynez Canyon Sawtelle Stone Canyon Silver Lake WILSHIRE AREA MULHOLLAND DAM FLOOD WATER INUNDATION CONTINGENCY PLAN INUNDATION ROUTE The flood wave will enter Wilshire Area from the north and travel in a south westerly direction. Initial flood plane will encompass the Area roughly from Western Avenue, west, - to Fairfax Avenue. It is estimated that the water will be one (1) foot deep and traveling at approximately 6 feet per second. As the water continues south, it is constricted by the topographical features of the terrain. Water depth will increase to approximately 3 feet and speed accelerates to about 10 feet per second. When the flood wave reaches the freeway, it will follow the general contours of Ballona Creek where it will reach . its greates~ depth and speed. It should be noted that there is an area within this projected flood plane which is considered "High-Ground" (C-map for approximated contours). This high ground island will cause the constriction of the flood wave as it travels south. The water to the west and especially the east of the island will become deeper and will travel at a faster pace. The Santa Monica Freeway will serve as a temporary restraint to the flood wave. The water will become deeper (estimated 3 feet) as it backs up behind the north bank of the freeway. The vehicle and pedestrian underpasses will become outlets for this backed up water. As the water continues south from the freeway, it is constricted further by land contours. As indicated above, it will flood into Culver City roughly confined to the Ballona Creek Contours. This constriction will cause considerable increase in water depth and speed. This duration of the flow inundation is estimated at 6 to 8 hours. CONTINGENCY PLAN When a situation arises which warrant concern regarding the safety of the Mulholland Dam, the initial inspection of the Dam will be conducted by Hollywood Area personnel. If there is evidence of an impending rupture or complete failure, a Field Command Post shall be established. An orderly evacuation of the inundation area will then be coupled with the establishment of a traffic perimeter to isolate the Area. AREA TO BE EVACUATED Assuming that the Mulholland Reservoir is filled to capacity and total failure is anticipated, the area to be evacuated will be Reporting Districts: 734, 745, 764, 771, 772, 773, 774, 781, 782, 783, 791, 793, 794, 795,797, and the west portion of 796 (See attached maps for exact boundaries). The evacuation area consist mainly of single and mulit-family residential dwellings interspersed with commercial business districts and light industry. The area has au estimated population of 41,000. EVACUATION ROUTES The evacuation routes will be determined by the . evacuees themselves as there are many egress routes. However, the evacuees should be instructed to use east/west streets and to avoid direct northern travel when leaving the Area. TRAFFIC CONTROL MEASURES Due to the decreased speed of the water by the time it reaches the Santa Monica Freeway, it is not anticipated that there will be damage to the freeway. Travel on the freeway will not be effected as it is elevated along the projected - inundation area. Close observation should be maintained of underpasses for early detection of erosion or undermining of the freeway structures. The California Highway Patrol will be alerted as to possible closure should it become necessary. Additionally, the CHP will be requested to close off ramps at La Brea, Fairfax, Washington, and La Cienega. Uniformed officers will be deployed at the major surface streets as needed to control the flow of traffic out of or into the inundated and evacuated area. The following are the major surface streets and will accommodate the largest volume of traffic. NORTH AND SOUTH La Cienega Boulevard La Brea Avenue Crenshaw Boulevard Western Avenue Normandie Avenue EAST AND WEST Beverly Boulevard 3rd Street Wilshire Boulevard Olympic Boulevard Venice Boulevard Washington Boulevard Adams Boulevard Jefferson Boulevard Rodeo Road If inundation does occur, the majority of these streets will be unserviceable. SANTA MONICA FREEWAY When flood waters reach the freeway it will be channeled through ten ( 10) openings under the freeway. There ope·nings are" STREETS La Brea Avenue Redondo Boulevard Hauser Boulevard Washington Boulevard Fairfax Avenue Ballona Creek La Cienega Boulevard PEDESTRIAN WALK WAYS Sycamore Avenue Dunsmuir Avenue Marvin Avenue Additionally, each street that deadens into the freeway has a drainage duct under the freeway. All of these passage ways will be filled with water. Velocity can be expected to reach high speed. Any activity around their vicinity will be extremely hazardous. MASS CARE CENTER FOR EVACUEES The American Red Cross assumes the responsibility for the establishment of mass care centers for evacuees. Primary locations to be used for evacuee shelter will be High Schools and Junior High Schools within Wilshire Area. Mass care centers will also serve as information centers for evacuees. The schools and other suitable evacuation centers are listed below. NOTE: These locations are suitable and can also be utilized as Field Command Posts. Information regarding access to all L.A. City Schools can be obtained on a 24 hour basis by phoning the "Board of Education Security" at (213) 625-6631. SCHOOL FACILITY Wilshire Crest Elem. School Cahuenga Elementary School Wilton Place Elem. School Hobart Blvd. Elem. School Mt. Vernon Jr. High School Saturn St. Elem. School Baldwin Hills Elem. School Arlington Hts. Elem. School LOCATION TELEPHONE NUMBER 5241 W. Olympic Bl. 938-5291/929-1409 220 S. Hobart Bl. 386-6303/386-6304 745 S. Wilton Place 389-1181/389-1182 980 S. Hobart Blvd. 386-8661/389-7107 4066 W. 17th Street 733-2157 5360 W. Saturn St. 931-1688/935-7434 5421 Rodeo Road 735-1021/732-3621 1717 7th Avenue 735-1021/732-3621 EVACUATION OF PERSONS WITHOUT OWN TRANSPORTATION Evacuation of persons without their own transportation will be accomplished by the use of buses. The S9uthern California Rapid Transit District (RTD) or Los Angeles Unified School District (LAUSD) buses should be considered. When directe~ by the concerned Watch Commander or Field Commander, RTD buses can be obtained by contacting the RTD Dispatching Supervisor at 972-4634. Buses specially designed to accommodate disabled persons are available upon request through the RTD Dispatching Supervisor. "Accessible buses" as they are termed by RTD, include features such as wheelchair lifts, ramps, and wide doors. To obtain .the use of LAUSD buses, notify the LAUSD Security Watch Commander at 625-6631. Requests for buses should be coordinated through the Emergency Operations Center if it is activated. EVACUATION OF UNIQUE FACILITIES All convalescent hospitals, nursing homes and schools in the evacuation area have their own evacuation contingency plan . . Following is the only facility in the affected area: HOSPITAL NAME Kaiser-Permanente ADDRESS 6041 Cadillac Avenue TELEPHONE 213/857-2000 NOTE: Though located within the evacuation area, hospital Administrators may .elect to move all operations to the top floors from the ground floor. They should be advised that inundation is expected to last from 6 to 8 hours and that they will be isolated during that time. CONVALESCENT HOSPITALS There are several convalescent hospitals located within Wilshire Area. Contact should be made with each one of these facilities to determine the need for evacuation or transportation of elderly and ill persons. The location and telephone number of each convalescent hospital is as follows: NAME La Brea Court SCHOOLS SCHOOL FACILITY Los Angeles High· School Queen Anne Pl. Elem. Marvin Av. Elem. School Cienega St. Elementary ADDRESS 5112 W. Washington Bl. LOCATION 4680 W. Olympic Bl. 1212 Queen Anne Pl. 2411 Marvin Avenue 2611 S. Orange Drive TELEPHONE (213) 931-1329 TELEPHONE 937-3210 939-7322/939-7625 938-3608 939-1138/939-1139 939-1130 It should be noted that Wilshire Station is located within this area. It is estimated that water will be approximately 1.5. feet deep and flowing at approximately 10 FPS at this location. This would make operations within the station proper impossible. Records and equipment which would be damaged by water should be immediately moved to the second floor for temporary storage until inundation recedes. METHOD OF EVACUATION The Evacuation Area should be divided by reporting district and two main units assigned to each. Unit designations will be "7Q" followed by the assigned report district. 7Q34 7Q64 7Q84 7Q44 7Q72 9Q91 UNIT ASSIGNMENTS 7Q54 7Q61 7Q73 7Q81 7Q62 7Q82 7Q63 7Q83 Additional unit may be assigned to a reporting district. These units will be indicated by a letter following the area assigned (e.g. 7Q34A, B, C. etc.). The evacuation order should be broadcast over commercial radio and television stations to facilitate the evacuation process. Officers assigned to evacuation details should initially use public address systems in the police vehicles to broadcast the evacuation order. Officers should then check door to door within their assigned area to ensure that all occupants have been warned and are evacuating. The evacuation should be conducted and coordinated by the Field Command Post to prevent duplication of efforts and ensure an orderly evacuation. PERIMETER AND INTERNAL SECURITY Officers assigned to traffic perimeter and internal security details should be instructed that persons wishing access to the evacuated area should be referred to the Field Command Post. Only those individuals who posses a pass from the Field Command Post will be admitted entry into the evacuated area. FLOOD WARNINGS Flood water warnings will be issued to all other portions of the inundated area. These warning will be broadcast over commercial radio and television stations. Officers assigned to this area will use the public address systems on their vehicles. Door to door contacts will be impractical due to the amount of manpower required in the evacuation area. This flood warning should include a brief description of the impending flow, expected depth, flow, estimated time of arrival and duration of inundation. It should also advise residents that drinking water may be contaminated and sewers unserviceable. Residents should be advised to consider securing their homes and businesses and evacuate for their personal safety. ADVISEMENT OF UNIQUE FACILITIES Personal contact should be made w'ith the hospital, convalescent and nursing homes and schools within the inundated area. They should be advised of the flood warnings. However, evacuation will be based on the administrators of these facilities. CONVALESCENT HOSPITALS NAME Westside Health Care Sharon Conv. Nursing Hosp. HOSPITALS NAME Midway Hospital Westside Hospital ADDRESS 910 S. Fairfax Avenue 8167 W. 3rd Street ADDRESS 5925 W. San Vicente Bl. 910 S. Fairfax Avenue TELEPHONE 213/938-2451 213/655-2033 TELEPHONE 213/938-3161 213/938-3431 NOTE: FIRE DEPARTMENT State Law requires hospitals and licensed rest homes to have automatic back up power so patients on mechanical devices, such as iron lungs, have emergency power supplies. Hospitals with such patients have contingency plans for black out emergencies. However, experience has shown that many of these generators will be out of service because of inadequate anchorage of equipment and batteries, and damaged fuel supplies. For this reason, these types of facilities should be given a high priority when the area damage assessment is initiated and checked as soon as possible. There are four fire stations located in Wilshire Division. Their locations and telephone numbers are as follows: STATION 026 029 061 068 ADDRESS 2009 S. Western Av. 4029 W. Wilshire Blvd. 5821 W. 3rd Street 5023 W. Washington Bl. OTHER AGENCIES TELEPHONE# 213/485-6226 213/485-6229 213/485-6261 213/.485-6268 EXTENSION 5-6226 5-6229 5-6261 5-6268 In the event of an emergency, the following agencies may be of essential help and can be called on to assist with evacuation, control and protection of live and property. NAME Red Cross Salvation Army ADDRESS · 1130 S. Vermont Avenue 900 W. 9th Street EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE TELEPHONE NUMBER 739-5200/739-5560 627-7546 Land line communications may be partially or .completely disrupted. If this occurs, T.E. officers will be utilized to shuttle messages from the command post to other agencies until 1 telephone communications can be restored. The Department of Public Utilities and Transportation will provide emergency telephone service. Their service may include installation of one telephone line and cable ·to multiple phones and lines or the dispatching of a microwave van to the command post location. A receiving microwave station is located on Mount Lee. It has the capacity of handling ten Centrex lines. TELEPHONE COMPANY INSTALLATIONS In the event of a serious earthquake or other major disaster, emergency telephone services can be obtained through the "Sector Emergency Report Center" Pacific Bell, however, this center should not be contacted directly. Communications Division has a direct line to this center and requests for service should be routed through them as Pacific Bell will be experiencing an excessive number of service requests. In the event this procedure can not be followed for some reason, the emergency numbers for the sector Emergency Report Center are {818) 506-5080 and (213) 975-7231. GASOLINE PIPELINES Crude oil, natural gas and refined products {gasoline) are pumped through sixteen major pipelines in the Wilshire Area. The routes of these pipelines are depicted .on the attached diagrams and numerically identified as to their size and content. Should one of these pipelines be damaged, emergency response from the appropriate company may be obtained as follows: Union Oil Co. of California Chevron, U.S.A Inc. Atlantic Richfield Company NEWS MEDIA 977-7766 694-7356/694-2818 435-1371 Television and Radio Communication to the public will be a vital service providing the public with information essential for emergency operations that require public cooperation. Accurate and timely information will be needed by the public both within and outside the involved area. Otherwise, rumors and inaccurate information or ignorance could cause loss of life and property, panic and disorder. Major emphasis should be placed on emergency public service announcements publicizing dangerous and restricted areas. News releases should be issued periodically, informing the public of the present situation and any major changes since the last news release. Care must be taken to assure that all releases are accurate and authentic, to avoid possible contradictions of facts affecting the survival and health of the public. The following is a list of Stations within Wilshire Area, their addresses and phone numbers: NAME CBS Television KFI & KOST Radio KGFJ Radio KRTH Radio KLOS Radio ABC & KABC Radio ADDRESS 7800 Beverly Boulevard 610 S. Ardmore Avenue 1100 S. La Brea Avenue 5901 W. Venice Boulevard 3321 S. La Cienega Blvd. 3321 S. La Cienega Blvd. ANIMAL CONTROL AND RELATED PROBLEMS PHONE 852-2345 385-0101 930-9090 935-8595 840-4800 840-4900 R.D. 702 729 733 771 797 797 After an earthquake, the regulation, control and welfare of animals may be of utmost importance. Los Angeles City has an extremely large pet population. If assistance is needed in Wilshire Area contact the Department of Animal Regulation, Animal Care and Control Division. South Central District, 3612 11th Avenue, Phone number {213) 485-5761. FAA RECOGNIZED HELICOPTER LANDING SITES The following locations are FAA recognized Helicopter Landing Sites within Wilshire. In the event of a major flooding, access routes through the area may be obstructed. If this should occur, it may be necessary to utilize these locations - for the evacuation of injured persons or the transportation of emergency personnel to specific areas not otherwise accessible. FACILITY CBS Studios Wilshire Police Station ADDRESS 7800 Beverly Boulevard 4861 W. Venice Blvd. ASSESSMENT OF INJURY AND DAMAGE TELEPHONE 852-2345 485-4022 Flood effects will necessitate emergency operation. Of first importance is the need to save lives. · Many people may have been injured or may be entrapped in damaged structures. Additionally several businesses that contain sensitive supplies may sustain damage and should be checked so security may be assigned if necessary. In conducting an assessment of damage and injury in Wilshire, the following businesses and · types of locations should be given consideration. Some of these should be assigned a higher priority than others but all should be inspected as soon as possible and the damage reported so appropriate action can be taken. EMERGENCY SERVICES Naturally, emergency services should. be checked first. If Wilshire Police Station or any of the four Fire Stations, previously listed Wilshire are damaged to the extent that they are inoperable, emergency servic~s would be severely affected. COMMUNICATIONS Communications are probably the most important factor in a disaster. If communications fail, immediately contact appropriate repair agencies that have been previously listed. Radio and TV Stations should also be checked for damage and transmission capabilities. Radio communication to the public will be a vital service. The press relations officer should work closely with radio broadcasters to provide the public with information essential for emergency operations that require public cooperation. Accurate and timely information will be needed by the public both within and outside the involved area. Otherwise, rumors and inaccurate information or ignorance could cause loss of life and ~roperty, panic and disorder. Major emphasis should be placed on emergency public service announcements publicizing dangerous and restricted areas, informing the public of self assistance procedures to protect their health and welfare, aiding various relief agencies in reuniting families, and releasing casualty lists after proper notification of the immediate family has been made. News releases should be issued periodically, informing the public of the present situation and any major changes since the last news release. Care must be taken to assure that all releases are accurate and authentic, to avoid possible contradictions of facts affecting the survival and health of the public. Type and quantity of news releases will, of course, change as the emergency changes. All radio and television stations located in Wilshire Area are listed in this guide. NOTE: SCHOOLS The area adjacent to radio and television stations should also be checked as transmission towers at these facilities may be knocked down causing damage to surrounding structures and possible injury to occupants. Schools in Wilshire Area have been previously listed in this report. Should an earthquake occur during the hours when school is in session, they should be given a high priority. HOSPITALS The Hospitals and Convalescent Hospital have also been listed. These locations should always be given a high priority. SHOPPING CENTERS Should an earthquake occur during the business hours of Shopping Centers or large Department Stores, these locations should be checked as soon as possible. These locations are likely to have large numbers of people present and a great number of casualties may be sustained. The following locations in Wilshire are representative of this type of area. Miracle Mile Shopping Area Wilshire/Western Business Area Venice/Weste~n Shopping Center Beverly Center TERMINATION AND RE-ENTRY PROCEDURE The following de-escalation plan is submitted for review by the Field Commander and is subject to modification: A. Only residents of the closed area shall be permitted entrance. This policy shall be in effect for an undetermined period of time. B. Reasonable proof must be presented by residents prior to entry. C. Officers assigned to Perimeter Control shall screen and assist residents with a minimum of inconvenience. D. Access to the closed area may be from a street on the perimeter due to the number of persons requiring admittance. E. High visibility patrol shall be maintained to prevent looting and theft. F. The Field Commander shall dispatch interior patrol units for all calls for service within the closed area until all restrictions are lifted. ORGANIZATIONAL RESPONSIBILITIES In order to conduct an evacuation of the magnitude anticipated; mobilization of the entire Los Angeles Police Department will be required. Responsibilities of the major organizations involved in the evacuation are listed below: A. Los Angeles Police Department 1. Evacuate the inundation areas as indicated. 2. Establish and maintain a traffic control perimeter around the evacuated area. 3. Secure the evacuated area and provide anti-looting patrols. 4. Control re-entry into the evacuated area after the disaster restrictions are lifted. FIELD COMMAND POST LOCATIONS In the event field command posts are required to control and coordinate field activities, the following location have been selected for this purpose. (For additional information on Command Post Sites there is a detailed guide, for Wilshire Area that delineates ingress and egress routes, aerial photographs and other useful information in section 10 of this guide). NOTE: Also C-evacuation centers. Information regarding, access to LA City playgrounds can be obtained by phoning the "Park Rangers" at 665-5188. Fire Stations 02~, 029, 045, 068 are within Wilshire Area and may also service as Field Command Post Locations. Telephone numbers and locations are listed on the following pages. POWER OF PEACE OFFICERS TO CLOSE AREAS DURING EMERGENCIES PENAL CODE SECTION 409.5 "Whenever a menace to the public health or safety is created by a calamity such as a flood, storm, fire, earthquake, explosion, accident or other disaster, officers of the California Highway Patrol, Police Departments or Sheriff's Offices may close the area where the menace exists for the duration thereof by means of ropes, markers or guards to any and all persons not authorized by such officers to enter or remain within the closed area. Any person not authorized, by such officers to enter or remain within the closed area. Any person not authorized, willfully entering the area or willfully remaining within the area after notice to evacuate, shall be guilty of a misdemeanor." "Nothing in this section shall prevent a duly authorized representative of any news service, newspaper, radio, television station or network from entering the area closed pursuant to the section." CITY ATTORNEY OPINION ON "PENAL CODE SECTION 409.5" The City Attorney takes the position that 409.5 does not exempt from its provisions any persons other than news media. All other persons are allowed in the disaster area at the discretion and within the judgement of the police. The exercise of this discretion and judgement is an administrative matter, to be guided by Police Department Policy. Consent, once given to a person lawfully having business in the disaster area, may be retracted. Once retracted, the police may use reasonable and necessary force to remove such a person from the disaster area, if necessary, to preserve life and prevent interference with police, fire and rescue personnel. The use of necessary and reasonable force to evacuate those persons already within an area, subsequently declared a disaster area, is also permitted. FAA REGULATION 91.91 (Avoidance of a Disaster Area) As soon as the general public becomes aware of the disastrous affects of the reservoir's collapse, several private aircraft will probably being to crowd the airspace over. the disaster area. Concentration of private aircraft in this area could constitute a major air hazard and interfere with vital aerial reconnaissance by police and fire helicopters. The Federal Aviation Regulation 91.91 would be applicable to reduce air traffic. AVOIDANCE OF DISASTER AREAS A. Designated disaster areas consist of the airspace below 2,000 feet above the surface within five statute miles of an aircraft or train accident, forest fire, earthquake, flood or other disaster of substantial magnitude. The designation of a disaster area is made in a Notice to Airmen. B·. No person may operate an aircraft within a designated disaster area unless: 1. That aircraft is participating in airborne relief activities under the direction of the agency responsible for relief activities; 2. The aircraft is being operated to or from an airport within the area, if that operation does not hamper or endanger relief activities; 3. Flight around or above the area is impractical due to weather, terrain, or other considerations, if that en-route operation through the area does not hamper or endanger relief activities and prior notice is given to the Air Traffic Service facility specified in the Notice to Airmen; 4. It is specifically authorize under an IFR ATC clearance; or 5. The aircraft is carrying proper l y accredited news representatives or persons on official business concerning the disaster, is operated in accordance with 91.91 and unless otherwise authorized by the agency responsible for relief activities, it is operated above altitudes used by relief aircraft and the operator has filed with the Air Traffic Service facility specified in the Notice to Airmen a flight plan that includes the following information: a. Aircraft identification, type and color. b. Radio communication frequencies to be used. c. Proposed times of entry and exit of the disaster area. d. Name of news media or purpose of flight. e. Any other information deemed necessary by Air Traffic Control. SUPERVISORS BRIEFING SHEET "RESIDENT CONTACT DETAIL" EACH SUPERVISOR SHALL: A. During daylight hours, ensure that officers assigned to this detail check each residential structure to determine if the resident is home. B. 1. Between darkness and 2100 hours, check the residences in which lights are burning. 2. All officers assigned to the detail shall stop contacting residents after 2100 hours and resume interior patrol in thejr assigned area until 0900 hours. At 0900 hours, resident contacts will being again. Maintain a control ledger (yellow notebooks which are distributed. units and beats, (street or area notebook is assigned). Example: Haskell Street. note pad) of officer's It will include names, to which an officer's Jones, Ql13B, 8500 to 8700 C. Notify the Field Command Post Operations Officer of the number of residents being contacted on an hourly basis until 2100 hours. D. All notebooks and ledgers shall be turned over to each .oncoming watch. E. Keep a runn~ng tally of the number or residents contacted in each book. At the end of this operation, turn in all notebooks and ledgers to OPERATIONS. F. Provide officers with the following ·message if it is - determined that evacuation of citizens is imperative: "This has been declared a disaster area. You are ordered to evacuate from this area until further notice ... All persons remaining are subject to arrest for 409.5 of the Penal Code, remaining in a disaster area." DEFENSE/DISASTER DIRECTORY Effective Date 08-29-85 Office (City) Hollywood JS NO./Location I O I O l 4 I O I Address 1116 North Mccadden Pl Phone (213) 856-3600 EMERGENCY CHAIN OF COMMAND: Stephen Dimitroff 2611 30th St .. , S .M., CA 90405 (213) 450-5100 Manager Address Phone Rochelle Lowe 1423 N. Kenmore Ave. , L.A. 90027 (213) 733-7046 First Alternate Address Phone Maria F. Allen 8900 Columbus, Sepulveda, 901343 (818) 892-8386 Second Alternate Address Phone Sonia C. Felix 1840 s. Orange Grove, L.A. 90019 (213) 934-7316 Third Alternate Address Phone Nearest Shelter Location Bancroft Jr. High School, 929 N. Las Palmas Hollywood, CA 90038 NOTE: For use of all offices except regional Tom Pettit 1525 S. Broadway, L.A. 90015 (213) 744-2700 Regional Administrator HQ Address Phone 1898 Bonita Dr. Glendale, 91208 (818) 242-4629 Residence Address Phone A. Dave 1525 S. Broadway, L.A. 90015 (213) 744-2485 Distric Administrator HQ Address Phone 650 Nutwood #4 Ingelwood 90301 (213) 678-8337 Residence Address Phone Tom Pettit 1525 S. Broadway, L.A. 90015 (213) 744-2700 Regional Manpower Administrator, EDD HQ Address Phone Offices of Emergency Services (See Section 15-4100 and Map, Section 15-2300, Emergancy Operations Handbook) 107 S. Broadway, L.A. 90012 (213) 620-5607 OES Regional HQ Address Phone Michael J. Regan 111 East 1st St, L.A. 90012 (213) 485-4148 Local Head of Emergency Services HQ address Phone STATION TIME 130 19 Min 150 23 Min 190 32 Min· 210 37 Min 230 42 Min 270 51 MULHOLLAND DAM WATER DEPTH AND VELOCITY LOCATION DEPTH WEST EAST WEST EAST Melrose Van Ness 1 1 Curson Gramercy Melrose 1st St. 1 1 Curson Van Ness Fairfax Wilshire 1 1 Clinton Winsor Rosewood Winsor 1 1. 5 Edinburgh Olympic Beverly Venice 1 1. 5 1st St. Vineyard La Cienega La Brea 1 1. 5 Wilshire 21st St. La Cienega S.Monica Fy. 18th St. Santa Monica Fwy. 3 Jefferson Ballena Creek 3 City Limits at Ballena Creek 5 DEPTH FEET VELOCITY FEET per 6FPS = 4.1 mph VELOCITY WEST EAST 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 10 6 10 6 7 6 6 4 second Reporting District Map of Wilshire Area * 4861 VENICE BLVD. RD. M U L H O L L A N D DAM RESERVOIR (u,'eoc.iRANAVE. @ CLOVERDALE AVE. @ BAONSONAVE. © IROLOST. @ TTHST. @ WESTCHESTER Pl.ACE (J) CO\JNffiY CLU8 DRIVE @ OLYMPICBl.VO. ® SIERRA BONITA AVE. @) LA CIENEGA .AVE. @ THURMANAVE. @ JEFFERSON BLVD. (8} LONGWOOO AVE. EDGEWOOD Pl.ACE ~ LA BREA AVE. @) GRAMERCY Pl.ACE 0 = I:,. = = ~ = rzzZZI = BLVD. 709 06 ST 719 ST 729 738 739 i Cfo ST 748 749 11 Tli ST 0 758 ~ a: 759 ~ BLVD ci 767 768~ BLVD. 779 1n 778~ ~ BLVD. 788 789 FREEWAY School Cormnand Post Traffic Permeter Direction of Flow Evacuation Area PLANNING & RESEARCH DIVISION Canography and Visual Aids Unit FORM 17.07.00 (JQ Aecydatile and maoe l!om recycleO w aste ~¢> ~ < w a ~ :I a: 2 SCHOOL FACILITY WILSHIRE AREA SCHOOLS LOCATION TELEPHONE# R.D. 1. 3rd Street Elementary 2. Hancock Park Elementary 3. John Burrough Jr. High 201 S. Ju~e Street 408 S. Fairfax Av. 600 S. Mccadden Pl. 939-8337/ 706 933-1066 935-5272/ 714 935-5126/938-1204 938-9146/938-5579 725 934-9901/939-6977 4. Carthay Center Elementary 6351 W. Olympic Bl. 935-8173/ 731 5. Wilshire Crest Elementary 5241 W. Olympic Bl. 935-7766/935-6511 938-5291/929-1409 733 939-8856/939-0810 6. Cahuenga Elementary 7. Wilton Place Elementary 8. Hobart Blvd. Elementary 9. Los Angeles High 10. Queen Anne Elementary 11. Arlington Heights Elem. 12. Mt. Vernon Jr. High 13. Alta Loma Elementary 14. Laces Magnet School 15. Crescent Heights Elem. 16. Saturn St. Elementary 220 S. Hobart Blvd. 745 S. Wilton Place 980 S. Hobart Blvd. 4600 W. Olympic Bl. 386-6303/ 709 382-6651/386-6304 389-1181/ 737 389-1182/384-4220 386-8661/ 738 389-7107/389-8105 937-3210/931-1026 745 1212 Queen Anne Pl. 939-7322/939-7625 745 1717 S. 7th Avenue 735-1021/732-3621 776 4066 W. 17th Street 733-2157 776 1745 Vineyard Ave. 939-2113/933-4030 774 5931 W. 18th St. 938-1620 1661 S. Crescent Hts. 931-2761 761 ·5360 W. Saturn St. 931-1688/935-7434 763 17. Marvin Avenue Elementary 2411 Marvin Avenue 938-3608 782 18. Cienega St. Elementary 2611 S. Orange Dr. 939-1138/ 794 939-1139/939-1130 19. Baldwin Hills Elementary 5421 Rodeo Road 937-7223 795 Location Na11e Thomas Include:Name & Guide Telephone# of Page & Contact Sec A.BALDWIN HILLS ELEMENTARY 5421 Rodeo Rd Page 42 6-F LAUSD PD 625-6631 (24hrs) B.SATURN STREET SCHOOL 5360 w. Saturn Page 42 F-3 LAUSD PD 625-6631 (24hrs) C.CBS STUDIOS 7800 Beverly Bl Greg Valenzuela W) (231) 852-2345 H) (818) 442-4792 D.LOS ANGELES HIGH SCHOOL 4600 w. Olympic Bl Page 42 C-2 LAUSD PD 625-6631 (24hrs) E.QUEEN ANNE PLACE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 1212 Queen Anne Pl Page 42 C-3 LAUSD PD 625-6631 (24hrs) R D 7 9 5 7 6 3 7 0 2 7 4 5 7 4 5 COMMAND 3T SITES WILSHIRE AREA · Vehicle Nearest Parking Major Intersection Paved Other Rodeo Rd 80 & La Cienega Hauser Bl 50 20 & Venice Bl Beverly Bl & 80 150 .Fairfax Av Olympic Bl & 65 50 Rimpau Bl Pico Bl & 32 5 Queen Anne Pl Supply 110 V Assembly Area for Storage Area or 0 Personnel & Number 220 L Covered Open T Feed Sleep Med Toilet 8 0 3600 0 110 100 100 40 60 0 0 Sq Ft SqFt 5 K 0 a 5500 0 Both 100 350 i 38 0 s e Sq Ft SqFt r 3 w. 9 H 7 s 0 19400 0 Both 150 150 i s 30 0 d p Sq Ft SqFt e 4 0 0 9600 0 Both 100 150 no 60 Sq Ft SqFt 3 2 0 3200 0 110 100 200 no 11 0 Sq Ft SqFt (Continueu) Page 2 School Name A.BALDWIN HILLS SCHOOL 5421 Rodeo Rd B.SATURN STREET SCHOOL 5360 w. Staurn St C.CBS STUDIOS 7800 Beverly Bl ID.LOS ANGELES HIGH . SCHOOL 4600 w. Olympi~ Bl E.QUEEN ANNE PLACE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 1212 QUeen Anne Pl Fire Flood Risk Inundation Area YES YES YES COMMAND l . ,T SITES WILSHIRE AREA Hele copter Comminications Limitation Overhead Chemical Seismic Power Storage Risk Lines . YES YES Location Name Thomas Include: Name & Guide Telephone# of Page & Contact Sec F.WILSHIRE METHODIST CHURCH 4350 Wilshire Bl Page 42 C-2 Robert Kline W){213) 931-1085 H){213) 962-4442 G.FARMERS INSURANCE BUILDING 4680 Wilshire Bl Page 43 C-2 George Witham W){213) 932-7131 H){805) 538-8752 H.MAY COMPANY 6067 Wilshire Bl Page 42 Cornel Catano F-1 W){213) 938-4211 H){ ) NONE I.DEPT WATER and POWER CONST YARD 2311 s. Fairfax Av Page 42 E-4 Orville Hill W){213) 481-5440 H){213) 631-6340 R D . 7 3 5 7 3 5 7 1 4 7 7 1 COMMAND POST SITES WILSHIRE AREA Vehicle Nearest Parking Major Intersection Paved Other Crenshaw Bl 54 -- & Wilshire Bl Wilshire Bl 40 80 & Rimpau Av Wilshire Bl 78 160 & Fairfax Av Fairfax Av 45000 -- · & SqFt Venice Bl Supply 110 V Assembly Area for Storage Area or 0 Personnel & Number 220 L Covered Open T Feed Sleep Med Toilet 5 1000 4 Both 400 150 no 15 0 0 Sq Ft SqFt 8 4 30000 0 Both 350 50 no 21 0 0 Sq Ft SqFt 2 w. 3 H 15000 0 Both 300 30 S 0 50 0 i s 0 d p Sq Ft SqFt e 4 K 5 a 2500 0 Both 75 12 i 4 0 s 0 e r Sq Ft SqFt (Continued) Page 2 Location Naae Fire Risk F. WILSHIRE METHODIST CHURCH 4350 Wilshire Bl G.FARMERS INSURANCE BUILDING 4680 Wilshire Bl H.MAY COMPANY 6067 Wilshire Bl I.DEPT WATER & POWER CONSTRUTION YARD 2311 s. Fairfax Av Flood Inundation Area YES YES YES YES COMMAND POST SITES WILSHIRE AREA Hele copter Comnunication Limitation YES Chemical Seismic Overhead Storage Risk Power Lines --------------------------- --- ---- - - Location Name Thomas Include: Name & Guide Telephone# of Page & Contact Sec J.MOUNT VERNON JR HIGH SCHOOL 4066 w. 17th St Page 43 C-4 LAUSD PD 625-6631(24hrs) K.CIENEGA STREET SCHOOL 2611 s. Orange Av Page 43 A-5 LAUSD PD 625-6631 (24hrs) L.JOHN BURROUGHS JR HIGH SCHOOL 600 s. Mccadden Pl Page 43 B-1 LAUSD PD 625-6631(24hrs) R D . 7 7 6 7 9 4 · 7 2 5 COMMAND POST SITES WILSHIRE AREA Vehicle Nearest Parking Major Intersection Paved Other Venice Bl 150 150 & Crenshaw Bl Adams Bl 200 -- & LaBrea Bl • WilsJ}ire Bl 200 -- & Highland Av Supply 110 V Assembly Area for Storage Area or 0 Personnel & Number 220 L - Covered Open T Feed Sleep Med Toilet 3 0 7000 0 Both 600 60 60 20 0 0 Sq Ft SqFt 2 4 6000 0 110 150 -- no 13 0 0 Sq Ft SqFt 9 0 1 8000 0 Both 300 30 0 20 0 0 Sq Ft SqFt - ~ (Continued) Page 2 Location Name Fire Risk F. WILSHIRE METHODIST CHURCH 4350 Wilshire Bl G.FARMERS INSURANCE BUILDING 4680 Wilshire Bl H.MAY COMPANY 6067 Wilshire Bl I.DEPT WATER & POWER CONSTRUTION YARD 2311 s. Fairfax Av Flood Inundation Area YES YES YES YES COMMAND POST SITES WILSHIRE AREA Hele copter Communication Limitation YES Chemical Seismic Overhead Storage Risk Power Lines WILSHIRE AREA LOWER FRANKLIN DAM/RESERVOIR CONTINGENCY PLAN February 1977 Revised February 1986 Reviewed April 1987 Reviewed April 1988 LOWER FRANKLIN DAM/RESERVOIR CO NT ENT S Inundation Route 1 Area to be Evacuated 1 Evacuation Route 1 Traffic Control Measures 1 - 2 Mass Care Centers for Evacuees 2 - 3 Evacuation of Persons Without own Transportation 3 Evacuation of Unique Facilities 3 - 4 Hospitals Convalescent and Nursing Homes Method of Evacuation Evacuation Order Perimeter and Internal Security Department of Water and Power Facilities . Fire Department Other Agencies Emergency Telephone Service Telephone Company Installations Gaso~ine Pipelines News Media Animal Control and Related Problems FAA Recognized Helicopter Landing Sites Assessment of Injury and Damage Emergency Services Communications Schools 4 4 4 4 4 - 5 5 5 5 5 - 6 6 6 6 - 7 7 7 7 - 8 8 CONTENTS (cont'd) Hospitals Shopping Centers Termination and Re-entry Organizational Responsibilities Field Command Post Locations Power of Peace Officer to close Areas during emergencies Penal Code 409.5 City Attorney Opinion on Penal Code 409.5 FAA Regulation 91.91 - Avoidance of a Disaster Area Supervisors Briefing Sheet "Resident Contact Detail Water Depth and Velocity Chart Maps 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 - 10 10 - 11 11 12 THE LOWER FRANKLIN DAM CONTINGENCY PLAN WILSHIRE AREA INUNDATION ROUTE In the event of failure or rupture of the Lower Franklin Dam, inundation of Wilshire Area by the flood waters will occur. The area will be first flooded in the northwest corner approximately thirty seven minutes after the original failure of the dam. The water will flow south along the west boundaries of the area. After crossing under the Santa Monica Freeway the water will be roughly confined to the contours of the Ballena Creek fall line. Originally, the water will be approxima~ely one foot deep and moving at a slow rate. As it approaches the area of Olympic Boulevard, the water will be constricted by topographical features to the terrain. The water will reach a depth of 1.5 feet and the rate of flow will necessitate the evacuation of the inundated area south of Olympic Boulevard (See the attached maps for project floor area). When a situation arises which warrants concern regarding the safety of the Lower Franklin Dam, the initial inspection of the dam will be the responsibility of the West Los Angeles Area. If there is evidence of imperiding rupture or complete failure, a Field Command Post will be established by Wilshire Area. An orderly evacuation of the purposed inundation area will be started in conjunction with the establishment of a traffic perimeter to isolate the inundated area. AREA TO BE EVACUATED Assuming that the Lower Franklin Dam is filled to capacity and total failure occurs at once, the area to be evacuated will involve reporting districts or portions of reporting districts; 701, 711, 721, 731, 741, 761, 762, 762, 771, 772, 781, 782, 791, and 796 (See attached maps for exact boundaries). The evacuation area consist mainly of single and multi-family dwellings as well as commercial and industrial areas along La Cienega Boulevard. The area has an estimated population of 36,000. EVACUATION ROUTES The evacuation routes will be mainly determined by the evacuees themselves as they leave the area. However, the evacuees should be advised to avoid travel along La Cienega Boulevard and directed to evacuate to the east. TRAFFIC CONTROL MEASURES Due to anticipated water depth and rate of flow, it is possible that La Cienega Boulevard will not be of use. The California Highway Patrol will be contacted and requested to close both east and west off ramps of the Santa Monica Freeway at La Cienega Boulevard, Fairfax Avenue and Washington Boulevard. However, on ramps should remain open as a great deal of evacuating traffic will be using this as a possible evacuation route. Wilshire Area will be required to establish a traffic perimeter along the eastern boundaries of the purposed inundation area. All major thoroughfares and side streets will be closed to traffic, both vehicular and pedestrians, seeking admission into the evacuation area. These officers will also assist in expediting the flow of traffic out of the evacuation area. This traffic perimeter will be maintained at all times during the water inundation to prevent looting. Persons seeking admission into the area will be referred to the Field Command Post where passes into the area will be issued. No person will be allowed through the perimeter without prior approval and issuance of a pass from the FCP. When the water reaches the Santa Monica Freeway it will - be channeled through the openings under the freeway at: STREETS Hauser Boulevard Washington Boulevard Fairfax Avenue La Cienega Boulevard Ballona Creek PEDESTRIAN WALKWAYS Dunsmuir Avenue Marvin Street . Additionally, each street which dead ends at the freeway has a drainage duct under the freeway. All of the passages should be considered as extremely hazardous. Depth and velocity of water through the passages will be much higher than that out of their immediate vicinity (See attached chart for approximate depth and rate of flow of water at various points in the Area). MASS CARE CENTERS FOR EVACUEES The American Red Cross assumes the responsibility for the establishment of mass care centers -for evacuees. Primary locations to be used for evacuee shelters will be High Schools and Junior High Schools within the Wilshire Area. Mass care centers will also serve as information centers for evacuees. The schools and other suitable evacuation centers are listed below. NOTE: These locations are suitable and can also be utilized as Field Command Posts. Information regarding or access to all L.A. City Schools can be obtained on a 24 hours basis by phoning the "Board of Education Security" at 625-6631. L-~-- SCHOOL FACILITY LOCATION 1. 3rd Street Elementary 201 S. June Street 2. Hancock Park Elementary 408 S. Fairfax Av. 3. John Bourroughs Jr. High 600 S. Mccadden Pl. 4. Carthay Center Elementary 6351 W. Olympic Bl. 5. Wilshire Crest Elementary 5241 W. Olympic Bl. 6. Cahuenga Elementary 7. Wilton Place Elementary 8. Hobart Blvd. Elementary 9. Los Angeles High 220 S. Hobart Blvd. 745 S. Wilton Place 980 S. Hobart Blvd. 4600 W. Olympic Bl. TELEPHONE# 939-8337/ ·93J-1066 935-5272/ 935-5126/938-1204 938-9146/938-5579 934-9901/939-6977 935-8173/ 935-7766/935-6511 938-5291/929-1409 939-8856/939-0810 386-6303/ 382-6651/386-6304 389-1181/ 389-1182/384-4220 386-8661/ 389-7107/389-8105 937-3210/931-1026 R.D. 706 714 725 731 733 709 737 738 745 10. Queen Anne Elementary 11. Arlington Heights Elem. 1212 Queen Anne Pl. 939-7322/939-7625 745 1717 S. 7th Avenue 735-1021/732-3621 776 12. Mt. Vernon Jr. High 4066 W. 17th Street 733-2157 776 13. Alta Loma Elementary 1745 Vineyard Ave. 939-2113/933-4030 774 14. Laces Magnet School 15. Crescent Heights Elem. 5931 W. 18th St. 938-1620 1661 S. Crescent Hts. 931-2761 761 761 16. Saturn St. Elementary 5360 W. Saturn St. 931-1688/935-7434 763 17. Marvin Avenue Elementary 2411 Marvin Avenue 938-3608 782 18. Cienega St. Elementary 2611 S. Orange Dr. 939-1138/ 794 939-1139/939-1130 19. Baldwin Hills Elementary 5421 Rodeo Road 937-7223 795 EVACUATION OF PERSONS WITHOUT THEIR OWN TRANSPORTATION Evacuation of persons without their own transportation will be accomplished by the use of buses. The Southern California Rapid Transit District (RTD) or Los Angeles Unified School District (LAUSD)buses should be considered. When directed by the concerned Watch Commander, · or Field Commander, RTD buses can be obtained by contacting the RTD Dispatching Supervisor at (213) 972-4634. Buses specially ·designed to accommodate disabled persons are available upon request through the RTD Dispatching Supervisor. "Accessible buses", as they are termed by RTD, include features such as wheelchair lifts, ramps, and wide doors. To obtain the use of LAUSD buses, notify the LAUSD Security Watch Commander at 625-6331. Requests for buses should be coordinated through the Emergency Operations Center if it is activated. - EVACUATION OF UNIQUE FACILITIES All convalescent hospitals, nursing homes and schools have their own evacuation contingency plans. However, these premises should be contacted and advised of the possible water inundation. The following is a list of these facilities within the purposed inundation and evacuation area: HOSPITALS NAME ADDRESS Cedar-Sinai Medical Center Kaiser-Permanente 8700 Beverly Bl. 6041 Cadillac Bl. TELEPHONE II 855-6561 thru 6567 857-2631 CONVALESCENT HOSPITALS There are no convalescent or nursing homes that would be affected by the flood waters. NOTE: State Law requires hospitals and licensed rest homes to have automatic back up power so patients on medical devices, such as iron lungs have emergency power supplies. Hospitals with such patients have contingency plans for black out emergencies. However, experience has shown that many of these generators will be out of service because of inadequate anchorage of equipment and batteries, and damaged fuel supplies. For this reason, these types of facilities should be given a higher priority when the area damage assessment is initiated and checked as soon as possible. METHOD OF EVACUATION The Evacuation Area should be divided by reporting districts and two man units assigned to each. Unit designations will be "7Q" followed by the assigned reporting district. 7Ql 7Q52 7Q91 7Q2 7Q61 UNIT ASSIGNMENTS 7Q21 7Q31 7Q62 7Q72 7Q41 7Q81 7Q51 7Q82 Additional units may be assigned to a reporting district. These unit will be indicated by a letter following the area assigned (e.g. 7Q1A, B, C, etc.). EVACUATION ORDER The evacuation order should be broadcast over commercial radio and television stations to facilitate the evacuation process. Officers assigned to evacuation details should initially use public address systems in the police vehicles to broadcast the evacuation orders. Officers should then check door to door within their assigned area to ensure that all occupants have been warned and are evacuating. The evacuation should be conducted and coordinated by the Field Command Post to prevent duplication of efforts and ensure an orderly evacuation. PERIMETER AND INTERNAL SECURITY Officers assigned to traffic perimeter and internal security details should be instructed that persons wishing access to the evacuated area should be referred to the Field Command Post. Only those individuals who posses a pass from the Field Command Post will be admitted entry into the evacuated area. DEPARTMENT OF WATER AND POWER FACILITIES There is only one power distribution facility within Wilshire Area which would be threatened by water from the Lower Franklin Dam. This would be potentially hazardous to persons in the event -it should be damaged by flood waters. RD STATION LOCATION TELEPHONE 761 Fairfax Receiving Station 5950 Venice Blvd. 481-5398 This facility is staffed at all times and will provide any assistance required. FIRE DEPARTMENT There are four fire stations located in the Wilshire Area. Their locations and telephone numbers are as follows: STATION 026 029 061 068 OTHER AGENCIES ADDRESS 2009 S. Western Ave. 4029 W. Wilshire Ave. 5821 W. 3rd Street 4023 W. Washington Bl. TELEPHONE 485-6226 485-6229 485-6261 485-6268 EXTENSION 5-6226 5-6229 5-6261 5-6268 In the event of an emergency the following agencies may be of assistance and can ·be called on to assist with evacuation, control and protection of life and property. NAME Red Cross Salvation Army Cellular Phone ADDRESS 1130 S. Vermont Avenue 900 W. 9th Street (24 Hrs) TELEPHONE 739-5200/739-5560 627-0164 J213) 304-7354 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE Land line communications may be partially or completely disrupted. If this occurs, T.E. officers will be utilized to shuttle messages from the Command Post to other agencies until telephone communications can be .restored. · The Department of Public Utilities and Transportation will provide emergency telephone service. Their service may include installation of one telephone line and cable to multiple phone and lines or the dispatching of a microwave van to the Command Post location. A receiving microwave station is located on Mount Lee. It has the capacity of handling ten Centrex lines. The response time during regular business hours is approximately one hour. The response time during non-business hours will depend on Telephone Company personnel. TELEPHONE COMPANY INSTALLATIONS In the event of a serious earthquake or other major disaster, emergency telephone services can be obtained through the "Sector Emergency Report Center" Pacific Bell, however, this center should not be contacted directly. Communications Division has a direct line to this center and requests for service should be routed through them as Pacific Bell will be experiencing an excessive number of service requests. In the event this procedure can not be followed for some reason, the emergency numbers for the sector Emergency Report Center are (818) 506-5080 and (213) 975-7231. GASOLINE PIPELINES. Crude oil, natural gas and refined products (gasoline) are pumped through sixteen major pipelines in the Wilshire Area. The routes of these pipelines are depicted on the attached diagrams and numerically identified as to their size and content. Should one of these pipelines be damaged, emergency response from the appropriate company may be obtained as follows: Union Oil Company of California Chevron, U.S.A. Inc. Atlantic Richfield ~ompany NEWS MEDIA 977-7766 694-7356/694-2818 435-1371 Television and Radio Communication to the public will be a vital service, providing the public with information essential for emergency operations that require public cooperation. Accurate and timely information will be needed by the public both within and outside the involved area. Otherwise, rumors and inaccurate information or ignorance could cause loss of life, property, panic and disorder. Major emphasis should be placed on emergency public service announcement publicizing dangerous and restricted areas. News releases should be issued periodically, informing the public of the present situation and any major changes since the last news release. Care must be taken to assure that all releases are accurate and authentic, to avoid possible contra1ictions of facts affecting the survival and health of the public. The following is a list of station within Wilshire Area, their addresses and phone numbers: NAME CBS Television KFI & KOST Radio KGFJ Radio KRTH Radio KLOS Radio ABC & KABC Radio ADDRESS 7800 Beverly Boulevard 610 S. Ardmore Avenue 1100 S. La Brea Avenue 5901 W. Venice Boulevard 3321 S. La Cienega. Blvd. 3321 S. La Cienega Blvd. ANIMAL CONTROL AND RELATED PROBLEMS PHONE 852-2345 385-0101 930-9090 935-8595 840-4800 840-4900 R.D. 702 729 733 771 797 797 After an earthquake, the regulation, control and welfare of animals may be of utmost importance. Los Angeles City has an extremely large pet population. If assistance is needed in Wilshire Area, contact the Department of Animal Regulation, Animal Care and Control Division, South Central District 3612 11th Avenue at 485-5761. FAA RECOGNIZED HELICOPTER LANDING SITES The following locations are FAA rec~gnized Helicopter Landing Sites within Wilshire. In the ev~nt of major flooding, access routes through the area may be obstructed. If this should occur it may be necessary to utilize . these locations for the evacuation of injured persons or the transportation of emergency personnel to specific areas not otherwise accessible. FACILITY CBS Television Wilshire Police Station ADDRESS 7800 Beverly Boulevard 4861 W. Venice Blvd. ASSESSMENT OF INJURY AND DAMAGE PHONE 852-2345 485-4022 Flood effects will necessitate emergency operation. Of first importance is the need to save lives. Many people may have been injured or may be trapped in damaged structures. Additionally several business that contain sensitive supplies may sustain damage and should be checked so security may be assigned if necessary. In conducting an assessment of damage and injury in Wilshire Area, the following businesses and types of locations should be given consideration. Some of these should be assigned a higher priority than others but all should be inspect as soon as possible and the damage reported so appropriate action can be taken. EMERGENCY SERVICES Naturally, Emergency Services should checked first. If Wilshire Police Station or any of the four Fire Stations, previously listed, in Wilshire are damaged to the extent that they are inoperable, Emergency Services would be severely affected. COMMUNICATIONS Communications are probably the most important factor in a disaster. If communications fail immediately contact the appropriate repair agencies that have been previously listed. Radio and TV Stations should also be checked for damage and transmission capabilities. Radio communication to the public will be a vital service. The press relations officer should work closely with radio broadcasters to provide the public with information essential for emergency operations that require public cooperation. Accurate and timely information will be needed by the public both within and outside the involved area. Otherwise, rumors, inaccurate information, or ignorance could cause loss of life and property, panic and disorder. Major emphasis should be placed on emergency public service announcements publicizing dangerous and restricted areas, informing, the public of self assistance procedures to protect their health and welfare, aiding various relief agencies in reuniting families, and releasing casualty lists after proper notification of the immediate family has been made. News releases should be issued periodically, informing the public of the present situation any major changes sirtce the last news release. Care must be taken to assure that all releases are accurate and authentic, to avoid possible contradictions of facts affecting the survival and health of the public. Type and quantity of news releases will, of course, change as the emergency changes. All radio and television stations located in Wilshire Area are listed in this guide. NOTE: SCHOOLS: The area adjacent .to radio and television stations should also be checked. The transmission towers at these facilities may be knocked down causing damage to s~rrounding structures and possible injury to occupants. Schools in Wilshire Area have been previously listed in this report. Should flooding occur during the hours when school is in session, they should be given a high priority. HOSPITALS The Hospitals and Convalescent Hospital have also been listed. These locations should always be given a high _priority. SHOPPING CENTERS Should an earthquake occur during the business hours of Shopping Centers or large Department Stores, these locations should be checked as soon as possible. These locations are likely to have large numbers of people present and a great number of causalities may be sustained. The following locations in Wilshire are representative of this type of area. Miracle Mile Shopping Area Wilshire/Western Business Area Venice/Western Shopping Center Beverly Center TERMINATION AND RE-ENTRY PROCEDURES The following de-escalation plan is submitted for review by the Field Commander and is subject to modification: A. Only residents of the closed area shall be permitted entrance. This policy shall be in effect for an undetermined period of time. B. Reasonable proof must be presented by residents prior to entry. C. Officer assigned to Perimeter Control · shall screen and assist residents with a minimum of inconvenience. D. Access to the closed area may be from a street on the perimeter due to the number of persons requiring admittance. E. High visibility patrol shall be maintained to prevent looting and theft. F. The Field Commander shall dispatch interior patrol units for all calls for service within the closed area until all restrictions have been lifted. ORGANIZATIONAL RESPONSIBILITIES In order to conduct an evacuation of the magnitude anticipated, mobilization of the entire Los Angeles Prilice Department will be required. Responsibilities of the major organizations involved in the evacuation are listed below: A. Los Angeles Police Department 1. Evacuate the inundation areas. as indicated. 2. Establish and maintain a traffic control perimeters around the evacuated area. 3. Secure the evacuated area and provide anti-looting patrols. 4. Control re-entry into the evacuated area after the disaster restrictions are lifted. FIELD COMMAND POST LOCATIONS In the event Field Command Posts· are required to control and coordinate field activities, the following locations have been selected for this purpose. (For the additional on Command Posts sites there is a detailed guide, for Wilshire Area that delineates ingress and egress routes, aerial photographs and other useful information in Section 10 of this guide). NOTE: Also C-evacuation centers. Information regarding access to L.A. City playgrounds can be obtained by phoning the "Park Rangers" at 665-5186. Fire Stations 026, 029, 045, 061, and 068 are within Wilshire Area and may also service as Field Command Post Locations. Telephone Numbers and locations are listed on the following pages. POWER OF PEACE OFFICERS TO CLOSE AREAS DURING EMERGENCIES PENAL CODE SECTION 409.5 "Whenever a menace to the public health or safety is created by a calamity such as a flood, storm, fire, earthquake, explosion, accident or other disaster, officers of the California Highway Patrol, Police Departments or Sheriff's Offices may close the area where the menace exists for the duration thereof by means of ropes, markers or guards to any and all persons not authorized by such officers to enter or remain within the closed area. Any person not authorized, willfully entering the area or willfully remaining with the area after notice to evacuate, shall be guilty of a misdemeanor." "Nothing in this section shall prevent a duly authorized representative of any news service, newspaper, radio, television station or network from entering the area closed pursuant to the section." CITY ATTORNEY OPINION ON "PENAL CODE SECTION 409.5" The City Attorney takes the position that 409.5 does not exempt from its provisions any persons other than news media. All other persons are allowed in the disaster area at the-discretion and within the judgement of the police. The Consent, once given to a person lawfully having business in the disaster area, may be retracted. Once retracted, the police may use reasonable and necessary force to remove such a person from the disaster area, if necessary, to preserve life and prevent interference with police, fire and rescue personnel. The use of necessary and reasonable force to evacuate those persons already within an area, subsequently declared a disaster area, is also permitted. FAA REGULATION 91.91 (Avoidance of a Disaster Area) As soon as the general public becomes aware of the disastrous affects of the reservoir's collapse, several private aircraft will probably begin to crowd the airspace over the disaster area. Concentration of private aircraft in this area could constitute a major air hazard and interfere with vitgl aerial reconnaissance by police and fire helicopters. The Federal Aviation Regulation 91.91 would be applicable to reduce air traffic. Avoidance of Disaster Areas A. Designated disaster areas consist of the airspace below 2,000 feet above the surface within five statute miles of an aircraft or train accident, forest fire, earthquake, flood or disaster of substantial magnitude. The designation of a disaster area is made in a Notice to Airmen. B. No person may operate an aircraft within a designated disaster area unless: 1. That aircraft is participating in airborne relief activities under the direction of the agency responsible for relief activities; 2. That aircraft is being operated to or from an airport within the area, if that operation does not hamper or endanger relief activities; 3. Flight around or above the area is impractical due to weather, terrain, or other considerations, if that en-route operation through the does not hamper or endanger relief activities and prior notice is given to the Air Traffic Service facility specified in the Notice to Airmen; 4. It is specifically authorized under an IFR ATC clearance; or 5. That aircraft is carrying properly accredited news representatives or persons on official business concerning the disaster, operated in accordance with 91.91 and unless otherwise authorized by the agency responsible for relief activities, it is operated above altitudes used by relief aircraft and the operator has filed with the Air Traffic Service facility specified in the Notice to Airmen a flight plan that includes the following information: a. Air identification, type and color. b : Radio communication frequencies to be used. c. Proposed times of entry and exit of the disaster area. d. Name of news media or purpose of flight. e. Any other information deemed necessary by Air Traffic Control. SUPERVISORS BRIEFING SHEET "RESIDENT CONTACT DETAIL" EACH SUPERVISOR SHALL: A. During daylight hours, ensure that officers assigned to this detail check each residential structure to determine if the resident is home. 1. Between darkness and 2100 hours, check the residences in which lights are burning. 2. All officers assigned to the detail shall stop contacting residents after 2100 hours and resume interior patrol in their assigned area until 0900 hours. At 0900 hours, resident contacts will begin again. B. Maintain a control ledger (yellow note pad) of officer's notebooks which are distributed. It will include names, units and beats, (street or area to which an officer's notebook is assigned). Example: Jones, Ql13B, 8500 to 8700 Haskell Street. C. Notify the Field Command Post Operations Officer to the number of residents being contacted on an hourly basis until 2100 hours. D. All notebooks and ledgers shall be turned over to each oncoming watch. E. Keep a running tally of the number or residents contacted in each book. At the end of this operation turn in all notebooks and ledgers to OPERATIONS. F. Provide officers with the following message if it is determined that evacuation of citizens is imperative: "This has been declared a disaster area. You are ordered to ev~cuate from this area until further notice ... All persons remaining are subject to arrest for 409.5 of the Penal Code remaining in a disaster area." STATION TIME 120 I 28 Min _ __ , . 153 3 · 7 .. kin ,,..,,. 180 48 Min~ - ~ 210 56 Min 240 1 Hr '± Min 270 1 Hr 17 Min 300 1 Hr 33 '(~ l'1.i.n 330 1 Hr 44 Min . - . ' 360 1 Hr 52 Min LmvER FR~NrLIN WATER DEPTH ;.~\Ji) VELOCITY LOCP..TION Viest East Doheny Burton Way San, Vice-nte La CienE<Ja Lei Cienega Olympic I ·,. I r :::i Cienega I Pickford L• ~• Cienega [ I La i sawyer I I Santa i"'.onica· Free', -..\3Y l Ballena Ck Jefferson Ballena Ck ?-odeo ~d Ballona Ck City Limits DEPTH VELOCI'I'Y w. E. 1 1 2.5 2.5 1 1 4 4 1.5 1.5 7 7 1.5 1.5 6.5 6.5 1.5 1.5 6.5 r ,.. 0.:, 1 1 4 4 3 3 3 ') I .J _, 5 6 6 5.5 s.s 6 6 • 1 HR 6 MINS Reporting District Map of Wilshire Area 28 MINt1IE © ~ 703 ~ 704~ ~ I ~ ST. w ., ~ 705 706 I 707 3RD ! 715 w I ~ > < :a 724 ~ (D COCHRAN AVE. @ ClOVEROALE AVE. 0 @ BRONSON AVE. © IROl.OST. 0 @ 7THST. @ WESTCHESTER PlACE (D COUNTRY CLUB DRIVE @ Ol YMPIC BLVD. < @ SIERRABONITAAVE. @ LA CIENEGA"AVE. @ THURMAN AVE. J2271 @ JEFFERSON Bl VO. @ LONGWOOOAVE. EOOEWOOO Pl.ACE ~ LA BREA AVE. @ GRAMERCY PLACE = = = = = 708 ...i Q,. BLVD. 709 (6) ST. 719 738 739 ~ @ ST. 748 749 11TH ST. C 758 i 759 :i: BLVD. 767. 768~ BLVD. 789 FREEWAY ro«x>L ~POOT TRAFFIC PERD£'IBR DIRECTICfi OF FLCW ~TIOO AREA PLANNING & RESEARCH DIVISION Ca,qnphy and Visual Aids Urut FORM 17.07 .00 WILSHIRE AREA SCHOOL SCHOOL FACILITY LOCATION PHONE R.D. 1. 3rd Street Elementary 201 s . June St. 939-8337/933-1066 706 2. Hancock Park Elem 408 s. Fairfax Av 935-5272/935-5126 714 938-1204 3 . John Burroughs Jr High 600 s. Mccadden Pl 938-9146/938-5570 725 934-9901/939-6977 4. Carthay Center Elem 6351 w. Olympic Bl 935-8173/935-7766 731 935-6511 5. Wilshire Crest Elem 5241 w. Olympic Bl 938-5291/929-1409 733 939-8856/939-0810 6 . Cahuenga Elementary 220 s. Hobart Bl 386-6303/386-6304 709 382-6651 7 . Wilton Pl Elementary 745 s. Wilton Pl 389-1181/389-1182 737 384-4220 8 . Hobart Bl Elementary 980 s. Hobart Bl 386-8661/389-7107 738 389-8105 9 . Los Angeles High 4600 w. Olympic Bl 931-1026/937-3210 745 10. Queen Anne Pl Elem 1212 Queen Anne Pl 939-7322/939-7625 745 11. Arlington Hts Elem 1717 s. 7th Av 735-1021/732-3621 776 12. Mt Vernon Jr High 4066 w. 17th St 7'33-2157 776 13. Alta Loma Elementary 1745 Vineyard Av 939-2113/933-4030 774 14. Laces-Magnet School 5931 w. 18th St 938-1620 761 15. Crescent Heights Elem 1661 s. Crescent Hgt 931-2761 761 16. Saturn St Elementary 5360 w. Saturn St 931-1688/935-7434 763 17. Marvin Ave Elem 2411 Marvin Av 938-3608 782 18. Cienega St Elementary 2611 s. Orange Dr 939-1138/939-1139 794 939-1130 19. Baldwin Hills Elem 5421 Rodeo Road 937-7223 795 Location Name Thomas Include:Name & Guide Telephone# of Page & Contact Sec A.BALDWIN HILLS ELEMENTARY 5421 Rodeo Rd Page 42 6-F LAUSD PD 625-6631 · ( 24hrs) B.SATURN STREET SCHOOL 5360 w. Saturn Page 42 F-3 LAUSD PD 625-6631 (24hrs) C.CBS STUDIOS 7800 Beverly Bl Greg Valenzuela W) (231) 852-2345 H) (818) 442-4792 D.LOS ANGELES HIGH SCHOOL 4600 w. Olympic Bl Page 42 C-2 LAUSD PD 625-6631 (24hrs) E.QUEEN ANNE PLACE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 1212 Queen Anne Pl Page 42 C-3 LAUSD PD 625-6631 (24hrs) R D 7 9 5 7 6 3 7 0 2 7 4 5 7 4 5 COMMAND ;T SITES WILSHIRE AREA Vehicle Nearest Parking Major Intersection Paved Other Rodeo Rd 80 & La Cienega Hauser Bl 50 20 & Venice Bl Beverly Bl & 80 150 Fairfax Av Olympic Bl & 65 so Rimpau Bl Pico Bl & 32 5 Queen 1\.npe Pl Supply 110 V Assembly Area for Storage Area or 0 Personnel & Number 220 L Covered Open T Feed Sleep Med Toilet 8 0 3600 0 110 100 100 40 60 0 0 Sq Ft SqFt 5 K 0 a 5500 0 Both 100 350 i 38 0 s e Sq Ft SqFt r 3 w. 9 H 7 s 0 19400 0 Both 150 150 i s 30 0 d p Sq Ft SqFt e 4 0 0 9600 0 Both 100 150 no 60 Sq Ft SqFt 3 2 0 3200 0 110 100 200 no 11 0 Sq Ft SqFt ': ( Continuea) Page 2 School Name Fire Risk A.BALDWIN HILLS SCHOOL 5421 Rodeo Rd B.SATURN STREET SCHOOL 5360 w. Staurn St C.CBS STUDIOS 7800 Beverly Bl D.LOS ANGELES HIGH SCHOOL 4600 w. Olympic Bl E.QUEEN ANNE PLACE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 1212 QUeen Anne Pl Flood Inundation Area YES YES YES COMMAND 1 r SITES WILSHIRE AREA Hele copter Comminications Linlitation Chemical Storage Overhead Seismic · power Risk Lines '. YES YES I • : I Location Naae Thomas :I Include: Naae & Guide I Telephone# of Page & Contact Sec F.WILSHIRE METHOD~ST CHURCH 4350 Wilshire Bl Page 42 C-2 Robert Kline W)(213) 931-1085 B)(213) 962-4442 G.FARNERS INSURANCE BUILDING 4680 Wilshire Bl Page 43 C-2 George Witham W)(213) 932-7131 H)(805) 538-8752 H.MAY COMPANY 6067 Wilshire Bl Page 42 Cornel Catano F-1 W)(213) 938-4211 H)( ) NONE I.DEPT WATER and POWER CONST YARD 2311 s. Fairfax Av Page 42 E-4 Orville Hill W)(213) 481-5440 H)(213) 631-6340 R D . 7 3 5 7 3 5 7 1 4 7 7 1 COMMAND POST SITES WILSHIRE AREA Vehicle Nearest ~•rking Major Intersection Paved Other Crenshaw Bl 54 -- & Wilshire Bl Wilshire Bl 40 80 & Rimpau Av Wilshire Bl 78 160 & Fairfax Av Fairfax Av 45000 -- · & SqFt Venice Bl Supply 110 V Asseably Area for Storage Area or 0 Personnel & Number 220 L Covered Open T Feed Sleep Med Toilet 5 1000 4 Both 400 150 no 15 0 0 Sq Ft SqFt 8 4 30000 0 Both 350 so no 21 0 0 Sq Ft SqFt 2 w. 3 H 15000 0 Both 300 30 S 0 so 0 i s 0 d p Sq Ft SqFt e 4 K 5 a 2500 0 Both 75 12 i 4 0 s 0 e r Sq Ft SqFt (Continued) Page 2 Location Name Fire Risk F. WILSHIRE METHODIST CHURCH 4350 Wilshire Bl G.FARMERS INSURANCE BUILDING 4680 Wilshire Bl H.MAY COMPANY 6067 Wilshire Bl I.DEPT WATER & POWER CONSTRUTION YARD 2311 s. Fairfax Av Flood Inundation Area YES YES YES YES COMMAND POST SITES WILSHIRE AREA Hele copter Col'll'llunication Limitation YES Chemical Seismic Overhead Storage Risk Power Lines I I Location Naae Thoaas Include: Name & Guide Telephone# of Page & Contact Sec J.MOUNT VERNON JR HIGH SCHOOL 4066 w. 17th St Page 43 C-4 LAUSD PD 625-6631 (24hrs) I<.CIENEGA STREET SCHOOL 2611 s. Orange Av Page 43 A-5 LAUSD PD 625-6631(24hrs) L.JOHN BURROUGHS JR HIGH SCHOOL 600 s. Mccadden Pl Page 43 B-1 LAUSD PD 625-6631(24hrs) R D 7 7 6 7 9 4 7 2 5 ·COMMAND POST SITES WILSHIRE AREA Vehicle Nearest Parking Major Intersection Paved Other Venice Bl 150 150 & Crenshaw Bl Adams Bl 200 -- & LaBr~a Bl Wilshire Bl 200 -- & Highland Av 7 Supply 110 V Assembly Area for Storage Area or 0 Personnel & Number 220 L Covered Open T Feed Sleep Med Toi-let 3 0 7000 0 Both 600 60 60 20 0 0 Sq Ft SqFt 2 4 6000 0 110 150 -- no 13 0 0 Sq Ft SqFt 9 0 1 8000 0 Both 300 30 0 20 0 0 Sq Ft SqFt (Continued) Page 2 Location Name Fire Risk F. WILSHIRE METHODIST CHURCH 4350 Wilshire Bl G.FARMERS INSURANCE BUILDING 4680 Wilshire Bl H.MAY COMPANY 6067 Wilshire Bl I.DEPT WATER & POWER CONSTRUTION YARD 2311 s. Fairfax Av Flood Inundation Area YES YES YES YES COMMAND POST SITES WILSHIRE AREA Helecopter Communication Limitation YES Chemical Seismic Overhead Storage Risk Power Lines _. I _J .... -.._ ,. ; M G T R - .ATLt..NTIC · VI - GULF Oil CO. SP - GOLDEN EAGLE QEF. CO. JNC. SPA- PO\VERlt--!E OlL CO. ED - EDGINGTON OIL REFINERiES,1NC. SU - SUP~R.\OR..OILCO. E - SO. CAL\ E GDIS0!1 CO. SPP - SOUTH.ERf'J P.--:\C\~_ [C PIPE LINES, !t~C. I · ......_,., FC- J:"OU2 CORN~RS PIPE LINE . .SG - STA!·JDARD GLS CO. / . ,. . ,, I --,-~~-.- • .?.-. r~ _ ',..... ! Is:-. EN • - .I:.-, ·,~· ,· .. ~ '/ ... ; ~ ~~1,,~, •. ..... ,.. ;-l,!J· , . . . . .. - . . . , / . ! . ~ . ~ . . . WILSHIRE AREA SILVER LAKE DAM/RESERVOIR CONTINGENCY PLAN February 1977 Revised February 1986 Reviewed April 1987 Reviewed April 1988 SILVER LAKE DAM/RESERVOIR Inundation Route Evacuation Route C O N T E N T S Traffic Control Measures Santa Monica Freeway Mass Care Centers for Evacuees Evacuation of Persons Without Own Transportation Evacuation of Unique Facilities Hospitals Convalescent and Nursing Homes Schools Wilshire Station Method of Evacuation Evacuation Order Perimeter and Internal Security Anti-Looting Patrol Field Command Post Locations News Media Animal Control and Related Problems FAA Recognized Helicopter Landing Sites Department of Water and Power Facilities Fire Department Other Agencies Emergency Telephone Services Telephone Company Installations 1 1 1 1 2 2 - 3 3 - 4 4 4 4 4 5 . 5 5 6 6 6 7 7 7 CONTENTS (Con't) r Gasoline Pipelines Assessment of Injury and Damage Emergency Services Communications Schools Hospitals Shopping Centers Termination and Re-Entry Organizational Responsibilities Power of Peace Officers to Close Areas During Emergencies Penal Code 409.5 City Attorney Opinion on penal Code 409.5 FAA Regulation 91.91 - Avoidance of a Disaster Area Supervisors Briefing Sheet "Resident Contact Detail Water Depth and Velocity Chart Maps 7 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 9 - 10 10 10 10 - 11 11 - 12 13 -------------- - -·---- - ~ - SILVER LAKE DAM - WILSHIRE CONTINGENCY PLAN In the event that the Silver Lake Dam should fail, water will traverse Wilshire Area from the east. The water will enter the area at approximately Wilshire Bl at Normandie Av and flow in a south westerly direction following the general contours of the Ballona Creek. It is estimated that the water will be approximately 4 feet deep upon its initial entry into Wilshire Area and flow at approximately 6 feet per s cond. The depth and velocity of the water will require the evacuation of the entire inundated area (C-chart for estimated depth and velocity). The area to be evacuated will include all or portions of Reporting Districts; 737, 738, 739, 745, 736, 747, 764, 765, 762, 763,764,771,772,773,774,781,782,783,791,795,797, C-attached map for exact boundaries). The evacuation area consist mainly of single and multi-family residential dwellings, interspaced with commercial business districts. The area has an estimate population of 70,400. EVACUATION ROUTES The evacuation routes will be determined by the evacuees themselves, as there are many egress routes. However, the evacuees should be instructed to use north/south streets out of the expected inundation area. TRAFFIC CONTROL MEASURES Traffic movement on the streets which will be inundated by the flood waters will be impossible. The water will traverse the entire area and in effect divide the area into north and south. Traffic perimeters will be established along the north and south boundaries of the expected inundation area. Officers assigned to traffic control will assist the flow of traffic out of the evacuation area and divert other traffic away from the area. SANTA MONICA FREEWAY The California Highway Patrol will be contacted and requested to close the freeway off ramps at La Brea, Fairfax, Washington and La Cienega Bl. It is not anticipated that damage will be sustained by the freeway structure. Traffic on the freeway should not be affected. When the flood waters reach the freeway it will be channelled through eight (8) openings under the freeway. These openings are: STREETS Hauser Bl Washington Bl Fairfax Av Ballona Creek La Cienega Bl PED WALKWAYS Sycamore Av Dunsmuir Av Marvin Av Additionally, each street that dead ends into the freeway has a drainage duct under the freeway. All of these passage ways will be filled with rushing water. Any activity around these openings will be extremely hazardous. MASS CARE CENTERS FOR EVACUEES The American Red Cross assumes the responsibility for the establishment of mass care centers for evacuees. Primary locations to be used for evacuee shelter will be High Schools and Junior High Schools within the Wilshire Area. Mass care centers will also serve as information centers for evacuees. The schools and other suitable evacuation centers are listed below. 1. 2. 3 . 4. 5 . 6 . 7 . 8. 9 . 10. 11. NOTE: These locations are suitable and can also be utilized as Field Command Posts. Information regarding or access to all LA City Schools can be obtained on a 24 hour basis by phoning the "Board of Education Security" at 625-6631. SCHOOL FACILITY LOCATION PHONE R.D. 3rd Street Elem 201 s . June St. 939-8337/933-1066 706 Hancock Park Elem 408 s. Fairfax Av 935-5272/935-5126 714 938-1204 John Burroughs Jr High 600 s. Mccadden Pl 938-9146/938-5570 725 934-9901/939-6977 Carthay Center Elem 6351 w. Olympic Bl 935-8173/935-7766 731 935-6511 Wilshire Crest Elem 5241 w. Olympic Bl 938-5291/929-1409 733 939-8856/939-0810 Cahuenga Elem 220 s. Hobart Bl 386-6303/386-6304 709 382-6651 Wilton Pl Elem 745 s. Wilton Pl 389-1181/389-1182 737 384-4220 Hobart Bl Elem 980 s. Hobart Bl 386-8661/389-7107 738 389-8105 Los Angeles High 4600 w. Olympic Bl 931-1026/937-3210 745 Queen Anne Pl Elem 1212 Queen Anne Pl 939-7322/939-7625 745 Arlington Hts Elem 1717 s. 7th Av 735-1021/732-3621 776 12. Mt Vernon Jr High 4066 w. 17th St 733-2157 776 13. Alta Loma Elementary 1745 Vineyard Av 939-2113/933-4030 774 14. Laces-Magnet School 5931 w. 18th St 938-1620 761 15. Crescent Heights Elem 1661 s. Crescent Ht 931-2761 761 16. Saturn St Elementary 5360 w. Saturn St 931-1688/935-7434 763 17. Marvin Ave Elem 2411 Marvin Av 938-3608 782 18. Cienega St Elem 2611 s. Orange Dr 939-1138/939-1139 794 939-1130 19. Baldwin Hills Elem 5421 Rodeo Road 937-7223 795 EVACUATION OF PERSONS WITHOUT OWN TRANSPORTATION Evacuation of persons without their own transportation will be accomplished by the use of buses. The Southern California Rapid Transit District (RTD) or Los Angeles Unified School District (LAUSD) buses should be considered. When directed by the concerned Watch Commander or Field Commander, RTD buses can be obtained by contacting the RTD Dispatching Supervisor at 972-4634. Buses specially designed to accommodate disabled persons are available upon request through the RTD Dispatching Supervisor. "Accessible buses," as they are termed by RTD, include features such as wheelchair lifts, ramps, and wide doors. To obtain the use of LAUSD buses, notify the LAUSD Security Watch Commander at 625-6631. Requests for buses should be coordinated through the Emergancy Operations Center of it is activated. EVACUATION OF UNIQUE FACILITIES All Convalescent Hospitals, Nursing Homes and Schools within the evacuation area have their own contingency plan. However these premises should be contacted and advised of the possible water inundation. The following is a list of these facilities within the purposed inundation and evacuation area: HOSPITALS NAME kaiser-Permanente ADDRESS 6041 Cadillac Av PHONE 857-2631 CONVALESCENT HOSPITALS NAME Alcott Conv. Hosp. La Brea Court ADDRESS 3551 W. Olympic Bl 6112 W. Washington Bl PHONE 737-2000 931-1329 Note: State law requires Hospitals and licensed rest homes to have automatic back up power so patients on mechanical devices, such patients have contingency plans for black out emergencies. However experience has shown that many of these generators will be out of service because of inadequate anchorage of equipment and batteries, and damaged fuel supplies. For this reason these types of facilities should be given a high priority when the area damage assessment is initiated and checked as soon as possible. SCHOOLS SCHOOL FACILITY LOCATION PHONE R.D. Wilton Pl Elem 745 s. Wilton Pl 389-1181/389-1182 737 384-4220 Hobart Bl Elem 980 s. Hobart Bl 386-8661/389-7107 738 Queen Anne Pl Elem 1212 Queen Anne Pl 939-7322/939-7625 745 Alta Loma Elementary 1745 Vineyard Av 939-2113/933-4030 774 Saturn St Elementary 5360 w. Saturn St 931-1688/935-7434 763 Marvin Ave Elem 2411 Marvin Av 938-3608 782 WILSHIRE STATION It should be noted that Wilshire Station is located within this area. It is estimated that water will be approximately three (3) feet deep and flowing at approximately three (3) FPS at this location. This would make operations within the station proper impossible. Records and equipment which would be damaged by water should be immediately moved to the second floor for temporary storage until inundation recedes . METHOD OF EVACUATION The evacuation area should be divided by reporting districts and two man units assigned to each. Unit designations will be "7Q" followed by the assigned reporting district. UNIT ASSIGNMENTS 7Q35 7Q45 7Q61 7Q82 7Q36 7Q46 7Q62 7Q91 7Q37 7Q47 7Q63 7Q38 7Q48 7Q64 7Q39 7Q52 7Q72 7Q44 7Q35 7Q73 7Q54 7Q81 Additional units may be assigned to a reporting district. These units will be indicated by a letter following the area assigned (e.g. 7Q35A, B, C etc.). EVACUATION ORDER The evacuation order should be broadcast over commercial radio and television stations to facilitate the evacuation process. Officers assigned to evacuation details should initially use public address systems in the police vehicles to broadcast the evacuation order. Officers assigned to evacuation details should initially use public address systems in the police vehicles to broadcast the evacuation order. Officers should then check door to door within their assigned area to ensure that all occupants have been warned and are evacuating. The evacuation should be conducted and coordinated by the Field Command Post to prevent duplication of efforts and ensure an orderly evacuation. NOTE: The eastern portion of the evacuation area is inhabited by a large number of people of Korean and Mexican extraction. Steps should be taken to obtain officers who are able to communicate with these people in their native language. Community leaders assistance with this problem should be considered. PERIMETER AND INTERNAL SECURITY Officers assigned· to traffic perimeter and internal security details should be instructed that persons wishing access to the evacuated area should be referred to the Field Command Post. Only those individuals who posses a pass from the Field Command Post will be admitted entry into the evacuated area. ANTI-LOOTING PATROL It is anticipated that the water flow will cause considerable property damage to homes and other premises within the inundated area. Rigid anti-looting patrol must be maintained until residents and business owners are able to assume responsibility for their property. In the event Field Command Posts are required to control and coordinate field activities, the following locations have selected for this purpose. (For additional information on Command Post Sites there is a detailed guide, for Wilshire Area that delineates ingress routes, aerial photographs and other useful information in section 10 of this guide). NOTE: Also C-evacuation center. Information regarding access to LA City playgrounds can be obtained by phoning the "Park Rangers" at 665-5188. Fire stations 026, 029, 045, 061, 068 are within Wilshire Area and may also serve as Field Command Post locations. Telephone numbers and locations are listed on the following pages. NEWS MEDIA Television and radio communication to the public will be a vital service, providing the public with information essential for emergency operations that require public cooperation. Accurate and timely information will be needed by the public both within and outside the involved area. Otherwise, ~umors and inaccurate information or ignorance could cause loss of life, property, panic and disorder. Major emphasis should be placed on emergancy public services announcements publicizing dangerous and restricted areas. News releases should be issued periodically, informing the public of the present situation and any major changes since the last news release. Care must be taken to assure that all releases are accurate and authentic, to avoid possible contradictions of facts affecting the survival and health of the public. The following is a list of stations within Wilshire area: NAME CBS Television KFI & KOST Radio KGFJ Radio KRTH Radio KLOS Radio ABC & KABC Radio ADDRESS 7800 Beverly Boulevard 610 S. Ardmore Avenue 1100 S. La Brea Avenue 5901 W. Venice Boulevard 3321 S. La Cienega Blvd. 3321 S. La Cienega Blvd. PHONE 852 - 2345 385-0101 930-9090 935-8595 840-4800 840-4900 R.D. 702 729 733 771 797 797 ANIMAL CONTROL AND RELATED PROBLEMS In the event of dam failure the regulation, control and welfare of animals may be of utmost importance. Los Angeles City has an extremely large pet population. If assistance is needed in Wilshire area contact the Department of Animal Regulation, Animal Care and Control Division, South Central District 3612 11th Av at 485-5761. FAA RECOGNIZED HELICOPTER LANDING SITES The following loca~ions are FAA recognized helicopter landing sites within Wilshire. In the event of a major flooding access routes through the area may be obstructed. If this should occur it may be necessary to utilize these locations for the evacuation of injured persons or the transportation of emergency personnel to specific areas not otherwise accessible. FACILITY ADDRESS CBS Studios 7800 Beverly Bl Wilshire Police Station 4861 W. Venice Bl DEPARTMENT OF WATER AND POWER FACILITIES PHONE 852-2345 485-4022 There are no water storage areas in Wilshire that would be hazardous to life or property if destroyed by earthquake. There are seven (7) power distribution facilities that would be potentially hazardous to persons in the event they were to be damaged by earthquake. The locations of these power stations are as follows: RD STATION LOCATION PHONE 761 Fairfax Receiving Sta D 5950 Venice Bl 481-5398 754 Distribution sta 8 4858 San Vicente 934-7716 749 Distribution sta 17 2904 W 11th St 481-5508 748 Distribution Sta 38 987 S Hobart Bl 384-7117 742 Distribution Sta 43 5769 w Pico Bl 934-0307 705 Distribution Sta 55 5801 w 3rd St 934-1632 791 Distribution Sta 56 3401 s Hauser Bl 481-4211 NOTE: The phone numbers for all distribution stations listed above are only monitored during normal business hours (0800 to 1700 hours). In the event these facilities experience earthquake damage on weekends, holidays or during times other than normal business hours, the Fairfax Receiving Station D should be contracted. This facility · is staffed constantly and will provide any necessary emergency service. FIRE DEPARTMENT There are four fire stations located in Wilshire Division. Their locations and telephone numbers are as follows: STATION ADDRESS PHONE EXTENSION 026 2009 s. Western Av 485-6226 5-6226 029 4029 w Wilshire Bl 485-6229 5-6229 061 5821 w 3rd St 485-6261 5-6261 068 5023 w Washington Bl 485-6268 5-6268 OTHER AGENCIES In the event of an emergency the following agencies may be of assistance and can be called on to assist with evacuation, control and prot~ction of life and property. NAME ADDRESS Red Cross 1130 S Vermont Bl Salvation Army 900 W 9th St Cellular Phone (24 Hrs) EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SERVICE PHONE 739-5200/739-5560 627-0164 (213) 304-7354 Land line communications may be partially or completely disrupted. If this occurs, T.E. officers will be utilized to shuttle messages from the Command Post to other agencies until telephone communications can be restored. The Department of Public Utilities and transportation will provide emergency telephone service. Their service may include installation of one (1) telephone line and cable to multiple phones and lines or the dispatching of a microwave van to the Command Post location. A receiving microwave station located on Mount Lee. It has the capacity of handling ten (10) Centrex lines. The response time during regular business hours is approximately one hour. The response time during non-business hours will depend on the Telephone Company personnel. TELEPHONE COMPANY INSTALLATIONS In the event of a serious earthquake or other major disaster, emergency telephone services can be obtained through the "Sector Emergency Report Center" Pacific Bell, however, this center should not be contacted directly. Communications Division has a direct line to this center and requests for service should be routed through them as Pacific Bell will be experiencing an excessive number of service requests. In the event this procedure can not be followed for some reason, the emergency numbers for the Emergency Report Center are (818) 506-5080 and (213) 975-7231. L___ GASOLINE PIPELINES Crude oil, natural gas and refined products (gasoline) are pumped through sixteen major pipelines in the Wilshire area. The routes of these pipelines are depicted on the att~ched diagrams and numerically identified as to their size and content. Should one of these pipelines be damaged, emergency response from the appropriate company may be obtained as follows: Union Oil Co of California Chevron, U.S.A. Inc Atlantic Richfie~d Co ASSESSMENT OF INJURY AND DAMAGE 977-7766 694-7356/694-2818 435-1371 Flood effects will necessitate emergency operation. Of first importance is the need to save lives. Many people may have been injured or may be trapped in damaged structures. Additionally several businesses that contain sensitive supplies may have sustained damage and should be checked so security may be assigned as necessary. In conducting an assessment of damage and injury in Wilshire the following businesses and types of locations should be given consideration. Some of these should be assigned a higher priority than others but all should be inspected as soon as possible and the damage reported so appropriate action can be taken. EMERGENCY SERVICES Naturally, emergency services should be checked first. If Wilshire Police Station or any of the four fire stations, previously listed, in Wilshire are damaged to the extent that they are inoperable, emergency services could be severely affected. COMMUNICATIONS Communications are probably the most important factor in a disaster. If communications fail immediately contact appropriate repair · agencies that have transmission capabilities. Radio communication to the public will be a vital service. The press relations officer should work closely with radio broadcasters to provide the public with information essential for emergency operations that require public cooperation. Accurate and timely information will be needed by the public both within and .outside the involved area. Otherwise, rumors, inaccurate information, or ignorance could cause loss of life, property, panic ·and disorder. M ajor emphasis should be placed on emergency public service announcements publicizing dangerous and restricted areas, informing the public of self assistance procedures to protect their health and welfare, aiding various relief agencies in reuniting families , and releasi~g casualty lists after proper notifications of the immediate family has been made. News releases should be issued periodically, informing the public of the present situation and major changes since the last . news release. Care must be taken to assure that all releases are accurate and authentic, to avoid possible contradictions of facts affecting the survival and health of the public. Type and quantity of news releases will, of course, change as the emergency changes. All radio and television stations located in Wilshire Area are listed in this guide. NOTE: The area adjacent to radio and television stations should also be checked. The transmission towers at these facilities may be knocked down causing damage to surrounding structures and possible injury to occupants. SCHOOL Schools in the Wilshire Area have been previously listed in this report. Should flooding occur during the hours when school is in session, they should be given a high priority. HOSPITALS The hospitals and convalescent homes have also been listed. These locations should always be given a high priority. SHOPPING CENTERS Should an earthquake occur during the business hours of t he shopping centers or large department stores these locations should be checked as soon as possible. These locations are likely to have large numbers of people present and a great number of casualties may be sustained. The following locations in Wilshire are representative of this type of area: Miracle Mile Shopping Area Wilshire/Western Business Area Venice/Western Shopping Center Beverly Center TERMINATION AND RE-ENTRY PROCEDURES The following de-escalation plan is submitted for review by the Field Commander and is subject to modifications: A. Only residents of the closed area shall be permitted entrance. This policy shall be in effect for an un-determin~d period of time. B. Reasonable proof must be presented by residents prior to entry. C. Officers assigned to perimeter control shall screen and assist residence with a minimum of inconvenience. D. Access to the closed area may be from a street on the perimeter due to the number of persons requiring admittance. E. High visibility patrol shall be maintained to prevent looting and theft. F. The Field Commander shall dispatch interior patrol units for all calls for service within the closed area until all restrictions are lifted. ORGANIZATIONAL RESPONSIBILITIES In order to conduct an evacuation of the magnitude anticipated, mobilization of the entire Los Angeles Police Department will be required. Responsibilities of the major organizations involved in the evacuation are listed below: A. Los Angeles Police Department 1. Evacuate the inundation areas as indicated. 2. Establish and maintain a traffic control perimeter around the evacuated area. 3. Secure the evacuated area and provide anti-looting patrols. 4. Control re-entry into the evacuated area after the disaster restrictions are lifted. POWERS OF PEACE OFFICERS TO ·cLOSE AREAS DURING EMERGENCIES PENAL CODE SECTION 409.5 "Whenever a menace to the public health or safety is created by a calamity such as a flood, storm, fire, earth quake, explosion, accident or other disaster, officers of _the California Highway Patrol, Police Departments or Sheriff's Offices may close the area where the menace exists for the duration thereof by means of ropes, markers or guards to any and all persons not authorized by such officers to enter or remain within the closed area. Any person not authorized, willfully entering the area or willfully remaining within the area after notice to evacuate, shall be ·guilty of a misdemeanor." "Nothing in this section shall prevent a duly authorized representative of any news service, newspaper, radio, television station or network from entering the area closed pursuant to the section." CITY ATTORNEY OPINION ON "PENAL CODE SECTION 409.5" The City Attorney takes the position that 409.5 does not exempt from its provisions any persons other than news media. All other persons are allowed in the disaster area at the discretion and within the judgement of the police. The exercise of this discretion and judgement is an administrative matter, to be · guided by Police Department Policy. Consent, once given to a person lawfully having business in the disaster area, may be retracted. Once retracted, the police may use reasonable and necessary force to remove such a person from the disaster area, if necessary, to preserve life and prevent interference with police, fire and rescue personnel. The use of necessary and reasonable force to evacuate those persons already within an area, subsequently declared a disaster area, is also permitted. FAA REGULATION 91.91 (Avoidance of a Disaster Area) As soon as the general public becomes aware of the disastrous affects of the reservoir's collapse, several private aircraft will began to crowd the airspace over the disaster area. Concentration of private aircraft in this area could constitute a major air hazard and interfere with vital aerial reconnaissance by police and fire helicopters. The Federal Aviation Regulation 91.91 would be applicable to reduce air traffic. Avoidance of Disaster Areas A. Designated disaster areas consist of the airspace below 2,000 feet above the surface within five statute miles of an aircraft or train accident, forest fire, earthquake, flood or other disaster of substantial magnitude. The designation of a disaster area id made in a Notice to Airman. B. No person may operate an aircraft within a designated disaster area unless: 1. That aircraft is participating in airborne relief activities under the direGtion of the agency responsible for relief activities; 2. That aircraft is being operated to or from an airport within the area, if that operation dies not hamper or endanger relief activities; 3. Flight around or above the area is impractical due to weather, terrain, or other considerations, if that en-route operations through the area does not hamper or endanger relief activities and prior notice is given to the Air Traffic Service facility specified in the Notice to Airman; 4. It is specifically authorized under an IFR ATC clearance; or 5. That aircraft is carrying properly accredited news representatives or persons on official business concerning the disaster, is operated in operated in accordance with 91.91 and unless otherwise authorized by the agency responsible for relief activities, it is operated above altitudes used by relief aircraft and the operator has filed with the Air Traffic Service facility specified in the Notice to Airman a flight plan that includes the following information: a. Aircraft identification, type and color. b. Radio communication frequencies to be used. c. Proposed times of entry and exit of the disaster area. d. Name of the news media or purpose of the flight. e. Any other information deemed necessary by Air, Traffic Control. SUPERVISORS BRIEFING SHEET "RESIDENT CONTACT DETAIL" EACH SUPERVISOR SHALL: A. During daylight hours, ensure that officers assigned to this detail check each residential structure to determine if the resident is home. 1. Between darkness and 2100 hours, check the residences in which lights are burning. 2. All officers assigned to the detail shall stop contacting residents after 2100 hours and resume interior patrol in their assigned area until 0900 hours. At 0900 hours, resident contacts will begin again. B. Maintain a control ledger (yellow note pad) of officer's notebooks which are distributed. It will include names, units and beats, (street or area to which an officer's notebook is assigned). Example: Jones, Qll3B, 8500 to 8700 Haskell St. C. Notify the Field Command Post Operations Officer of the number of residents being contacted on an hourly basis until 2100 hours. D. All notebooks and ledgers shall be turned over to each oncoming watch. E. Keep a running tally of the number of the residents contacted in each book. At the end of this operation turn in all notebooks and ledgers to OPERATIONS. F. Provide officers with the following message if it is determined that evacuation of citizens is imperative: "This has been declared a disaster area. You are ordered to evacuate from this area until further notice ... All persons remaining are subject to arrest for 409.5 of the Penal Code, remaining in a disaster area." STATIO~ 160 200 240 280 320 360 400 440 480 520 TIME 33 Min -----"- · 4r·~- 1 Hr 12 Min 1 Hr 27 Min 1 Hr 52 Min 2 Hr 18 Min 2 Hr 54 Min 2 Hr 7 Min 3 H£ 19 Min SILVER LAKE DAM ¼"'ATER DEPTH t\1-m VELCXT.:. 7 Y LOCATION i-Jilshire nest2rn _- "O_I yrr.p i C .. .. I 12th St ' La Brea Venice East Mariposa 9th St Nort:m West Bl 1 !2nice Airdrome Santa Monica Freeway Ballona Ck Ballona Ck Curson Jeffeson City Limits Ballena Ck w. 4 4 4 3 2 2 4.5 6 5 DEPTH r, .c.. 4 3.5 4 3 2 2 4.5 6 5 VELOCITY w. 6 5 5 6 3 2 3 5 5.5 5 E • 6 5 5 6 3 2 J ...J 5 5.5 5.5 3 HRS 7 MINS Reporting District Map of Wilshire Area * 4861 VENICe-BLVD. BEVERLY a ~ ~ C0 < 711 ~ Ee tiffl l~~.'Y!r!:,~t Plannin1 111d R-.:h Divisio!I, L.A.P.D. JANUARY 1992 i ·© ~ 703 702 714 ST. SILVERLAKE DAM w ., > < 705 706 ~ 707 3RO ! 715 w ~ > < i 724 726 ~ G) COCHRAN AVE. ® CLOVERDALE AVE. 0 @ BRONSON AVE. © IROLOST. 0 @ TTHST. © WESTCHESTER PLACE (z) COUNTRY CLUB ~IVE @ OLYMPICBI.VO. @ SIERRA BONITA AVE. @) LA CIENEGA 'AVE. ~ @ TliUAMAN AVE. @ JEFFERSON BLVD. @ LONGWOOOAVE. ~ZZZZJ ~ EOGEWOOO PLACE 4 LABAEAAVE. @) GRAMERCY PLACE = = = = = BLVD. w > w < > < 708 709 @ ST. _; Cl. 719 727 5TH SCHOOLS COMMAND POSTS TRAFFIC PERIMETER DIRECTION OF FLOW ---- EVACUATION AREA PLANNING & RESEARCH DIVISION I Canogriphy and Visual Aids Unit FORM 17.07.00 w Recyctable and maoe lrom recycleO Nas1e 70:i"'"f) - ----------------- -------------- ---------~ WILSHIRE AREA SCHOOLS SCHOOL FACILITY LOCATIONN PHONE R.D. 1. 3rd Street Elem 201 s . June St. 939-8337/933-1066 706 2. Hancock .Park Elem 408 s. Fairfax Av 935-5272/935-5126 714 938-1204 3 . John Burroughs Jr High 600 s. Mccadden Pl 938-9146/938-5570 725 934-9901/939-6977 4. Carthay Center Elem 6351 w. Olympic Bl 935-8173/935-7766 731 935-6511 5. Wilshire Crest Elem 5241 w. Olympic Bl 938-5291/929-1409 733 939-8856/939-0810 6 . Cahuenga Elem 220 s. Hobart Bl 386-6303/386-6304 709 382-6651 7 . Wilton Pl Elem 745 s. Wilton Pl 3 8 9 - 1181/38 9,,- 118 2 737 384-4220 8. Hobart Bl Elem 980 s. Hobart Bl 386-8661/389-7107 738 389-8105 9 . Los Angeles High 4600 w. Olympic Bl 931-1026/937-3210 745 10. Queen Anne Pl Elem 1212 Queen Anne Pl 939-7322/939-7625 745 11. Arlington Hts Elem 1717 s. 7th Av 735-1021/732-3621 766 12. Mt Vernon Jr High 4066 w. 17th St 733-2157 776 13. Alta Loma Elementary 1745 Vineyard Av 939-2113/933 - 4030 774 14. Laces-Magnet School 5931 w. 18th St 938-1620 761 15. Crescent Heights Elem 1661 s. Crescent Ht 931-2761 761 16. Saturn St Elementary 5360 w. Saturn St 931-1688/935-7434 763 17. Marvin Ave Elem 2411 Marvin Av 938-3608 782 18. Cienega St Elem 2611 s. Orange Dr 939-1138/939-1139 794 939-1130 19. Baldwin Hills Elem 5421 Rodeo Road 937-7223 795 Location Naae Thomas Include:Name & Guide Telephone# of Page & Contact Sec A.BALDWIN HILLS ELEMENTARY 5421 Rodeo Rd Page 42 6-F LAUSD PD 625-6631 (24hrs) B.SATURN STREET SCHOOL 5360 w. Saturn Page 42 F-3 LAUSD PD 625-6631 (24hrs) C.CBS STUDIOS 7800 Beverly Bl Greg Valenzuela W) (231) 852-2345 H) (818) 442-4792 D.LOS ANGELES HIGH SCHOOL 4600 w. Olympic Bl Page 42 C-2 LAUSD PD 625-6631 (24hrs) E.QUEEN ANNE PLACE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 1212 Queen Anne Pl Page 42 C-3 LAUSD PD 625-6631 (24hrs) R D 7 9 5 7 6 3 7 0 2 7 4 5 7 4 5 COMMAND . ST SITES WILSHIRE AREA Vehicle Nearest Parking Major Intersection Paved Other Rodeo Rd 80 & La Cienega Hauser Bl so 20 & Venice Bl Beverly Bl & 80 150 Fairfax Av Olympic Bl & 65 50 Rimpau Bl Pico Bl & 32 5 Queen Anne Pl Supply 110 V Assembly Area for Storage Area or 0 Personnel & Number 220 L Covered Open T Feed Sleep Med Toilet 8 0 3600 0 110 100 100 40 60 0 0 Sg Ft SgFt 5 K 0 a 5500 0 Both 100 350 i 38 0 s e Sg Ft SgFt r 3 w. 9 H 7 S 0 19400 0 Both 150 150 i s 30 0 d p Sg Ft SgFt I e 4 0 0 9600 0 Both 100 150 no 60 Sg Ft SgFt 3 2 0 3200 0 110 100 200 no 11 0 Sq Ft SqFt (Continuett) Page 2 School Name A.BALDWIN HILLS SCHOOL 5421 Rodeo Rd B.SATURN STREET SCHOOL 5360 w. Staurn St C.CBS STUDIOS 7800 Beverly Bl D.LOS ANGELES HIGH SCHOOL 4600 w. Olympic Bl E.QUEEN ANNE PLACE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 1212 Queen Anne Pl Fire Flood Risk Inundation Area YES YES YES COMMAND l X SITES WILSHIRE AREA Hele copter Comminications Limitation Overhead Chemical Seismic Power Storage Risk Lines : YES YES Location Name Thomas Include: Name & Guide Telephone# of Page & Contact Sec F.WILSHIRE METHODIST CHURCH 4350 Wilshire Bl Page 42 C-2 Robert Kline W) (213) 931-1085 8)(213) 962-4442 G.FARMERS INSURANCE BUILDING 4680 Wilshire Bl Page 43 C-2 George Witham W)(213) 932-7131 H)(805) 538-8752 H.MAY COMPANY 6067 Wilshire Bl Page 42 Cornel Catano F-1 W)(213) 938-4211 H)( ) NONE I.DEPT WATER and POWER CONST YARD 2311 s. Fairfax Av Page 42 E-4 Orville Hill W)(213) 481-5440 H)(213) 631-6340 R D . 7 3 5 7 3 5 7 1 4 7 7 1 COMMAND POST SITES WILSHIRE AREA Vehicle Nearest Parking Major Intersection Paved Other Crenshaw Bl 54 -- & Wilshire Bl Wilshire Bl 40 80 & Rimpau Av Wilshire Bl 78 160 & Fairfax Av Fairfax Av 45000 -- · & SqFt Venice Bl Supply 110 V Assembly Area for Storage Area or 0 Personnel & Number 220 L Covered Open T Feed Sleep Med Toilet 5 1000 4 Both 400 150 no 15 0 0 Sq Ft SqFt 8 4 30000 0 Both 350 50 no 21 0 0 Sq Ft SqFt - 2 w. 3 H 15000 0 Both 300 30 S 0 50 0 i s 0 d p Sq Ft SqFt e 4 K 5 a 2500 0 Both 75 12 i 4 0 s 0 e r Sq Ft SqFt (Continued) Page 2 Location Name Fire Risk F. WILSHIRE METHODIST CHURCH 4350 Wilshire Bl G.FARMERS INSURANCE BUILDING 4680 Wilshire Bl H.MAY COMPANY 6067 Wilshire Bl I .·DEPT WATER & POWER CONSTRUTION YARD 2311 s. Fairfax Av Flood Inundation Area YES YES YES YES COMMAND POST SITES WILSHIRE AREA Hele copter Communication Limitation YES Chemical Seismic Storage Risk ------------ Overhead Power Lines Location Name Thomas Include: Naae & Guide Tellephone # of Page & Contact Sec J.MOUNT VERNON JR HIGH SCHOOL 1 4066 w. 17th St Page 43 ., C-4 I LAUSD PD 625-6631(24hrs) K.CIENEGA STREET SCHOOL 2611 s. Orange Av Page 43 A-5 LAUSD PD 625-6631(24hrs) L.JOHN BURROUGHS JR HIGH SCHOOL 600 s. Mccadden Pl Page 43 I B-1 LAUSD PD 625-6631(24hrs) R D 7 7 6 7 9 4 7 2 5 COMMAND POST SITES WILSHIRE AREA Vehicle Nearest Parking Major Intersection Paved Other Venice Bl 150 150 & Crenshaw Bl Adams Bl 200 -- & LaBr~a Bl Wilshire Bl· 200 -- & Highland Av Supply 110 V Assembly Area for Storage Area or 0 Personnel & Number 220 L Covered Open T Feed Sleep Med Toilet 3 0 7000 0 Both 600 60 60 20 0 0 Sq Ft SqFt 2 4 6000 0 110 150 -- no . 13 0 0 Sq Ft SqFt 9 0 1 8000 0 Both 300 30 0 20 0 0 Sq Ft SqFt (Continued) Page 2 ' Location Name F. WILSHIRE METHODIST CHURCH 4350 Wilshire Bl · G.FARMERS INSURANCE BUILDING 4680 Wilshire Bl H.MAY COMPANY 6067 Wilshire Bl I.DEPT WATER & POWER CONSTRUTION YARD 2311 s. Fairfax Av Fire Flood Risk Inundation Area YES YES YES YES · coMMAND POST SITES WILSHIRE AREA Hele copter Conanunication Limitation YES Chemical Seismic Overhead Storage Risk Power Lines _,,, · --LETTER'~ODE _ ,,..,,. · .. D - DOUGLAS OIL C().~- · . ,-. _ .. H - SlGNAL OIL~ GAS CO,-~ _ ..-, U - U\,· 1 '0).J 0'1 · ;-,....._ r--.~C"L'r r l 11 1 l i - '--·'-.J. v r - ~ l 1 . . ,· - --. . -c:. -- - c i 1 r: 1 L O l l co ~-,__.,., . .,_;- --~- ..:~ r1 ---~ ·- _ .... . - . - --- -•y• M - /-/\OB1L OlL CDR?. G - GE TTY O I L C o~ T - TEXACO, lf,~c. R-.ATLA~[TIC RICHFrELD CO. W- GULF OIL. CO. SP - GOLDEN EAGLE t?EF. CO. INC. SPA- PO\VERH'-lE Oll CO. E.D - EDG i f'-J GTO?~ O! L REFH~ ~Ri ES 1:~C. 1 . SU - suP;.RJOR OIL co. . · E - SO. CA L1 F. ~DISOti CO. SPP - 50UTH ... ERN PAC\F[C PIPE LINES, !NC. FC - ~OU2 COR.Ni:.RS PI PE LI~~E SG - STAt--!DA;?D G~S CO. , . ! / . U-~ I• 7 ~.,.........--~~r ..-, .. ~-- - · ·"'·-:· , ·- .... ~- ~~r~~!-,-~-:- -_ _..,..... . . _ ...,. ___ ~:.::-,!2_!._--l----:- . ..L-J.-_._-~-- .. -,-,,---;.- .. . - . . · ,... . .. . . / , ~ , ' ~ , -"-" . . • • ! • • I J ..,, . .. : - .. - . ~ - , - ,, . ~ ... • • • I . ~- , · V. RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS (49 CFR rn.310) - In addition to any other marking required by Subpan D of 49 CFR 172 (Marking), each package must be marked as follows: A. Grou weight must be marked on containers weighing over 110 pounds. B. --rYPE A• or "TYPE a•(as appropriate) in letters at least 1/2 inch high. C. •usA, • must follow the specification markinp or package cenification on expon shipments. VI. OTHER REGULATED MATERIALS (ORM's) (49 CFR 172.316) A. Place the appropriate ORM designation immediately following or below the prope~ shipping name on at least one side or end of the package. B. Marking must be within a rectangular border - approximately V4 inch itl si7.e on each si4e of •oRM_• (ORM designation). NOTE: By these markinp, the shipper cenifies that the material is properly described, clwed, packaged, marted, labeled, and in proper oondition for transponation. The shipper's certification is still required on the shipping paper (1172204). When ID nulllbe,s•e required, they must be displayed on either orange panels (1172332 (b)) or on a plain white square-on-point oonfiguration having the same dimensions as a placard. ~1 & omER MARKING REQUIREMENTS I. REOUALIFIED CONTAINERS - DRUMS (marked by reconditioner). Some steel containers in the DOT Series (DOT 17C, 17E, and 17H) may be qualified for reuse by a DOT-registered reconditioner of drums. The drums are stripped of labels, exemption numbers, and other markings. They are reconditioned to meet 49 CFR 173.28 (m) and marked with the appropriate assigned registration number. II. CYLINDERS & TANKS - (Marked with inspectionvand/or retest date). Reusable cylinders, ponable tan.ks, cargo tan.ks and tank cars must be either visually inspected _ or retested at periodic intervals. The date of requalification niust be on the oontainer. (See 49 CFR 173.24, 173.31, 173.32, 173.33, and 173.34.) III. CARGO HEATERS - Cargo heaters authoril.ed for use with flammable liquid or gas must be marked in aca>rdance with 49 CFR 177.834 (1)(1)(2)(E) and (F). IV. MOTOR YEHICT fS - A carrier may not move a transpon vehicle a>ntaining hai.ardous material unless the vehicle is marked _ in accordance with Pan 172 or unleu an emergency exists. (See 49 CFR in.823.) 3-4 ') - - - - ----- SPECIFICATION CONTAINERS I. GENERAL - Specification containers must be marked with DOT specification numbers under which the containers are made (49 CFR Parts 178 and 179). The manufacturer's name and addreM or symbol must be registered with the AMociate Administrator for Huardous Materials Safety. Duplicate symbols are not authori1.ed. II. MARKINGS - All containers m~t comply with the marking requirements of 49 CFR 173.24, Parts 178 and 179. F.xceptions for Canadian and other import/export situations are found in 49 CFR 171.12 and .171.12a. NOTE: For certain oontainers, specific detailed information (such as original test date information and type of material) are required. (See Parts 178 and 179.) Aa a final check before offering a shipment for transportation, visually impcct the shipmenL This handout does not oontain all the marking requirements. It is designed as a guide only. For details on markinp, consult the Code of Federal Regulations, Title 49, Parts 100-199. This publication may be reproduced without special permmion from this Qffice. Revised: February. 1991 3-5 GUIDE FOR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS SHIPPERS USE OF GUIDE - This Guide is presented as an aid to shippers of hazardous materials. It does not contain or refer to all of the DOT requirements for shipping hazardous materials. For specific details, refer to all of the DOT requirements for shipping hazardous materials. For specific details, refer to the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Title 49, Transportation, Parts 100-199. The following is offered as a step-by-step procedure to aid in compliance with the applicable DOT Regulations. STEP 1 - DETERMINE THE PROPER SHIPPING NAME - The shipper must determine the proper shipping name of the materials as listed in the Hazardous Materials Table, 49 CFR 172.101, Column (2). STEP 2 - DETERMINE THE HAZARD CLASS OR CLASSES A Refer to the Table, 49 CFR 172.101, C.Olumn (3) and locate the hazard class of the material B. If more than one class is shown for the proper shipping name, determine the proper class by definition. C. If the materials have more than. one hazard, classify the material based on the order of hazards in 49 CFR 173.2. STEP 3 - SELECT THE PROPER IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS A Refer to the Table, 49 CFR 172.101, Column (3a) and select the Identification Number (ID) that corresponds to the proper shipping name and hazard class. B. Enter the ID number(s) on the shipping papers and display them, as required, on packagin~, placards and/or orange panels. STEP 4 • DETERMINE THE MODE(S) OF TRANSPORT TO ULTIMATE DESTINATION A As a shipper, you must ~ure yourself that the shipm~nt complies with various modal requirements. B. The modal requirements may affect the following: ( 1) Packaging; (2) Quantity per Package; (3) Marking; (4) Labeling; (5) Shipping papers; (6) Certification. STEPS· SELECT THE PROPER LABEL(S) AND APPLY AS REQUIRED A Refer to the Table, 49 CFR 172.101, Column (4) for required labels. B. For details on labeling refer to: (1) Additional Labels, 49 CFR 172402; (2) Placement of Labels 49 CFR 172406; (3) Packagin~ (Mixed or Consolidated), 49 CFR 172.404(a) and (b); (4) Packages Containing Samples, 49 CFR 172402(h); (5) Radioactive Materials, 49 CFR 172403; and, (6) Authorized Label Modifications, 49 CFR 172405. 4-1 STEP 6 • DETERMINE AND SELECT THE PROPER PACKAGES A Refer to the Table, 49 CFR i72101, Column S(a) for exceptions and Column (Sb) for specification packagings. Consider the following when selecting an authorized package: Quantity per package; Cushioning material, if required; Proper closure and reinforcement; Proper pressure; Outage; etc. as required. . B. If packaged by a prior shipper, make sure the packaging is correct and in proper condition for transportation. STEP 7 • MARK THE PACKAGING (INCLUDING OVERPACKS) A Apply the required markinp (49 CFR 172.300); Proper shipping name and ID number, when required ( 49 CFR 172.301 ); Name and address of Consignee or Consignor ( 49 CFR 172.306). B. For details and other required markin~, see 49 CFR 172.300 through 172338. STEP 8 • PREPARE THE SHIPPING PAPERS A The basic requirements for preparing shipping papers include: Proper Shipping name; Hazard cl&M; ID number; Total quantity; Shipper's cenification; and emergency response telephone number. 8. Make all entries on the shipping papers using the information required and in proper sequence ( 49 CFR 172.202). C. For additional requirements, see 49 CFR 172200 through 172.205. STEP 9 • CERTIFICATION A F.ach shipper must cenify by printing (manually or mechanically) on the shipping papers that the materials being offered for shipment are properly classified, described, packaged, marked and labeled, and in proper condition for transportation according to the applicable DOT Regulations (49 CFR 172.204). B. For surface shipments; see 49 CFR 172.204(a) and (b); for air shipments, see 49 CFR 172204(c). STEP 10 • LOADING, BLOCKING AND BRACING. When loading hazardous materials into the transpon vehicle or freight container, each package must be loaded, blocked and braced in accordance with the requirements for mode of transpon. A If the shipper loads the freight container or transpon vehicle, the shipper is responsible for the proper loading, blocking, and bracing of the materials. B. If the carrier does the loadhig, the carrier is responsible. STEP 11 • DETERMINE-THE PROPER PLACARD(S) - Each person who offers huardous materials for transponation must determine that the placarding requirements have been met. A For Highway, unless the vehicle is already correctly placarded, the shipper must provide the required placard(s) and required ID number(s) (49 CFR 172.506). B. For Rail, if loaded by the shipper, the shipper must placard the rail car if placards are required. (49CFR 1~) C. For Air and Water shipments, the shipper has the responsibility to apply the proper placards. 4-2 ---------- --------------------------7 STEP 12 - HAZARDOUS WASTE/HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE A If the material is classed as a hazardous waste or hazardous subs~nce, most of the above steps will be applicable. B. Peninent Environmental Protection Agency Regulations are found in the Code of Federal Regulations, Title 40, Pan 262. AS A FINAL CHECK AND BEFORE OFFERING 1liE SHIPMENT FOR TRANSPORTATION, VISUAILY INSPECT YOUR SHIPMENT. TiiE SHIPPER SHOULD ENSURE 1HAT EMERGENCY RESPONSE INFORMATION IS ON 1lIE VEHICLE FOR TRANSPORTATION OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. NOTE: This material may be reproduced without special pel'DliMion from this office. Revised: February 1991 4-3 GUIDE FOR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS CARRIERS USE OF GUIDE - This Guide was prepared as an aid to carriers of hazardous materials. It does not · contain or refer to all of the DOT requirements for transporting hazardous materials. For specific details, refer to the Cooe of Federal Regulations (CFR), Title 49, Transportation, Parts 100-199. Basically, all "for hire" carriers and all "private carriers• are subject to the same or at least very similar DOT hazardous materials regulations. Containeri7.ation and other modem freight handling procedures frequently prevent initial carriers from making physical inspections of the freight It is more difficult for interline (sea>ndary) carriers to determine the physical condition of freight or regulatory compliance. Carriers, therefore, must frequently accept the word of shippers as to the suitability of the package and the accuracy of the material description. Therefore, it is very important to carefully review the shipping documents including the shippers' certification. Always visually inspect the transport vehicle or freight container for leaks or potential problems. Careful attention to the following subject areas will aid in complying with the "Carrier Regulations•: I. DETERMINE EMPLOYEE QUALIFICATIONS "It is the duty of each motor carrier to comply with the prescribed regulations and to thoroughly instruct employees in relation thereto.• [Refer to CFR, Title 49, 1174.7 (Rail); 1175.20 (Air); 1176.13 (Water); and t177.800(b) (Highway)). This means that carriers are required to make certain that employees who have any responsibility for receiving, processing or transporting hazardous materials arc thoroughly instructed. They must know the applicable regulations that apply to their job functions. The following ,suggestions will help to meet this requirement: A. Identify all personnel who have hazardous materials transportation responsibilities. B. Determine what additional instruction or training each needs (if any). C. Assure that those needing instruction receive the instruction. D. Maintain reoords of trainini E. Periodically review training needs and maintain the required expertise. II. DETERMINE CONDITION OF TRANSPORT VEHICLE A. Make certain that the cargo space is suitable for loading. It should be free of nails and other protruding sharp objects. B. Make certain that the vehicle is suitable for the material to be loaded. It must be in compliance with applicable carrier safety and hazardous materials regulations, as well. 5-1 ---- -----------~ III. MAY THE SHIPMENT BE ACCEPrED FOR TRANSPORT? "No person may accept for transportation any shipment of hazardous material that is not in accordance with Parts 171, 172, and 173.• (Refer to CFR, Title 49, t174.3 (Rail); 175.3 (Air); 176.3 (Water); 177.801 (Highway)]. · To comply with this provision, a carrier must: A. Determine that the shipping papers are prepared in proper format and are accurate and complete. At minimum, they must include the proper shipping name, ha7.ard cl~, ID number, quantity, emergency response telephone number, and consignee (or consignor) name and addr~. B. Obtain a proper shippers cenificate (uni~ excepted). C. Determine that proper placard(s) and ID number(s) are displayed, when required. D. Determine that emergeny response information is on the vehicle. When practical, a carrier should also determine that: A. Authorized packaginp are used and that they are in proper condition for transportation. B. Each package is properly marked and labeled, when required. . C. The freight is adequately blocked ~nd braced to prevent movement and/or damage in transiL IV. IS THE SHIPMENT TO BE INTERLINED? A. Properly prepare the material so that the secondary carrier _.will aa:ept it from you. This is panicularly important for intermodal and international shipments . . B. Modal requirements may- affect the following: (1) Packaging; (2) Quantity per package; (3) Marking; (4) Labeling; (5) Shipping papers; (6) Cenification. V. CARRIER LOADED FREIGHT When the carrier loads the transport vehicle, make certain that: A. Documentation matches the freight B. Materials are loaded in accordance with 49 CFR 177.848. C. Poisons are not loaded with foodstuffs (uni~ excepted). D. Damaged or leaking packages are not loaded. E. Freight is properly blocked and braced to prevent damage in transit F. Proper placards and ID numbers are displayed, when required. G. Required documentation is furnished by the driver/pilot/conductor/captain. VI. HAZARDOUS WASTE /HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE A. When the material is c~ified as a huardous waste or hazardous substance, there are additional registration, identification, and documentation regulations as stated in 49 CFR 172.205 and 172.324. B. Peninent Environmental Protection Agency Regulations are found in the Code of Federal Regulations, Title 40, Pan 262. 5-2 ) VII. INCIDENT REPORTS The carrier who transports bai.ardous materials (including huardous waste and hu.ardous substances) is responsible for reponing requirements. Most incidents involving unintentional releases of haz.ardous materials in transponation must be reponed to DOT. Detailed criteria concerning telephonic and/or written reports are published in CFR, Title 49, Sections 171.15 and 171.16. · NOTE: This material may be reproduced without special ~rmiMion from this office. Revised: February 1991 S-3 INDICATORS OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS SHIPMENT VIOLATIONS The enforcer, shipper, container manufacturer, or carrier may use this panial listing of items to spot check for compliance with the DOT Hazardous Materials Regulations. Included in this listing are indicators only and not necessarily violations in and of themselves. The hu.ardous materials regulations for shippers are found in the Code of Federal Regulations, Title 49, Parts 171, 172, 173, 178, 179 and 180. These. Pans of 49 CFR contain general requirements and communication regulations. This list may be used as a guide when looking for discrepancies or making a compliance inspection. Areas to consider include, but are not limited to: c~ification, packaging, marking, labeling, placarding, loading, blockina and documentation. When using this information, remember it is designed to be used as a guide only and does not cover all aspects of the regulations. I. PROPER SHIPPING NAME AND HAZARD CLASS A Inaccurate designation of hazard class. B. Failure to properly classify material having more than one hu.ard. ( 49 CFR 173.2) C. Inaccurate description and/or proper shippina name for material being shipped ( 49 CFR 172.101 and 172.102) D. Omwion of technical name or names of material following n.o.s. description of material. CFR (49 CFR 172.203(k)) E. When required, the letters "RQ" not displayed in association with the proper shippin& name. (49 CFR 172203(c)(2)) F. Missing emergency response information and telephone number. IL PACKAGING (CONTAINERS IN GENERAL) A Use of DOT specification packages not authorized for the material being shipped. B. Use of containers that are leaking. ( 49 CFR 173.24) C. Manufacturing and marking containers as meeting a DOT specification ·when they do not meet the specificatlon. . D. Packaging exceeding maximum quantity limitations for materials. E. Packages improperly marked. · F. Offering for shipment improperly packaged material. G. Consignee or oonsignor's name marking omitted from packaging. ( 49 CFR 172306) H. Identification numbers omitted on packaginp. ( 49 CFR 172301) III. CONTAINERS (MISCELLANEOUS) A STEEL 1. Labeled oontainers with no DOT specification marking. (Commonly found violations are S gallon 29 gauge metal pails and 5 gallon rectangular cans). · · 2 Packages of hazardous materials with temporary repairs (e.g. damaged, sealed with tape, putty, chewing gum, or screws). 3. Labeled oontainers in improper condition, i.e., dented, rusted or corroded. (NOTE: Some of these are judgmental decisions). 4. Specification marking is illegible on labeled oontainers. 6-1 5. Labeled reused containers marked •NRC' (look for old date of manufacturer, dents, rust, and paint layers). 6. Labeled reused containers marked •sTC' and/or 17C, 17E, and 17H with no reconditioner's marking. 7. Labeled reused containers·with a reconditioner's marking that is not a DOT 17C, 17E, or 17H container. 8. Labeled 55 gallon open-head drums with 2 rolling hoops and/or leg than 5/8 inch ring bolt, non-drop forged ring lugs, and/or •1ever lock• ring closures. (Good J)O"ibility of non-DOT specification). ,; · 9. Imported drums marked as meeting the DOT Huardous Materials Ragulations. B. FIBERBOARD BOXES -. ! 1. Boxes with no DOT specification marking, for example, when inside packagings are larger than the •umited quantity' exception for the commodity and specification packaging is required. 2. Boxes marked with DOT specification marking which are poorly constructed (i.e., gaps, uneven closures, seams and joint separation). 3. If inner flaps do not meet, are fill-in pieces used to fill void? 4. Boxes damaged by water. 5. Improperly closed boxes (look for masking tape, cellophane tape, and string). 6. Non-DOT specification fiberboard box used in lieu of specification container, when required. C. POLYE1HYLENE PACKAGINGS 1. Open-head polyethylene packagings used for materials not authorized to be in them. 2. Illegible marked packagings. 3. Leaking containers offered for transportation. 4. When poison is shipped, is the container marked •POISON"? D. FIBER DRUMS 1. Non-DOT specification fiber drums. 2. Fiber drums constructed of materials weaker than required by the specification. 3. Use of fiber drums marked DOT-21P without inside polyethylene liner. 4. Using fiber drums marked •STC' more than once for shipping ha7.ardous materials. 5. Damaged fiber drums. 6. Improper markings on containers for the commodity being shipped. E. CYLINDERS 1. Reuse of single-use cylinders such as DOT Specification 39. 2 Cylinders in use beyond test date. 3. Cylinders in improper condition: a. No valve protection b. Bulge in side c. Dented or corroded d. Defective valve 4. Cylinders refilled by other than the owner of the cylinder and without the permission of the owner. 5. Cylinders improperly marked, e.g. duplication of serial numbers. 6-2 ) 6. Cylinders offered for transportation without proper identification of contents. 7. Identification symbols not registered with the Depanment of Transportation. 8. Illegiolc cylinder markings. F. PORTABLE TANKS 1. Name of owners or lessee omitted on tank. 2. No labels and/or placards displayed on tank containing hazardous materials. 3. No identification number displayed on the placard or on an orange panel. (f 172.326) G. CARGO TANKS (QUALIFICATION AND MAINTENANCE) (49 CFR 180.401-417) 1. Using a cargo tank without proper identification of contents. 2. Improperly marked, e.g. siz.e of marking or not marked in contrasting color. 3. Omwion of the marking •or (Quenched and Tempered Steel or •Nor (other than Quenched and Tempered Steel), when required on cargo tanks. (49 CFR 172.328(d) and 173.315) 4. Omwion of identification number on placard or orange panel 5. Test Date Markings mwing or out-of-date. IV. MARKIN_ G OF CONTAINERS (49 CFR 172.300-172.338) A. No proper shipping name and/or ID number on the container. ( 49 CFR 172.301) B. No name and addr~ of consignee or consignor on the co. ntainer. ( 49 CFR 172306) C. No DOT Exemption number on containers shipped under DOT Exemptions. (49 CFR 173.22(a)(l)(iv)) D. Container marking not in a contrasting color. ( 49 CFR 172304) E. Gross weight not marked on radioactive materials packages weighing over 110 pounds. ( 49 CFR 172310) R Container of liquid hazardous material not marked on outside "THIS END UP• or . "THIS SIDE UP. (49 CFR 172312) G. Reconditioned drums improperly marked. ( 49 CFR 173.28) H. USA not included as pan of the DOT Specification markings for radioactive materials packages destined for cxpon. (49 CFR 172.310) . I. Portable tanks not marked with proper name of the hazardous. material. ( 49 CFR 172.326) J. Omwion of identification numbers (when required on placard or orange panel ( 49 CFR 172.332) K. Omwion of marking of INHALATION HAZARD, when required. (49 CFR 172.301) V. LABELING (49 CFR 172.400-172450) A. No labels on outer container to represent mixed packaging of hazardous materials. ( 49 CFR 172404) B. Label on the container not consistent with the hazard class on the shipping paper. ( 49 CFR 172.400) C. Use of obsolete labels. ( 49 CFR 172.407) D. Color and/or size of label does not meet standard. ( 49 CFR 172.407) E. No label on shipments destined for air transpon. ( 49 CFR 172.402) F. Labeling containers not authorized to be labeled. ( 49 CFR 172400) G. No label on "LIMITED QUANTITIES• offered for air transportation. (See appropriate section 49 CFR Pan 173· .) 6-3 H. ~ than two radioactive materials labels (White I, Yellow II, or Yellow III on containers (two \ opposite sides). (49 CFR 172403) , / VI. PLACARDING AND VEHICLE MARKINGS (49 CFR 112500-112.5_ 58) A. Failure to placard vehicle requiring placarding. (49 CFR 172504) B. Failure to use more than one kind of placard to indicate more than one hai.ard class of material loaded within vehicle. ( 49 CFR 172.504 and 172.505) C. Over 640 cubic foot freight oontainer oontaining hai.ardous material not placarded. ( 49 CFR 172512) D. Placards not applied to four sides of transpon vehicle. (49 CFR 172514) E. Placarding material not authorized to be placarded. ( 49 CFR 172502) F. Ommion ·of identification number (when required) on placard or orange panel VII. SHIPPING PAPERS (49 CFR 112200 - 172205) A. No proper shipping name and/or classification of hazardous material entered on shipping papers. ( 49 CFR 172.202) B. Proper shipping name and/or classification abbreviated. ( 49 CFR 172202) C. No cenification for shipment. (49 CFR 172.204) D. No wordage for •LIMITED QUANTITY" or •Ltd Qty' on shipments excepted from specification packaging and labeling. (49 CFR 172203) E. . No DOT Exemption number on shipments moving under DOT Exemption. ( 49 CFR 172203) F. Color of label indicated in lieu of the proper haw'd class. ( 49 CFR 172202) G. Inaccurate format for huardous materials description on shipping papers, e.g., HM entries not first, in contrasting color or no HM column. (49 CFR 172201) H. No identification number (UN or NA on shipping paper. (49 CFR 172202) I. Mwing emergen(.J' response information and telephone number. NOTE: This material may be reproduce without special penniMion from this office. Revised: February 1991 1.2 .2 OFFICE OF OPERATIONS NOTICE NO. 26 November 28, 1989 TO: All Personnel, Office of Operations FROM: Director, Office of Operations SUBJECT: RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE HAZARDOUS MATERIALS UNIT (HMU), TACTICAL PLANNING SECTION PURPOSE This Notice delineates the responsibilities of the HMU and the assistance provided to Department personnel at hazardous materials incidents and environmental crime scenes. INFORMATION The Hazardous Materials Unit (HMU), Tactical Planning Section, is responsible for the investigation of environmental crimes on a City-wide· basis. Additionally, the unit is responsible for providing support to field command posts established to manage hazardous materials incidents. During normal business hours, the MHU requests that it be notified of the following incidents: * * * * Serious. hazardous materials occurrences; Major environmental crimes (illegal disposal of hazardous waste); Injuries to Department personnel as a result of exposure to hazardous materials; and Evacuations conducted as a result of a hazardous materials emergency. During other than normal business hours, this notification may be accomplished through Detectiv~ Headquarters Division. A guide for handling these types of incidents is attached. ROBERT L. VERNON, Assistant Chief Director Officer of Operations Attachment DISTRIBUTION "o" - -------- - - - -------- - - - - - ----~~-- - - I . CALLS FOR SERVICE INVOLVING HAZARDOUS MATERIALS Calls for service involving hazardous materials, whether a crime scene or emergency require caution and special attention. During normal business hours, the Hazardous Materials Unit (HMU) may be available to respond on a City-wide basis. In all instances, officers should remember to: 1. Remain upwind of incident 2. Avoid corning in contact with any unidentified material 3. Notify the Los Angeles Fire Department for assistance 4. Look for the following to determine the presence hazardous materials: * * * * * * * * Leaking containers Visible vapors, clouds or odors Placards or labels Victims (unconscious or dazed) Signs of a fire Driver or facility personnel giving warning or information Shipping papers Container shape and markings 5. Determine the necessary isolation and evacuation distances: * Open area 1,000 ·feet * Residential one block * Light commercial one block * Large complexes 500 feet * Incident hidden in large building 500 feet * Stage arriving units greater than 2,500 feet upwind from incident * Position vehicles for leaving the area 6. Use the Los Angeles County Health Department's HMU as a primary source of technical advice. In the absence of the Department's HMU, contact the County Health Department at 213/974-1234 (24-hours a day). 7. Notify the appropriate agencies to accomplish clean-up of the incident: * * On City property: Los Angeles Bureau of Sanitation, Department of Public Works (213/485-5886). On private property: Los Angeles County Department of Health Services HMU (213/974-1234). NOTE: The Health Department is the ultimate authority for determining whether a clean-up has been satisfactorily accomplished. 8. Forward all crime reports, arrest reports and other related information to the HMU. For additional information regarding hazardous material response and scene management, consult the following references: * . The Tactical Manual, Section D/321 - Contamination Emergencies * * * Hazardous Materials Em~rgency Response Guidebook (DOT P 5800.4) Checklist--First Responder--Disasters and Other Emergencies Watch Commander's Guide - Contamination Emergencies and Evacuations LJ~ · - jl~ . I"'-) C) ~,Uu ~o _j_ - · +- 7C ~0 1..5' -,~ UJ - ., :s == I J MULHOLLAND DAM - ~..--~---,- H ~ ...... . ·-""'- .......___ ·"( ~ . MULHOLLAND DAM TA 445+00 I HR. 3~MlN ·o .. ~ ...J . ---:- -:-T' <: ~ ··--·: Cl. . -- .__,_,_,,, :,_-~~~ _,,/~ . ~,: .. -· • r .· ·• STA 505+00- 2~RS. GMIN . ,--;::; ;- _.; ,I . ~~- '< .. ~ ~~ :.-l.~--:.. ~ =- · , ' · .. ----.......,, ~- - -- -✓ }I \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ I T . MULHOLLAND DAM -~ - - i _____________ :~ &ui,. C I I / _: 9"" 5 :, :,.; I / SILVER LAKE DAM v" - ,_ ~· c--· , 11, c, _,.:✓ .. � \..~~ "'-- .,"' · . "1}., . .\ L ... - CcJ ~ ~ - ~- C · ~ ~ - ~ , , 1 1 o,, ~ ·t Wells .... 1· . ~ I •1 \ 1HRS. 3/MlN - ~~"' ·- · . ·i,.h,,'; .,.,,. . ,· - -~- '!e_,, ••• 5TA 526~00 3 ~RS I~ MIN = .- ~ i.:... O!_l .. 1tw E.' , ..._ -=, ·";: ; -:;- ~ -~ - · . ~-. z . 4-. ~ .. . t ._.· ;;,:;::,~ - - . -~-/ SIL VER LAKE DAM SILVER LAKE DAM A SIL VER LAKE DAM fl ....... \ i ) ~ .... • , I .. LOWER FRANKLIN DAM (, '· ; it: .... ~ : ... _ . ..... -~ .,,, ~~-..=~--j~z:r'~~:7~· . ~ 11j .. : ~~'._,,;l_.=.1 :· · ;.. :· : ... ! 1: ,: .. . ~~-~ ::::;:: ·---?----~ i ~ - _. ~ ;1 : :: ==~.,,..,,,.""'"'""""'-. - . --:-~ ' . I' ; .;~Avr":- ,_J:seit, ii : : I · . •• ' • .! ...... -. www.:: -. . . ( LOWER FRANKLIN DAM LOWER FRANKLIN DAM P"ll~------~---~~!""P""- --.-~: ~~i. . i~ - .:,; ·=-·-~ --. · i . 'STA 420 tQO 2H~S IIMJN "-· ... ,,. E . .. I f' • r · - ... i ~ ,~ ..,l.. j I ;::: 1 > ~ I'll= - ·c 0 - G - .'? MULHOLLAND DAM x· -- - ' • ~~ ~ :::- -:. - .,, dU) ... -·~ ~ - . r ;:1 > -~ : C ; I \0 ' =t= ;.... J o •.· Cl(/) -- 0- 01 .,. t" 3: ' --; e:t' -1 0 ' N I> f;; :! 0 -=-- - -= I ... (fl !~ ; t= z: 1 r---l o 1 - I I '-' I - i :z:o z:o T" ==-- \ - -==-~ . .. 0 -+- 0 a , .. l?· ~ ,.,,~ -s~~ - ~....._ ~~'." . ·.;._ "'I - -~· · l ) ' ,) '.' ~ - -·. : ,/';// .·. , .· .• · /' ·-..:.::,. LOWER FRANKLIN DAM . , . .,. /' '-::: (_. - z -- -- - -- Location Name Thomas Include:Name & Guide ,, Telephone# of Page & I Contact Sec A.BALDWIN HILLS ELEMENTARY 5421 Rodeo Rd Page 42 6-F LAUSD PD 625'f"6631 (24hrs) B.SATURN STREET SCHOOL 5360 w. Saturn Page 42 F-3 LAUSD PD 625-6631 (24hrs) C.CBS STUDIOS 7800 Beverly Bl Greg Valenzuela W) (231) 852-2345 H) (818) 442-4792 ·D. LOS ANGELES HIGH SCHOOL 4600 w. Olympic Bl Page 42 C-2 LAUSD PD 625-6631 (24hrs) E.QUEEN ANNE PLACE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 1212 Queen Anne Pl Page 42 C-3 LAUSD PD 625-6631 (24hrs) R D 7 9 5 7 6 3 7 0 2 7 4 5 7 4 5 COMMAND :.. T SITES WILSHIRE AREA Vehicle Nearest Parkinq Major Intersection Paved Other · Rodeo Rd 80 & La Cienega Hauser Bl 50 20 & Venice Bl Beverly Bl & 80 150 Fairfax Av Olympic Bl & 65 50 Rimpau Bl Pico Bl & 32 5 Queen ~e Pl Supply 110 V Assembly Area for Storage Area or 0 Personnel & Nuaber 220 L Covered Open T Feed Sleep Ned Toilet 8 0 3600 0 110 100 100 40 60 0 0 Sq Ft SqFt 5 K 0 a 5500 0 Both 100 350 i 38 0 s e Sq Ft SqFt r 3 w. 9 H 7 s 0 19400 0 Both 150 150 i s 30 0 d p Sq Ft SqFt e 4 0 0 9600 0 Both 100 150 no 60 Sq Ft SqFt 3 2 0 3200 0 110 100 200 no 11 0 Sq Ft SqFt (Continueu) Page 2 School Name I I A.BALDWIN HILLS SCHOOL 5421 Rodeo Rd •:· B.SATURN STREET SCHOOL 5360 w. Staurn St C.CBS STUDIOS 7800 Beverly Bl D.LOS ANGELES HIGH SCHOOL 4600 w. Olympic Bl E.QUEEN ANNE PLACE ELDIEN'l'ARY SCHOOL 1212 Queen Anne Pl Fire Flood Risk Inundation Area YES YES YES COMMAND 1 r SITES WILSHIRE AREA Hele copter Co1111inications Li11itation Overhead Chemical Seismic Power Storage Risk Lines YES YES Location Naae Thoaas Include: Naae & Guide Telephone• of Page & Contact Sec : !'.WILSHIRE Nrl'BODIST j . CHURCH \ I 4350 Wilshire Bl Page 42 c-2 : f Robert Kline . W)(213) 931-1085 H)(213) 962-4442 G.FARNERS INSURANCE BUILDING 4680 Wilshire Bl Page 43 C-2 George Witham W)(213) 932-7131 H)(805) 538-8752 H.NAY COMPANY 6067 Wilshire Bl Page 42 Cornel Catano F-1 W)(213) 938-4211 H)( I . ) NONE I I.DEPT WATER and · POWER CONST YARD 2311 s. Fairfax Av Page 42 E•4 Orville Hill W)(213) 481-5440 H)(213) 631-6340 R D. 7 3 5 7 3 5 7 1 4 7 7 l COMMAND POST SITES WILSHIRE AREA Vehicle Nearest Parking Major Intersection Paved Other Crenshaw Bl 54 -- & Wilshire Bl Wilshire Bl 40 80 & Rimpau Av Wilshire Bl 78 160 & Fairfax Av Fairfax Av 45000 -- · & SqFt Venice Bl I Supply 110 V Assembly Area for Storage Area or O Personnel & Nuaber 220 L Covered Open T Feed Sleep Ned 'roilet : 5 1000 4 Both 400 150 no 15 0 0 Sq Ft SqFt 8 . 4 30000 0 Bo'tjl 350 50 no 21 0 0 Sq Ft SqFt 2 w. 3 H 15000 0 Both 300 30 S 0 ·SO 0 i s 0 d p _ Sq Ft SqFt e 4 K 5 a 2500 0 Both 75 12 i 4 0 s 0 e r Sq Ft SqFt '" (Continued) Page 2 Location Name Fire Risk F. WILSHIRE METHODIST CHURCH 4350 Wilshire Bl ~ G.FARNERS INSURANCE ; . BUILDING 4680 Wilshire Bl B.MAY COMPANY 6067 Wilshire Bl I.DEPT WATER & POWER CONSTRUTION YARD 2311 s. Fairfax Av Flood Inundation Area YES - YES YES YES COMMAND POST SITES WILSHIRE AREA Hele copter Co11111unication Limitation YES Chemical Seismic Overhead Storaqe Risk Power Lines Location Naae Thoaas Incl~de: Naae & Guide R Telephone# of Page & D . Contact Sec J . MOUNT VERNON JR HIGH SCHOOL 4066 w. 17th St Page 43 7 .- C-4 7 LAUSD PD 6 625-6631 (24hrs) K.CIBNEGA STREET SCHOOL 1 2611 s. Orange Av Page 43 7 l A-5 9 !I' ·LAUSD PD 4 lj :,_ 625-6631(24hrs) ; 1 • . }L. JOHN BURROUGHS JR HIGH SCHOOL 600 s. Mccadden Pl Page 43 7 B-1 2 LAUSD PD 5 625-6631(24hrs) COMMAND POST SITES WILSHIRE AREA Vehicle Nearest Parking Major Intersection Paved Other Venice Bl 150 150 & Crenshaw Bl Adams Bl 200 -- & LaBr~a Bl Wilshire Bl 200 -- & Highland Av Supply Stora9e Area Covered Open 3 0 7000 0 0 0 Sq Ft SqFt 2 4 6000 0 0 0 Sq Ft SqFt 9 0 8000 0 0 Sq Ft SqFt 110 V Assembly Area for or 0 Personnel & Nuaber 220 L T Feed Sleep Med Toilet Both 600 60 60 20 110 150 -- no 13 1 Both 300 30 0 20 0 (Continued) Page 2 Location Naae F. WILSHIRE IIE'l'HODIST CHURCH 4350 Wilshire Bl 'C G.l"ARIIERS INSURANCE BUILDING 4680 Wilshire Bl 1 B.NAY COMPANY I ;I 6067 Wilshire Bl · 1• I . DEPT WATER & POWER \ CONSTRUTION YARD 2311 s. Fairfax Av Fire Flood Risk Inundation Area YES YES YES YES COMMAND POST SITES WILSHIRE AREA Helecopter Co1111unication Limitation YES Chemical Seismic Overhead Storaqe Risk Power Linea Reporting District Map of Wilshire Area * 4861 VENICE BLVD. BEVERLY ~ 704~ ~ 705 706 ~ ~ 3RD 715 w ~ ~ ST. ~ 724 ~ CD COCHRAN AVE. ® CLOVERDALE AVE. @ BRONSON AVE. © IROLOST. ® 7THST. @ WESTCHESTER PLACE 0 COUNTRY CLUB DRIVE @ OLYMPICBLVD. ® SIERRA BONITA AVE. @ LACIENEGA"AVE. @ THURMAN AVE. @ JEFFERSON BLVD. @ LONGWOOD AVE. dF EDGEWOOD PLACE ~ LA BREA AVE. @) GRAMERCY PLACE ~ - 707 726 787 BLVD. ~ < 708 709 ST. _j 0.. 719 728 727 5TH ST. 729 738 739 ~ ST. 748 749 11 TH ST. 0 758 ~ a: 759 < r BLVD. c:i 767 768~ w BLVD. 779j f- ::E 777 778! a: ~ ~ BLVD. 788 789 FREEWAY PLANNING & RESEARCH DIVISION Cartography and Visual Aids Unit FORM 17.07.00 QQ, Recyciable and made from recycled waste '6'°0 ui > < SEE FORM 17.07.03 Wilshire Area N 0 M~+"~---.. ~ JANUARY 1992 0 ~ T"" a:;::,, Recyclable and made from recycled waste 'tJ<9 ,- 0 ,...: 0 ,...: ,- :E a: 0 LL w w en Q ST Q " 1100 ST ST zs,. noo 26 ,. 21,. FORM 17.07.02 28 T .'. '; JANUARY 1992 av,, Recyclable ano made ~om recycled waste \(:)~ JANUARY 1992 ~ Recyclable and made from recycled waste '6 SITE# 7 - A COMMAND POST SITE DATE(S) SURVEYED 6-4 1. AREA Wilshire 2. NAME Baldwin Hills Elementary School 3. ADDRESS 5421 Rodeo Road 4. NAME & PHONE OF CONTACT (day) See Page 3 (evening) 5. THOMAS GUIDE REFERENCE Page 42, 6-F 6. REPORTING DISTRICT 795 7. TELEPHONE COMPANY SERVICING SITE (General) (Pacific) X 8. NUMBER OF TELEPHONES AVAILABLE 20 Bungalow located at entry of Ridgeley Drive and Highlight Place (southwest corner). VEHICLE PARKING 9. PAVED AREA SIZE 80,000. sq. ft. 10. OTHER AREAS 5401 Highlight LIGHTED? no FENCED?~ LIGHTED? no FENCED?~ 11. APPROX. HOW MANY VEHICLES WILL AREA ACCOMMODATE? 75 pass./+ 5 C.P. veh. 12. DESCRIPTION OF PARKING AREA(S) asphalt surface and level 13. SECURITY PROBLEM? no problem with high ground security - See Page 3 14. NEAREST MAJOR INTERSECTION AND/OR FREEWAY OFF-RAMP Rodeo & La Cienega STORAGE AREAS 15. COVERED AREA SIZE 20 x 60 bungalows LIGHTED?~ 16. OPEN AREA SIZE 80,000 sq. ft. LIGHTED? no FENCED?~ 17. DESCRIPTION OF AREA(S) school grounds; 11 buildings and 3 bungalows 18. SECURITY PROBLEM? See Page 3 19. SPECIAL EQUIPMENT NEEDED/OR AVAILABLE No special equipment available 20. POWER SOURCES: 110-Volts x 220-Volts - 2 PERSONNEL AREAS 21. BRIEFING/ASSEMBLY AREA (Number of Personnel) 100 COVERED? x LIGHTED? x FENCED? within staging area OPEN? LIGHTED? FENCED? 22. FEEDING AREA (Number of Personnel) 100 COVERED? ~ LIGHTED? ~ OPEN? LIGHTED? FENCED? ~ FENCED? 23. KITCHEN FACILITIES Complete facility SIZE 24. WILL AREA SUPPORT FIRST-AID SERVICES? (Number of Patients) 40 LaCienega Medical Facility@ LaCienega & Rodeo Road 25. TOILET/SHOWER (Number of Personnel) 60 approximately 20 restrooms (Describe) No showers; 26. SLEEPING AREA (Number of Personnel) 300/400 (Describe) Numerous class rooms could be used for sleeping quarters. There are no cots available. POTENTIAL PROBLEMS 27 . FIRE no I 28. FLOOD/INUNDATION AREA (Check Area Inundation Maps) Hollywood Reservoir does not affect command post. Silverlake Reservoir does not affect location. 29. COMMUNICATIONS (Radio Dead Spots?) None noted 30. HELICOPTER LIMITATION Use of parking area. High-voltage power lines west of location. 60 feet tall. 31. CHEMICAL STORAGE None -- 32. SEISMIC RISK Minimum risk 33. OVERHEAD POWER LINES On Ridgeley Drive, no overhead lines on school grounds. 34. ADDITIONAL SECURITY PROBLEMS None 35. NEED FOR AUXILIARY POWER ~ 36. OTHER 37. COMMENTS 3 38. ATTACH DIAGRAM AND AERIAL PHOTOGRAPH IF AVAILABLE · 4. Emergency Numbers: L.A. School Security Business 625-6631 (24-hours) Residential 13. No problem with high ground security. The area is comprised of single family dwellings and predominately are in the middle income bracket. 18. Minimum security problem. The area is secured by an 8 foot fence. The perimeter could be secured by four uniformed officers. 24 31 32 l3 14 15 12 4 . 5 6 25 10 .11 12 13 ·14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 26 23:; 8 22 27 20 7 23 28 19 6 24 29 ];8 5 25 30 17 4 26 21 16 3 27 22 11 2 10 l ROUTES TO E,."1£nGENCY ASSEMBLY AREA • Room I's Area zq CATE 1 GATE 2 :, . ROnF.O ROJ\n • . _ SITE# 7 - B COMMAND POST SITE DATE(S) SURVEYED 6-7 1. AREA Wilshire 2. NAME Saturn Street School 3. ADDRESS 5360 West Saturn Avenue 4. NAME & PHONE OF CONTACT (day) See Page 3 (evening) 5. THOMAS GUIDE REFERENCE Page 42, F-3 6. REPORTING DISTRICT 763 7. TELEPHONE COMPANY SERVICING SITE (General) (Pacific)~ 8. NUMBER OF TELEPHONES AVAILABLE 9 VEHICLE PARKING 9. PAVED AREA SIZE 50,000 sq. ft. LIGHTED? 20,000 partial FENCED? yes 8 ft. 10. OTHER AREAS 2,200 sq. ft. LIGHTED? no FENCED?~ 11. APPROX. HOW MANY VEHICLES WILL AREA ACCOMMODATE? 60 pass./+ 5 C.P. veh. 12. DESCRIPTION OF PARKING AREA(S) Level asphalt surface - 1 entrance 13. SECURITY PROBLEM? See Page 3 14. NEAREST MAJOR INTERSECTION AND/OR FREEWAY OFF-RAMP Hauser & Venice Bl. W/B Venice from La Brea, N/B Ridgeley to school. N/B Hauser from Venice, W/B on Pickford to Ridgeley Dr. then N/B. STORAGE AREAS Bungalow located on west side of playgrounds. 15. COVERED AREA SIZE 5,508 sq. ft. LIGHTED? ~ 16. OPEN AREA SIZE staging area LIGHTED? partial FENCED?~ 17. DESCRIPTION OF AREA(S) See attached sheet depicting structure locations and information sheet as to approximate square footage 18. SECURITY PROBLEM? Minimal - entirely fenced (8 ft.) 19. SPECIAL EQUIPMENT NEEDED/OR AVAILABLE · None available. 20. POWER SOURCES: 110-Volts ~ 220-Volts ~ - 2 PERSONNEL AREAS 21. BRIEFING/ASSEMBLY AREA ~Number of Personnel) 220 COVERED? ~ LIGHTED? ~ FENCED? Auditorium N/E corner of sch. ground 22. OPEN? LIGHTED? FENCED? FEEDING AREA (Number of Personnel) 100 COVERED? ~ LIGHTED? ~ FENCED? ~ OPEN? ~ LIGHTED? no FENCED? ~ (w/in staging area - 20'x60' (w/in staging area) 23. KITCHEN FACILITIES 1 stove, 3 freezers, 1 refrigerator SIZE 120 sq. ft. 24. WILL AREA SUPPORT FIRST-AID SERVICES? Kaiser @ Cadillac and La Cienega (Number of Patients) 25. TOILET/SHOWER (Number of Personnel) _____ (Describe) Restrooms: 15 toilets - boys/23 toilets - girls; no showers, no locker rooms. 26. SLEEPING AREA (Number of Personnel) 350 (Describe) 3 cots in nurse's office - utilization of bungalows could accommodate approximately 350 people. PCYfENTIAL PROBLEMS 27. FIRE None 28. FLOOD/INUNDATION AREA (Check Area Inundation Maps) No effect from Hollywood or Silverlake Reservoir. 29. COMMUNICATIONS (Radio Dead Spots?) None noted 30. HELICOPTER LIMITATION Staging area. No limitations observed. 31. CHEMICAL STORAGE None 32. SEISMIC RISK Minimum 33. OVERHEAD POWER LINES None on premises but available on adjacent streets (20) 34. ADDITIONAL SECURITY PROBLEMS Area is comprised of single family dwellings in lower and middle income bracket. 35. NEED FOR AUXILIARY POWER ~ 36. OTIIER 37. COMMENTS 3 38. ATTACH DIAGRAM AND AERIAL PHOTOGRAPH IF AVAILABLE 4. Emergency Numbers: L.A. School Security Business 625-6631 - (24-hours) Residential 13. The area is comprised of single family dwellings. High ground security could be provided by vantage points on the elementary school's roof. Generally speaking, the neighborhood would not pose any problems. The area is comprised of lower to middle income bracket homes. Garden - 26 24 22 20 Second Faculty Floor Dinning 25 22 21 19 27 First F WR Floor :; Main I ti B 28 Office ~ 29 30 s A T u R N s T R E E T 31 s C H 0 0 L 32 cust = Plant Manager's Office F = Faculty Rest Room G = Girls Rest Room B = Boys Rest Room WR = Work Room � Garage - . . I I C i r a Lunch Area B 2 First Floor 3 4 G I . K4 I 1 F - 7 6 - 5 Auditorium 18 17 16 15 14 13 F K3 l . Se Fl con oor SITE# 7 - C COMMAND POST SITE 1. AREA Wilshire 2. NAME C.B.S. Studios 3. ADDRESS 7800 Beverly Boulevard 4. NAME & PHONE OF CONTACT (day) See Page 3 (evening) 5. THOMAS GUIDE REFERENCE 6. REPORTING DISTRICT 702 7. TELEPHONE COMPANY SERVICING SITE (General) DATE(S) SURVEYED 6-3 6-10 (Pacific)~ 8. NUMBER OF TELEPHONES AVAILABLE Mobile units parked on South Drive where there is unlimited availability is phone system. Pacific telephone has emergency panel at location. VEHICLE PARKING 9. PAVED AREA SIZE 397,000 sq. ft. LIGHTED?~ FENCED? ~ 10. OTHER AREAS LIGHTED? FENCED? 11. APPROX. HOW MANY VEHICLES WILL AREA ACCOMMODATE? 6 mobile units; 510 veh. 12. DESCRIPTION OF PARKING AREA(S) Level asphalt surface 13. SECURITY PROBLEM? · See Page 3 14. NEAREST MAJOR INTERSECTION AND/OR FREEWAY OFF-RAMP See Page 3 STORAGE AREAS 15. COVERED AREA SIZE 19,400 sq. ft. LIGHTED? no 16. OPEN AREA SIZE 100,000 sq. ft. LIGHTED? yg_§_ FENCED?~ 17. DESCRIPTION OF AREA(S) See Page 3 18. SECURITY PROBLEM? See Page 3 19. SPECIAL EQUIPMENT NEEDED/OR AVAILABLE Light trucks; mobile generators, audio visual trucks, link for mini-campers that would be operating in the field. Fork lifts, four 5-ton trucks 20. POWER SOURCES: 110-Volts ~ 220-Volts ~ 2 PERSONNEL AREAS 21. BRIEFING/ASSEMBLY AREA (Number of Personnel) 150 COVERED? See Pg. 3 LIGHTED? ~ FENCED? yes, w/in facility 22. OPEN? Dock Area LIGHTED?~ FENCED?~ FEEDING AREA (Number of Personnel) COVERED? ~ LIGHTED?~ OPEN? LIGHTED? 150 minimum FENCED? ~ FENCED? 23 . KITCHEN FACILITIES Cafeteria - complete facility SIZE 15' x 50' 24. WILL AREA SUPPORT FIRST-AID SERVICES? West Side Hospital, 1000 Fairfax (Number of Patients) 50 25. TOILET/SHOWER (Number of Personnel) 30 (Describe) Numerous dressing rooms, 6 have showers; 4 toilets by South Driveway where mobile units would be parked. 26. SLEEPING AREA (Number of Personnel) 150 halls. No cots available. PCYfENTIAL PROBLEMS 27. FIRE No (Describe) Utilize rehearsal 28. FLOOD/INUNDATION AREA (Check Area Inundation Maps) Hollvwood Reservoir will affect location within 42 minutes after failure of the reservoir. 29. COMMUNICATIONS (Radio Dead Spots?) None noted 30. HELICOPTER LIMITATION Staging area or CBS roof (service building) at east end of complex 31. CHEMICAL STORAGE 32. SEISMIC RISK None None ·33, OVERHEAD POWER LINES None 34. ADDITIONAL SECURITY PROBLEMS None 35. NEED FOR AUXILIARY POWER Has auxiliary power and has two power station that would continue power at facility. 36. OTHER The auxiliary power could maintain facility for 36-hours. This is the amount of time it would take to exhaust the stored supply of diesel fuel to run generators. 37. COMMENTS Microwave transmitter operating from this facility can at times adversely affect radio communications in the area. 3 38. ATIACH DIAGRAM AND AERIAL PHOTOGRAPH IF AVAILABLE 4. Emergency Notifications Chief of Security Greg Valenzuela Business/Residential 852-2345 Beeper: Security: 818/442-4792 968-4874 852-2493 13. CBS roof offers excellent high ground security, due to the size of the complex it would require approximately seven officers to secure the entire complex . This number could be reduced depending upon the nature of the command post. INGRESS Mm EGRESS ROtrrES 14. 1. North or southbound on Fairfax Avenue to Beverly Boulevard. 2. North or southbound on La Brea Avenue to Beverly Boulevard, then westbound on Beverly Boulevard to Fairfax Avenue. 3. North or southbound on La Cienega Boulevard to Berverly Boulevard, then eastbound on Beverly Boulevard to Fairfax Avenue. 17. The CBS Studios is comprised of a 200,671 sq. ft . two-story reinforced concrete structure. There is eight storage buildings situated at the east section of the facility and consist of approximately 19,500 sq. ft. of floor space. The storage building generally are filled to capacity. 18. The facility could be easily secured as the entire facility is enclosed by a 6' chain link fencing. 21. Studio building has four large studios, each could seat approximately 300 persons. B E Lawn V E R L y B L L a w n ( · - -- - - -- - ------------~ l 1 . .._I __... Storage Buildings __ l I I P a r k i n g A r e a 6' Fence G E N E S E E A V Parking C B S Service Area Building . C B S Par king Studio Ar ea Building - C B S Support Building P a r k i n g Are a F. A I R F A X A V +-N D Storag e D Dock --- Ramp Cafeteria s 0 u T H D R V E w A y Storage Building SITE# 7 - D COMMAND POST SITE DATE(S) SURVEYED 6-10 1. AREA Wilshire 2. NAME Los Angeles High School 3. ADDRESS 4650 West Olympic Boulevard 4. NAME & PHONE OF CONTACT (day) See Page 3 (evening) 5. THOMAS GUIDE REFERENCE Page 43, C-2 6. REPORTING DISTRICT 745 7. TELEPHONE COMPANY SERVICING SITE (General) (Pacific) x 8. NUMBER OF TELEPHONES AVAILABLE 10 Bungalow located at entry of Ridgeley Drive and Highlight Place (southwest corner). VEHICLE PARKING 9. PAVED AREA SIZE 9,600 sq. ft. 10. OTHER AREAS Football Stadium LIGHTED?~ FENCED?~ LIGHTED?~ FENCED?~ 11. APPROX. HOW MANY VEHICLES WILL AREA ACCOMMODATE? 160 pass./+ 5 C.P. veh. 12. DESCRIPTION OF PARKING AREA(S) Level asphalt surface with additional parking on Football stadium 13. SECURITY PROBLEM? Area has high chain-link fence. Will provide adequate high ground security. 14. NEAREST MAJOR INTERSECTION AND/OR FREEWAY OFF-RAMP Rimpau / Olympic Blvd. STORAGE AREAS 15. COVERED AREA SIZE 9,600 LIGHTED?~ 16. OPEN AR~A SIZE 4,800 sq. ft. LIGHTED?~ FENCED?~ 17. DESCRIPTION OF AREA(S) Situated among single family residence. 18. SECURITY PROBLEM? 8 ft. minimizes manpower needs for perimeter security. 19. SPECIAL EQUIPMENT NEEDED/OR AVAILABLE None available 20. POWER SOURCES: 110-Volts ~ 220-Volts ~ - 2 - PERSONNEL AREAS 21. BRIEFING/ASSEMBLY AREA (Number of Personnel) COVERED? ~ LIGHTED? ~ FENCED? ~ (within school facility) OPEN? ~ LIGHTED?~ FENCEll? ~ 22. FEEDING AREA (Number of Personnel) 100 COVERED? ~ LIGHTED?~ FENCED? (within facility) OPEN? LIGHTED? FENCED? 23. KITCHEN FACILITIES Cafeteria SIZE 1,600 sq. ft. 24. · WILL AREA SUPPORT FIRST-AID SERVICES? No (Number of Patients) No 25. TOILET/SHOWER (Number of Personnel) · 30 Showers in locker rooms at gymnasium. 26. SLEEPING AREA (Number of Personnel) POTENTIAL PROBLEMS 27. FIRE None (Describe) (Describe) Gymnasium 28. FLOOD/INUNDATION AREA (Check Area Inundation Maps) See Page 3. 29. COMMUNICATIONS (Radio Dead Spots?) None noted 30. HELICOPTER LIMITATION Staging area. 31. CHEMICAL STORAGE · None 32. SEISMIC RISK None anticipated. 33. OVERHEAD POWER LINES No 34. ADDITIONAL SECURITY PROBLEMS 35. NEED FOR AUXILIARY POWER ~ 36. OTHER 37. COMMENTS 3 38 . ATTACH DIAGRAM AND AERIAL PHOTOGRAPH IF AVAILABLE 4. Emergency Numbers: L.A. School Security Business 625-6631 _ (24-hours) Residential 28. Both the Hollywood and Silverlake Reservoirs would inundate the command post within 35 minutes and 55 minutes respectively after failure of the reservoirs. las AtJGEL,~6 HIGH Sq;oo1, t.-o s A~ 0 f.L.-E;-5 ADUL-1 .5eHoot,,, 10%. ]"17 J.(i 101 702.. ,11. J (./ t,oj ~&,u.~, H''l1 fGHoo~ GS A4\J "-''-fJPIJt.f' ~~oL-- C\.A/;jiooM \.Oti\'flOtlJ - - - --- - ------------------------- ----, ,.ro ht. £cL µ,r" ro, $o,,.f JOO 2.%'/ .u., Z11. ZS-1 Z.58 Z.71 Z 2..10 ;., 1 :u.s J/O(,. ·.J./0'1.. ~f f'\ll~ "'/ O I 1 ;\~0 ~u,r-o,,,..:... J./04/,· ,' off•e.f: J. N~f" ,,~oo~ Off1et- ~IZ. %1-f f""11~tl ~e.HOOL., f"V.'rJ ot-f•~~ 177 IS.3 11c. 15f t.5 8 1r .. :z.. 17/ 110 IC. i ll-8 t < OF'F. I~ SITE fl 7 - E COMMAND POST SITE DATE(S) SURVEYED 6-6 1. AREA Wilshire 2. NAME Queen Anne Place Elementary School 3. ADDRESS 1212 Queen Anne Place 4. NAME & PHONE OF CONTACT (day) See Page 3 (evening) 5. THOMAS GUIDE REFERENCE Page 432 C-3 6. REPORTING DISTRICT 745 7. TELEPHONE COMPANY SERVICING SITE (General) (Pacific) ~ 8. NUMBER OF TELEPHONES AVAILABLE 5 VEHICLE PARKING 9. PAVED AREA SIZE 32 2 000 sq. ft. LIGHTED? no FENCED?~ 10. OTHER AREAS None LIGHTED? FENCED? 11. APPROX. HOW MANY VEHICLES WILL AREA ACCOMMODATE? 5 mobile units/37 veh. 12. DESCRIPTION OF PARKING AREA(S) Level asphalt surface - one entrance. 13. SECURITY PROBLEM? See Page 3 14. NEAREST MAJOR INTERSECTION AND/OR FREEWAY OFF-RAMP Pico Bl./Queen Anne Pl La Brea off-ramp N/B to Pico Blvd E/B .to Queen Anne Place N/B. STORAGE AREAS 15. COVERED AREA SIZE 20 x 80 LIGHTED? ~ 16. OPEN AREA SIZE staging area LIGHTED? no FENCED?~ 17. DESCRIPTION 0~ AREA(S) Approximately 12 structures on the grounds. One structure is two-story. 18. SECURITY PROBLEM? See Page 3 19. SPECIAL EQUIPMENT NEEDED/OR AVAILABLE No special equipment available 20. POWER SOURCES: 110-Volts ~ 220-Volts no - 2 PERSONNEL AREAS 21. BRIEFING/ASSEMBLY AREA (Number of Personnel) 100 COVERED? ~ LIGHTED? ~ FENCED? ~ OPEN? ~ LIGHTED? no FENCED-? within facility 22. FEEDING AREA (Number of Personnel) _Q.Q COVERED? ~ LIGHTED?~ FENCED? OPEN? LIGHTED? no FENCED? 23. KITCHEN FACILITIES 1 oven; 2 refrigerators 24. WILL AREA SUPPORT FIRST-AID SERVICES? No (Number of Patients) ~ within facility SIZE 180 sq. ft. 25. TOILET/SHOWER. (Number of Personnel) (Describe) Faculty Restrooms - 3, Boys - 3, Girls - 4, Staff - 1; 13 toilets, no showers or locker rooms. 26. SLEEPING AREA (Number of Personnel) 200 (Describe) 20' x 80' classrooms POTENTIAL PROBLEMS 27. FIRE None 28. FLOOD/INUNDATION AREA (Check Area Inundation Maps) See Page 3 29. COMMUNICATIONS (Radio Dead Spots?) None 30. HELICOPTER LIMITATION Staging area. Power poles on street (20 ft.) 31. CHEMICAL STORAGE ·None 32. SEISMIC RISK Minimum 33. OVERHEAD POWER LINES None. Pole power line 10 ft. west of fence ·adjacent of Queen Anne Place 34. ADDITIONAL SECURITY PROBLEMS None. 8 ft. fence secures location. 35. NEED FOR AUXILIARY POWER ~ 36. OTHER 37. COMMENTS 3 38. ATTACH DIAGRAM AND AERIAL PHOTOGRAPH IF AVAILABLE 4. Emergency Numbers: L.A. School Security Business 625-6631 - (24-hours) Residential 13. The school will provide adequate high ground security. The neighborhood could be a potential problem due to the social economic status of the residents and past gang problems in the area. 18. Eight foot fence provides perimeter security and security could be provided with a minimal number of uniformed officers. 28. Hollywood Reservoir will affect the ate within 37 minutes. Silverlake Reservoir will affect the area within 1-hour. Q u E E N A N t. E p L A C E QUEEN ANNE PLACE ELEMENrARY SCHOOL Childrens \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ Room 4 \Room 5 \ Room 6 \ \ \ \ \ \ _\ - - -- Room 1 Faculty Office BOYS GIRLS ~Gate Room 7 p L A y G R 0 u N D Room 8 A R E A (Assembly and Parking Area) Gate Room 11 Storage Unit Walk Way Room 15 Room 16 Gate p A R K I N Gate Library Room 13 Room 10 Gate D L A ~ ~D C A H Room 12 Room 13 D D SITE# 7 - F COMMAND POST SITE DATE(S) SURVEYED 6-5 1. AREA Wilshire 2. NAME Wilshire Methodist Church 3. ADDRESS 4350 Wilshire Boulevard 4. NAME & PHONE OF CONTACT (day) See Page 3 (evening) 5. THOMAS GUIDE REFERENCE Page 42, C-2 6. REPORTING DISTRICT 735 -- 7. TELEPHONE COMPANY SERVICING SITE (General) (Pacific) x 8. NUMBER OF TELEPHONES AVAILABLE 2 VEHICLE PARKING 9. PAVED AREA SIZE 5,400 sq. ft. LIGHTED? no FENCED? Small block wall southern, 4 ft. fence with ivy. Not elevated from street. 10. OTHER AREAS None LIGHTED? FENCED? 11. APPROX. HOW MANY VEHICLES WILL AREA ACCOMMODATE? 40 pass./+ 5 C.P. veh. 12. DESCRIPTION OF PARKING AREA(S) Level asphalt surface and access is gained from Wilshire Blvd. only. One entrance. 13. SECURITY PROBLEM? See Page 3 14. NEAREST MAJOR INTERSECTION AND/OR FREEWAY OFF-RAMP Crenshaw/Wilshire; Santa Monica Fwy to Crenshaw off-ramp, N/B Crenshaw to Wilshire Blvd. and W/B to Wilshire Methodist Church. STORAGE AREAS 15. COVERED AREA SIZE 1,000 sq. ft. LIGHTED? ~ 16. OPEN AREA SIZE staging area LIGHTED? no FENCED?~ 17. DESCRIPTION OF AREA(S) The church is comprise of approx. 50,000 sq. ft. and is multi-level. There are administrative offices on Plymouth Blvd. Church encompasses the block between Plymouth/Lucerne; Wilshire/8th Street. 18. SECURITY PROBLEM? See Page 3 19. SPECIAL EQUIPMENT NEEDED/OR AVAILABLE The telephone company would have to make the necessary phone installations. 20. POWER SOURCES: 110-Volts ~ 220-Volts ~ 2 PERSONNEL AREAS 21. BRIEFING/ASSEMBLY AREA (Number of Personnel) 510 (See Page 3) COVERED? ~ LIGHTED? ~ FENCED? within structure OPEN? LIGHTED? FENCE~? 22. FEEDING AREA (Number of Personnel) approximately 400 people COVERED? ~ LIGHTED?~ FENCED? Within structure; has serving area adjacent to assembly area. Kitchen facility is directly below main hall. OPEN? LIGHTED? FENCED? 23. KITCHEN FACILITIES 3 refrig, 2 lrg stoves, 1 lrg frzer SIZE Kitchens: 1 - 20'x15'; 1 - 10'x12'; 1 - 10 1 x24' 24. WILL AREA SUPPORT FIRST-AID SERVICES? Doctor's office on premises (Number of Patients) 20 25. TOILET/SHOWER (Number of Personnel) ____ (Describe) 11 toilets on 1st floor, no showers, toilets are in individual restrooms, Educational building has 4 toilets. 26. SLEEPING AREA (Number of Personnel) 150 (Describe) Gymnasium on 3rd floor . PCYI'ENTIAL PROBLEMS 27. FIRE None 28. FLOOD/INUNDATION AREA (Check Area Inundation Maps) Hollvwood Reservoir will affect command post location within 32 minutes. 29. COMMUNICATIONS (Radio Dead Spots?) None noted 30. HELICOPTER LIMITATION S/W corner of parking lot. No Obstructions which would limit a helicopter's ability to land. 31. CHEMICAL STORAGE None 32. SEISMIC RISK None: Reinforced concrete 33. OVERHEAD POWER LINES Line adjacent to church structure and parking lot. 34. ADDITIONAL SECURITY PROBLEMS None 35. NEED FOR AUXILIARY POWER None 36. OTHER 37. COMMENTS This location would be available during daylight hours. Very few vehicles utilize the parking lot during weekdays. 3 38. ATTACH DIAGRAM AND AERIAL PHOTOGRAPH IF AVAILABLE 4. Emergency Numbers: Church Administrator: Robert Klein Senior Pastor: Alan Jones Business 931-1085 931-1085 Residential 962-4442 934-9668 13. The church tower offers high ground security. The area is comprised of multi-story structures on Wilshire Blvd. Immediately south of the command post location are condominiums. The area is highly affluent and the residents in the area would not pose any problems. · 18. There are numerous high rises in close proximity to the church. It is estimated that 2 officers could provide the necessary high ground security. The perimeter of the command post could be secured by three uniformed officers. 28. There are 2 rooms which led directly to the parking lot (staging area). The room best suited for the briefing.assembly area is a hall which is 16'x25' is located south of the main hall. Both rooms have adequate seating and also have tables and a blackboard which could be utilized by personnel. I LUCERN AV 5' Hedge 4' Block Fence PARKI~ Lor (EBELL THEATRE) Houses P A R K I N G LOT Double Doors Assembly Room Church Office Doors P L Y M O U T H A V N w I L s H I R E B L V D SITE# 7 - G co~ POST SITE 1. AREA Wilshire 2. NAME Farmer's Insurance Building 3. ADDRESS 4680 Wilshire Boulevard 4. NAME & PHONE OF CONTACT (day) See Page 3 (evening) 5. THOMAS GUIDE REFERENCE Page 43, 2-C 6. REPORTING DISTRICT 735 -- 7. TELEPHONE COMPANY SERVICING SITE (General) 8. NUMBER OF TELEPHONES AVAILABLE 20 VEHICLE PARKING DATE(S) SURVEYED 5-28 6-11 (Pacific) x 9. PAVED AREA SIZE 4,000 sq. ft. LIGHTED?~ FENCED?~ parking lot next to building 10. OTHER AREAS 80,000 sq. ft. LIGHTED? no FENCED?~ 11. APPROX. HOW MANY VEHICLES WILL AREA ACCOMMODATE? 110 pass./+ 5 C.P. veh. 12. DESCRIPTION OF PARKING AREA(S) See Page 3 13. SECURITY PROBLEM? See Page 3 14. NEAREST MAJOR INTERSECTION AND/OR FREEWAY OFF-RAMP Rimpau/Wilshire Blvd. STORAGE AREAS 15. COVERED AREA SIZE 30,000 LIGHTED?~ 16. OPEN AREA SIZE Staging area LIGHTED?~ FENCED?~ 17. DESCRIPTION OF AREA(S) The building is a 7-story structure consisting of sq. ft. 18. SECURITY PROBLEM? None: location is fenced. 19. SPECIAL EQUIPMENT NEEDED/OR AVAILABLE None 20. POWER SOURCES: 110-Volts ~ 220-Volts ~ 2 - PERSONNEL AREAS 21. BRIEFING/ASSEMBLY AREA (Number of Personnel) 200 COVERED? no LIGHTED? FENCED? OPEN? 9,000 LIGHTED? ~ FENCEDJ ~ 22. FEEDING AREA (Number of Personnel) 350 COVERED? x LIGHTED?~ FENCED?~ OPEN? x LIGHTED?~ FENCED?~ (cafeteria on 7th floor) (lot south of primary lot) 23. KITCHEN FACILITIES Cafeteria; complete facility SIZE 14,000 sq. ft. 24. WILL AREA SUPPORT FIRST-AID SERVICES? No (Number of Patients) 25. TOILET/SHOWER (Number of Personnel) 21 7th floor; 4 toilets per floor 26. SLEEPING AREA (Number of Personnel) persons; no cots available. PCITENflAL PROBLEMS 27. FIRE None -- (Describe) Emergency shower (Describe) Dock area -- 50 28. FLOOD/INUNDATION AREA (Check Area Inundation Maps) Hollywood Reservoir water reaches command post location in approx. 35 min/approx 2 ft of water. 29. COMMUNICATIONS (Radio Dead Spots?) None noted 30. HELICOPTER LIMITATION Available in parking area. No limitations. 31 . CHEMICAL STORAGE None -- 32. SEISMIC RISK Possible risk. Building sustained minor damage during the major earthquake in 1971. 33. OVERHEAD POWER LINES None 34. ADDITIONAL SECURITY PROBLEMS None 35. NEED FOR AUXILIARY POWER 36. OTHER 37. COMMENTS 3 38. ATTACH DIAGRAM AND AERIAL PHOTOGRAPH IF AVAILABLE' 4. Emergency Notifications Business Residential Facility Manager: George Witham 932-7131 805/583-8752 Security Supervisor: Bob Probst 932-3033 818/353-2923 Maintenance Supervisor: Orwsen Crawford 932-3068 NONE 12. The ingress and egress routes to Farmers Insurance Building are as follows: 1. North or southbound on La Brea, eastbound on Wilshire to Rimpau. 2. East or westbound on Olympic to Rimpau, northbound on Rimpau to Wilshire Blvd. The building would provide an area for a command post and the east parking lot adjacent to the 7th story structure would provide the staging area. This parking lot is asphalt and has a very slight slope. Access can be gained by the two entrances located 50 ft. south of Wilshire Blvd. on Mullen Street. Additional, staging area is a large asphalt parking facility across from the primary staging area. The parking facility is completely fenced with two entrances. One on Mullen and another entrance on Muirfield Street. 13. The roof of the building would provide an excellent observation post which affords a good view of the surrounding area. Parking facilities are fenced, which would m1n1m1ze the number of officers to secure the perimeter. The area is affluent and poses no threat to the security of the command post. L M U I R F I E L D A V +- N P a r k i n g L o t ~5' Hedge Block w Wall I L 8 B H T I M U L L E N H AV , R E s Parking Parking T R B Lot Lot E L East Entrance E V T D Loadin~ Dock •- ____ _ FARMERS INSURANCE B U I L D I N G RIM PA U AV P a r k i n g L o t SITE fl 7 - H COMMAND POST SITE 1. AREA Wilshire 2. NAME May Company 3. ADDRESS 6067 Wilshire Blvd. 4. NAME & PHONE OF CONTACT (day) See Page 3 (evening) See Page 3 5. ' THOMAS GUIDE REFERENCE Page 42, F-1 6. REPORTING DISTRICT 714 -- 7. TELEPHONE COMPANY SERVICING SITE (General) 8. . NUMBER OF TELEPHONES AVAILABLE 20 VEHICLE PARKING DATE(S) SURVEYED 5-29 (Pacific) x 9. PAVED AREA SIZE 7,300 sq. ft. LIGHTED?~ FENCED?~ 10. OTHER AREAS 16,000 LIGHTED?~ FENCED?~ 11. APPROX. HOW MANY VEHICLES WILL AREA ACCOMMODATE? 300 passenger vehicles 5 both primary and secondary locations. 12. DESCRIPTION OF PARKING AREA(S) See Page 3 13. SECURITY PROBLEM? See Page 3 14. NEAREST MAJOR INTERSECTION AND/OR FREEWAY OFF-RAMP Fairfax/Wilshire - Santa Monica Frwy, Fairfax off-ramp, 1.4 miles N/B on Fairfax to Wilshire Blvd. STORAGE AREAS . 15. COVERED AREA SIZE 15,000 sq. ft. 16. OPEN AREA SIZE Staging area LIGHTED?~ LIGHTED?~ FENCED?~ 17. DESCRIPTION OF AREA(S) The May Co. is a 5-story structure consisting of 325,000 sq. ft. It has a 30,000 sq. ft. basement with a 15,000 sq. ft. area encompassing the loading dock. 18. SECURITY PROBLEM? See Page 3 19. SPECIAL EQUIPMENT NEEDED/OR AVAILABLE No special equipment. 20. POWER SOURCES: 110-Volts x 220-Volts x - 2 PERSONNEL AREAS 21. BRIEFING/ASSEMBLY AREA (Number of Personnel) 640 COVERED? x LIGHTED? ~ FENCED? ~ OPEN? x LIGHTED? ~ FENCEn? ~ 22. FEEDING AREA (Number of Personnel) 300 COVERED? x LIGHTED? x FENCED? 5th floor of structure OPEN? no LIGHTED? no FENCED? no 23. KITCHEN FACILITIES Complete facility on 5th floor SIZE 1,000 sq. ft. 24. WILL AREA SUPPORT FIRST-AID SERVICES? Yes - Westside Hospital (Number of Patients) 50 25. TOILET/SHOWER (Number of Personnel) 4 level: 1 toilet on 3rd floor. 26. SLEEPING AREA (Number of Personnel) 30 5th floor. PITTENflAL PROBLEMS 27. FIRE No (Describe) Toilets, mezzariine (Describe) Employees' lounge on 28. FLOOD/INUNDATION AREA (Check Area ·Inundation Maps) Hollywood Reservoir water would reach command post location in approximately 51 minutes. 29. COMMUNICATIONS (Radio Dead Spots?) None 30. HELICOPTER LIMITATION Parking lot only. 31. CHEMICAL STORAGE None 32. SEISMIC RISK Building is approx. 50 yrs. old and is a 5-story concrete structure. Handled the 1971 earthquake without damage. 33. OVERHEAD POWER LINES None -- 34. ADDITIONAL SECURITY PROBLEMS None 35. NEED FOR AUXILIARY POWER ~ 36. OTHER 37. COMMENTS 3 38. ATIACH DIAGRAM AND AERIAL PHOTOGRAPH IF AVAILABLE 4. Emergency Numbers: Business Residential Head of Security: Al Vargas 938-4211 (310) 695-5364 Assistant General Manager: Acuzena Guzman 938-4211 (213) 732-9520 General Manager: Ernie Lipton 938-4211 (818) 340-6185 12. The ingress and egress routes to the May Co. are: 1. North or southbound on Fairfax Avenue to Wilshire Blvd . 2. East or westbound on Wilshire Blvd. to Fairfax Avenue. 3. Santa Monica Frwy. east or westbound to Fairfax Avenue off-ramp, then northbound on Fairfax to Wilshire Blvd. The building would provide an area for a command post for staging in the rear parking lot. The parking lot is approx. 7,800 sq. ft. and is a level asphalt surface. Access can be gained by entering from Fairfax. 6th Street or Orange Grove Avenue (See picture). A secondary parking structure which is lighted and fenced therefore providing good security. A single-story structure is located south of this parking facility also would be an excellent command post location. The management advised that when notified, it could immediately make available a 20' x 20' room which has the necessary electrical and phone outlet for a command post location. 13. The primary command post is the May Co. which is a 5-story structure. There are numerous building E and Won Wilshire Blvd. that are taller structures. These buildings would have to be secured if circumstances dictated. Perimeter security would pose minimal problems because command post locations are fenced. 18. The building could be secured with a minimum use of manpower. The perimeter is also easily secured, requiring a total of six men to secure the location. 6 t h s T R E E T T R I - L E V E L P A R K I N G S T R U C T U R E 6' Fence ~--- _---:- --:--~- - ,,_ -. 0 R A N G E G R O V E -,;,.,, · , , .;·,,•,,.,,, ,.,,,.,, ,,'°/;./'!;-,,,I, . , ;I 5' Hedge p A R K I N G L 0 T 5' Fence ~ 4' Fence ,_P_o_w_e_r-in_e_ - L Gas / Station 5' Hedge F A I R F A X A V A V R a Ill p _____ .., __ Parking Area C 0 Rear Entrance .. / +- N MAY COMPAN M M ( Single story ) ( structure ) A y p A N y w I L s H I R E B L SITE # 7 - H COMMAND POST SITE DATE(S) SURVEYED 5-29 1. AREA Wilshire 2. NAME Mount Vernon Jr High School 3. ADDRESS 4066 West Seventeenth Street. 4. NAME & PHONE OF CONTACT (day) LA School Security 625-6631 (evening) Same as above 5. THOMAS GUIDE REFERENCE Page 43, C-4 t 6. REPORTING DISTRICT 774 -- 7. TELEPHONE COMPANY SERVICING SITE (General) (Pacific) x 8. NUMBER OF TELEPHONES AVAILABLE 55 VEHICLE PARKING 9. PAVED AREA SIZE 20,000 sq. ft. 10. OTHER AREAS Playground LIGHTED? No FENCED?~ LIGHTED? No FENCED?~ 11. APPROX. HOW MANY VEHICLES WILL AREA ACCOMMODATE? 300 passenger vehicles 12. DESCRIPTION OF PARKING AREA(S) Level asphalt surface 13. SECURITY PROBLEM? No problem with high ground security total area fenced 14. NEAREST MAJOR INTERSECTION AND/OR FREEWAY OFF-RAMP Venice/Crenshaw STORAGE AREAS 15. COVERED AREA SIZE 7000 sq. ft. 16. OPEN AREA SIZE 20,000 sq. ft. LIGHTED?~ LIGHTED? No FENCED?~ 17. DESCRIPTION OF AREA(S) The Main school bldg and 7 other bldgs including gym and cafeteria. 18. SECURITY PROBLEM? Minimal, Area surrounded by 5 ft fence. 19. SPECIAL EQUIPMENT NEEDED/OR AVAILABLE No special equipment. 20. POWER SOURCES: 110-Volts 220-Volts - ------- -- - I - 2 - PERSONNEL AREAS 21. 22. BRIEFING/ASSEMBLY AREA (Number of Personnel) COVERED? Yes LIGHTED? Yes FENCED? OPEN? Yes LIGHTED? Yes FENCED? FEEDING AREA (Number of Personnel) COVERED? Yes LIGHTED? Yes OPEN? No LIGHTED? _.lQQ FENCED? FENCED? 23. KITCHEN FACILITIES Cafeteria 24. WILL AREA SUPPORT FIRST-AID SERVICES? Yes (Number of Patients) 60 500 In complex Yes In Complex SIZE 1,000 sq . ft . 25 . TOILET/SHOWER (Number of Personnel) 20 (Describe) 24 showers heads in both Boy's and Girl's locker-;ooms. 26. SLEEPING AREA (Number of Personnel) 60 floor gym floor. POTENTIAL PROBLEMS 27. FIRE None (Describe) Second 28. FLOOD/INUNDATION AREA (Check Area Inundation Maps) Neither Silver water Lake·, Mulholland, or Lower Franklin Dams will effect this CP. 29. COMMUNICATIONS (Radio Dead Spots?) None 30. HELICOPTER LIMITATION None 31. CHEMICAL STORAGE None 32. SEISMIC RISK None 33. OVERHEAD POWER LINES None on School Site 34. ADDITIONAL SECURITY PROBLEMS None 35. NEED FOR AUXILIARY POWER Yes 36. OTHER 37. COMMENTS - 3 - 38. ATTACH DIAGRAM AND AERIAL PHOTOGRAPH IF AVAILABLE _,,,~ ~ M,,,,,._. .. .._, • ro,.-;,.,;• --,z,-,w ; s.,.., a,,.;i2 ------·- " , .. .,_,,,,_ ... c . ::::i>,<~_-. -------- :]~ - - - - - - -- : :, 'Q lj , ,. \i ~ I \ "' ~ I. 'II Q ,; \i "' " \) . () ~ ~ \J __ _J _ ~ ~ I.') I Q ., q ~ (l ~ iV_ IT ~ '", \J " () " I ~ !II ' \ '1· ~ ~, I ;!t' ~ c 'II ~ ' '.~• · ~ '"· ----~ PL.1YGP.OUND L1RE.1 . ,: , ,,.,,,,,y .. ,c ... L EDUCA r,o;v L:JLDG. --~D-J D c:.,,.,..,.,,4· --sc-c. MAIN L,.LDG. --• c-G D D D D ---- · - ---- - - - ,JTREET ~ ~J ··er D D D __, ____ .., ' '· ~ 1! ' J i I I ~1 :::), <i 4-JI ~I ~, I I j Cfflf''" L 1•( .... - ... { .. TT l •--C ,, , : ( \.. 1'1{ A t-3 • ~ ~ 0 z ~ ~ • ::r: H G) ::r: (/) () ::r: 0 0 t1 "' 'l '"~ ( " 1C•(tll _.,___ _ (Ml. .. '; ( , .. f. •A O, ( -- - - - -- &'""41,. T1C c o .. ~. •rrc c, ... r "'' c::-.. , • t, c , .. • "1 , 11,; .,. C • T' Cf ._.l • t• :.o '-',. =" \CO 6•••''' $A1 ¥( T ( II •'1fo "'(lf" ' ' · . ~ ,. ... l. ( "'" f A 1'\l ,,._,,~(t.T IOOY ')W(ll[O (O U l'"W( .. T Ulll 1 T ,, ,..,o ... ,,.,., 1 1 ••0••0 A C C ~ ~ . :::i-'. 0 • ' . .... , . .. I • 0 (" • I I } I' I I I h .. . ,_JJI _·-_·-_--------'-·l ~~.._I _s_c ______ ~ ; 11 -r--~~-l_M _ _ A_P_ :'? ··_ · ___,.__.II -,s7>1 sr. I S03 scz 501 r. ,, t .... L---!-l• . S(J. fFA-E.• 0 /07 f"At.ll.Tt' /06 108 109 0~ - - -- I I 10-,. ID3 /OZ IOI 17 111.Jr - ~ -------------- ---· --- t .MA/fl o~~ •. - • • Elil .. 'K• ~ CA,, m,u !JU . : · t----- ·. !I --,- . . r-, -~-+---~-----------,· l ~,.esr ~UtO~-p· ~ ~..__I ___ I i L-1 ---------,--~rn d _ .. 1 - " . .. . l .~. ,IJ TII -ST. . 'Yr'°•• .! r--- J---- - . . . El; Gf-~ .. ~ · __ : . \ ~- ... .. . ... - . . •· . . . . ' . ' i . ... t '.· . . ·'.· .... ' . I ·525 5Z6 .. \ I I I- ~ I 5"2f. I I • . , .,, · ... ,.· · · .•· . : 1 • [I] ,------, rt-•!~- ' . . I - - 4l.6 4-Z7 4ll fZ5 1lt t I • r' . [---j ' ' . . . ' ~~lr-UI- -T - l - , . ] : . . . . . . I I . - .,.__...._ \· . ·216_: "&I? Z/8 . .. . ' ·22/ cl.O 1.19 JJZ4 f23 · 1"1/CATER. io6 20s 203 zo, \ ~--~~-~~-----~-~-- ~---.. ---- - \ i . . I!~,-------- t1 ·TII sr 7hl I f ) ·. : _..:_ > \ . ·, _. · , , J .t . ~ . · '! • ff CO.VO F<OOn,, • I: ' SITE# 7 - I COMMAND POST SITE DATE(S) SURVEYED 5-29 1. AREA Wilshire 2. NAME Department of Water & Power - Construction Yard 3. ADDRESS 2311 Fairfax Av. 4. NAME & PHONE OF CONTACT (day) Superintendent/Orville Hill (W) (213) 481-5440 (H) (213) 631-6340 Assistant Superintendent/Ron Griffin (W) (213) 481-5440 (H) (714) 996-7414 5. THOMAS GUIDE REFERENCE Page 42, E-4. 6. REPORTING DISTRICT 771 7. TELEPHONE COMPANY SERVICING SITE (General) (Pacific) x 8. NUMBER OF TELEPHONES AVAILABLE 10 Phones, 6 outside lines VEHICLE PARKING 9. PAVED AREA SIZE 45,000 sq. ft. 10. OTHER AREAS LIGHTED? LIGHTED?~ FENCED?~ FENCED? 11. APPROX. HOW MANY VEHICLES WJLL AREA ACCOMMODATE? 150 passenger vehicles Plus 5 C.P. vehicles. 12. DESCRIPTION OF PARKING AREA(S) Level asphalt surface. 2 entrances off of Fairfax. 13. SECURITY PROBLEM? None 14. NEAREST MAJOR iNTERSECTION AND/OR FREEWAY OFF-RAMP Fairfax/Venice Fairfax off-ramp on the Santa Monica Freeway. STORAGE AREAS 15. COVERED AREA SIZE 2500 sq. ft. LIGHTED? yes(plus warehouse 7500 sqft) 16. OPEN AREA SIZE Staging area LIGHTED?~ FENCED?~ 17. DESCRIPTION OF AREA(S) Grounds cover approximately 2 acres of level asphalt with 4 structures. 1 structure includes a 7500 sq ft warehouse. 18. SECURITY PROBLEM? None, excellent area 19. SPECIAL EQUIPMENT NEEDED/OR AVAILABLE 2-degree derrick with hydraulic booms; 2 man-lifts, approximate height when extended is 52 feet. 1 compressor skiploader; portable single phase transformer trailers. 20. POWER SOURCES: 110-Volts Yes 220-Volts Yes - 2 PERSONNEL AREAS 21. BRIEFING/ASSEMBLY AREA (Number of Personnel) 100 22. COVERED? ~ LIGHTED? ~ FENCED? ~ OPEN? Staging LIGHTED? ~ FENCED? ~ Area FEEDING AREA (Number of Personnel) COVERED? ~ LIGHTED?~ OPEN? yes LIGHTED?~ 75 FENCED? FENCED? ~ 23. KITCHEN FACILITIES 2 small stoves; 1 refrigerator SIZE 480 sq. ft. 24. WILL AREA SUPPORT FIRST-AID SERVICES? Kaiser Hosp 1/4 mile west of the location. (Number of Patients) 25. TOILET/SHOWER (Number of Personnel) (Describe) 1 shower, 2 urinals, 4 toilets. Has a locker room. 26. SLEEPING AREA (Number of Personnel) 12 ft. PCYfENTIAL PROBLEMS 27. FIRE No (Describe) locker room 120 sq 28. FLOOD/INUNDATION AREA (Check Area Inundation Maps) Silverlake reservoir approximately 1 hr., 52 min before water level reaches command post location. Approximate depth 6 feet for approximately 1 1/2 hr. 29. COMMUNICATIONS (Radio Dead Spots?) None 30. HELICOPTER LIMITATION Parking lot. Will depend upon how D.W.P. vehicles are stored at facility. High voltage power lines (60 ft tall) are in the center of the facility. 31. CHEMICAL STORAGE None 32. SEISMIC RISK Min~mal; single story structures. 33. OVERHEAD POWER LINES None 34. ADDITIONAL SECURITY PROBLEMS None 35. NEED FOR AUXILIARY POWER ~ 36. OTHER 37. COMMENTS 38. ATTACH DIAGRAM AND AERIAL PHOTOGRAPH IF AVAILABLE \ I \· I '· l . t· · \· - \ I / .......... . ' ' ' <:) rtJ" tl .. - . ------------------ ----·· ·---- (" I • '· ... _ .... --~ ~ .. . ----- ,;, , :;::-:- ·--~--- ' , . ' , ._, J / l _ .. l < I I ,/ , ? ... . - ~ . ~✓- ' ~ .. '- . _ I .. .. -::. t~ . . 1· 1 ,I • t . .. -· .., ... - ,. l • ,. •-- · ./. . - ,·,- . ~}- -.:,_ "/ .. .. / . .. ...., . ., } . >~ ? . .. 4~ SITE# 7 - K COMMAND POST SITE DATE(S) SURVEYED 5-29 1. AREA Wilshire 2. NAME Cienga Street Elementary School 3. ADDRESS 2611 South Orange Drive 4. NAME & PHONE OF CONTACT (day) LA School Security 625-6631 (evening) Same as above 5. THOMAS GUIDE REFERENCE Page 43, A-5 6. REPORTING DISTRICT 794 -- 7. TELEPHONE COMPANY SERVICING SITE (General) (Pacific) X 8. NUMBER OF TELEPHONES AVAIL~BLE 3 VEHICLE PARKING 9. PAVED AREA SIZE 18,000 sq. ft. LIGHTED? Yes FENCED? Yes 10. OTHER AREAS None LIGHTED? FENCED? 11. APPROX. HOW MANY VEHICLES WILL AREA ACCOMMODATE? 200 passenger vehicles 2 CP Vehicles 12. DESCRIPTION OF PARKING AREA(S) Level asphalt surface with additional parking in the play area. 13. SECURITY PROBLEM? Two story buildings south and west of the school 14. NEAREST MAJOR INTERSECTION AND/OR FREEWAY OFF-RAMP Adams/LaBrea STORAGE AREAS 15. COVERED AREA SIZE 6000 sq. ft. 16. OPEN AREA SIZE 18,000 sq. ft. LIGHTED? ~ LIGHTED? ~ FENCED?~ 17. DESCRIPTION OF AREA(S) The Main school bldg and 3 other bldgs including the cafeteria. 18. SECURITY PROBLEM? Under privileged area might cause problems. 19. SPECIAL EQUIPMENT NEEDED/OR AVAILABLE No special equipment. 20. POWER SOURCES: 110-Volts Yes 220-Volts No 2 PERSONNEL AREAS 21. 22. BRIEFING/ASSEMBLY AREA (Number of Personnel) COVERED? Yes LIGHTED? Yes FENCED? OPEN? Yes LIGHTED? Yes FENCEp? FEEDING AREA (Number of Personnel) COVERED? Yes LIGHTED? Yes -- -- OPEN? No LIGHTED? 150 FENCED? FENCED? 240 In complex Yes In Complex 23. KITCHEN FACILITIES Cafeteria Kitchen SIZE 1,200 sq. ft. 24. WILL AREA SUPPORT FIRST-AID SERVICES? No (Number of Patients) 25. TOILET/SHOWER (Number of Personnel) 13 (Describe) No shower facilities. 26. SLEEPING AREA (Number of Personnel) None (Describe) N/A POTENTIAL PROBLEMS 27. FIRE None 28. FLOOD/INUNDATION AREA (Check Area Inundation Maps) Mulholland Dam run off would reach command post within 42 minutes at 1.5 ft Hansen Dam will flood the location to the depth of approximately three (3) feet within 18 hours after Dam failure. 29. COMMUNICATIONS (Radio Dead Spots?) None 30. HELICOPTER LIMITATION None 31. CHEMICAL STORAGE None 32. SEISMIC RISK None 33. OVERHEAD POWER LINES Outside campus along the East border. 34. ADDITIONAL SECURITY PROBLEMS easier. 35. NEED FOR AUX+LIARY POWER Yes 36. OTHER 37. COMMENTS The entire area is fenced, making security 38. ATTACH DIAGRAM AND AERIAL PHOTOGRAPH IF AVAILABLE 3o ' O R.ANGE DRIVE BUILDING Second Floor F~tw 33. 34- Dinin9_ Ki~ 3~ 35 _, . ~ . .... < HAIN BUILDING . i 1 · ' I '1-o 'l-1 :.. ~--~~,.--";-------::----,~"l"'TT"'T'",~---------- J ~Uf'S e.s Bal\ ) atr,·te.. 'Box B1L Off. Main O++(ce, . , O+f. First Floor Storage or B. ookroom 4 ~~t- +-------___. ~gr. Bci l~r 7 ll ID I a_ /3 ~ Faculty 3 /4 3!CAMORE BUILDING First Floor --- I~ S+<lirs 13 11 ~7 ,~ I~ hnmITn Boys · lll llllllY Lavatory fl ., SOUTH FENCE Tether Balls '- - ~ - I I .... . . rn - +' · ~ ;::j . 0: I 0 Jl, Ff JO JO .J'- .J.l - ·- ( •-) - ~3 rl 40 35 37 29 JO 28 26 24 · 22 rf aj ,_ 21 ,.Q +' ~ 20 <l.) ~ - (/l . . .. 19 aj - -- CQ j I 18 , 8 .. .;......'-. - 17 ... . .. ""- 3 1f1W· ~ 16 2 ~- ,. 15 > . 1 CIENEGA SCHOOL 14 - 6 ~ EMERGENCY MAP 7 II. @:? - - 8 12 11 ~ 0 l > H H 10 X c..'.J • q z- . . F: H ~ ~ c.:; ~ ~ < < P-. 0:: 0 Diamond ! . I I ORANGE DRIVE Handball Cts. '. y ; BIJ)G. NT.AIN BUILDING t SYCAMORE BLDG. I I I G 8 - SITE# 7 - L COHHAND POST SITE DATE(S) SURVEYED 5-29 1. AREA Wilshire 2. NAME John Burroughs Jr High School 3. ADDRESS 600 South McCadden Place 4. NAME & PHONE OF CONTACT (day) LA School Security 625-6631 (evening) Same as above 5. THOMAS GUIDE REFERENCE Page 43, B-1 6. REPORTING DISTRICT 726 -- 7. TELEPHONE COMPANY SERVICING SITE (General) (Pacific) x 8. NUMBER OF TELEPHONES AVAILABLE 5 VEHICLE PARKING 9. PAVED AREA SIZE 9,000 sq. ft. LIGHTED? No FENCED? Yes 10. OTHER AREAS None LIGHTED? FENCED? 11 . APPROX. HOW MANY VEHICLES WILL AREA ACCOMMODATE? 150 passenger vehicles No CP Vehicles 12. DESCRIPTION OF PARKING AREA(S) Level asphalt surface with additional parking in the play area. 13. SECURITY PROBLEM? High ground at Imperial Savings Bldg 4929 Wilshi~e Bl 14. NEAREST MAJOR INTERSECTION AND/OR FREEWAY OFF-RAMP Wilshire/Highland STORAGE AREAS 15. COVERED AREA SIZE 8000 sq. ft. 16. OPEN AREA SIZE 9,000 sq. ft. LIGHTED?~ LIGHTED? No FENCED?~ 17. DESCRIPTION OF AREA(S) The Main school bldg and 7 other bldgs including Gym and the cafeteria. 18. SECURITY PROBLEM? None, School is situated among single family residences in upper class neighborhood. 19. SPECIAL EQUIPMENT NEEDED/OR AVAILABLE No special equipment. 20. POWER SOURCES: 110-Volts Yes · 220-Volts Yes - 2 - PERSONNEL AREAS 21. BRIEFING/ASSEMBLY AREA (Number of Personnel) 300 COVERED? Yes LIGHTED? Yes FENCED? In com2lex OPEN? Yes LIGHTED? No FENCED_ ? Yes 22. FEEDING AREA (Number of Personnel) 400 COVERED? Yes LIGHTED? No FENCED? Yes OPEN? No LIGHTED? FENCED? 23. KITCHEN FACILITIES Cafeteria Kitchen SIZE 1,500 sq. ft. 24. WILL AREA SUPPORT FIRST-AID SERVICES? Yes (Number of Patients) 100 25. TOILET/SHOWER (Number of Personnel) . 20 (Describe) 62 showers heads in both Boys' and Girls' locker~ooms. 26. SLEEPING AREA (Number of Personnel) 100 (Describe) Gym area PCYfENTIAL PROBLEMS 27. FIRE None 28. FLOOD/INUNDATION AREA (Check Area Inundation Maps) Mulholland Dam run off would reach command 2ost within 20 minutes at 1.5 ft. 29. COMMUNICATIONS (Radio Dead Spots?) None 30. HELICOPTER LIMITATION None 31. CHEMICAL STORAGE None 32. SEISMIC RISK None 33. OVERHEAD POWER LINES None 34. ADDITIONAL SECURITY PROBLEMS None 35. NEED FOR AUXILIARY POWER Yes 36. OTHER ) 37. COMMENTS 38. ATTACH DIAGRAM AND AERIAL PHOTOGRAPH IF AVAILABLE I _ _ , - ~ . • ,.! I ' I I . : ' ·- I /I 1· '"' s r l t f' ·a I I ' I I •• •· .. . :·t· . ,: ......... - ..... ISo. Mctol /" I (3 WooJ -&It BIi SIO - ' B'l - &~ I A R £ ~ · ur L..11..:.-.__ ......... 1 :; i:....;.;;:,;s._-+~---1r---- =- · ........ . .. --·-· -- - - ... - -Mc. CGdden Pl.- - - - J V \ Tennis G { ' L s• 8 I) )' s· J. aux;. (.ovrts PE ' F I 200~UPS17uRS · - - - ,_, ... S~c,..,. f,�: ... ,,.,.-· ----J- . -.- , - . . ·····•~ .: . ~ ~ r \j \ .. , ·. :·· .. . . :'. •-:,:- .I)., }( w I l s .. I R E .8 l V p I .. I I, · °' · • ' ' , "'· '. ... I j, {':, . ,, ' ' j . . ; ~ .-1 ,. WATCH COMMANDER'S GUIDE FOR CONTROL OF DISASTERS AND OTHER EMERGENCIES How to Use This Guide: Turn to the section that details response to the particular emergency at hand. You will eventually be directed to the General Procedures Section, which contEins procedures applicable to any Unusual Occurrence as well as specific instructions for turning the police station over to an Acting Watch Commander. Take this set of dividers to the scene. Ensure Area standing plans have been reviewed for the specific emergency. This material may be used for roll-call or other training purposes. At the end of most sections there are reference to supplementary material on the subject. TABLE OF CONTENTS Subject Section Table of Contents 1 Air Crash 2 Fires and Explosions 3 Hazardous Materials Incidents 4 Earthquake 5 Flood 6 Unlawful Assembly/Riot 7 Terrorism 8 Coastal Inundation 9 Tactical Organization 10 Squad Formations 11 Perimeter Control 13 Los Angeles Police Department Tactical Planning Section (November 1989) Subject General Procedures Evacuation Specialized Resources FCP/EOC TAC Alert/Mobilization Section 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 26 AIR CRASHES SCOPE OF POLICE DEPARTMENT INVOLVEMENT: The LAFD Incident Commander has full power and authority regarding rescue and fire fighting. The Coroner is responsible for recovery and identification .of the dead. The Federal Aviation Administration and the National Transportation Safety _Board have primary investigative responsibility. The Police Department's mission is to support the Incident Commander by providing: * * * * * * A situation estimate. A liaison officer of supervisory rank. Control of emergency vehicle ingress/egress routes. Perimeter and traffic control. Crash site security. Evacuation, if necessary. Also, Detective Headquarters Division (DHD) would activate the Casualty Information Center (CIC), if needed. AREA WATCH COMMANDER/FIELD COMMANDER RESPONSIBILITIES * Ensure that a Situation Estimate has been obtained and communicated to Communication Division: * * * * * * * * * * * Location of accident. Size of the involved area. Type(s) of structure(s) involved. Number of injuries and deaths, if known. Military or civilian aircraft. . Type of aircraft (passenger, cargo, helicopter ... ). Class of aircraft (single engine, multi-, jet ..... ). Additional assistance needed (police, fire, medical, military, etc.), and location of Staging Area. (Emphasize numbers of personnel, not units.) Best available ingress/egress rou~es for emergency vehicles. NOTES: If the accident occurred within LAX boundaries, contact the airport Chief Special Officer (via LAX Substation at 485-5299) and determine if additional police assistance is required. If it is, continue with the below procedures. Ensure that Communications Division has dispatched an Area supervisor to the LAFD Incident Commander's location to maintain liaison to keep the FCP informed of directives and intelligence from the Incident Commander. Establish and maintain communications with the liaison officer. Review the GENERAL PROCEDURES divider and assign someone to be Acting Watch Commander. * GO TO THE SCENE AND TAKE COMMAND. Take these dividers with you. * Establish a Field Command Post (see FCP section of this guide). For major air crashes, consider requesting activation of the EOC and other resources listed in the SPECIALIZED RESOURCES divider. Request a . traffic supervisor to direct the Department investigation. The National Transportation Safety Board and the Federal Aviation Administration will send investigations to the scene (as will the military, if needed) upon notification by DHD. * As soon as Fire Department personnel and equipment arrive, the role of the Police Department becomes supportive and may include: Perimeter Control - Consult with the LAFD Incident Commander (through your liaison.) Ensure all crash debris is protected, when reasonable. * Traffic Control - Consider for traffic division: * If freeways are involved, establish liaison with the CHP by requesting a CHP supervisor to respond to your FCP. * Consider use of the Sig-Alert System. (Contact Communications Division). * Maintain control of ingress/egress routes. * Assign personnel to direct traffic at key intersections along traffic diversion routes. Restrict air traffic over the scene - Limit LAPD and LAFD official agency aircraft by contacting Air Support Division on a tactical frequency or at Ext. 5-2600. Crash site security * * * Establish adequate control to keep unauthorized persons out of the scene. Be especially aware of looting of bodies and wreckage. Avoid unnecessary movement of DBs, body parts and crash debris. On occasion it may be necessary for authorized rescue personnel to move dead bodies to effect the rescue of injured persons; in such exceptional situations, it is imperative that the former location of dead bodies be marked and documented. To remove small aircraft from traffic ways, contact the Bureau of Street Maintenance of Ext. 5-5661 during regular business hours or City Hall Operator Ext. 5-2121 off-hours, holidays and weekends. Identification of witnesses * Obtain complete Fis of eyewitnesses. * Obtain statements, including: * Time of accident. * Location of witness at time of crash. * Weather at time of crash. * Aircraft direction in flight. * Aircraft fire in flight. * Explosion prior to crash. * Impact angle and position of survivors. * Did objects fall from aircraft? * Anything removed from scene and by whom? If victims or aircraft parts are missing: * * * Survivors may have parachuted. Survivors may have left prior ·to officer arrival. Deceased or injured victims may be displaced by impact. Conduct a thorough, wide search. Body parts located away from the scene should be covered and guarded until removed by Medical Examiner-Coroner personnel. Remote aircraft parts should be left in place and guarded. Military aircraft--special considerations - Beware of ejection seats, bombs, ammunition, solid and liquid propellants and other hazards. Preserve the scene until military authorities arrive. Except for essential emergency personnel, deny access to all and refer inquires to military. Photographing of crash sites - For civil aircraft, request a T-unit with a camera to photograph the scene from several angles, including the air (i· f practical). Do not photograph military crash sites. Do not admit the press within the perimeter unless accompanied .by military authority. Subsequent situation estimates to RHO: * * * * * * * * * Aircraft identification numbers. Owner of involved aircraft. Name and address of pilot(s). Property damage. Location of known survivors. Brief circumstances of the crash. If military, are weapons involved? If civil, was U.S. mail aboard? If appropriate, see the EVACUATION, TACTICAL ALERT/MOBILIZATION, FCP/EOC and/or SPECIALIZED RESOURCES dividers. Also see Section D/139 of the Tactical Manual (Aircraft Accidents). FIRES AND EXPLOSIONS SCOPE OF POLICE DEPARTMENT INVOLVEMENT - The LAFD Incident Commander has over control responsibility. The Police Department mission is to support the Incident Commander by providing: * A situation estimate. * A liaison officer of supervisory rank. * Control of emergency vehicle ingress/egress routes. * Evacuation, if necessary. AREA WATCH COMMANDER/FIELD COMMANDER RESPONSIBILITIES * Eniure that a Situation Estimate has been obtained by field units and has been communicated to Communications Division: * * * * * * * Location of the emergency. Size of the involved area (actual and potential). Apparent direction of the fire. Type of area (business, residential hillside, etc). Ingress/egress routes for emergency vehicles. Additional Department personnel required and location of Staging Area. (Emphasize numbers of people, not units. Location and radio designation of the Field Command Post. * Ensure that Communications Division has dispatched an Area supervisor to the LAFD Incident Commander's location to maintain liaison to keep the FCP informed of necessary directives and intelligence from the incident Commander. Establish and maintain communications with the liaison officer. * Review the GENERAL PROCEDURES divider. * GO TO THE SCENE AND TAKE COMMAND. Take these dividers with you. * * * Establish a Field Command Post (see FCP/EOC divider). Advise responding personnel of the appropriate officer-safety considerations. For brush fire survival information, see the Checklist Situations Estimate notebook divider (LAPD Form 14.18). If high-rise buildings are involved, beware of the danger from falling glass. Dispatch personnel to maintain: . * Ingress/egress routes for emergency vehicles. * Perimeter control to keep unauthorized vehicles and pedestrians out of the .area in accord with direction from the LAFD Incident Commander. Fires and Explosives (continued) * * - 2 - NOTE: If a fire emergency, the LAFD Incident Commander has responsibility to determine if an area will be closed, what the boundaries of the closed area will be, and what entry criteria will be used. Persons allowed into closed areas might include residents, and owners/managers/employees of business within the closed area. Generally there is not legal authority to keep out members of the press who have valid passes. Additionally, LAFD issues Fire Line Passes to selected persons. If the LAFD Incident Commander orders evacuation of an area, see the EVACUATION divider. (LAFD has a policy that residents may remain in or enter the closed area to attempt to protect their homes during brush fires.) If appropriate, see the SPECIALIZED RESOURCES, EVACUATION, TACTICAL ALERT/MOBILIZATION, and FCP/EOC dividers. Also see Chapter D/3OO of the Tactical Manual, especially D/315 - Fires). HAZARDOUS MATERIALS INCIDENTS SCOPE OF POLICE DEPARTMENT INVOLVEMENT - The LAFD Incident Commander has authority for controlling the incident and it's effects. The Police Department's mission is to support the LAFD Incident Commander by providing: * * * * A situation estimate. A liaison officer of supervisory rank. Control of emergency vehicle ingress/egress routes outside the contaminated area (cold zone). Evacuation of endangered people located outside the contaminated area (hot or warm zones). Under no circumstances should police personnel enter the contaminated area. Avoid contact with contaminated personnel who must be isolated in the warm zone pending de-contamination. (See "Contaminated Personnel" section in this divider.) AREA WATCH COMMANDER/FIELD COMMANDER RESPONSIBILITIES: * Obtain the current Hazardous Materials Emergency Response Guidebook. * Ensure that a Situation Estimate has been broadcast to Communications Division. The estimate should address the following: * * * * * * * * * * * Location of the incident. Type of premises and/or vehicles involved. Ingress/egress routes for emergency vehicles. Property and/or vehicle owner's name. Number of additional personnel required. Size of the involved area (actual an potential). Weather conditions including wind direction. Staging area location. Placard information (i.e., warning signs and identification numbers from the involved container, if safely available). Name of material involved, if known. Contact the Department's Hazardous Materials Unit (xS-4O11 during . normal business hours or DHD at all other times). * Ensure that Communications Division has dispatched an Area supervisor to the LAFD Incident Commander's location to keep the FCP informed of necessary directives and intelligence from LAFD. NOTE: When the LAFD Incident Commander's location is within the contaminated area liaison should be established by having a fire fighter obtain a police ROVER and taking it to one of the LAFD Incident Commander's aides. Hazardous Materials Incidents (continued) - 2 - * Review the GENERAL PROCEDURES divider, and assign someone to be Acting Watch Commander. * GO TO THE SCENE AND TAKE COMMAND - Take these dividers with you. * Establish a Field Command Post upwind of the incident. If possible, the FCP should also be on higher ground. The Hazardous Materials Emergency Response Guidebook contains safe distance information. If the incident involves an unknown substance, the FCP must establish at least 2,000 feet away (approximately three city blocks). (See the FCP divider.) * The Field Commander must address the following tactical considerations: Officer-Safety - Following are general survival guidelines to be communicated to responding officers: * * * * * * * * * Do not drive through the contaminated area. Do not eat, drink or smoke near the scene. Do not use flares; request barricades and banner guard tape. ~ Do not touch any material or container involved i - n the incident. Treat all materials as toxic or explosive until proven otherwise. Stay upwind of the scene, if possible. Personnel experiencing skin irritation, sore throat, dizziness, should leave the area immediately, as these are the initial symptoms of chemical poisoning. Once isolated, see "Contaminated Personnel" section below. In a BLEVE (Boiling Liquid Expanding Vapor Explosion, i.e., a tanker car or tanker truck on fire) situation, if rescue of downed personnel is to be attempted, always approach from the side of the involved tanker, never from the end of the tanker. On-scene traffic accident investigation shall not commence until the area has been decontaminated. EVACUATION PROCEDURES - See the Special Hazardous Materials evacuation procedures in the EVACUATION divider. Contaminated Personnel: * * * Isolate contaminated personnel (usually in the warm zone). The Fire Department or Health Department may order contaminated personnel to removal all clothing and equipment and be washed down. Clothing, including uniforms and equipment such as leather belts will be collected by LAFD, sealed in plastic bags marked "Contaminated", and held for de-contamination or disposal by the Department's Hazardous Materials van. Hazardous Materials Incidents (continued) * - 3 - Any Department personnel who may have become contaminated should receive medical treatment - (MT), and report the same on a 15.7 (D/321 - Tactical Manual). News Media Relations - News media personnel desiring to enter the contaminated area (hot or warm zones) should be thoroughly warned by the incident commander and the field commander, in the presence of witnesses, of the dangers of contamination so far as they are known. There is no authority to stop news media personnel from entering the closed area. After-Action Reporting - Refer to Section D/321.07 of the Tactical Manual. * If appropriate, see EVACUATION, TACTICAL ALERT/MOBILIZATION, FCP/EOC, and/or SPECIALIZED RESOURCES dividers. Also, see Chapter D/300 of the Tactical Manual, especially Section D/321 - Contamination Emergencies. EARTHQUAKE SCOPE OF POLICE DEPARTMENT INVOLVEMENT - Police responsibilities will vary depending on the amount of damage caused. The Fire Department, other city departments, and the public utilities will be heavily involved in handling the disaster. After a minor quake, not all of the below listed -police responsibilities will apply; however, after a major quake, most or all of them will apply. The most urgent police responsibilities immediately after an earthquake are: * Accounting for Area/Division personnel. * Re-establishing communications, if disrupted. * Within one-half hour, providing the Emergency Operations Center with a damage assessment of key installations as well as a general damage assessment of the Area. * Implementing the Area Earthquake Response Plan. * Opening major ingress/egress routes for emergency vehicles. * Facilitating evacuation of displaced persons. AREA WATCH COMMANDER RESPONSIBILITIES: * * * * * * Conduct a roll-call to account for on-duty Area/Division personnel. Start a log, assign sufficient staff to maintain the log and to monitor available communications; including a commercial radio station (e.g., KFWB). Contrary to other emergencies, after an earthquake Watch Commanders should consider remaining at their stations to facilitate the damage assessment process until the extent of damage and casualties is known and has been communicated to the Emergency Operations Center, ext. xS-5191, or Network Communication System (NECS) mnemonic ECCP or Communication Processing System (CPS) mnemonic RLA.LBC. Telephonically survey or dispatch personnel to assess and report damage of key installations in each Basic-Car area. Refer to the Area Earthquake Response Plan. Instruct Area personnel to report damage to the station (via telephone or gamewell if possible), not to Communications Division. (Communication will give similar instructions in all-units broadcast.) Attempt to establish communications with: * * * * * Communications Division, or Emergency Operations, or Your Bureau officer, or A nearby Area, or Any other organizational element which may be able to facilitate communications. IF NORMAL COMMUNICATIONS ARE DISRUPTED * Attempt to communicate with your Area/Division units on a car-to-car basis. (Tactical and ROVER radios will operate only • for limited distances on a car-to-car basis if radio repeater stations are destroyed.) ~~~-~----------------~--- Earthquake (continued) * - 2 - Within one-half hour, dispatch your Area/Division personnel status report, damage assessment _and situation estimates by motor officer or other messenger to the Emergency Operations Center located in City Hall East (4th sub-level), or other location designated by DHD. IF AT LEAST ONE MORE OF NORMAL COMMUNICATIONS IS OPERATIONAL: * * * * * * * Establish communications with the Emergency Operations Center or other Command-level personnel. Within one-half hour, communicate to the Emergency Operations Center your Area/Division personnel status report, damage . assessment and situation estimate. In the event an aerial damage assessment survey is not possible to obtain, any initial survey of the involved area should include the status of facilities that are critical to those areas whose damage will result in a great magnitude of harm. The other consideration is those areas that are critical to the response and recovery phases. Examples of critical sites are hospitals, dams, fire stations, etc. See your corresponding standing plans for sites critical to your particular area. Take charge of your Area/Division emergency operations until relieved. Be aware that it may take several hours for assistance to arrive. Maintain communications with personnel resources. Officers should generally not become involved in rescue operations unless such incidents are immediately life-threatening and rescue can be accomplished rapidly. Officers must fulfill their primary functions of observing, estimating and communicating the overall situation estimate. This approach will ultimately save thousands of lives in a major event, instead of the few that each officer could personally rescue. Implement the Area Earthquake Response Plan (located in the Watch Commander's office). If damage is determined to be relatively localized (i.e., one major situation), go to the scene and establish a Field Command Post (See the FCP/EOC divider), if appropriate. Earthquake (continued) - 3 - * If appropriate, see the SPECIALIZED RESOURCES, EVACUArION, TACTICAL ALERT/MOBILIZATION and FCP/EOC dividers. Also, see Chapter D/3OO of the Tactical Manual, especially D/317 - Earthquake, and the Area Earthquake Response Plan. ,--- - ---- - - FLOODS SCOPE OF POLICE DEPARTMENT INVOLVEMENT - The L6s Angeles County Flood Control District declares Phase I, II and III Storm Warnings. Tactical Planning Section (or, when closed, Detective Headquarters Division) prepares Phase I, II and III -teletypes for transmission to all Areas. The Fire Department determines the need for general evacuation of an area. (However, police officers at the scene may order an evacuation under emergency conditions.) The Police Department mission during flood emergencies is to support the LAFD Incident Commander by providing: * A situation estimate. * A liaison officer of supervisory rank. * Control of emergency vehicle ingress/egress routes. * Perimeter and traffic control. * Evacuation, if necessary. Definitions: * Phase I Indicates that the overall condition of the area is basically safe for the public to conduct its business as normal with only minor, localized disruption and only minor, localized damage anticipated. * Phase II Indicates that the overall condition of the area is basically safe for the public to conduct its business as normal with numerous localized disruptions and significant local damage anticipated. * Phase III Indicates that the overall condition of the area is extremely hazardous with significant disruption to the public in conducting its normal business and many major problems. Area Watch Commander/Field Commander Responsibilities: * * Upon learning of Phase I, II or III warnings, Watch Commanders of on-coming watches should notify their personnel to have appropriate rain gear on hand, and to be prepared to spend prolonged time in the rain. Instruct field personnel to report to the Area Watch Commander any significant damage they observe during their tour of duty. The Area Watch Commander telephonically notifies the Administrative Information Unit, DHD, of all reported storm damage. Floods (continued) - 2 - When major damage has occurred: * Ensure that a situation estimate has been obtained by field units and has been communicated to DHD and Communications Division: * * * * * * Location of severe flooding or mud slides. Size of the involved area (actual and potential). Type of area (business, residential, hillside, etc. Ingress/egress routes for emergency vehicles. Additional Department personnel required and location of Staging Area (Emphasize numbers, not units). Location and radio designation of the Field Command Post. * Ensure that the Fire Department has been notified. * * * * * Ensure that Communications Division has dispatched an Area supervisor to the LAFD Incident Commander's location to maintain liaison to keep the FCP informed of necessary directives and intelligence from the Incident Commander. Establish and maintain communications with the liaison officer. Review the GENERAL PROCEDURES dividers. GO TO THE SCENE AND TAKE COMMAND - Take these dividers with you. Also, take the Area water inundation maps. Establish a Field Command Post. Be especially aware of site selection so that, if the flood level rises, the FCP will remain secure . . (See FCP/EOC divider) Dispatch personnel to maintain: * * Ingress/egress routes for authorized vehicles. Perimeter control to keep unauthorized vehicles and pedestrians out of the area in accordance with direction from the LAFD Incident Commander. NOTE: ' In a flood emergency, the LAFD Incident Commander has responsibility to determine if an area will be closed, what the boundaries of the closed area will be, and what entry criteria will be used. Persons allowed into closed areas might include residents with identification, public utility employees, persons with press passes, and owners/managers/employees of business within the closed area. Generally there is no legal authority to keep out members of the press who have valid press passes. Additionally, LAFD issues Fire Line Passes to selected persons. Floods (continued) - 3 - * If the LAFD Incident Commander orders the evacuation of an area, see the EVACUATION divider. (The L~FD has a policy that residents may remain or enter the closed area to attempt to protect their homes during floods.) * If appropriate, see the SPECIALIZED RESOURCES, EVACUATION, TACTICAL ALERT/MOBILIZATION and/or FCP/EOC dividers. Also, see Chapter D/300 of the Tactical Manual. ( UNLAWFUL ASSEMBLY/RIOT SCOPE OF POLICE DEPARTMENT INVOLVEMENT - The Police Department is the primary control authority during an unlawful assembly or riot situation. Assistance may be obtained from other City Departments, from law enforcement mutual aid and military assistance agreements as necessary. (Note: This guide deals with spontaneous occurrences, not planned events where police control forces and command structure are already in place. However, the strategies discussed in this guide are applicable to a planned event which degenerates into an unlawful assembly or a riot.) The primary responsibility of the Watch Commander/Field Commander during the initial stages of an unlawful assembly or riot is the rapid assembly of sufficient forces to immediately confront the participants. If the dispersal order is ignored, or in case of riot, law violators must be quickly overwhelmed and arrested. Initial responding officer must provide the following: * A situation estimate. * A temporary Field Command Post and Staging Area for responding personnel. AREA WATCH COMMANDER/FIELD COMMANDER RESPONSIBILITIES: * Ensure that a Situation Estimate has been obtained by field units and has been communicated to Communications Division, including the following information: * * * * * * * Location of the emergency. Number of participants. Activities of the participants (e.g. looting, burning, blocking traffic, etc.). Direction of movement of the participants. Ingress/egress route(s) for emergency vehicles. Additional -Department personnel required and location of the Staging Area. ' (Emphasize numbers of people, not units.) Location and radio designation of the Field Command Post. * Review the GENERAL PROCEDURES divider. * * GO TO THE SCENE AND TAKE COMMAND. Take these dividers with you. Establish a Field Command Post. (See the FCP/EOC divider.) Command Strategy - It is likely that the involved Area Watch Commander will be the Field Commander for only a short period of time before being relieved by command personnel. However, these strategies apply regardless of the rank of who is in command, and they should be implemented as soon as possible after the situation has become unlawful. Unlawful Assembly/Riot (continued) * * * - 2 - * React quickly with strength to overwhelm. * Form responding personnel into squads and platoons. * Use the mission concept, i.e., assign a squad leader or platoon leader a mission, and let that leader develop a plan, respond to the scene, accomplish the mission and/or report back to you with a situation update and/or request for additional control forces. For example, if the immediate mission is to stop an advancing group of rioters at a certain location, select a Light Striking Force leader, assign the mission and the responsibility to formulate a plan of action, and instruct the Light Striking Force to move to the vicinity of the trouble spot quickly. , * Request additional personnel as needed (supervision, command, civilian traffic and detectives) by contacting Communications Division. For major occurrences, consider requesting that detectives be assigned regular radio calls in their Area, so that all available uniformed personnel can respond to the Staging Area. * Consider requesting reservation of tactical frequencies; one for operations, one for management. Establish control in all parts. Dispatch squads of civilian traffic officers by contacting DOT to secure major ingress routes to keep other people from entering the involved area. (Note: Do not put a perimeter of officers around the rioters for purposes of containing them within an area, as this tactic causes a rapid depletion of personnel, as well as prevention of innocent persons from fleeing the violence.) Dispatch Light Striking Forces and platoons to control specific problems and/or perform "sweeps" of the involved area and to report back. Dispatch Special Missions to take up fixed-post positions to maintain control of those areas which have been "swept." Arrest all law violators. * Provide for their transportation and processing. Set up a Field Jail Unit if appropriate. * Obtain personnel to act as booking advice officers and property processing officers. Prosecute with vigor. * Obtain witness statements. * Obtain photographs using the SNAP mission concept. If a SNAP Team is not readily available, consider using Accident Investigation units with cameras. * Utilize the air unit's videotaping capability (2-hour lead time). Unlawful Assembly/Riot (continued) - 3 - • Remain in the area to convince all that outbreaks will not be tolerated. * Establish a high-visibility police presence. * Use highly mobile Light Striking Forces to respond quickly to any outbreak. * Arrange for relief and feeding of personnel. Consider requesting Communications Division to cause a Sig-Alert broadcast to be made to keep other people out of the involved areas. If appropriate, see the SPECIALIZED RESOURCES, EVACUATION, TACTICAL ALERT/MOBILIZATION and FCP/EOC dividers. Also, see Part D (Command Strategy, Planning and Tactical Organization) of the Tactical Manual; and Chapter B/7OO (Law Enforcement Mutual Aid and Military Assistance) of the Tactical Manual. TERRORISM SCOPE OF POLICE DEPARTMENT INVOLVEMENT - The Police Department may have the primarily or secondary responsibility for handling a terrorism situation depending upon jurisdictional criteria. During the early stages of a terrorist incident, responding officers should handle the initial containment and life-threatening aspects of the situation. Jurisdictional questions may arise when incidents involve consulates, foreign dignitaries, airports, courtrooms, county of federal property with the City limits and others. Officers should handle the situation until otherwise directed by a Department command or staff officer. Many terrorist incidents take the form of barricaded suspect situations with hostages, and they should be handled as such. AREA WATCH COMMANDER/FIELD COMMANDER RESPONSIBILITIES * Ensure that a Situation Estimate has been obtained and communicated to Communications Division. The Situation Estimate should include available information from this list: * * * * * * * * * * * * Location of the emergency. Nature of the threat, including weapons and casualties. Identify of the terrorist(s) and of the target(s). Nature of the terrorist demands. Safe ingress route(s) for responding officers. Danger areas ("kill zones") to avoid. Boundaries of the area to be evacuated. Additional Departmental resources required. Immediately notify: * SWAT: 485-4091 (or use radio call sign 114 on any tac frequency) DHD: 485-3261 ,or 485-2504 * * Counter-Terrorist Task Force (contact Uniformed Services Group at 485-3211, or DHD after business hours) GO TO THE SCENE AND TAKE COMMAND - Take these dividers with you. Establish a Field Command Post and Staging Area (see the FCP/EOC divider). Members of the Counter-Terrorist Task Force ·are available for advice and consultation as individuals or as a group. They are not available to assume command of the scene. The task force consists of commanding officers of the following Department entities: Unformed Services Group (Chairman) Detective Services Group Metropolitan Division Detective Headquarters Division Tactical Planning Section Detective Support Division Robbery-Homicide Division Air Support Division Terrorism (continued) * * - 2 - Anti-Terrorist Division Planning and Research Division Scientific Investigation Division Designate an acting press relations officer at the FCP. Request a press relations officer respond from the Office of the Chief of Police at 485-3586, or via DHD at 485-3261 after business hours. If appropriate, see the EVACUATION, TACTICAL ALERT/MOBILIZATION and/or FCP/EOC dividers. COASTAL INUNDATION {TSUNAMI) SCOPE OF POLICE DEPARTMENT INVOLVEMENT - The Police Department and the Fire Department have concurrent jurisdiction in emergencies involving evacuation within the City . The Police Department's mission is to provide: * * * * * * A situation estimate. A liaison officer of supervisory rank (if the Fire Department or another agency is involved). Control of emergency vehicle ingress/egress routes, evacuation routes and evacuation bus ingress. Establishment and maintenance of the perimeter around the Closed Area (limited access or no access). Door-to-door communications and the use of Emergency Broadcast System to communicate to persons within the involved area, warning them to leave and directing them to the "Initial Evacuation Center." Interior patrol of the evacuated area, if appropriate, in regard to the time span of the expected inundation. AREA WATCH COMMANDER/FIELD COMMANDER RESPONSIBILITIES * Ensure that a situation estimate has been made of: * * * * * * * * Location of the emergency. Size of the involved area (actual and potential). Area to be evacuated. Ingress/egress routes for emergency vehicles, evacuation buses and evacuation routes. Location of initial evacuation center and designation of unit(s) assigned to log evacuees' arrival. Additional Department personnel required and location of the Staging Area. (Emphasize numbers of people, not units.) Location and radio designation of the Field Command Post. Ensure that a liaison officer of supervisory rank has been assigned to the Fire Department Incident Command Post or to the Command Post of any other involved agency. NOTIFICATION: "WATCH" OR "WARNING" STATUS After receiving notification of a seismic wave (tsunami) through channels originating from the National Warning System (NAWAS), particular attention should be paid to whether the notification is of a "watch" or "warning." The issuance of a "warning" is based upon the magnitude of the earthquake as well as the distance between the affected coastal area and the epicenter. A "warned" area includes those areas that are within three hours of water wave travel time from the epicenter. The appropriate remaining area, outside of the warned area, is placed on a "watch" status. Coastal Inundation (continued) - 2 - Upon confirmation from tide gauge data that a Tsunami has been generated, the previously designated "watch" status area are upgraded to a warning status. If an area has received a "warning" and subsequent tide data show no Tsunami activity, the "warning" and "watch" are cancelled. PROCEDURES FOR "WATCH" STATUS * * * * Review standing plans for coastal inundation including evacuation contour maps. Notifications to standby: LAFD, Department of Public Works, So. Calif. Edison, local marinas, L.A. County Lifeguards, RTD and Area Bureaus - assign a communications officer. Assign an intelligence officer to monitor the teletype, ACC and radio frequency. Notify patrol units via MDTs of the "warning." PROCEDURES FOR "WARNING" STATUS * * * Notification (concerned agencies and Bureaus). Establish a Command Post and assign duties to officers. Begin evacuation procedures for the predetermined areas, determining whether the evacuation should be voluntary or mandatory. * Voluntary Evacuation: Warning is given to persons within the closed area that a threat to life and property exists. Individuals issued this type of warning are not required to evacuate. * Mandatory Evacuation: A warning is given to persons within the closed area that an imminent threat to -life and property exists. Individuals issued this type of warning must evacuate in accordance with the directives of the Field Incident Commander. * NOTE: An officer's judgement might be questioned if an attempt was made to force an occupant from his residence when after being notified, he states that he wishes to remain arid protect his property. However, in extreme instances, there is sufficient legal authority (409.5 P.C.) to make an arrest. Ideally there will be enough time for radio and television stations to broadcast the required evacuation information (via the Emergency Broadcast System; contact DHD). Also, if sufficient time is available, copies of the evacuation notice can be locally reproduced (by copy machine) and distributed. Regardless of the means, the evacuation warning should include such information as: Coastal Inundation (continued) * * * * * * * - 2 - Type (voluntary or mandatqry) Best available route(s) out of the area Location of evacuation centers Anticipated duration of the emergency Time remaining before the situation becomes critical Divide the involved area into sectors. Assign squads to evacuate specific sectors, beginning at the location of anticipated initial inundation. * * * Use door knocks, vehicle P.A., helicopter P.A., as appropriate. Make a record of each contact or no-answer. Ask neighbors about any deaf or infirm persons who may have difficulty responding to a door knock. Direct evacuees to an initial evacuation center outside the involved area; also direct them to sign in with the officers station~d at the initial evacuation center. Take appropriate action to close the area: * * No-Access: (Warning status) prohibits unauthorized persons from entering the closed area. Limited-Access: (Watch status) allows persons into the closed area according to criteria established by the Field Commander or the Fire Department Incident Commander. Consider: * * * * Residents with valid identification Public Utility employees Persons with valid pre~s passes Owners, managers, employees of business within the involved area TACTICAL ORGANIZATION For efficiency, the organization is developed utilizing the military concept of units, squads, platoons and companies. When operating at such a capacity, it is imperative that officers act as as a team, not as individuals. Many control measures require deployment of only a few units, or at most a platoon. Although company size formations may be necessary in situations involving a heavily concentrated mob. The use of light striking forces may be required when sporadic activity recurs. Consideration should also be given to tactical support elements such as Metropolitan Division (Special Weapons and Tactics Teams) and Air Support Division. CONSIDERATIONS FOR TACTICAL ORGANIZATIONS * Necessity * Efficiency * Flexibility * Coordination TACTICAL ORGANIZATION UNIT A unit is the minimum control force (one or more officers usually supervised by a sergeant) detailed a mission during an unusual 6ccurrence (UO). Unit missions may include: * * * * * Foot Patrols Perimeters and Intersection Control Unmarked or Black and White Police Vehicle Scouts for surveillance and intelligence gath~ring Arrest formations TACTICAL ORGANIZATION SQUAD A Squad usually consists of nine officers and a sergeant, but may be reinforced beyond that number. At the command of its leader, a squad ordinarily moves about in column formation providing a display of strength and unity of effort. Squad missions may be as follows: * * * * Dispersing small groups Removing occupants from buildings Elements of reinforced formations Elements of arrest formations TACTICAL ORGANIZATION PLATOON A Platoon is ordinarily commanded by a lieutenant and consists of two or more squads. Platoon missions may be as follows: * Crowd control at major disturbances or large assemblies * Arrest formations Tactical Organization (continued) - 2 - TACTICAL ORGANIZATION COMPANY Companies consist of two or more platoons ordinarily commanded by a captain. Company size missions are rare and usually involve the following control situations: * Riot control * Crowd control at large assemblies TACTICAL ORGANIZATION LIGHT STRIKING FORCE The Light Striking Force is a mobile force that may consists of one of more squads. After the initial difficulties of a UO are overcome, light striking forces are deployed as a reactionary force when units or squads on patrol cannot handle problems such as: * * * A growing crowd that may develop into mob activity Looting Roving gangs TACTICAL ORGANIZATION ARREST/TANGLE TEAMS An Arrest Team consists of two officers within a squad, designating an arresting officer and the assistant arresting officer. Arresting officers are responsible for identification and booking of their arrestees. Arrestees are not transferred or assigned to other arresting officers unless there are extenuating circumstances. The assistant arresting officer assists the arresting officer in all phases of arrest and is prepared to take responsibility as arresting officer. A Tangle Team consists of two or more officers within a squad who assist the arresting officer by separating arrestees. Tactically, arrest teams and tangle teams can be used to: * Effect the arrest of individual demonstrators who violate the law. * * Remove a law violator or inciter from a crowd or mob. Separate and arrest sit-down demonstrators . Tactical Organization (continued) - 3 - TACTICAL ORGANIZATION APPROACH/ENTRY/SEARCH TEAMS . Each team consists of two officers, but they can be reinforced with additional personnel when nece~sary. Possible missions assigned to the teams are: Approach Teams * Under appropriate cover and concealment, approach suspect's location .. * Afford fire support and security for entry teams~ * Assist entry and search teams. Entry Teams * Make initial entry into suspect(s) location. In conjunction with the search and/or approach team, seek out the suspect in order to effect the arrest. Search Teams * Assist approach and entry teams in locating suspect(s) and, if necessary, assist in the arrest of suspect(s). NOTE: Ordinarily, SWAT is assigned the task of approach, entry and search. However, when SWAT is not required or not available, the task may be assigned to elements of the tactical organization. SQUADS FORMATIONS The keys to effective formation are: * Discipline - self-control under the formation leaders guidance * Response - acting with initiative * Integrity - the quality of remaining undivided * Prudence - caution as to danger or risk FORMATION LEADER The formation leader is an officer who assumes or is assigned the task of initiating and leading a formation in the accomplishment of a mission. The formation leader receives instructions from the Field Commander. It is imperative that formation leaders monitor communication frequencies to ensure that all command information is received. Verbal Commands: Preparatory * Skirmish line * Form a (right/left) * Form a wedge * At a drag step * Double time * Squad * Form an L * Kendo Circle BASIC FORMATIONS diagonal Execution Move! Move! Move! March! March! Halt! Move! Move! The six basic formations are designated as follows: * Column * Skirmish * Inverted "L" * Wedge * Diagonal * Kendo Circle Reinforced formations are established when additional personnel are needed to support an original force and enhance the tactical organizations superiority as follows: * Increase strength * Greater fire support * Increase mobility and cover through increased use of vehicles * Vehicles are not left unattended * More efficient logistics * Greater communications capability NOTE: The crossbow technique has been developed from a combination of the skirmish line and the column formation and is utilized to divide a crowd, arrest an individual, or rescue an individual. The first squad forms into a skirmish line and the second squad forms into a column of two's behind the skirmish line. At the command of the squad leader, the second squad goes through the skirmish line penetrates to crowd, forming an arrest circle around _a previously identified person to be arrested or rescued. · S(.111\lt ltllftl\'l'l<W. COl.lffi St<lr.tlSII IHNlflAI, JtM-:R'l1-:U •• t<FNXl CIICl,f. l'lfUIUCiE I) M:>ve fotu· or nore off iccrs fron one local Ion to another. 2) Olv ide a ,ooh. )) l\ncsl violators and rescue vlct lms ( In r.onjunct Ion with the kcn,lo cirdc) 4) Present. a show of force. 1) To pc!1lelrnt•~ a crowd or ct iv icl,i a 11111>. 2) llsPd 111 con junr.t Ion with a c-ohrrat of two's. I) Prf'sf"nt a s1-.cM of force . 2 ) t-1 ,vn a crowd or nob straight har.k. l) Coul ain groups. ,t) IK?ny cra.,,trls or nnhs accP.ss to restricted ilr«!ilS . ~) Creal e a I i,"W, of ckmarkal Ion. I) t-l1Vt! cnwls or nw>hs <May rrnn strur.lurcs. )) t·:rted. f tanking move ments when used In coujunr.l ion wi 1.h sklnnisters. J) Cllilll<Je the dh-ection of a crowd or moh In et I hc )r op1?n or con jC'st Pd t1rp c1s. I) lh!si'·111 ! pp1·s011s I l t1ppcd c1g;1i11st hul lclings or han Ir.rs. 2) Prov iclc a prot eel I vc· shic)cl or esr.ilpe ro11tc. I) l'r imar i ly as a de f cnse s i ve f orfflilt. ion. l) To wnrk in co11j11nct. Ion with I hP. <1nesl formal Ion. I) t-tlst erfecllvt ~o divide a rmh. 2) tnst 11Y.ihlJe for.n0tlon j) Fie>< ihJe fonnat too used · · to move into ot.her fonnalions. l) flc,clble fonM't Jon can a 11 errn1I c back to a col11m or skirmish. 2 ) llar II I s I 911a 1 s and vol ce cu11n.-11ll.ls are e -:1s I ly cc111111u1 lcal cd. I) F.asy to ck-ploy lulo cohm, fmmal. lon hy roovun1nt toward e lther fla11k. 2) Presents a good offen sive line. I ) Can pee I a cr~I or nnb tMay f r<m a structure and nnvc it l.o the center ·of the street ,.,here nub m:?ni)('rs can he nore easily coullol lcd. I) E1slJy...->vcct h1toa kcndo circle, arrest or wedge format. Ion. 2) Easily control led by for mation lcaricr. I) Eas j ly f ornul f rCJ'll other format Ions. 2) Can easl ly he rioolf led Jnto an arrest formation. 01 SI\INNf'fN£5 I) lland signals are dlff 1- cult to transmit tQ off leers fon,,ard in a coltllll. }) Officers to the rear of a cohrm IMY have dlffl cu It y hearing vo Ice cmrnands. 1) Vulnerable frcm lhe rear and the polnl ts also vulnerable. 2) Tends to f latt.en into a 6khmlsh line when couf,:ootl11g resistance. l) Ind f ectl ve when used lo arrest a suspect hav Ing ,ooh 11 Hy. I) Vulnerable frc.rn thP. rear end flanks when in open areas. 2) Off leers nt tho f Janka . may not hear~- 1) Vulnerable at the flanks 2) Vulnerable near buildings where there is a danger of objects drqiped frcm nbove. J ) Vo ice ccmMnds may be difficult to hear. I) 11-.c point man is vulncrahle. 2. Vulr.et·able nenr but Id lugs where there Ja a danger of objects dropped fron ahove. I ) tJsua 11 y st1rr01P-lcd hy rioters. l) Off Jeers nnvtng for ward lend to walk faster than those sten)ing backward. Place the beat oon dttioocd, lnOSt dl - ctpllned officers at the front of lhe cohrm. Reinforced skirmish formations are 1Mln talocd with close s1w:: ing between fonMl i<fl rncniJers in order to pre vent qJpOSing forres b1enklng through the ltnc While under rock/bottle attack officers should maintain a greater s~paratioo. ,, Page 2 ot ~ - - • .WEMll.: LEfT Ol~NAl ~ 0 000 .. ® FORMATIOI LfADER Q)ASSJSTAXT "\. HANO-ARM S :GN;,r.s ~~~ \ ,- S11RJUSH IJ}ff 0000000 0 ~ 0 CROSSROW FOP.~ATTm! ·~~ 4L 0000 0.0 00 . ) > 0000 Page 3 of 3 PERIMETER CONTROL Perimeter control is accomplished through the application of several tactical methods. These methods are referred to as Cordoning and Sectoring. This type and size of a perimeter is determined by the nature and the extent of the emergency- as well as the environment in which operations are to be conducted. Natural terrain features, structures, traffic ways and flood control channels can be used to aid in establishing the perimeter and conserving the number of personnel required to staff it. CORDONING A cordon is a line identified by terrain features and staffed by personnel to accomplish a specified mission (i.e., restrict access, contain a problem, etc.). Cordons are used to surround a defined area. The decision, of when and where to cordon are dependent 6n the nature and extent of the problem, physical barriers, available personnel and appropriate access routes. SECTORING Sectoring is a means of dividing an involved area into manageable segments. The objective is to assign pers(?nnel to specifically identified operational areas. Sector units are assigned quadrants and are identified by a unique numbering system. The first number designates the involved area and is followed by the letter "Q." The number immediately following "Q" designates the sector; · a second number designates the zone. NOTE: Straight line deployment can be used as a blocking force perpendicular to routes of access to involved or closed areas. This type of control relies on natural or man made barriers to reinforce and augment ·cteployed resources. This method of control is particularly effective in separating disorderly groups or others from destinations or objectives. • •· , • SECTORING I . SECTOII 102 IQJ 104 PERIMETER CCNfROL SECIURING - UNIT INDENl'IFICATIOO INVOLVED AREA CORDONING 1011 IOU 1031 1033 1012 1014 1032 IQ34 · --an LNITS ZONE 1021 IQ23 I041 1145 ~IN\U.VED AREA @ FIELD COMMAND POST ® STAGING AREA © CO.TR(l f'OINT _ G) CffiOONING -- RAn.ROAO TRACKS · IOU IGN I042 1044 ' ._ COROOIC11' • (XJM. f'EJU~ GENERAL PROCEDURES This set of guides was created to be a ready reference for the Area Watch Commander/Field Commander during Unusual Occurrences. There are dividers for various types of UOs and for general subjects such as Evacuation, Tactical Alert/Mobilization, Specialized Resources and Field Command Post/Emergency Control Center, any or all of which may apply to a given UO. Sections A/205.03-05 of the Tactical Manual identify general procedures to be followed by Area Watch Commanders during a disaster or other emergency. 204.03 AREA WATCH COMMANDER--INVOLVED AREA Upon learning of an Unusual Occurrence, or an emergency having the potential of becoming an Unusual Occurrence, the Watch Commander of the involved area shall designate a supervisor or senior officer as Acting Watch Commander and shall immediately go the scene, assume command and establish a Field Command Post; if appropriate, the Watch Commander should implement the Area Standing Plans (see .... A/201.01). NOTE: A Watch Commander of lower rank than an existing Field Commander shall assume command only by mutual agreement. In any case, the Watch Commander shall remain at the scene to assist. During the early stages of an Unusual Occurrence (prior to activation of the Emergency Control Center), it is essential that communications between the Field Command Post and the concerned Area station rema• in open. A Watch Commander assuming field command shall establish an open telephone line (when possible) or use a tactical frequency to accomplish these communications links. During an actual or potential Serious or Major UO, the Watch Commatider who has assumed Field Command can expect to be relieved of that responsibility upon arrival of the concerning Commander Officer (see .... A/204.01). 204.04 ACTING WATCH COMMANDER--INVOLVED AREA When designated Acting Watch Commander during an UO or an incident having the potential of becoming an UO, the supervisor or senior officer so designated shall: * * * Remain at the station Assign personnel to monitor the appropriate radio frequencies and teletype machines Consider assigning a typist to record radio conversations and notification information General Procedures (continued) * * * - 2 - Maintain a chronological log of Area activity, including: * Location and nature of the emergency, i.e., situation estimate (See .... D/303.01). * Area personnel re-assignments * Anticipated personnel needs (if known) * Tactical frequency used * Existence of, or anticipated need for a Tactical Alert or Mobilization * Decisions to hold over on-duty watches (See .. . . B/101.06) * Intelligence reports * Use of specialized Department elements and/or equipment * Implementation of Area Standing Plans, e.g., Earthquake Plan, Facility Security and Defense Plan Cause notifications to be made to the following: * Communications Division Watch Commander * Detective Headquarters Division, Administrative Information Unit * Patrol Division Commanding Officer * Area Commanding Officer (for a Serious or Major UO, or when otherwise directed) * Operations Bureau Commanding Officer (for Serious or Major UO, or when otherwise directed) Maintain communications with the Watch Commander/Field Commander to coordinate decisions to hold over on-duty personnel (see .... B/101.06). 204.15 WATCH COMMANDERS--NON-INVOLVED AREAS Watch Commanders of Areas not placed on Tactical Alert or Areas which are not Mobilized shall hold over on-duty personnel until release authority is received by teletype from Communications Division (see .... B/101.06). Additionally, Watch Commanders shall: * * Assign personnel to monitor the appropriate radio frequencies and teletypes Maintain a continuous accounting of equipment and on-duty personnel during a Serious or Major UO and provide these resources to a Field Commanqer when requested. The keys to successful UO operations are Delegation, Coordination and Initiative: Delegation Of mission responsibilities; that is, select others to accomplish the various tasks. You direct them, and don't lose your effectiveness by getting "tied down." General Procedures (continued) Coordination Initiative - 3 - - With Communications, DHD and all other involved entities. - To "stay ahead" of the emergency by anticipating and requesting personnel and logistics needs in a timely manner. The Communications Division and Detective Headquarters Division Watch Commanders have guides which are similar to these. NOTE: Because of a pending change in terminology, the terms Emergency Operations Center, Emergency Control Center, EOC and ECC are used synonymously throughout this guide. - ------------ - ----- -------- -- EVACUATION ! ! CAUTION! ! HAZARDOUS MATERIALS INCIDENTS - The following evacuation procedures are unique to hazardous materials incidents: * The inner perimeter - surrounds the contaminated area . No police or civilian personnel may enter the inner perimeter, which should be considered a closed area. Evacuation of the population inside the perimeter may be accomplished by the following means: * * * * Fire fighters with protective equipment Police Bull horn, P.A. Systems or sound trucks used from outside the contaminated area Police helicopter P.A. System from outside the contaminated area The Emergency Broadcast System (through DHD) * From the inner perimeter outward to the outer perimeter, police personnel may accomplish a precautionary evacuation. The outer perimeter is the area · which may become endangered if the incident is not quickly controlled or if the wind shifts direction. SCOPE OF POLICE DEPARTMENT INVOLVEMENT - The Police Department and the Fire Department have concurrent jurisdiction in emergencies involving evacuation within the city. As a pract ical matter, decisions whether to evacuate should be made by the agency with primary control responsibility in the situation at hand. However, either agency may make the decision to evacuate in an emergency situation. Regardless of which agency makes the decision, the Police Department's mission is to provide: * * * * * * A situation estimate A liaison officer of supervisory rank (if the Fire Department or another agency is involved) Control of emergency vehicle ingress/egress routes, evacuation routes and evacuation bus ingress Establishment and maintenance of the perimeter around the Closed Area (limited access or no-access) Door-to-door communication to persons within the involved area, warning them to leave and directing them to the "initial evacuation center." Interior patrol of the evacuated area, if appropriate . Evacuation (continued) - 2 - AREA WATCH COMMANDER/FIELD COMMANDER RESPONSIBILITIES: * Ensure that a Situation Estimate has been communicated to Communication Division: * Location of the emergency * Size of the involved area (actual and potential) * Area to be evacuated * Ingress/egress routes for emergency vehicles, evacuation buses and evacuation routes * Location of initial evacuation center and designation of unit(s) assigned to log evacuees' arrival * Additional Department personnel required and location of Staging Area. (Emphasize numbers of people, not units) * Location and radio designation of the Field Command Post * Ensure that a liaison officer of supervisory rank has been assigned to the Fire Department Incident Command Post or to the Command Post of any other involved agency. Determine whether the evacuation should be voluntary or mandatory. * Voluntary Evacuation: A warning is given to persons within the closed area that a threat to life and property exists. Individuals issued this type of warning are not required to evacuate. * Mandatory Evacuation: A warning is given to persons within the closed area that an imminent threat to life and property exists. Individuals issued this type of warning must evacuate in accordance with the directives of the Field or Incident Commander. NOTE: An officer's judgement might be questioned if an attempt is made to forc,e an occupant from his residence when after being notified, states, he wishes to remain and protect his property. However, in extreme instances, there is sufficient legal authority (409 . 5 P.C.) to make an arrest . * Ideally there will be enough time for radio and television stations to broadcast the required evacuation information (via the Emergency Broadcast System; contact DHD). Also, if sufficient time is available, copes of the evacuation notice can be locally reproduced (by copy machine) and distributed. Regardless of the mean, the evacuation warning should include such information as: Evacuation (continued) * * * * * - 3 - Type (Voluntary or mandatory) Best available route(s) out of the area Location of evacuation centers Anticipated duration of the emergency Time remaining before the situation becomes critical * Divide the involved area into sectors. Assign squads to evacuate specific sectors, beginning at the incident and moving outward from it: * * * * Use door knocks, vehicle P.A., helicopter P.A. as appropriate Make a record of each contact or no-answer. Ask neighbors about any deaf or infirm persons who may not have responded to a door knock. Direct evacuees to an initial evacuation center outside the involved area; also direct them to sign in with the officers stationed at the initial evacuation center. Take appropriate action to close the area: * * * No-Access: Prohibits unauthorized persons from entering the closed area. Limited-Access: Allows persons into the closed area according to criteria established by the Field Commander or the Fire Department Incident Commander. Consider: * * * * Residents with valid identification Public utility employees Persons with valid press passes Owners; managers, employees of business within the involved area NOTE: Generally there is no authority to prohibit news people with proper identification from entering a closed area. They should be warned of the danger and allowed to proceed. (See Haz-mat Section for further.) Assign units to patrol the interior of the involved area, if appropriate. Evacuation (continued) - 4 - EVACUEE TRANSPORTATION , For residents not having the means ava~lable to transport themselves and their families to an evacuation center, the use of Southern California Rapid Transit District (RTD) or Los Angeles Unified School ~istrict (LAUSD) buses should be considered. When directed by the concerned Watch Commander or Field Commander, RTD buses should be obtained by contacting the RTD Dispatching Supervisor at 213/972-4634. To obtain the use of LAUSD buses, notify the LAUSD Security Watch .Commander at 213/625-6631. NOTE: Requests for buses should be coordinated through the EOC if it is activated. Once contacted, be prepared to provide the following information or assistance: * * * * * * Approximate number of people to be evacuated Pick-up point Drop-off point at appropriate shelter or evacuation center Ingress/egress routes Any problems that may be encountered Compliance with request for a police escort, if required If needed, the Department has a number of police buses available. Requests to use Department buses should be directed to the Administrative Information Unit, Detective Headquarters Division. Debris and other obstructions may impede the movement of vehicles in the evacuated area. ·such conditions may require that evacuees board buses on the periphery of the area. Consequently, officers giving evacuation warnings should be kept informed of the locations where evacuees may assemble to obtain transportation. NOTE: In the event of a contamination emergency (hazardous materials incident), see the warnings at the top of this page. SPECIALIZED RESOURCES Airport Detail * Liaison with FAA and airlines companies Air Support Division * * * * Aerial photography, public address Closed-circuit TV (video-taping) Discreet surveillance Night viewing devices Communications Division * * Tactical Alerts; assigning additional sworn and civilian personnel Liaison: Public Utilities and Transportation (telephone and radio equipment installation) Investigative Analysis Section* * Confidential sources of investigative information Detective Headquarters Division * * * * * Department notifications Liaison: City departments, legal and military Light I (field illumination vehicle) Sound I (public address system) Miscellaneous equipment (bolt cutters, construction equipment, etc.) Detective Support Division * * * * Liaison: Federal law enforcement Criminal Conspiracy Section Investigation of all bombings, attempted bombings, bomb threats and extortions involving explosions devices or any type Special Investigation Section Metropolitan Division * SWAT * Search dogs * Crisis Negotiation Teams * Mounted Unit Scientific Investigation Division* * * * Firearms Explosives Unit and bomb dogs Special Narration and Photography (SNAP Teams) 485-5299 485-2600 485-3223 485-2676 485-3261 485-4335 485-2962 485-2521 485-4091 485-6503 485-7474 485-2541 ----- ---------------- -------------- -- -· --- -------- - Specialized Resources (continued) - 2 - Tactical Planning Section * * * * * Mobile Command Post Fleet equipment (Mobile I, II, V, VII and Mobile Canteen) Field Command Post Division Cadre call-up Building blueprints Mobile Emergency Response Vehicle (MERV) Hazardous Materials Unit (non-narcotic incidents) Van Nuys Area * Light II, Sound II and Mobile III Bureau of Street Maintenance * Street Barricades and Signs Cal Trans * Traffic diversion routes Department of Water and Power * Street light extinguishing (Electric Trouble Board) When closed, call DHD at 485-3261 485-4011 (Off-hours contact mm 485-3261) 818/787-6250 or 818/98908346 485-5661 (24-hours) 620-3270 (24-hours) 800/821-5278 (24 hours) NOTE: If the Emergency Operations Center is activated, directed logistical requests to the EOC Logistics Officer at 485-5191. .J FCP AND EOC FIELD COMMAND POST (FCP) Do's and Don'ts: DO select an adequate number of competent staff members. DO delegate missions to your staff and remain available to make the decisions. DO maintain communications with your Area Acting Watch Commander, ·DHD and Communications Division. DO plan ahead of a developing emergency. DON'T get tied down to a particular mission or paper-flow function. DON'T leave the FCP unless you appoint an Acting Field Commander who will have .full authorit to make decisions in your absence. In addition to the checklist below, see also Tactical Manual Sections A/318 - A/343 for more detailed information on FCP or organization and responsibilities. CAUTION!!! - In case of a contamination emergency (hazardous materials spill) of an unknown substance, the FCP should be established at least 2,000 feet (three city blocks) from the scene. UPON ARRIVAL AT THE FCP - The Watch Commander should take command and consider the following: * Are sufficient control forces at or en-route to the scene? * Is the FCP adequately staffed and are FCP personnel properly _ performing their functions? * * * * * Radio Operator/Journal Clerk (chronological log). Personnel Officer (UO time cards). Operations Officer (contingency planning). Staging and Lpgistics Officer (if needed). Intelligence Officer (if needed). NOTE: FCP staffing may be expanded or consolidated as appropriate. Minimum staffing should include the Field Commande.r, the Personnel Officer and the Radio Operator/Journal Clerk. * Is there an open line to the station (i.e., the Acting Watch Commander)? Has the Acting Watch Commander completed appropriate notifications and other duties? Is there a need to request holding over off-going watches? * Are ingress/egress routes open? Is the perimeter adequately staffed to keep out unauthorized persons? FCP and EOC (continued) - 2 - * Has communication been established with the police supervisor assigned to be FCP liaison with the Fire Department or other appropriate agencies (if applicable)? * Are any specialized units or equipment needed? (See the SPECIALIZED RESOURCES divider.) * Are an adequate number of personnel held in reserve in case more control forces are rapidly needed? * Is the FCP site adequate to accommodate possible expansion? * Will weather or nightfall be a factor? (jackets, flashli~hts, extra batteries, flares, light trucks.) SECURING THE FCP * Are all personnel reporting to a central location for debriefing, completion of UO time cards, turning in equipment, etc.? * Have arrangements been made to clean up the FCP site? EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER {EOC) During Serious or Major UOs, Field . Commanders should consider requesting activation of the EOC. The request should be made to DHD or to Communications Division. For further information about the EOC, see A/3OO of the Tactical Manual. EOC telephone: ................................... 485-5191 EOC NECS Terminal: ............................... MNEMONIC ECCP EOC Communication Processing System (CPS) Terminal: ........................... MNEMONIC RLA.LBC. FCP and EOC {continued) - 3 - When activated, the EOC can: * Coordinate the Department's emergency control activities. * Gather, evaluate and disseminate intelligence from the Field Command Post, Department sources and outside agencies. * Provide personnel, equipment and supplies to the UO Control Task Force when requested. * Maintain chronological logs, situations maps and situation reports. * Complete periodic situation reports regarding the UO and prepare the EOC After-Action Report for submission to the Department Commander. If the EOC is not operational because of damage, an alternative · EOC location will be designated by DHD. 8/100. PERSONNEL MOBIUZATION PLAN 101. PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN TACTICAL ALERT 101.01 TACTICAL ALERT. A Tactical Alert is the prelim inary stage of the Department Mobiliza ti on Plan for Unusual Occurrences. It orovides for the controlled redistribution of on-duty personnel to achieve the manpower level necessary for control of a major pol ice incident. 101.02 PURPOSE OF A TACTICAL ALERT. A Tactical Alert is initiated to achieve the following objectives : • ~ ;i:: n personnel of all or selected Areas to the possi ::, ,1 ; ty of personnel redistribution , and announce the existence of a major police incident. * Provide a manpower reserve which can be used by concerned Area(s) in the control of the incident. * Control the depletion of field forces and discourage uncontrolled voluntary response to the scene of a major pol ice incident. 101.03 INITIATING A TACTICAL ALERT. When there is a need for a Tactical Alert, it should be initiated as soon as possible to restrict voluntary responses and avoid depletion of personnel from the involved Area and surrounding Areas. * A Field Commander at the scene of a pol ice incident may aeclare a Tactical Alert for the concerned Area when, in his judgement, that action is necessary to ensure the availability of sdficient personnel to con trol the. incident. The Field Commander shall immedi ately cause the Communications Division watch com mander to be notified of the declaration. * The Communications Division Watch Commander may decl are a Tactical Alert, or expand an existing Tactical Alert, for all or selected Areas, when the redistribution of Department personnel is necessary to meet the imr-iediate or anticipated needs of a Field Commander. 101.04 TACTICAL ALERT BROADCAST. When a Tactical Alert has been declared, the Communi cations Division Watch Commander shall cause a notice of the Tactical Alert to be broadcast Department wide by radio and teletype. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department 101.05 EFFECTS OF A TACTICAL ALERT. When an Area or division is placed on a Tactical Alert , the following provisions shall take effect: * All field units in the alerted Areas shall continue patrolling their assigned districts unless reassigned by -Communications Division. · * Unless otherwise directed, offi cers working in the Areas included in a Tactical Alert shall confine their activities to police work of major importance. * Station supervisors and field supervisors shail ensure that all on-duty personnel are aware of the Tactical Alert. * Officers in alerted Areas who are off the air handling calls or making reports shall, whenever possible , be required to resume field patrol and await further instructions by radio or other communication. * Communications Division shal I screen all incoming calls and, whenever possible, direct citizens to the concerned police station for making complaints or reports. * Station supervisors shall assign ·personnel to monitor radio frequencies and teletype machines. * Station supervisors shall maintain an accounting of on-duty personnel on the Unusual Occurrence Per sonnel Status Report, Form 14.03, in accordance with instructions contained on the form. * Investigative personnel, assigned to Areas or divisions included in the Tactical Alert, shall continue to per form their regular duties; however, they shall contact their division of assignment at least once each hour. Note: Twelve-hour watches may be established by the Department Commander; however, commanding officers of Areas specifically included in a Tactical Alert may establish twelve-hour watches for their Area when their judgment indicates ·that this wi ll best serve their manpower needs. The Department Commander and the concerned bureau command ing officer sh al I be notified when th is prerogative is exercised. Personnei Mooilization Plan March, 1976 B/101.06 PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN 101.06 HOLDING OVER WATCHES DURING A TACTICAL ALERT. When a Tactical Alert is initi ated, on-duty watches shall be held over as follows : * All station supervisors and traffic division watch commanders i regardless of whether their Area is on Tacticai Alert) shall hold over off-going watches until a teletyoe is received from Communications Division granting authority to release watches. * All station supervisors and traffic division watch com manders shall hold over off-going watches when it reasonably appears that their Area may be placed on alert, even though no Tactical Alert has yet been declared. * Al I station supervisors and traffic division watch com manders desiring to release off-going watches shall request approval through the Communications Division Watch Commander. If the ECC is activated, the request shall be directed to the ECC Personnel Officer. * The Communications Division Watch Commander shall be responsible for releasing off-going watches and sending a teletype notice authorizing their release. If the ECC is activated, these duties shall be assumed by the ECC Personnel Officer. In either case, the officer releasing off-going watches shall notify the Department Commander of his actions. * A Tactical Alert cancellation teletype from Commun i cations Division or the ECC shall be considered author ity tC' release off-go ing watches. * Personnel assigned to the Field Task Force will be relieved as directed by the Field Commander. 101.07 UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE MANPOWER. The Field Commander shall be responsible for deter mining the number of officers needed at the scene of an Unusual Occurrence. The Communications Division Watch Commander shall be responsible for determining· how the manpower will be obtained and for dispatching the manpower requested by the Field Commander. When the ECC is activated, the ECC Personnel Officer shall assume the responsibility for fulfi lli ng the Field Com mander's requests for personnel. 101.08 INITIAL REQUEST FOR ADDITIONAL MAN- POWER. The manpower needs of the UO shou ld be the Field Commander's first consideration. To ensure that the manpower needs are met, the Field Commander shall : * Determine whether the manpower at the scene will be sufficient to meet immediate and future needs. * When additional assistance is needed, select a Staging Area and request the desired number of personnel. Note: The Field Commander should, when selecting a Staging Area, give consideration to security, distance from the disturbance, communications capabilities, toilets, electrical hook-ups, shelter, ingress and egress routes and a helicopter landing site. Personnel requests should be directed to Communications Division by radio. When the ECC is activated, personnel requests should be submitted to the ECC Personnel Officer by telephone or teletype. If these facilities are not avail able, the requests may be made by radio. * Declare a Tactical Alert when it appears that the magnitude of the incident has reached, or is likely to reach, a scale requiring redeployment of Department personnel to establish and maintain control. 101.09 AREA DEPLOYMENT DURING A TACTICAL ALERT. A Tactieal Alert is activated to provide a manpower reserve that can be utilized to control a major police ir:,cident. This is accomplished by a controlled redistribution of personnel from other Areas and divisions to the Area of occurrence. To effect a controlled redistribution of personnel, Areas ~ placed on a Tactical Alert must alter their deployment so they can continue to provide essential poli ce service to their Area whil~ recfucing their manpower. To accom plish this, on-duty personnel in Areas and divisions placed on a Tactical Alert shall be divided into a Minimum Oper ating Force and an Available Reserve. March , 1976 Personnel Mobilization Plan Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department 1 l I I ; PERSONNEl MOBILIZAll"ION PLAN B/101.12 - ( I , · 101.10 MINIMUM OPERATl'NG FORCE-TACTICAL ALERT. The Minimum Operating Force during a Tactical Alert is the minimum personnel force needed b',I any Area or division to continue essential police functions. Areaanddivision commanding officers shall determine the Minimum Operation Force as follows: • Operations and Support Divisions. The Minimum Operating Force for these divisions during a Tactical Alert shall censis_ t of the foHowing: * Approximately 50% of the watch's uniformed patrol officers. Note: The Minimum Operating Force for a Tactical Alert does not include Accident Investigation and Traffic Enforcement personnel. • * The station supervisor. * Approximately 50% of the watch's supervisors, not including fixed post positions. * All of the watch's plainclothes and station fixed post positions. • Traffic Divisions. The Minimum Operating Force for traffic divisions shall consist of essential station per sonnel only. • Area Vice Unit. The Minimum Operating Force for Area vice units shall consist of all assigned vice per sonnel. • All Other Divisions. The commanding officers of all other divisions shall determine the division's Minimum Operating Force by using guidelines established by their respective bureau commanding officers. The Minimum Operating Force of each division shall repres ent the minimum strength needed to continue essential police functions during a Tactical Alert. Note: Minimum Operating Force during a Mobilization differs from the Minimum Operating Force during a Tactical Alert. See Section A/102.11, Tactical Manual. i'f field forces in the Area of occurrence or adjoining Areas are depleted as a result of voluntary response to the scene of the UO, those voluntary units not actively involved shall be recalled from the Task Force, if possible, and made available for radio calls in their Area of assign ment. If these units are not immediately available for · recall units from other Areas and divisions shall be used to te~porarily supplement the field forces in the depleted Area. . ... ·- ·· - - - - --- ·- -· ·- . - 101.11 ADDITIONAL MANPOWER RESOURCES- , TACTICAL ALERT. In addition to uniformed 1 personnel, the following manpower resources are also available during a Tactical Alert: * Investigative personnel may be utilized to supplement '. or replace uniformed officers within the concerned : -Area. * At the discretion of the Department Commander, divisions ether than operations Bf support <liws+oo-s may be placed on Tactical Alert and their personnel · used to assist in the control of the UO. * The following manpower is available with the approval of the Commanding Officer, Personnel and Training Bureau: * Officers attending recruit classes, to perform non hazardous duties. * Officers attending in-service training may be returneci to their respective Areas. * With approval of the Department Commander, civilian volunteers and police reserves may be assigned to the Field Task Force. Note: Requests for civilian volunteers or police reserves shall be directed to the Communications Division Watch Commander. If the ECC has been activated, the requests shall be directed to the ECC Personnel Officer. * When on-duty force.,s assembled during a Tactical Alert are insufficient to meet the needs of the tactical situa tion, the Department Commander shall initiate a Mobili zation. 101.12 AVAILABLE RESERVE-TACTICAL ALERT. The Available Reserve is the status of officers who can be released from regular duties in their Area or division of assignment and assigned to the UO Control Task Force when needed. The AvaHable Reserve shaH consist of all officers and supervisors of an Area or division who are not assigned to the Minimum Operating Force or the UO Control Task Force. Those officers constituting the Available Reserve wiH or<linarHy continue their routine duties until activated. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department Personnel Mobilization Plan March, 1976 Je/1_ O~: 1_3 ~~- --- ----- -- ---- : _ ~;RS~~NE f ~.;;~~-~10~ - P -L~~-~~ - : : i !101.13 CONTROLLED REASSIGNMENT OF FIEL~ I !102. FORCES. During a Tactical Alert the followin~ PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN MOBI LIZA Tl ON ,revisions shall apply when assigning units to the UO I !Control Task Force: · i* An Area or division activated by a Tactical Alert ma~ I be required to commit its entire Available Reserve to i I the UO Control Task Force. * Activated Areas and divisions shall not be ~equired to! commit their Minimum Operating Force without the ; · approval of the Department Commander. 1 . Note: In the event that sufficient manpower is not . available for assignment to the Field Task Force, and i the Department Commander determines that the .. i implementation of twelve-hour watches and a Mo_ btl1- i za ti rn, is 110 t desi I able, ~ -~wect--#tttt Aretl---vk:e- ~ · · · personnel , or other personnel not incl u?ed in the . Available Reserve, be assigned to the Field Task Forcr3. 1 * Unless the need for assistance at the scene of _the UO! ! is critical, no more than 50 percent of Jhe unitormed' patrol units that are clear in an ~rea will be dispatched to the Field Task Force at one t,me. Note: When there is an appreciable delay in obtaining sufficient units to fulfill the Field Commander'_s. . · requests for manpower, additional Areas and d,v1s1on$ should be included in the Tactical Alert rather _than L- d..eple~the . .Minimum. Qp~rating F.orc;:f3_ Qf act1vateq . Areas. i t i 101 14 CANCELLAJION .. Qf A..IACnc~ -~_ AL. E.R..T- ~ - · When the ECC has not been activated, the F,el'r' 1 Commander shall be responsi~le for the cance_llati_on of 1 a Tactical Alert and shall notify the Communications , : f)ivision Watch Commander. If the ECC has been acti- .· 1ted, the ECC Personnel Officer shall have the ~espons1r ..Jility to cancel the Tactical Alert. When a Tactical Ale~t is cancelled, that person initiating the action sh_ all cause 1 a notice of cancellation to be broadcast by radio and · teletype to all involved Areas and divisions. March, 1976 Personnel Mobilizatio~ Plan L-- 102.01 MOBILIZATION. A Mobilization is the princi al ; personnel deployment plan for UO control. In .additio_n to the implementation of a Tactical Alert, the ! I Mobilization requires: ·* The immediate extension of the work day to twelve- ! I hour watches. 1 1 * The temporary deferment of days off. * The recalling of off-duty officers. i I I I 102.02 PURPOSE OF A MOBILIZATION. A Mobiliza~ : · · · · ·-ttorrts- ac11 varett m provlde- the ·n~ess· arv rrra,,-:.-t--- ·- power when : . I * A UO is of sufficient magnitude to require major ! deviation from normal police operating procedures and necessitates a general modification of Department organization and command; or · ; * The forces assembled by a Tactical Alert are insufficient to meet the tactical situation. Note: A Mobilization shall be initiated without delay if, at the beginning of a UO, it is obvious that the on duty forces will be insufficient to meet the immediate needs of. the . F le!d. Commander. 102.03 MOBILIZATION OF THE DEPARTMENT. A Mobilization is initiated by the Department Commander and may involve the entire Department or selected Areas and divisions. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN B/102.07 102.04 MOBILIZATION BROADCAST. When a Mobili- zation is initiated, the Communications Division Watch Commander shall cause a notice of the Mobilization to be broadcast by radio and teletype. If the ECC is activated the ECC Personnel Officer shal I be responsible for causing the Mobilization notification to be broadcast. The Mobilization notification shall be made as follows : * The broadcast shall specify the watch ("A" or "B") and Areas or divisions mobilized. * The number of Areas or divisions included will depend upon the anticipated personnel needs of the Field Commander. * The radio broadcasts shall be repeated every 15 minutes for two hours following the original Mobilization broad cast. * If additional Areas or divisions are Mobilized, that information shall be added to the original broadcast or promulgated in a supplementary Mobilization broadcast. * Following the broadcast, the Communications Division Watch Commander shall dispatch sufficient units to meet the manpower needs of the Field Commander. 102.05 EFFECT OF A MOBILIZATION. When an Area or division is mobilized, the concerned commanding officer shall activate the Area or Division Mobilization Plan, which shall include: * Implementation of twelve-hour watches. * Deferment of days off. * Consolidation of ·fixed post positions. * Alerting off-duty personnel. * Arranging an inventory of personnel and equipment remaining in the Area or division. * Preparing for the f!Jlfillmenrof ECC requests for personnel and equipment. * Restricting the activities of units remaining in the Area or division to police work of major importance. 102.06 HOLDING OVER WATCHES DURING A MOBILIZATION. When a Mobilization is announced, on-duty watches shall be held over as follows : * All Area and traffic division commanding· officers shall h _ old over off-going watches. Off-going watches may be released only with the-approval of the Department Commander. * Station supervisors or watch commanders desiring to release off-going watches shall request approval through the ECC Personnel Officer. * The ECC Personnel Officer shall be responsible for securing the Department Commander's approval for releasing off-going watches and for sending a teletype notice authorizing their release. * A Mobilization cancellation teletype shall be considered authority to release off-going watches. * Personnel assigned to the Field Task Force will be relieved as directed by the Field Commander. 102.07 ALERT OF OFF-DUTY PERSONNEL DURING A MOBILIZATION. When a Mobilization is · initiated, personnel in mobilized Areas or divisions _ shall be activated as follows: * Station supervisors on duty in mobilized Areas or divisions shall cause notifications to be made to off duty officers assigne9 to their respective Areas or divisions. * When the offices of a mobilized Area or division are closed, off-duty personnel shall be notified as specified in the Area or Division Unusual Occurrence Plan. * In a Major Unusual Occurrence, the Department Commander may use the services of cooperating commercial radio and television stations to notify off-duty officers of the Mobilization. · * When off-duty personnel are alerted, they shall be instructed to report to their Area or division of assign ment. Officers assigned to the Field Task Force shall continue reporting on-duty at their Area or division of assignment throughout the duration of the incident unless otherwise directed by their Field Task Force supervisor. * When practicable, commanding officers who are requested to commit personnel to the Field Task Force shall send officers assigned to an on-coming watch rather than officers who have been held over. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department Personnel Mobilization Plan March, 1976 I B/102.08 PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN 102.08 MOBILIZATION WATCH ASSIGNMENTS. Area and other Office of Operations division commanding officers shall establish and maintain a Mobilization watch assignment roster and ensure that personnel of their commands are informed of individual assignments. All officers shall be included except those on vacation, military leave, extended leave due to illness, or those otherwise not avai I able during the deployment period. Assignments shall be structured so that 45 per cent of the uniformed ofticers comprise the "A" watch and 55 perc11r1t comprise the "B" watch. Note: The Department Commander is not precluded from reassigning personnel commensurate with the needs of an emergency. * Day watch officers should be assigned to the "A" watch and night watch officers to the "B" watch. Morning watch officers should be assigned to either the "A" or "B" watch to comply with the 45-55 percent ratio requirement. * Investigative personnel shall be assigned in a manner that allows for the augmentation of uniformed per sonnel, if necessary, and also to allow investigators to perform special functions related to UOs, e.g., Field Jail Unit. * The number of officers assigned to the Minimum Operating Force and the Available Reserve for each twelve-hour watch shall be computed and the Avail able Reserve reported as provided in 8/102. 14. J._,lv, 1978 Personnel Mobilization Plan 102.09 TWELVE-HOUR WATCHES. Each twelve-hour watch in a Mobilization shall be preceeded by c 30 minute roll call period. The watch times shall be : * "A" Watch : 0630 - 1900 hours. * "B" Watch : 1830 - 0700 hours. The watch times for the FCP Cadre shall be: * 0730 - 2000 hours. * 1930 - 0800 hot.;rs. Other watch hours may be established only with the approval of the Department Commander. In unusual siruations the Department Commander mav authorize watch hours in exce.55 ot twelve-hour shifts. 102.10 AREA DEPLOYMENT DURING A MOBILIZA TION. The "A" and "B" watches ot a mobiliz=d Area shall each be divided into a Minimum Ooerating Force and an Available Reserve. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN B/102.14 102.11 MINIMUM OPERATING FORCE-MOBILIZA• TION. The Minimum Operating Force for an Area dur_ing a Mobilization shall consist of the following : • Approximately 50 percent of the uniformed officers and supervisors utilized in the sma llest regularly-used car plan of the day and night watches. Minimum day and night watch personnel wi II be assigned to the " A" and "B" Watches respectively. Note: The Minimum Operating Force for a Mobiliza tion does not include vic~,juvenile, and accident investigation or traffic enforcement personnel. • Those fix ed post positions essential to Area operation. When practicable, these fixed post positions will be filled by light-duty officers. Example: A Mobilization occurs on Saturday night and Rampart Area is mobilized. The smallest regularly-used car plan on the night watch in this Area occurs on a Wednesday night. The Minimum Operating Force for Rampart's "B" Watch would then consist of 50 percent of the uniformed patrol officers and uniformed patrol supervisors used on a Wednesday night deployment, plus those positions essential to Area operations. 102.12 AVAILABLE RESERVE-MOBILIZATION. The Available Reserve for an Area shall consist of the Area's on-duty officers except those assigned to the Field Task Force or the Area's Minimum Operating Force for a Mobilization. The Available Reserve includes Area m_, Luvrnile·; fix. ed posts, accident investigation and traffic en orcement personnel. If officers are assigned to the Field Hsk Force from the Available Reserve, the number assigned wilt oe subtracted from .the original Available Reserve to determine the current Available Reserve. Note: The Available Reserve for a Mobilization, des cri bed above, differs from the Available Reserve during a Tactical Alert, which is described elsewhere in this chapter. 102.13 OTHER OFFICE OF OPERATIONS DIVISIONS. * Traffic Divisions. The Available Reserve for traffic divisions shall consist of all personnel who have not been assigned to the Field Task Force. * - Investigative Divisions. The Available Reserves for investigative divisions, within the Office of Operations, shall consist of those officers in the division who are not assigned to the Minimum Operating Force and who are available for assignment to the UO Control Task Force. 102.14 REPORTING AVAILABLE RESERVE EACH DEPLOYMENT PERIOD. Office of Operations Area and division commanding officers shall report the number of officers assigned to the Available Reserve during a Mobilization to their bureau commanding officers and to Investigative Headquarters Division prior to the first day of each deployment period, as follows : * The report shall be submitted on an I ntra-Oepartmenta! Correspondence, Form 15.2. * The report shall include the number of officers, by rank, who will be assigned to the Available Reserve for the coming deployment period. • A separate listing shall be made for each twelve-hcur watch. • A separate listing sl-lall be made for: patrol, vice, juvenile, and fixed posts; accident investigation; traffic· en~orcement; and investig~tive personnel. Example: West Los Angeles Area Twelve-Hour Watch Assignment Available Reser:ve . Deployment Period No. 14 December 15, 1978 "A" Watch "8" Watch Lt. Sgt. Invest. Ofer. Lt. Sgt. Invest. Ofer. Patrol, Vice Juvenile, & Fixed Posts 8 35 10 43 - ~-1. 7 9 T.E. · 8 10 Invest. 4 2 5 Note: To provide an estimate of the potential strength of the Field Task Force, the Available Reserve, as re ported each deployment period, shall bl3 based on the maximum number of available sworn personnel. 2 The ECC Personnel Officer will make a determination regarding the availability of personnel from each Are~ during a Mobilization .. At that ~ime, pro~le,:ns peculiar, to the UO will be considered prior to assigning an Areas or divi3ion's Available Reserve to the Field Task Fore~. When an Area or division is mobilized, the predetermined Minimum Operating Force shall immediately become effective. Prior to the beginning of each twel~e-h_ our watch, line-ups shall be teletyped to Communications Division as prescribed in the Department Manual (3/224.10). Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department Personnel Mobilization Plan J..ily, 1978 B/102.15 PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION PLAN 102.15 SELECTION OF PERSONNEL. The personn_ e! assigned to UO control should be highly qual1f1ed in police service. Selection of _ Task F<:>r_ ce personnel should be predicated upon the following qual1t1es: * Experience and job knowledge. * Exemplary work habits. * Physical stamina. * Emotional stability. * Fortitude. These characteristics are of increased importance when selecting supervisors. They should have all the _qualities necessary for police officers and also those attributes which contribute to effective leadership. 102.16 FORMATION OF SQUADS IN A MOBILIZA~ TION. In the application of Department tactics for Unusual Occurrences, certain situations will necessi tate the use of squads. In a Mobilization, when the_ Field Commander indicates that squads will be used, the follow ing procedures shall apply: * When off-duty pP.rsonnel are activated, concerned station supervisors or watch commanders shall arrange officers and supervisors into squads as they arrive for roll call. * The squads formed in the Area or division of assign ment shall be dispatched to the Assembly Area or other designated location as a unit. . . * Squad assignments shall, when practicable, continue unchanged throughout the duration of the Mobiliza- • n. March, 1976 Personnel Mobilization Plan 102.17 LOCATION OF OFF-DUTY OFFICERS IN A MOBILIZATION. Off-duty personnel from mobilized Areas or divisions shall inform their station supervisor or watch commander of the telephone number or location where they can be contacted when they are going to be away from their homes for more than one hour. 102.18 CANCELLATION OF A MOBILIZATION. Approval for the cancellation of a Mobilization shall be obtained from the Department Commander. . When a Mobilization has been cancelled, the ECC Per sonnel Officer shall cause the broadcast of the cancella tion by radio and teletype as follows: * The broadcast shall include the location of the occur rence and shall be directed to all involved Areas. * The radio broadcast shall be periodically repeated during the first two hours following the original cancellation broadcast. * The teletype shall include instructions for resuming normal activities. 102.19 NOTIFYING OFF-DUTY PERSONNEL OF A MOBILIZATION.CANCELLATION. Upon receiving notification of a Mobilization cancellation, commanding officers of mobilized Areas or divisions shall ensure that their concerned off-duty personnel, including those loaned or temporarily assigned to t~eir command, are immediately notified of the cancellation . In the event motiilized personnel need to be billeted in Department-selected facilities, the ECC Personnel Officer shall notify them when the Mobilization is cancelled. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department ~ . ·; . I MAYOR'S SECURITY JANUARY 1990 WILSHIRE AREA EMERGENCY RESPONSE TO MAYOR'S RESIDENCE Wilshire Area has the primary responsibility to respond to emergency incidents at .the Mayor's residence located at 605 S. Irving Boulevard. The residence is located on the southwest corner of 6th Street and Irving Boulevard (Reporting District 727). The northern property line encompasses the full length of 6th Street, between Irving Boulevard and Lorraine Avenue. The driveway is located off Irving Boulevard, just south of the residence and extends westward to a large three car garage. The garage is secured by two large wood and wrought iron gates. The gates are secured by a padlock. The mayor's residence is a three-story structure. Floor plans are attached (Addendum 4-7). LIGHTING: There are nine flood lights attached to the rear of the residence. These lights illuminate approximately 100 feet to the rear of the residence. The area surrounding the entertainment center (gazebo) has low decorative and interior lights. The tennis court area is also illuminated. The controls for the rear yard lights are located in the entry way foyer and on the second floor adjacent to the master bedroom. The garage lighting consists of three flood lights which are directed eastward and two amber lights located at the front of the garage. The central switches are located in the security quarters directly above the garage and in the entry hall of the main house. The controls for the lights and main power source are positioned in the basement utility room (See Addendum #7). There is no auxiliary power for electricity at the residence. All incoming power lines are underground. ALARM SYSTEM: An anti-intrusion device has been installed by Morris Alarm Systems. Sonic detectors are installed on the first and second floors of the residence interior. When the alarm is activated, both Morris Alarm and Communications Division are notified. The rear yard also has detectors that will be activated only when an intruder comes within ten feet of the rear of the residence. This system alerts the Mayor and occupants of a possible intruder. Verification must be made by the Mayor who determines if a police unit should be dispatched. This notification to Communications Division will normally be made telephonically. MAYOR'S SECURITY JANUARY 1990 Communications Division has established a code system when either the 459 or 211 silent alarm system is activated. The Communications Division Watch Commander will immediately contact the residence by telephone. Wilshire Area units will still be dispatched as follows: On a 211 silent alarm, one unit will be dispatched Code-3, and a Wilshire Area supervisor will be assigned Code-2. On a 459 alarm, one unit will be dispatched Code-2. The code word "ZEBRA" will be used by the Mayor or occupants indicating there is a bonafide call from the residence. Communications will advise the responding units when the code word "CLEAR" is given by the Mayor or occupants. MEDICAL INFORMATION: The Mayor's personal physician is Doctor George Ma, 1711 W. Temple Street, telephone number 413-1313. The hospital of preference is Cigna Medical Center, also located at 1711 W. Temple Street, telephone 418-1313. The Mayor's second choice of hospital is Cedars Sinai, located at 8700 W. Beverly Blvd, telephone 855-6517. The Mayor's blood type is "O positive" and he has no history of any medical problems. Mrs. Bradley has no medical problems and he·r blood type is "A Positive." Medical emergencies will be handled by the Los Angeles Fire Department. Fire Station #29, located at 158 S. Western Avenue, is primarily responsible for calls and they will transport to the nearest hospital. An ambulance, EMS supervisor and a Battalion Chief will be dispatched to medical emergencies. On a medical emergency, the responding supervisor shall notify Detective Headquarters Division of the occurrences and the action taken. All non-Departmental-initiated and officer-initiated activities at the residence will be reported by the responding supervisor to Detective Headquarters Division. OCCUPANTS: The residence is normally occupied by the Mayor and Mrs. Bradley. The Mayor's daughter, Lorraine Bradley (3807 Welland Avenue, L.A., 292-1357), has a key to the residence. VEHICLES AT RESIDENCE: 1988 Oldsmobile Cutlass, license #HND304. RESPONSE BY UTILITIES: MAYOR'S SECURITY JANUARY 1990 Plans to be utilized by the Gas Company responding to the location for service or repairs: A. The Wilshire Area Watch Commander will be notified of calls to be made at the location. B. Further information may be secured from Mr. Jack Davis, Superintendent of the Northwest Division of the Gas Company, telephone 689-2345, extension 127-2442. C. The main shut-~ff valve is on the meter located at the northeast corner of the residence. COMMAND POST LOCATIONS: There are two command post locations in close proximity to the Mayor's residence that can be utilized if an occurrence or event allows for advance preparation. In conjunction with the use of command posts 1 or 2, the security quarters located above the garage of the Mayor's residence is available to Wilshire Area ~ersonnel during any demonstrations. The quarters will adequately accommodate one squad and a supervisor. The quarters has one telephone (485-6284). Arrangements for this facility can be made by contacting the Mayor's (LAPD) security (485-3000). COMMAND POST #1 is the parking facility at the rear of Our Savior's Lutheran Church, 4270 W. 6th Street (Addendum 3). There are two access routes to the location. Entry can be made from the mid-600 block of Norton Avenue with an exit onto Bronson Avenue. Additionally, an alley runs south from the parking facility which could be utilized as an entry or exit to the command post. This alley leads approximately 100 yards to the east/west alley which allows access to either Norton or Bronson Avenues. The church premises has one pay telephone (480-8342) within the church's lobby area. On all scheduled command posts, the supervisor in charge should contact Mrs. Kutzly (387-4255) who is employed by the church. Monday through Friday, Mrs. Kutzly can advise on the availability of the facility and will assist in making the lot available. MAYOR'S SECURITY JANUARY 1990 COMMAND POST #2 is located at 4201 Wilshire Boulevard, Harbor Insurance Building (Addendum #3). This is the best available Command Post Location. It is accessible from Wilshire Boulevard, Irving Street and Lorraine Boulevard. The front lobby is manned 24-hours a day by a security guard, telephone 933-0535. The rear parking lot will accommodate 111 vehicles and the three-level subterranean parking lot will accommodate 423 vehicles. If large numbers of officers are needed, they can be staged in the 600 block of Lorranie Boulevard. The rear parking lot allows quick access to Irving Street, just south of the Mayor's residence. EMERGENCY NAMES AND NUMBERS: 1. Mayor's residence 605 S. Irving Boulevard 2. Mayor's Assistant Phillip Depoian 3. Administrative Desk (List of officers for notification on UO at Mayor's residence) 4. Neighbor: Mr. & Mrs. Albert Morgenstern 617 S. Irving Boulevard 5. Neighbor: Mr. & Mrs. Michael Bolger 604 S. Irving Boulevard 6. Security office at residence 7. Mayor's Security (LAPD) 8. Command Post #1 Our Savior's Lutheran Church 4270 W. 6th Street Mrs. Hayes, Administrator Lobby pay phone 9. Command Post #2 Harbor Insurance Building 4201 Wilshire Boulevard Security Supervisor: James Dorsett 10. Mayor's Physician Dr. George Ma 1711 W. Temple Street 933-1794 (H) 818/789-7882 (W) 485-3315 485-3261 935-4532 933-0225 485-6284 485-3300 387-4255 387-4255 480-8342 933-0535 413-1313 EMERGENCY NAMES AND NUMBERS: 11. Hospital (first choice) Cigna Medical Center 1711 W. Temple Street, L.A. 12. Hospital (second choice) Cedars Sinai Hospital 8700 W. Beverly Blvd., L.A. 13. Mayor's Daughter Lorraine Bradley 3807 Welland Avenue, L.A. (has key to residence) MAYOR'S SECURITY JANUARY 1990 413-1313 855-6517 292-1357 Reporting Dl~rlct Map of ~ Wilshire Area ® §ffl ,~~.'Y!~!.~~ Plunina ud R-.:b Divisica, L.AP.D. * 4861 VENICE BLVD. JANUARY 1992 BEVERLY ci ~ ~ w < < > 703 8 702 < 711 ffi u 761 i ~ . u,j > < 705 706 w 3AO ~ u,j < > w < i 724 725 ~ © COCHRAN AVE. @ ClOVEROALE AVE. @ BRONSOHAVE. © IAOlOST. @ miST. @ WESTCHESTER Pl.ACE 0 COUNTRY CLU8 DAM @ ot. YMPIC Bl VD. @ SIERRA BONITA AVE. @ LACIENEGOVE. @ Tl� URMAH AVE. @ JEFFERSON Bl VD. @) LONGWOOO AVE. tfi' EOOEWOOO Pl.ACE ~ LA BREA AVE. @ GRAMERCY PLACE 707 787 BLVD. ~ < 708 709 ST. 719 5TH ST. ST. 729 738 739 ~ ST. 748 749 11Tl-f ST. 0 758 ! a: 759 ~ BLVD. ci 767 768~ BLVD. 1n 778! BLVD. 788 789 FREEWAY PLANNING & RESEARCH DIVISION Canography and Visual Aids Unit FORM 17.07.00 u,j > < :: a: 0 L1. LU LU CJ) < " z § :)t---+---+--- ... ~~ i s ~ ~ ~ ST Q . J IOO ST ST 25TN noo 26 ,. 21,. za, .'. 0 ~ FORM 17.07.02 ;T JANUARY 1992 ro, Recyclable and made fTom recycled waste. '6."'f) ~I -----' I . 11_. __ .I ~· ~l I_ PLYMOUTH BLVD ~ WINDSOR BLVD I H r-1 O'I C/l ~ w ::r: t--3 t--3 H ~ ~ ::r: ::r: IDRRAINE BLVD ij I! I .... ~ C/l 2' - ~ ~ :;j {I) 0 tr:l t--3 BLVD i: I . . I : I[ BRONSON D rJ I r-1 l j tn tr:l I ac. --...J H ~01 ) t--3 j C/l tr:l ~ ::r: ~1 R ,~, AVE [§ ~ ~ ~ (5 [ J z C/l C/l C/l ~ ~ () "'d • VAN NESS ::r: 5: ~ Q tr:l tr:l e9 t-3 t-3 11 I I : AVE WILTON WILTON C/l \ ~ ttJ l 8 rn-,..11,1r,,nro,, the M.:::n,nr ' c:; Residence , W est , Aerial Photograph of the Mayor's Residence, Looking North, Aerial Mayor's Residence, Looking East, 03239 , ( \· ., .. : .. : : ~ .' . . :· :· ' •.: ., . . . ,.,_ .. ... . ,. . , :. - l ...... .. • · . · •• ..... .. . . ..... ·. ··' ..... ; . . t-... ,.. . . .. . J. ~ \Jw. :fri ... i>.· ... -,- .. LIVING ROOM .. : i · ::< ; ii ~~~f ( · _ .. --. \ · .': . _ ;-- .. . ---·. .. _.·· . · . � . ~ ~ ' . ... ~ . : COURT . Yf),RD - 1 :;- " :': . ~ - . : - ~:. '. : ~ - - WALK-IN _ >··::. FREEZER :: ; -~ ; . ; ._ {':;:_: _ _ ·_ . • t .· .. ~ . ~; J " .... ";,1 M.AJN DINI NG ROOfvl }::,{(:';' ~ ~ •· i :- I t i I _ :/·: . ~. -- ·_: ,i . .r.:-: . ... I " ; • ' • • \ ~ _1 · l -~- . .. \ :\ -L . .,. . . .,. . .- -.. -.. .... ..,w- ... . ' t • · :. .· ',;; : : ,; . ··.· . .-. · .. i' ~1 · ' . :1•=.: _ :.r.~ - ~~ :·t}: i. , _:;:~ ft:~r~·2i · ~t11Jii)l:~ fl::i ~ T?;~);iif~ ~:fi~-i~~I>'.\ ~,i~~\~ ·.i t-:'\~~-.~k{ ~/.:.-' . :"_-~- - - . '.- . \'.~L .i --~ _-! . \ I ... . .-:· ' •• ·- . ·~ ;-, . J . ; · ·: : , .: · : ' ~'.,. ~ >,1 L" :-';~· ! _.~-';_:· 2~'VH~:~ r - W::~~~~]f: - ~{~~~~- y . '.~~~t111'-~{.~:w~~ 1 ~~~ .. . ~~~~x~.<: !lia~ B\t . . r .•. . . • . • : . . -• .-.,,·"'.: •. , : .. .• .. : · , ' •. ~~ -~ ., -:-_ .... : t ,, ..,.;~ .. ~~ .~-. . .. H 1. -:.~~ .. ;. , · ; 'h ,., ,l , ,;.:_ : .. ~- . , i;~i · · .-.·. 1\ i~t.~i.11, i!'_iI+ .... :i;1. .. .... : . , ~~ .. , · .. t ~ t. n .', ,~: i · p_t _--~ .. J ( \.' . -. DRESSING ROOM BEDROOM n-t I . . · r ... N . • :r. -BEDROOM ./_,..(3 ·tr LIVING ROOM '. I . . .. .. ....~ . •• _ ! • 1 I ·•, •I r I .1 I • L.' .. ; ~ ( I ' .' :•,. I I cf ;-• s• I. .ii " . .... . ... ' . ... :~'.Nt,::t(!:;)!_\[\ .. . .. : . :·· . . ·. · •·· .... . ..... . . \ · ·.' ':. • ~ I ·. · · I ! · ; • . ; · •• ·:· •• ·.: •. • . • • · : . ,----------7 .:. ~ .. . • . : : p • ·l /, I . :. ,.. . . , .. , .. : ' < If.' t- _ .; ... . It ; •.:. ,• .. ' .\ :, ,;_: . ,. { . -: ;_ ; . . , f .1 ( \ . , . • .J · .. I' . }"ff.'.· •r ' .. \ ! .J ' , . . .. · - · : r ,:~ _ l(; _ ._i. -.J: . :t~ _ -- · /; >~- - - - ~ - ... ..... . ................. : . . .. ~. - I\J{_(· _ · ::\X _. ... .. .. ·-..... _ .,\ .. ·./ ,. :· .... . ., ··• ... • ~ · .• C :, . : ~: ·-:. :, _ . . , · . r..-=-=-::-j::===1::==:--------=-----~--- . ----7 . ~ ~- .. LAUNDRY ... I r--1. Ltl ~ RO O r •,1 1 1 ---' -. -, Z O I I I L'") r. r.l f.AUJ PANEL 1\i'l ~ 1 1 BAR -·---- ~~ _J ' f- A/C ~__, - ~, 0 UTILITY ROOM ROOM a A s E · M E . 6 0 , S. I R V I N G N N T BLVD :·:, ELEC PANE ~~i: . - . - ~3f?_ - @H. . -. .. . . ' · > - ~ -. · •.1 .. . ; ,. .,. ·• ? ,· .· _, "":·. ... \ l .: . , ~ i . t' { I \, TACTICAL PLAN Zev Yaroslavsky June 28, 1900 1700-2000 hours LOCATION: 165 N. Formosa Avenue, Los Angeles R.D. 705 Basic-Car 7Al Personal residence of City Councilman Zev Yaroslavsky Councilman, 5th District, 485-5013 DESCRIPTION: Second residence south of the east/west alley, west side of the street. Single-story gray stucco, brown shingle roof, red brick chimney (north side of residence), aluminum screen door, single, white front door, unattached garage in rear of residence. Two large sycamore trees on grass parkway, shrubs line north side of residence, 6' aluminum chain-link fence, south side of residence. Black wrought-iron security bars on north windows. COMMAND POST/STAGING AREA: Northeast corner Poinsetta Place/Beverly Boulevard. Rear of the Jewish Temple, "Congregation Shaarei Tefila" parking let. Contact Person - Rabbi Jack Cohen (hm) 937-0439 (wk) 938-7147 ENGRESS ROUTES: Northbound La Brea Avenue to Beverly Boulevard Westbound Beverly Boulevard to Poinsettia Place EGRESS ROUTES: Northbound Formosa Avenue to eastbound Beverly Boulevard Tactical Plan: 6/28/90 NEARBY HOSPITALS: Beverly Hills Medical Center 1177 Beverly Drive Los Angeles, CA (213) 553-5155 Cedars-Sinai Hospital 8700 Beverly Blvd. Los Angeles, CA (213) 855-6561 Hollywood Presbyterian Hospital 1300 N. Vermont Avenue Los Angeles, CA (213) 662-9151/413-3000 INTELLIGENCE INFORMATION: Page All intelligence information has been obtained by Detective K. Keranen, #14950, ATD. Detective Keranen stated that from previous demonstrations, if more than 20 demonstrators show, it will be unusual. The last Jewish Defense League (JDL) demonstration was June 22, 1990, at City Hall. One member from the JDL was present, Irv Rubin. This demonstration is in direct response to Councilman Yaroslavsky supporting Nelson Madela's trip to Los Angeles. Detective Keranen can be contacted at the following numbers: ATD Inside No. for ATD C/0 ATD 485-4391, 92, 93 687-4848 485-5352 Los Angeles Fire Department - Arson: Inspector Garrett (485-5979) was contacted and recommended the following applicable sections to cite: 45l(D) P.C . * 57.20.17 LAMC * 57.20.19(A) LAMC * 57.20.22 LAMC Burning Property of Others (felony) Fires Due to Carelessness or Negligence Fire Permit Required Fires Prohibited on Public Property * - All three LAMCs are misdemeanors DEPARTMENT NEEDS: 7Al (Intelligence Car) to monitor the vicinity of 165 N. Formosa Avenue. Should advise supervisor assigned to incident and advise when demonstrators begin to stage. 2 Tactical Plan: 6/28/90 Page 2 FUTURE NEEDS: 20-30 demonstrators: 2 Sergeants 12 Officers A field jail will be established at the Command Post should arrest be made. Those arrested for misdemeanors will be RFC'd and those arrested for felonies will be transported to Jail Division for processing. Jail Division will be notified and will have a Jail bus standing by. ASSIGNED PERSONNEL: Intelligence Officer: Officer Charles Newman, . #24351 Senior Lead Officer For Basic Car Plan (7Al) Prepared by: Sergeant Jay M. Collins VITAL POINT SECURITY i I ~ 1, I, ~ 11 1- ;! H .._ ~ ~~ ARE A ~ ! I: ;~ !~ 11 u s~ n ! i ! !I n ~i n n I LOCATION RD ~ ~ . KRm Radio Station 771 SQOl w Venice Bl xx 2 KAI£ Ridio station 797 xx 2 "l')l ~ r.r11 r~----··.,,, Bl cm 'Ielcvision stulios 702 xx 4 7Rnn HIJOVS>TIV Rl Fairfax Ieceiving Station #D 771 xx 3 'iQ'iO ViPnirP Rl •1ro10• station #17 759 xx 2 JQ04 W_ llt-h ~t- •Lal~• station #8 764 xx 2 AAr;A ~n Vin=i-nt-P Rl •Jtl>art• Station #38 738 xx 2 QA? C: i;..: ; J\u •pi.co• Station #43 742 xx 2 r;,&::a w o;,..,-,. 01 •neveriy• Station #55 705 - XX 2 E;AAl t'll 'lrrl c:~ •1-1auser• Station #56 xx 2 'l.A n 1 ~ 1-lrli11co-r Au 791 Councilman Zav Yaroslavsky's Jes. 705 165 N Fbmosa Av C ~un of Art 722 xx 4 5905 Wilshire Bl I Cedars-sinai Hospital . 701 xx 6 R700 W i=°.P~•· l v Rl Kaiser Hospital xx 6 &:.nA 1 r;:v1 i l l ;v, l\u 731 , Beverly Shopping Ma.ll xx 8 Rs;no w - • ·l,r 01 701 .,, 2 Mayor Tan Brc:W:Uey' s ~sidence 727 xx enc c- T--.!- - .,,. __ ~ ~ ~ !! VITAL POINT SECURITY t ~~ ! i ~ I~ I H ... ~ ~ - A R E A ! ~ ~ t ;~ ~~ ii u ~f~ ~~ s~ ~i u r ! ! n u n I ~ ~~ ~1 ;!, . LOCATION RD ~ . COllllCilman John Ferraro 705 JJR S -::-;. - -:~•-• Au xx 2 Councilman Stephen Garvin 708 xx 2 1ni; N VA!n t.loe!C! Au Councilman Dwid Cunninghan 774 2323 Boc:kinnhrWn ~ xx 2 E:x-Po1i~ Ccmnissoner leva Tooley 727 xx 2 1Sfi S iu ..... Au Wilshire Po1ice StatiCD xx 3 4Rh1 W W-ilch-iTP Rl 764 Kore..an Culture Center xx 2 'it;.Ot;. W W-i lch-irn Ill 731 COGJLA'IB OFFICES AND RESIDEtCES AKiFNI'INA xx 2 "'l'lt;.n w w; lc:hh-p Rl ~t-~ :Jtl 4" 739 - BARBAini xx 2 "lAAn w w;1~1,,.;._... n.1 ~+-~ !1"">1" 707 . BELGJIM xx 2 hlnn w W-i lc:hh·p Rl ~~ Jl1 '"Jnn 707 lesidence 1 nn ~ ;;. •• ~ A-.., 707 xx 2 BRAZIL 739 xx 2 "lD10 W W-i"I-J...-i- Ill ~L.- ,11.-.~nn . _ ___,. I lesidenoe 724 xx 2 7i;n ~"'" ~w •• A,T CDLlHJIA 739 , xx 2 "'l"AA W WHc:hire Rl ~~_:ff:14"0 ~ xx 2 'lAAn W W-ilch;rP Al Sf-p J!OnA 738 - 2 GEINANY xx h'J?? W Wilc:h;rP Rl .4t-h Flmr 731 ~ ~ !! VITAL POINT SECURITY t ~ I~ I ~ I! I H II i ARE A ~: ~ ~ ! t i I~ ;~ ~~ ii u ~~ ~ ti ~~ n r r I '"' n n n n ~ - ~ ~i i~ ~ ~ LOCATION RD ~ rJ: INrnESIA 729 xx 2 "lA'i."7 W w; lc:h;rA Rl .it-h le"lnnr - ISRAEL 731 xx 2 i:::")an w w; 1~1,.; .......... Rl ~o -11-l"lnn . 2 KORF.A 729 xx TJA"l w w; l~h;TP. Rl ?nti ~~---- - 2 Iesidence 726 xx t:..")"7 C ::. ··- A,, MALI 745 xx 2 .i"l? W ::: -:. __ -; Pl~ Jl? lesidence 745 xx 2 AE;':I? W ::-.- •• --: Pl~ Jll - - NE'IHERLANOO 739 xx 2 "lA~n W w; 1 c:h;rA Rl ~#3 :Hc;.na . PERU 731 xx 2 hA?n w , w;lc::h-io Rl St-,:i. Jlln">n PHILLIPINES xx 2 1660 W W;lc:h;rA Bl. St-iP _#QOO 738 SPAIN xx 2 h':lnn W w;1~h;TP. Rl St-P_#lhlO 731 SWITZERLAND xx 2 "lAAn w wn~h;TP. Rl ~o JlA17 739 - lesidence xx 2 A">A ~ w; ...... Rl 727 I 'IURKEY xx 2 A Anl w; 1 ch;_,,.,. 01 c-+ ..... -""11n 725 PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF CHINA n.__._..: :P~ Wilshire Area lesidence 726 xx 2 434 -;; :.,_ Rl _ 2nd & 3rd F] nnrc: MALAYSIA n...+-c-i~ rvl Wilch-iTO J\....-.n.:::,, VITAL POINT SECURITY t ~ ~~ H II ARE A ~ : ! r ~ I~ u ,. n !i ~ ~ ~ , LOCATION RD ~ia residence lbssrmre Av 707 Malta Jesi.dence 727 41Q S ;,;. •• ••••Au Norway lesi.dence 707 1 7q s n1 -~~ - I Au ! ~ 11 I i ;~ i ~ ~~ a~ ~i !~ n n ~1 ~ I ~ ~~ n I xx xx xx ~ 1! ii t~ 2 2 2 f I r, · .. · _ -_ · ')7 J' l ,! _., - .. _j . / _ / ~ -- - & _ - _ ill & ffi & & ffi ffi & TH or.-1..;s 8 ROS. ~JP.,:'Vi E/LOCATION 1\1AP CCORCli\lATES DAM-HOLLY'NOOO RESERVOIR & CHLORINATIO:-J STATION CAM-STONE CAr-JYQr,J RESERVOIR DAM-FRANKLIN CANYON RESERVOIR-UPPER & LOWER FREEW.t,Y - 405/10 OVEF:PASS • FREEW.L:..Y - 405/90 OVERPASS HIGHRISES -WILSHIRE CORRIDOR . FAIRFAX E/ B TO NORMANDIE AVE. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS - GASOLINE STORAGE TANKS JEFFERSON/SLAUSON HAZARDOUS MATERIALS - GASOL!r· JE STORAGE TANKS EL SEGU [\JDQ REFINERY TRANSfv11TiRECEIVER SITE - M T. LEE 3800 MT. LEE DRIVE HOSPITAL -- CED.il_ R-SlN A I MEOiCAL CENTER BEVERLY BLVD. & SAi\J ViCENTE HOSPITAL - UCL.u. MEDICAL CE :\JTER SUNSET BLVD. & HI LG,~RO .~ VE. HOSPITAL - SROTi\1AN :; .-H:DlCAL CENTER 3828 DELJ\:l.D,S TcS Rr-, CE MAJOR POWER STATiON 12700 VISTA DEL tv1t,R POWER SUBSTATIONS 5940 VENICE BLVD. PRIORITY 2 CBS STUDIOS FAIRFAX AVE. & BEVERLY BLVD. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS - LAX E/0 WORLD WAY WEST HIGH RISE - CENTURY CITY SANTA MONICA BLVD. & CENTURY PARK EAST TRANSMIT SITE-SAN VICENTE TRANSMITTER 17400 MULHOLLAND DR. CUFFS 17000 PACIFIC COAST HIGHWAY . -. ,._ _: ~ - . P24-C6 P32-D2 P33-81 /3 P41-F5 P50-C4 P42-43 P50-C4 P62-A 1 C1 P24-D5 . --.· - - ·· . P33-D6 P32-E6 P42-C6 P55A-F6 P42-E4 P33-F6 P56-83 P42-A2 P21-D6 P40-A4 R. D.= 615 806 809 1408 1459 723 261 CIC EL SEG 609 701 1 826 ICiC 1491 761 713 1493 839 803 831 f " I / I I I I I / ~~\ ... -•-•"'' 4 . ~ NORTH Y/Es·r Bl!!! ,REAU ('• 1· ./ ~. ·y / ✓1- (', I ! i I .i· ' I I j , ; • ' ,, I , \I ! . I V I T A L P O I N T SURVEY ,. WILSHIRE AREA VITAL POINT SURVEY CONT E ' N TS Wilshire Area Vital Point Security Plan Potential Terrorist Activity Locations in Wilshire Embassy Takeover Consulate Generals Offices and Residences in Wilshire Department of Water and Power Facilities Los Angeles Department of Water and Power Systems and Facilities Vital Point Survey Charts West Bureau Priority 1 Map 1 1 - 2 2 - 3 3 - 7 7 - 8 9 - 10 WILSHIRE AREA VITAL POINT SECURITY PLAN: To facilitate compliance with Office of Operations Order #4 of 1984, "Consolidation of Required Standing Plans", information regarding the completion of vital point surveys is attached. Vital point security plans should include information identifying vital points by type and · location and required posts for the pr6vision of minimum security. It is not necessary at this time to include information regarding contact numbers of personnel normally manning the facilities and ingress/egress routes as delineated in the table of contents format attachment to Office of Operations Order #4 . Attachments include information from the Terrorist Target Analysis which was completed by all Area in 1981. This information should be revised as necessary by each Area. The information, which has been reduced to information matrices for easy reference, has been checked with the utility companies listed. All other sites should be confirmed and updated. When completed, the plan shall be submitted for approval as indicated in Office of Operations Order #4. POTENTIAL TERRORIST ACTIVITY LOCATIONS IN WILSHIRE AREA: An investigation was conducted relative to those locations in . Wilshire Area which could become potential targets of terrorist activity. The following locations were compiled and not listed by priority. 1. KRTH Radio Station 5901 Venice Boulevard 2. KABC Radio Station 3221 S. La Cienega Boulevard 3. CBS Television Studios 7800 Beverly Boulevard 4. DWP Receiving Station 5950 Venice Boulevard 5. Museum of Art 5757 Wilshire Boulevard 6. Cedars-Sinai Hospital 8700 W. Beverly Boulevard 7. Kaiser Hospital 6041 Cadillac Avenue 8. Beverly Center 8500 W. Beverly Boulevard 9. Mayor Tom Bradley's Residence 605 S. Irving Boulevard POTENTIAL TERRORIST ACTIVITY LOCATIONS IN WILSHIRE AREA (cont'd): 10. Councilman Zev Yaroslavsky's Residence 165 N. Formosa Avenue 11 . Council John Ferraro's Residence 288 S. Hudson 12. Council Stephen Garvin's Residence 105 N. Van Ness 13. Deputy Mayor Mark Sabiani Residence 14. Wilshire Police Station 4861 W. Venice Boulevard 15. Jewish Federation Building 6506 Wilshire Boulevard 16. Turkish Consulate Residence 143 and 153 S. June Street 17. Korean Culture Center 5505 Wilshire Boulevard EMBASSY TAKE-OVER: Because of the large number of foreign embassies in Wilshire Area. there is a very real threat of an embassy take-over or a related political demonstration. The following are ideas to be considered: Since a foreign embassy office and consul generals have various legal immunity, it is imperative that a supervisor understand his legal authority before making decisions. 1. It is of utmost importance to have valid verified information. 2. Set-up a command post near the embassy that has a land -line. 3. Notify: a. Wilshire Watch Commander b. Wilshire Patrol Commanding Officer c. Wilshire Division Commanding Officers d. Communications e. Detective Headquarters Division f. Scientific Investigation Division -- Photo Team g. Deputy District Attorney's Office h. Chief of Staff (xS-3202) i. Anti-Terrorist Division (x5-4391) EMBASSY TAKE-OVER (cont'd): 4. Cordon off and isolate the area to foot and vehicular traffic. 5. Attempt to remove as many people from the area as possible. 6. Establish communications within the embassy (i.e., land-line, bull horn, etc.). 7. Attempt to verify if there are any injuries. 8. Consider requesting a SWAT Team. 9. Attempt to contact a representative from the embassy. 10. Contact ATD and request their presence at scene. 11. Request personnel as needed. Know who and where personnel have been assigned, maintain positive fire control. 12. Request an Air Unit. 13. Have officers obtain vantage points around the embassy. 14. Request ambulance and Fire Department to stand by. 15. Determine access routes and advise concerned units. 16. Establish alternate routes for citizen traffic. 17. Attempt to determine identity and objective of suspect(s). 18. If suspect(s) identity can be ascertained, check record through R & I. 19. Determine crime(s) involved. 20. Ascertain floor plan and/or layout of embassy. 21. Order sound and light equipment to scene if necessary. 22. Remember we do not make deals with the suspect, but we do talk to them. 23. Remember your actions may have national and/or international significance. Police activity must be totally objective, necessary and based on facts only. 24. After action report, if tactical alert. CONSULATE GENERALS (CG) OFFICES AND RESIDENCES IN WILSHIRE AREA A. FOREIGN CONSULATES 1. Offices in Wilshire Division (see next page) WILSHIRE AREA CONSULATES 19 CONSULATE LOCATIONS IN WILSHIRE AREA ARGENTINA 3350 Wilshire Blvd, Ste. 1450 Los Angeles, CA 90010 CONSUL AND RESIDENCE INFO: Juan Vicente Sola 1719 Wellesly Avenue Los Angles, CA 90025 Married: Maria Diego de Laura Jauregui, Deputy Consul 1800 Camino de la Costa, Apt. #B Redondo Beach, CA 90277 Single BARBADOS 3440 Wilshire Blvd, Ste, 1215 Los Angeles, CA 90010 VICE CONSUL AND RESIDENCE INFO: Dan McCarthy 12540 Braddock Drive, Apt. #134 Los Angeles, CA 90066 Married: Daffodil BELGIUM 6100 Wilshire Blvd, Ste. 1200 Los Angeles, CA 90048 CONSUL AND RESIDENCE INFO: Marc Otte, Consul General 100 S. Rossmore Avenue Los Angeles, CA 90004 Married: Georgina BELIZE 611 South Wilton Place Los Angeles, CA 90005 CONSUL Ernesto Castillo, Honorary Consul 213/739-9977 213/739-5959 213/447-9209 213/375-4376 213/380-2198 213/305-8223 213/857-1244 213/467-1572 213/385-6499 213/385-6499 COLUMBIA 3580 Wilshire Blvd, Ste. 1450 - Los Angeles, CA 90010 CONSUL AND RESIDENCE INFO: Maria Helena B. de Cruz, Acting Consul General None COLUMBIAN GOVERNMENT TRADE BUREAU: 6100 Wilshire Blvd. Los Angeles, CA 90010 Douglas Montgomery, Director COSTA RICA 3540 Wilshire Blvd, Ste. 404 Los Angeles, CA 90010 CONSUL AND RESIDENCE INFO: Honerable Hubert Rojas, Consul General None Aziadee Estrada, Consul None DENMARK . 3440 Wilshire Blvd, Ste. 904 Los Angeles, CA 90010 CONSUL AND RESIDENCE INFO: Mr. Leif M. Reimann, Counsnl General 427 Fordyce Road Los Angeles, CA GERMANY 6222 Wilshire Blvd, Ste. 500 Los Angeles, CA 90048 CONSUL AND RESIDENCE INFO: Dr. Cornel Metternich 275 Bently Circle Los Angeles, CA 90049 Married: Hilary WILSHIRE AREA CONSULATES 19 213/382-1136 Unknown 213/965-9760 213/380-7915 213/387-4277 213/472-3200 213/930-2703 213/472-1141 GREECE 3255 Wilshire Blvd, Ste. 1103 Los Angeles, CA 90010 CONSUL AND RESIDENCE INFO: Honerable George Zois, Consul General None GUYANA 611 South Wilton Place, Ste. 2 Los Angeles, CA 90005 CONSUL AND RESIDENCE INFO: Joseph G. D'Oliverira, Honorary Consul None INDONESIA 3457 Wilshire Blvd, Fourth Floor Los Angeles, CA 90010 CONSUL AND RESIDENCE INFO: Djunardi Sutisnawinata 627 S. Windsor Blvd. Los Angeles, CA 90035 ISRAEL 6380 Wilshire Blvd, Ste. 1700 Los Angeles, CA 90048 CONSUL AND RESIDENCE INFO: Ran Ronen, Consul General Single KOREA 3243 Wilshire Blvd, Second Floor Los Angeles, CA 90010 CONSUL AND RESIDENCE INFO: Chong Sang Park, Consul General 627 S. Rossmore Avenue Los Angeles, CA 90005 Married: Chum Soon OFFICE OF KOREAN CULTURAL CENTER SERVICE 5505 Wilshire Blvd. Los Angeles, CA 90036 WILSHIRE AREA CONSULATES 19 213/385-1447 213/389-7565 213/383-5126 213/939-0113 213/651-5700 213/385-9300 213/939-2845 213/936-7141 MALI 4532 Edgewood Place, Ste. 2 Los Angeles, CA 90019 CONSUL AND RESIDENCE INFO: Dr. William Arthur Burke, Consul General Married: Yvonne George Beasley, Vice Consul 4532 Edgewood Place, #1 Los Angeles, CA NETHERLANDS 3460 Wilshire Blvd, Ste. 509 Los Angeles, CA 90010 CONSUL AND RESIDENCE INFO: Jonkheer John Von Munien 131 N. Gunston Drive Los Angeles, CA 90049 Married: Danielle Henne J. Schuwer, Consul 400 N. Mccadden Place Los Angeles, CA 90004 Married: Lena NORWAY 5750 Wilshire Blvd, Ste. 470 Los Angeles, CA 90036 CONSUL AND RESIDENCE INFO: Honorable Anfin Ullern, Consul General None PERU 3460 Wilshire Blvd, Ste. 1005 Los Angeles, CA 90010 CONSUL AND RESIDENCE INFO: Julio Galindo 5339 Vanalden Avenue Tarzana, CA 91356 Married: Sara WILSHIRE AREA CONSULATES 19 213/274-5825 213/274-5825 213/380-3440 213/471-1700 . 213/965-9252 213/933-7717 213/383-9895 818/343-8167 PHILLIP INES 3660 Wilshire Blvd, Ste. 900 Los Angeles, CA 90010 CONSUL AND RESIDENCE INFO: Victor G. Garcia III 2011 Niodrara Drive Glendale, CA 91207 Married: Concepcion POLAND 3460 Wilshire Blvd, Ste. 1200 Los Angeles, CA 90010 CONSUL AND RESIDENCE INFO: Honorable Jan Szewc, Consul General None SPAIN 6300 Wilshire Blvd, Ste. 1630 Los Angeles, CA 90048 CONSUL AND RESIDENCE INFO: Eduardo Garrigues 436 N. June Street Los Angeles, CA 90004 Married: Pilar Munoz SWITZERLAND 3440 Wilshire Blvd, Ste. 817 / Los Angeles, CA 90010 CONSUL AND RESIDENCE INFO: Kurt Welte, Consul General 424 S. Windsor Blvd. Los Angeles, CA 90020 Single Walburga Stadler, Vice Consul 560 N. Irving Place Los Angeles, CA 90004 Married: Jacob WILSHIRE AREA CONSULATES 19 213/387-5321 818/243-7952 213/365-7900 213/658-6050 None 213/388-4127 213/936-4145 213/469-0734 L._ _______ ~ TURKEY 4801 Wilshire Blvd, Ste. 310 Los Angeles, CA CONSUL AND RESIDENCE INFO: Mehrnet Emre, Consul General Married: Serna WILS. HIRE AREA CONSULATES 19 213/937-0118 NONE WILSHIRE AREA CONSULATES 19 FOREIGN CONSUL RESIDING IN WILSHIRE AREA PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF CHINA Ma Yuzhen, Consul General 434 Rimpau Blvd, 2nd & 3rd Flrs. Los Angeles, CA 90020 Married : Zou Jichun MALAYSIA Salim Hashim, Consul General 265 S. Rossmore Avenue Los Angeles, CA 90004 Married: Aini MALTA Dolores Galea, Consul 419 S. Norton Avenue Los Angeles, CA 90020 Single NORWAY Per Tollefsen 179 S. Hudson Avenue Los Angeles, CA 90004 Married: Siv Legander 213/380-3105 213/938-1123 213/939-1821 213/939-5011 213/936-7361 EVACUATION DISPERSAL PLAN Page 9 6.4 Consulate Locations within Evacuation Perimeter Argentina: 3558 Wilshire Blvd, Ste. 1450, LA 90010 Barbados: 3440 Wilshire Blvd, Ste. 1215, LA 90010 Brazil: 3810 Wilshire Blvd, Ste. 1500, LA 90010 Columbia: 3580 Wilshire Blvd, Ste. 1450, LA 90010 Columbian Government Trade Bureau: 6100 Wilshire Blvd, LA 90010 Denmark: 3440 Wilshire Blvd, Ste. 904 LA 90010 Indonesia: 3457 Wilshire Blvd, 4th Flr. , LA 90010 Netherlands: 3460 Wilshire Blvd, Ste. 509 LA 90010 Philippines: 3660 Wilshire Blvd, Ste. 900, LA 90010 Switzerland: 3440 Wilshire Blvd, Ste. 817, LA 90010 Consular Relations 739-9777 380-2198 382-3133 382-1136 965-9760 387-4277 383-5126 380-3440 387-5321 388-4127 When dealing with consular premises during a forced evacuation, officers shall be guided by the Department Manual Section 4/284.15. This reads, in part, "Officers shall not enter those parts of consular premises which are used exclusively for work of the consular post, without the express consent of the head of the consular post or his designee." EVACUATION DISPERSAL PLAN (cont'd) Consular Relations Should officers encounter difficulty during the evacuation, notification should be made to Metropolitan Division (xS-4O15). Further action would be determined through the liaison of the Commanding Officer, Operations Headquarters Bureau, and the U.S . . Department of State. As always, consent may be assumed in the case of fire or other disaster requiring prompt action. Should any consulate actually be evacuated, security would be provided by consular security or Metropolitan Division. JEWISH TEMPLES Wilshire Area Name of Temple R.D. "A" Car Phone# CONGREGATION SHAAEI TEFILA 694 6A97 938-7171 7269 w. Beverly Blvd. Los Angeles, CA 90036 WILSHIRE BLVD. TEMPLE 729 7A29 388-2401 3663 Wilshire Blvd. Los Angeles, CA 90010 BETH CHAYIN CHADASHIM 761 7A51 931-7023 6000 w. Pico Blvd. Los Angeles, CA 90035 ETZ JACOB CONGREGATION 692 6A97 938-2619 7659 Beverly Blvd. Los Angeles, CA 90036 CONGREGATION BETH ISRAEL 702 7Al 651-4022 8056 Beverly Blvd. Los Angeles, CA 90048 TEMPLE BETH AM 859 8A47 655-6401 1039 s. La Cienega Blvd. Los Angeles, CA 90035 MICHKAN ISRAEL CONGREGATION 702 7Al 655-3133 8237 w. 3rd Street Los Angeles, CA 90048 TEMPLE BETH ZION 733 7A33 933-9136 5555 w. Olympic Blvd. Los Angeles, CA 90036 ABORTION CLINICS NOVEMBER 1989 ABORTION CLINICS LOCATED IN O~ERATIONS-WEST BUREAU Pacific Area Family Planning Center 1501 Pacific Avenue West Los Angeles Area Southern California Women's Medical Group 11600 Wilshire Blvd., #400 Family Planning Associates Medical Group 12304 Santa Monica Blvd., #112 Center For Woman's Care 12304 Santa Monica Bl #118 Wilshire Area Koryo Health Foundation (No Abortions) 3544 W. Olympic Blvd. Women's Medical Group of Los Angeles 1828 S. Western Avenue Women's Medical Center of Los Angeles 5985 W. Pico Blvd. Family Planning Associates 6000 San Vicente Midland Medical Center 3827 W. Washington Blvd. 392-4147 477-7555 820-8084 826-0818 731-0686 731-2191 937-0911 937-1390 731-3127 3. 7A47 a. b. 4. 7A51 a. b. C. 5. 7A77 a. b. Mount Vernon Junior High School 4066 W. 17th Street Los Angeles, CA Possible student disorder Kappa Alpha PSI (Fraternity House) 1846 Crenshaw Blvd. Los Angeles, CA 733-2157 I 737-9001 History of major 415s when hall is rented for parties LACES - Magnet School 5931 W. 18th Street Los Angeles, CA Possible student disorder Department of Water and Power 2311 S. Fairfax Avenue Los Angeles, CA Distribution Station (Electricity) Sabotage or Blackout KRTH Radio 5901 Venice Blvd. Los Angeles, CA Rancho Cienega Park 5001 Rodeo Road Los Angeles, CA 938-1620 481-5440 935-8595 294-6788 Scheduled sporting events, musical programs and juvenile activity Radio Tower KABC Radio 3321 S. La Cienega Blvd. Los Angeles, CA 840-4900 c. Exposition between Crenshaw Ave. and La Cienega Blvd. Southern Pacific Railroad crosses Division parallel to Exposition Possible derailment B. CAR PLAN AREA POSSIBLE PROBLEM SITES 1. 7Al a. b. c. d. 2. 7A33 California Federal Bank 5670 Wilshire Blvd. Los Angeles, CA Governor attends monthly Board of Trustee meetings for California State Colleges Jewish Federation Council of Greater L.A. 6506 Wilshire Blvd. Los Angeles, CA Standard Oil Company (Drilling Area) 1353 S. Spaulding Avenue Los Angeles, CA Standard Oil Company (Drilling Area 130 S. San Vicente Blvd. Los Angeles, CA 932-4120 852-1234 939-2547 657-8888 Possible anti-war and anti-draft demonstrations b. C. Union Oil Company (Pump Station) 4848 W. Pico Blvd. Los Angeles, CA Possible disaster John Burrough Junior High School 600 S. Mccadden Place Los Angeles, CA Possible student disorder 931-6574 (24 Hrs) 731-9759 938-9146 d. Wilshire Blvd. from Crenshaw Blvd to Normandie Avenue Parades - this route is a favorite for parades by groups of all philosophies, ideologies and political beliefs e. f. L.A. High School & L.A. High Memorial Park Olympic Blvd. and Rimpau Avenue possible student disorder Wilshire Ebell Theater 4401 W. 8th Street Los Angeles, CA 937-3210 939-1128 Jewish defense league demonstrates against Soviet performances Car Plan Area Possible Problem Sites (cont'd) 6. 7A91 a. Kalsman Street History of gang activity b. 4700-4900 block of August Street and adjacent area Juvenile gang activity History of gang activity in this high density population area VI. HELICOPTER LANDING SITES A. FAA RECOGNIZED 1. Baldwin Hills Bowl (reservoir) 4300 Cloverdale 2. 3. 4. California Federal Bank 5670 Wilshire Blvd. KABC Radio 3321 S. La Cienega Blvd. CBS 7800 Beverly Blvd. 932-4321 840-4900 852-2345 5. Trump Wilshire Associates (Filming Location) 387-7011 3400 Wilshire Blvd. VII. POWER FAILURE A. Wilshire Station (See Station Defense Plan) B. Wilshire Area 1. Water and Power distribution areas a. Wilshire Area is serviced by three electrical receiving stations. Receiving stations are divided into four banks {A-D). Wilshire has bank A, Band C of receiving station D, banks Band C of Hand bank B of B. Electricity Water 800/821-5278 213/481-4900 24-hours 24-hours 2. Overload Condition Emergency Center Department of Water and Power (24 Hrs) Electrical (800) 821-5278 (24 Hrs)_ Water (213) 481-4900 The Department of Water and Power has formulated a plan to conserve power during peak usage periods. The peak usage periods will generally occur on unusually hot days between 1000 and 1600 hours. If it becomes necessary to activate emergency plans to conserve power, Communications will be notified by Water and Power. Communications will notify Wilshire Area and the new media. There will be a maximum of thirty minutes prior to activation. One power bank in each receiving area will then be shut down for a thirty minute period while the other three continue to operate. The other three will be progressively shut down at the end of each thirty minute period. There will be three functioning power banks in each service area at all times. a. b. Receiving Stations 1. D 5950 Venice Blvd 481-5398 2. H 936 N. Poinsetta Place 481-5880 3. B 9615 s. Central Avenue 481-5608 Police Problems 1. Traffic Control The tri-light signals will not function in the blackened out pank area. The Watch Commander shall familiarize himself with the power bank map and formulate a traffic control plan for the affected area. 2. Hospitals State law requires hospitals and licensed rest homes to have automatic back up power. Hospital out patients on mechanical devices such as iron lungs have emergency power supplies. Hospitals with such patients have contingency plans for black out emergencies. 3. Multi-Storied Buildings The Department of Building and Safety is in the process of compiling a list of buildings in Wilshire Area with elevators. A notification will be included in the Unusual Occurrence Manual for buildings without emergency power. The Los Angeles Fire Department Companies with salvage and rescue units have current lists of buildings with elevators in the city. 3. Disaster Black-Outs The occurrence of a disaster originated black-out will necessitate an immediate evaluation by the Watch Commander. He must consider the same criteria as in a controlled black-out, but additionally should consider the need for suppressive patrol, especially at night. • RD 771 764 759 748 742 705 795 NOTE: * DEPARTMENT OF WATER AND POWER FACILITIES STATION Fairfax Receiving Sta "D" Supv: Rex Atwel Distribution Station 8 Distribution Station 17 Distribution Station 38 Distribution Station 43 Distribution Station 55 Distribution Station 56 LOCATION 5950 Venice Blvd. Longwood 4858 San Vicente Irolo 2904 W. 11th Street Hobart 987 S. Hobart Blvd. Pico 5769 W. Pico Blvd. Beverly 5801 W. 3rd Street Hauser 3401 S. Hauser Blvd. PHONE 481-5398 24-hours 934-7716 481-5508 384-7117 934-0307 934-1632 481-4211 481-7899 The phone numbers for all distribution Stations listed above are only monitored during normal business hours (0800 - 1700 hours). In the event these facilities experience earthquake damage on weekends, holidays or during times other than normal business hours, the Fairfax Receiving Station "D" should be contacted. This facility is staffed constantly and will provide any necessary emergency service. New location to be completed in 1990 I_ LOS ANGELES DEPARTMENT OF WATER & POWER - WATER SYSTEM FACILITIES Address 609 Park Row Drive 4400 Bowman Blvd. 4400 Bowman Blvd. 5200 Newtonia Drive 950 W. 1st Street (Harbor) 1700 W. L Street (Harbor) 922 W . . 1st Street (Harbor) 2459 Holly Drive 2460 Holly Drive 1900 Nichols Canyon 2501 Montlake Drive 1904 N. Western Avenue 3227 Roxbury Road 8146 Skyline Drive 10673 Sunset Blvd. 1900 Stone Canyon Road 1351 Palisades Drive 1294 N. Beverly Drive 1630 Stone Canyon Road 1800 Westridge Road 1367 Palisades Drive 3641 Stone Canyon Avenue 4500 Encino Avenue 16625 Calneva Drive 4720 San Feliciano Drive 4129 Nogales Drive 20875 Clark Street 1301 Blue Hill Drive 414 N. Avenue 62 3000 Ettrick Street 2700 Tesla Avenue 2700 Tesla Avenue 2355 Fletcher Drive 420 N. Avenue 62 5403 Hillmont Avenue Los Feliz/Riverside Drive 2947 Hyperion Avenue 6219 A. Manhattan Place 3450 Oeste Avenue 11845 Vose Street 11300 Dona Dorotea Drive 805 Vanowen Street 10320 Sunland Blvd 13651 Eldridge Avenue 13560 Fenton Avenue 7960 Foothill Blvd. 10320 Sunland Blvd. 12201 Havana Avenue 9575 San Fernando Road 13945 San Fernando Road 11200 DeSoto Street 15751 Rinaldi Street 8420 Valley Circle Blvd. 14031 San Fernando Road RD 227 417 417 409 514 545 626 262 615 529 632 621 806 806 801 809 806 803 801 995 1099 1099 1092 1097 1075 1109 1128 1132 1154 1154 1155 1128 1109 1122 1132 1243 1592 1514 1592 1514 1694 1618 1616 1684 1693 1606 1617 1602 1701 1709 1721 1705 Facility Reservoir (Elysian) Reservoir (Ascot) · Pump Station (Ascot) Water Storage Reservoir (San Pedro) Pump Station (Lomita) Pump Station (San Pedro) Pump Station (Mulholland) Reservoir (Hollywood) Catch Basin Pump Station (Hollywood) Pump Station (Los Feliz) Pump Station (Roxbury) Pump Station (Skyline) Reservoir (Sawtelle) Reservoir (Stone Canyon) Reservoir (Santa Ynez) Reservoir (Franklin) Pump Station (Stone Canyon) Pump Station (Westridge) Pump Station (Santa Ynez) Pump Station (Beverly Glen) Reservoir (Encino) Pump Station (Calneva) Pump Station (Girard) Pump Station (Nogales) Pump Station (Winnetka) Reservoir (Eagle Rock) Reservoir (Highland) Reservoir (Rowena) Reservoir (Ivanhoe) Reservoir (Silverlake) Pump Station (Fletcher) Pump Station (Garvanza) Pump Station (Hillmont) Pump Station (Mulholland Foun) Pump Station (Rowena) Pump Station (Manhattan) Pump Station (Coldwater) Pump Station (Lankershim) Pump Station (Laurel Canyon) Pump Station (North Hollywood) Reservoir (Green Verdugo) Reservoir (Maclay) Pump Station (Astoria) Pump Station (Foothill) Pump Station (Green Verdugo) Pump Station (Mission Wells) Pump Station (Sheldon) Pump Station (Van Norman) Reservoir (DeSoto) Reservoir (Los Angeles) Pump Station {Lakeside) Pump Station {Penstock) -----------·----···---- -- -- - ... ---------- - - ------- TACTICAL PLAN FOR ANIMAL RIGHTS DEMONSTRATION APRIL 25, 1990 CEDARS-SINAI HOSPITAL BACKGROUND Animal Awareness Week is scheduled to take place April 23-29, 1990. Although many legitimate, law-abiding organization utilize this time to raise public awareness concerning animal research, there are some radical groups that promote confrontation with law enforcement agencies in order to gain media attention. One such organization is Last Chance for Animals. This faction is led by Mr. Chris Derose, a militant who was arrested last year and sentenced to 90-days in jail and five months probation. Additionally, the organization is coordinating two training days in preparation for a demonstration at Cedars-Sinai Hospital on April 25, 1990. It is anticipated that the demonstration will be centered at the Halper Research Building, located at 8730 Beverly Blvd. COMMAND POST/STAGING AREA The command post will be estab lished in the Meyer and Lillian Schuman Family Building, at 8700 Beverly Blvd. It is controlled by Cedars-Sinai security and has telephones and restrooms on the first floor. Additionally, the roof area is an excellent location for a command post. THREAT ASSESSMENT The Last Chance for Animals organization can be expected to demonstrate on the public sidewalk in front of the research building. Their goal is to attain media attention which ultimately translates into financial donations from those who are sympathetic to their cause. During the last demonstration their membership carried signs, committed acts of vandalism, ran through portions of the medical complex, and obtained access to a multi-story building where they unfurled a banner from the roof. PURPOSE OF THIS OPERATION The purpose of this operation is to keep the peace, assure the right of any group involved to peacefully demonstrate, protect the rights of the staff and patients of Cedars-Sinai Hospital, prevent violations of the law, and to effect arrests and pursue prosecution through the criminal justice system. Tactical Plan for Animal Rights Demonstration (cont'~) PHASES OF OPERATIONAL RESPONSE Wilshire Area's response to any demonstration will be in two phases: Phase I Prior to the demonstration, Cedars-Sinai security will have constructed a temporary fence in front of the research building, located just west of 8700 Beverly Blvd. · Wilshire Area will deploy three squads of officers at a pre selected staging area. An observation post will be established on top of one of the major structures overlooking the medical complex, and two scout cars will monitor the demonstration at the site, as well as the remaining portion of the facility. Should individual demonstrators become unruly, two squads of officers will be deployed in front of the research building, while predesignated teams are responding to make arrests for any violations of the law. One squad will remain in reserve. Should the demonstrators go beyond their right to legally express themselves, the incident will be declared an unlawful assembly. Outside traffic will then be re-routed and a squad of officers, supported by tangle teams, will force the violators to disperse. Phase II If after Phase I response there are insufficient officer to control the incident, Metropolitan Division will be requested to supplement the personnel already assigned to the incident. As a last resort, a tactical alert will be called in Operations-West Bureau. This will provide the following numbers of sergeants and officers: Wilshire 2 sergeants 10 officers West L.A. 2 sergeants 8 officers Hollywood 2 sergeants 10 officers Pacific 2 sergeants 10 officers TOTAL 8 38 Phase III Wilshire Area Detectives will establish a field jail. Arrestees will be processed at Wilshire Area Jail. Should the arrestees exceed 25 in number, they will be transported to Jail Division and processed in the rear parking area. Tactical Plan for Animal Rights Demonstration (cont'd) COMMAND POST LOCATIONS The Meyer and Lillian Schuman Family Building, at 8700 Beverly Blvd. ROLL-CALL AND BRIEFING Roll-call for all Phase I officers will be held at 0630 hours, in the Wilshire Area roll-call room. A portion of that time will be used for training in squad formations and tactics. TRAFFIC CONTROL A DOT supervisor will be assigned to the Command Post, and will summon sufficient DOT officers to control traffic at any demonstration site. STAFFING The command post staff will be as follows: Field Commander Executive Officer Operations/Radio Officer Logistics/Log Officer Personnel Officer After-Action Report Arrest Report COMMUNICATIONS Officer Wayne Posner Officer Tom Barnhart The field command post and all units assigned to any demonstration will operate on Duplex-8. Because of the potential for overload with any one frequency, officers will be advised to keep radio transmissions to a minimum. EQUIPMENT A bus will be obtained from Motor Transport Division. Scientific Investigation Division will be present to film the demonstration for the purposes of identifying law violators and future training. Tactical Plan for Animal Rights Demonstration (cont 1 d) PERSONS TO CONTACT Director of Security at Cedars-Sinai Assistant Director of Security UCLA Chief of Police Roger Sherwood Vince Wackerman John Barber 855-5515 855-5515 He will have information on demonstration occurring on the campus. Anti-Terrorist Division Department of Transportation An_ imal Rights Organization Carol Langford 485-4391 485-4184 271-6096 Photograph ..,. ' I I .,,. .. CEDARS SINAI HOSP---- 0 STAGGING AREA FIELD JAIL SEE FORM 17.07.03 Wilshire Area N -~.=."--II~ 0 ,...: JANUARY 1992 ~ ,-.. :; a: 0 u.. UJ UJ (.J') Reporting District Map of Wilshire Area * 4861 VENICE BLVD . . --~- BEVERLY ci > as 711 ~ \ ~-- <:- . 4,;~~ .. LU > < 702 . -~u'- - ... ,:.,.:,·. '-- --~-7 · 797 ' . , r-· ---- , ._ .. t • CffV .. :-,· I . ~ ( < !.:< .c ~ 703 714 6TH RD. 796 ~ ST. LU · ; > < 706 .~ 705 w 3RD ~ 715 LU > < < 3ft w i 724 ~ LA CD COCHRAN AVE. @ CLOVERDALE AVE. @ BRONSON AVE. © IROlOST. @ TTHST. @ WESTCHESTER Pl.ACE G) COUNTRY CLUB DRIVE @ OI.YMPIC BLVD. ® SIERRA BONITA AVE. @ LA CIENEG.UVE. @ THURMANAVE. @ JEFFERSON BLVO. @ LONGWOOD AVE . r.'i" EDGEWOOD Pl.ACE ~ LA BREA AVE. @) GRAMERCY Pl.ACE 707 726 735 • BLVD. LU u ~ > < 708 709 -· ST. ....i Cl. 719 ~ 727 :, 5 TH ST. ~ ~ 729 AF 738 739 ~ ()1 ST. 748 749 11 TH ST. a 758 ~ CI: 759 ~ BLVD. a 767 768i BLVD. 779 1n 11ai ~ BLVD 788 789 FREEWAY School Command Post PLANNING & RESEARCH DIVISION Canography and V isual Aids Unit FORM 17.07.00 00, Recyclable arid maoe ~ om r ecycJeo waste "fb,l} . ..... _ .-.· . -·.· .... -.· - -·--. - =- - - = -- = -==,.._ _____ _ 7 i , - -... - -·- ··· .. . . . 4-1::~,$ ,¥'] . , . .. . . 1 1 ' .·~ · E/205. DISTURBANCES-PUBLIC PROPERTY 205. PUBLIC BUILDING-DISPERSAL ORDER. Because public buildings serve the public almost excius;vely, people must have the right to enter. Demon strators have no more justification to foreclose the right of the people to enter public buildings than do pickets to forcibly prevent patronage of a store. The decision to arrest for 602(j) Penal Code prior to giving a dispersal order is determined by the nature of the circumstances (consider declaring an unlawful assembly). Certainly an arrest is in order if only one or a few persons are creating the problem, but a large crowd will usually necessitate the order. The format for the dispersal order for trespass is as follows : "I am _____ , and I represent the management of these premises. Your presence here is causing a disturbance. This building is closed to the public. I request that you leave immediately." The representative of the Police Department should then make the following announcement : "I am Officer · , and I represent the Pol ice Department of Los Angeles. I command you in the name of the people of the State of California to disperse, and if you do not you shall be arrested for violation of 602(j) Penal Code, Trespass, which reads:" ( read the penal section}. Appropriate routes of departure and time allowed to leave (in minutes) should be included in the command. 206. FAILURE TO DISPERSE-PUBLIC BUILDING. Under section 602(p) of the Penal Code, a person's refusal to leave a building of a pub I ic agency during those hours of the day or night when the bu ilding is regularly closed to the pub I ic, upon being requested to do so by any regularly employed guard, watchman, or custodian of the public agency owni'ng or maintaining the building or property, if the surroundings are such as to indicate to a reasonable man that such person has no apparent lawful business to pursue, constitutes a misde meanor. If demonstrators assemble in a public building after normal working hours they can be arrested under 602(p) Penal Code. 602( p) Penal Code: Trespass, Refusing to Leave a Public Building. * Every person who willfully commits any t respass bv, * Refusing or failing to leave a public build ing of a public agency, * During those hours of the day-or- night when the building is regularly closed to the public, * Upon being requested to do so by a regularly emploved guard, watchman, or custodian of the public agency owning or maintaining the building or property, * If the surrounding circumstances are such as to indi cate to a reasonable man, * That such person has no apparent lawful business to pursue, * Is guilty of a misdemeanor. The guard, watchman, or custodian should give the follow ing warning: "I am ------, and I represent the manageme·nt of these premises. Your presence here is causing a dis turbance. This building is closed to the public. I request that yOtJ leave im·mediately." The officer should then make the following announcement : "I am------, and I represent the Police Department of------· I command you in the name of the People of the State of California to disperse, and if you do not, you- shall be arrested for violation of Penal Code Section 602(p), Trespass , which provides (Read Penal Code Section)." An appropriate route and time to leave ( in minutes) should be stated to the group. If the demonstrators refuse to leave the appropriate offi :ial or police officer should make the arrest under the apprc - priate statute, 602(p) Penal Code. · October, 1979 Disturbances-Pub! ic Property Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Departmen t . E/300. DISTURBANCES-PRIVATE PROPERTY 301. DISTURBANCES-PRIVATE PROPERTY GENERAL. Our laws have always been careful to orotect orivate prooerty , but different kinds of private • prooerty demand different types of protection. , 'vlerchan ts are subject to demands for free speech and mus, resoect he responsible exerci se of that right by , :ustomers even if it affects their business. But they tao have a right; a right to fairly conduct their business with· • out providi ng a for um for the expression of every public grievance conducted with the intent, not to inform , but to interfere with or destroy their business. People are free ta speak and exhorJ, but they have no right to compel conviction by injuring the rights of others to conduct bu siness with all those who elect to patronize thei r services. 302. TRESPASS. To protect the owner or operator of a commerci al business from unjustifiable invasion of his property or his right to conduct business the following statutes have been enacted : 602(j) Penal Code, Trespass. • Every person who enters, • Lands , whether unenclosed or enclosed by fence, for the purpose of injuring any property or property rights, or • With the intention of interfering with, obstructing, or injuring anv lawful business or occupation carried on by the owner of such land, his agent , or the per son in lawful possession, • Is guilty of a misdemeanor. This section has been interpreted to cov~ situations wherein : Individuals enter upon private property; therefore, disturbing the peace while attempting to interfere · with or obstruct lawful business be ing conducted on the property . "lands" include not only the soil, but everything attached to it, whether attached by the course of nature, as trees, herbage, and water, or by the hand of man, as bu ildings, fences, and fixtures. Attempts to interfere with or injure a business have frequently been made in a sophisticated manner that avoids vio lence but is just as effective. The techniques will vary depending upon the nature of the business. For Example : A group of people may enter a department store and occupy all the available seating in a shoe sales department. Individually they try on several pairs of shoes, reject them all , and leave only to have the seat immediately retaken by another demon strator. Tactical Manual, Los Angeles Police Department The difficulty of establishing that each of the oanici pants intends to injure the business is apparent. No one resorts to viol en ce and a normal pattern 0f sal es is fol lowed with no threats or boisterous conduc. If · this is all th e evidence available criminal trespass .:har ges are unlikely. But demonstrators seldom act so routi nely. Their allegea protests are frequently accom panied by other conduct such as the following: a leader who signa ls arr ival and departure of spurious customers, dissemination of leaflets inside the store, picket lines protesting store oolicy, and singi ng or ch anting. That which evidences a pu rp ose to intentionallv inter fere with the operation of th e bus iness rather 1:h an engage in customary busi ness is prohibited by this section. For the purpose of th is section it is not necessary to prove an initi al trespass. The entry need only oe made with a spP.cific intent to injure property or property rights; or interfere with, obstruct, or inju re lawfu l business. Police have ample opportunity to film specific acts because most ciemonstrati ons last for a considerable amount of time. In most cases it is apparent that the intent is to obstruct business especially if a large number of people are invo lved in the same act. R, ?cording the act on film plus testi mony of witnesses and victims proves vividly to the courts the intent to injure property or property rights. Before proceeding with any arrests police should con sult with the management of th e concerned premises. Police should explain the courses of action avail able, but any decision to arrest for a violation of this section should be made by the merchant. Because the manager will be the complaining witness it is important to res pect his wishes before arrests are made. The manager of the premises shoul d request al I derr.on strators to leave the prer.:ises or be subject to arrest. The purpose of th is announcement is to inform t he demonstrator that his conduct interferes with the normal operation of the business. If the demonstrator persists in remaining, it is evidence of his unlawful intent necessary for commission of the crime. His refusal to leave also negates any future testi many that he was unaware of the unlawfulness of his conduct. A lthough large demonstrations involving masses of people are a greater nuisance, the individual handbill distributor can be very disturbing. Passing out hand- bi I ls outside the store is another variety of free speech conducted on public property. If the distributor moves inside the store to sell or give away hand bi I ls the present California law provides only uncertain relief. In California, as long as the distributor does not occupy the premises, he is not in violation of 602(j) Penal Code. Nothing can be done if he circu lates freely from customer to customer and endeavors only to distribute his literature. O1 sturbances-Private Property October, 19 79 " - jB ()OKING NO. 1 u ~ LOC. BK O. ~OR. LIC. NO. STATE MT � � Jlt· ' i- -r I -/!) 0 '3KG. 674994 273 )q -~i i 0 CA N •K), •~3 r1 EVIO CRIME ____rr APT APT resTEE'S,bST NAME F~ST :~ .... \~IDOL£ SUF. OR \_ '- LA 1 :.:fRPEN.TER ROSAL!· ~EIGHILL ~n s <rib-o1 ~C, I <"i NONE ~ (,' , n AOORESS ("Jt)..:..l.J l1RN1-dNHI"'. APT. NO. ~ ~~/ 3: J Cll .. cli LJUWl'-'t- I STATE LH ~ .... , . 4 z CITY ~( -: ~ AGE m MAIN SEX I OESCENl'~ HAIR EYES HEIGHT I W~GHT ~BIRTHOATE FBI - - 1 . ~ BFW BRO 502 ')70720 66 ,,, F 1. ~8 ~V) VEH. UC. NO. STATE RD. Ax.A : LAST - ~~- Al I AWWS r~1 ~ t , : ~ 1 :r~ ~:;I~~tfli1~tf 1i 0701 FIRST - ~~ OR>IICl<M.lME ......._ BIRTHP\.ACE ,orv I SU T() PAOB. INV. UNIT I JUV. DETAINED AT ~O.CHQ. ADMONITION OF RIGHTS (WHENAPPllCA81.E) t BRIGHTON CT N ~ ' ·- · ~ THE FOLLOWING STATEMENT WAS READ TO THE ARRESTEE: : •you HAVE Tl-1E RIGHT TO REMAIN Sll.£NT. IF YOU GIVE UP THE RIGHT 10 REMAel ~ OIV_ LSION ANO I DETAIL ARRESTING . DATE ARRESTED I TIME ARR. I TIME BKO. _,..... SILENT, ANYTHING YOU SAY CAN AND Will. BE USED AGAINST YOUN A COU\T ...... 9442 CITZ 072186 1320 i647 -...:.;- OF LAW. YOU HAVE THE RIGHT TO SPEAK WITH AN ATTORNEY AM>.TO HAVE THE ~< -:-...; ATTORNEY PRESENT DURING OUESTIONING. IF YOU SO DESIR£ A1'0 C».M>T ' AFFORD ONE. AN ATTORNEY WIU. BE APPOINTED FOR YOU WITHOUT CHARGE ~ LOCATION OF ARREST I BAIL DIJ\:,l. '.;J'J ..... ,--..... BEFORE OUESTIONING." . jr·: ·i S730 BEVERLY I TOTAL C'.:JV. vv THIS ADMONITION WAS READ TO THE ARRESTEE BY - - ~ - , , ~ BAIL TYP.I CHARGE ' CODE ~FINITION I WARRANT NO. AIDT ;rllift/ ... * - ~ M 602(l)PC REPASS l NAME SSUALNO. AOOITIONAl. CHARGES ION ADOL WAMS. UST NO.. COURT. AMJ IIAI.. INCL"· A.I SOCIAL SECURITY NO. NONE ~- . . .. ARRAIGH. OA TE I TIME I COURT I LOCATION CRIME COMMITTED IFlsAME RESIDENCE PHONE NO. Sf~ME AS r~RREST NONE .,.-. ·-· ·- EMPlOYEA/Sa.oot. Ul'CL:.11,· .. l!.?o -· - -· . ... OCCUPATION/ Lt1.l:.'•Llf', I PHY. I~/ " ow GAAOE 000. ::r a: (l)Ci: CLOT~WOAN I EXACT LOCA TION/:POSITION ARRESTEE'S VEHICLE HOU>FOA; � BLU SHS.BLU F'NT s-. BLU SHT . . ~u . .. , UST CONNEC™G RPTS BY TYP€ & IDENTIFYING NOS VEHICLE usEo ( YEAR. MAX-E. MOOEL. ~PE. c~~RS. uc. NO.. 10 M~I I E} C O P- 'Y PASSENGE.RS -~ I F - "1 l1 F . _ __ .·.i. __ ·- COMP\AtNTSll!VIO Of IUNESS/INJ-BY WHOM TREATED DRIVING VEH. (DIRECTIONS & NAME OF STREEn AT OR BETWEEN STREETS -. - , . .. ,Jei ·/r: "' /1.1 - . INVOLVED PERSONS Code: V: VICTIM W: WITNESS P/ A: ~~~~1~~RS R: PERSON 459: g: PERSON SECURING JUV: P • 80Tli P.u:IENTS u.~ RPTG PERSON DISCOVERING G· GUAAOIAH I NAME V&WS SU OESC. looe 1 AOORESS CITY ZIP t PHONE OAY ', I I : R I - I I � ,p,,,. - · I ' '//· . "'<.. :· '..:.~/ .. c,~· ;-, : B 17 Z ('· p ,/ '(-/?/1/ 1, ( / , . l 7(;1' t/f ; ~S-,\- ("(• I? ,, . ! , J ' '-i I IJ; -: J,.:· 'r l/-/-t/0: R ' --- I 1/)11)· , ,J - - ---- I f ~ / ;,, f . 11/-: ,1),) : a k r7()/'. I,,,_. /{-~ .. / · / IJ / )0,:/f :ls f !"r ,1/ / ,. - ., ,_ , .... 1 ,, - I I :R I . ' ~~ ' I I I I I I I I 8 I ·I -cl gu COMBINED t MU..T. ARRESTEES THTS SECTION & ABOVE CRIME I TYPE QFFENSE /'Q.esPA-S.s 1 f ,t G I VlC::.Cl.f'A TION 0 CRIME REPORT APT. CHECK BOX IS COMPUTED ON Ot.\.Y 0~ FACE fc;O.-" ' D .e � SHEET. 'CX / L . DATE AND TIME OllME OCCURRED I TYPE PROPERT) p ,\ I TOTAL . EST. DAMAGE 1maEuc. 1-/u__~)/T~L: 1-"'llrfh l?c-~ '? · .t.: , ~ as s - s- 4~1J8fV ONl.Y • POINT ANO METliOO Of ENTRY I WEAPON/ FORCE/ INSTRUMENT USEQ, TFV / BFV ON. Y • VICT"S. VEH. (YR_ MAXE. TYPE. UC.I. . ~.'- ~t~ I ...____ tt,"1) IL,: U' ~C:L - I MO ~ACTIONS! I ~ - Lrr.,~ [ C; J)r-[')g 'v:l~Y ~ - . , ~us I ... U!:F (~\ ~ ,_ I I C. I I DOMESTIC I � I VIOL.ENC£ I SE.A. NO. I W1Tl,1£SS OfCR. I COMBINED I USE Tl-11S SECTION IN LIEU Of ~OPERTY I LOC. EVIO. BKO. 1 · 10.10 GIVEN? IP r . I suPV.1 INv. oFcR. TEsnNG SE.A.NO. I re 1m1nary / I EVID. RPT. REPORT IF ONLY ONE ARRESTEE. NO GUN. y N Drug Test - • . I ANO NO MORE 'iHAN l ITEMS OF EV10. I 11EM OUAN. AATICLE SERIAL NO. ~TYPE TEST BRANO I ORUG WEIGHT MOOEL NO. / DRUG TEST MISC. 0 I OF ORUG UNITS RESULT < ... / - a: � .,_fl, ><0 I WU t /) I /I SUPER_ 7~ y }!;RT (J SE~ hR 7 R,\P SHE ET j:};JINGf)tA/'t.4/2 SERIAL NO. I OfV. 'OETAL VACATl()N APPROVAL/ I. : ( ----~ L--( ATTACHED REPORTING 07·& t1M£ REPROOUCED Otll.p CL.ERK 0 /4t (PP.ARREST. QfCR. 8KG. EVIO. If LISTED ON THIS PAGE I OFFICERS YES . . l - Petition Request: OoeTAINEO � RELEASED � NON-BOO!< � NON.8001( & WAAR. INVEST. OFCR. SUUAL• ~ JUVENILE DISPO. flNAl CHARGE. F OIHERENT TliAN ORIGINAL ~REFERRED. AGENCY & PERSON ACCEPTING REFERRAL / Pf!OPERTY SUPE.RVISOA AWflOVNO SEAIAl, HO. I SECTION. CODE & DEFINITION I OOOKE07 y N FYES.101 COMPLETED? y N .AN. COOAO. AEVEWNO SffiW.·HO. 11QC&R 113 � EXON-INNOCENT "� °" 1"0-"",.., .. .., 168 OPSS . 11 8 ACTION SUSP. 12 8 REL -NSUF. evn Ol O Pf!OBATIOH ' 17 0 FIRE DEPT. 0Tt€A : 0A Tt / T 1ME OISP(). RE Pf!OO. ON./CUM 14 ~OVEO ACXA.T Ol COMMUNfTY SERVICE OS O OTH. lAW ENF. AGENCY 10 0 OEPT. MENTAL HEAL.TM LA.P.0. OS.01.2 (11811) ARREST REPORT A .·· . ~ .. _, .. . , - · .• rl\UlT / ..... -;,'j C / CONTINUATION SHEET Lo~ A~ae les Poli ce Cecarrment . ' ,_,. ----------4 G NO. OR NO. c~e!CW f t,-07 291 ~d' ART I CLt 3 RANO MOOtL NO , , ... -- - · - •···· - ·- - - - ----- -; --;--QR,~ljf? j:t 2. --- - -·· - . . - ---- --- - - ·- -- -- ·-------- - - ·--------- ---- . ! - - --- ------------- ------ ---- --------- -------·-· -·----•· -- · - - -··----- ·----- ··-· -- - · -·- -- ------- - ; '.'.·. -~ - - -- ---, j -- -- - ... --- - - - '- "-------- - --- __ :____ _______ • ____ _ _ ___ _ _____ : ·--- 5cc_~~ ~ SoHHE.~i-- €:Loe£ 5 _ C._, 8:-lb_ 1i __ °}6, 5 _-: _ _?J(:, __ ~- - -__ _ __ . __ _____ · _ ; __ _ s _ l~q .Roe l.E..S, _ _ F VL1_'-/_ N __ _ g~~ _ '¢ _ _ __ 861 ~ __ _:- _ __ s___ 'f?.. ___ ' ____ ___ _ _ _ :_ ______ ) _ -· ._ · __ s :30. ~66~'f._N~~y &.6~ _ _ _ _ '?6 1 f =-_?L7_ ______ · ~ --· __ ; _ Ji ~ ooQ.E., t;;~' ; ~N~--~~ i~b ; -j: 6 ;~ ~ - 1~ ~ : --- --- ------ - - ----- - ~ - '.· ----- ! - :~ -COUNCE. 1 ~ . ~ _ L_ _ E.,_ _ _ A__ ..:,.1 b _ _ _ _ g,6 - - - ------------· ---,- ------ - - 5 _ '3~_llAr--.lE.'-/. l,_1 ~DA __ (,_~~_ ¢ _ _ S6?> _:_~_ C)8: ------- 5 'EH ~N~'t', ~iDl!Al:LA~c.,- ~-~~-?I .. ~ -~3/ _ _ __ ~------•· '-- ·:·_~ ·-· · ·~~ ~ 35 A ·L~J.{'IDA_'S, _ __ _ ' _8t(:,~_ Jf!_f~ ___ '?3~- --~------· · ·' ··;. ~ -~~ ~N.tn-+, Ko~?il:...KcT __ ~- __ _ J3~-t:t:_ _ J&??:: __ ·z:n __ ; _ __ __ - -·- -- ---- ~ - . -:rz .. ~C-'<-f ct, ~~1 'fcL-L5 __ __ '.BtC..b ¢ ___ _ f6?>:~_~6 '- _ ___ _ __ _ __ _ --- -- ---- --- .. I -- - - ~·- · • _ ::, 3~ \-'~iLu Ps, __ k~ex.:r2::r cs. _ .B~- ~ _ __ ifJ7s040 ___ - ---~--- - - - .5 __ '31 S~E._t:iCEe, MA~UL~LIE..~ Bt¼tt.. ___ ~67;-: _ -i9o -- ---- -- - · -- ----· --·-- - :-- ..;;..._~ -- ; if ~~~i~~1l(rc~l~~.:~ ~t! _ _ ~ - ~::i-- ';~, ; - - - -~- -~~: __ . _ __ _ ___ __ - .. - . 41.. )ti r-1 t t-r(.50\I I LlE /-'}~)N ~ -- B~G ~ - ---- i6 7 s~. --- 3 4 3 . -- - ----- -=---- ---- ----- . 543 MootlE .. ~l 1 _3e:...Q~ lE.. __ B~bt:-- _ _ ___ J. 67,;~ __ 737 ______ ____ _ ____ ___________ _ _ -_ S . ~lf . _l_!_ T_ U$ , _ _ c_~~~J~LtJ [_ _ _ _BK.6~- --- --J'675- __ -Z5b ___ .. ___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 5 _ 't' ~. l -\_ ct,,J t...-~ --~ ~~i\ t-J BKG~ ___ J6· 7 s- -i75 . ____ __ ____ _ _ __ _______ _ _ __ · _ _ _ ::;i '-/6 . ?vPE , i f:l_ o( lE__.:J ____ ~tt __ ___ 8675~--- '2~4_ _ _ ____ _ ___ _ ___ _ _ ______ _ · _ _ ___ _ . _____ _:_ _ _ _ ~ 4-7 \ ~ EL!...UC. C LC.12.E..~C_ EACC: __ ~6:¢. --~67~~ __ __ --z.i / ---- ------- ---- - --- ·-- -· - - --- 5 t..t.~ _ t<\ c.~~~- ~~Lw1tl\~TY'- _ JH~'>iD _ _ _ fKG:,i±, - - --~ _ J.67r-_ _ -i.12 _ _ _ _ _ ___ _ _ _ __ __ _ ________________ _ _ .:s 41 G;.. f' .. l~L..Lt-.L6f~.-- 0~t~f __ _ __ B~b+t- ___ __ _ ?6 7 ~-- - -- 1q_ a ___ __ _____ _ ___ _ _ __ i. ... _ _ _____ _ _____ _ _ ___ _ :S :Sb 3u R. 1'.15, 'Oi)T}I L[ L t--1_ _ _ EKb"!t J-G 70,--: O'j O _ _ _ _ ___ __________ __ . _ _ ___ _ _ ___ _ .. .5 .SJ Y~cur-~A\ r 801<.AH __ __ _ B~G~ cJ{;;J(-_/01_ .. ___ _ ___ _ _ _ ... ___ ___ _ _______ _ 5 Sc. l~ '/tJDH P.tJ, C.J\ ~o L- . _ ~G·t±. J-G 7.S"/&3 5 S3 k, ~~~(-\,~\(..}.(, ~O~!::- SJ<G~ f{; ?.s--/6/ ----- s Sl/ Ml\ rrp ~-~-J5 . , - 5\J L~ " 1 l\t E:.. t)( G \i J-(; 7J'~ / 3 '1 s 5 5 \-\ ~ L L I I l i ( /. : /~ i_ l- B c::. (;,t+ g 6 7 5 · 2 3 s 5 5G K.Ec G, ~ . ·r/, '"'SA 2~6 P- [6 7 5· - "2Sf IS 37 K.E-v~e. (2 1 C.4r.-1 ·:,T. 1 ~,!- £t(btt 6 °67r - ?1:i 1 S 5~ 1-).f\-l ~c R. (o~, MA~ n--~ ,~ B'<e::,~ f6 7 5 ,- '2. 5-z.. s s? w~&,,, ,,-t, c! - 'f\/~L..ors , -=<- ~tl t67S,- '3'2~ .5 ~o Gu~L! !. I C-.u\J b[ /2_ ~ ~~&,· .::.. o-67';- 3 /l/ CONTINUATION SHEET ·-· - - -- . · - I !) ;:- 9 Cll \,i • 1. .. Los Anr.e les Pol ice [)ecartment ..... - CONTINUATION SHEET [,- N -0.---~D -R-NO-.---- fG.o/ :291 S-c. MODEL NO. MISC . OCSC"'IPTION ( tG . COLOR . SIZE. COLLA"' VAi.UC INSCA IPT IONS . CAL l lltA . At VOL\/£"' . tTCI --- -- - - -------- :· .,, , · _ :·-: , . ... . . . - .. .. -· · -- ... - 4 ~-·- CONTINUATION SHEET : , l ·:., > I, 09 0112•72 . , '; · :{PE OF REPORT 'l1€~16'J2r ,; -':.) .. -:,~ .,,.,,. ' ' f - • - ·· /1, 1 tt! Tl NO. MISC . OlSC"IPTION (tC.CO'..OR, Silt, AflTICLl IS,IANO INSCRIPTIONS, CAl.lllt", RtVOLVtR ,tTC) DOLLAR VAI.Ul I .\· · <_.;.; r J f.- . ·- -· - .. ' _ ... 1 .- • • · . ._ . • ·I r- · , , · · :J",.. /..:- r/·./; ~ ,J ,...-· t . /r· -~ . ,4;- ,r--· C-/;' ;, • ., . r-. , . . . - J ... ·. -.... ... ~ ·.- '"'."" · ; . ., .· .. . __ y ot.f _ _ Ht? c · .. . .. o« OF/2 ,: u rz,; .t ✓-~/ e1~- r1/l 3 -: :·-.• -<_; 0;:· t c t ,.c; l/ c /'J .. .. /4.-~ t-c.J r 1 7ll f · ,~ E:- r.... •~, 7· - . .-.~'tc_ . .... t - .. -~ · . ~ .. ,_. - t,() .r ;-; r - C /1.,} B .,€ 1,.I E/? I 1/ g I { .. I) 1/ r ! / ii,;./ r 1 ;:. -~ _;;-· t/)._I It) 1 1 ;-· p ~· JC' ,• ,...:' ..,":" ...... \ ..... . # , /),// ~ .-::. --i--,J-,· •• • ,,,.· • . _,;· .. ~ ; I ;.; I? ~ fJ /.J i ) · "-'J,'J ) , .{/ .._,,.. .;. .- . . .. ~ ; .. -·;', , ''l; . ' ~ : - Iii !.Ii' ,.,,; :'{ .- - .I' ... ,., .... ;;::- t .. . • .··tY r ' · /..u ) /,- ·.· ~ •-: ~1/1_;_ . . : I· l-/lC~, / / I') -~ , /'. _,, "' ,. .... . _:' :,•• ,,. L' r, I .. r "O•t S~A.Cl "ll[Ql,ll"[O, USl C:ONTI .. UATION SK[[T, ,, .o~ .o. ... . ' • / .' Y.~ _ : .. ,~-- ~ , ....... -~ I ~ - , , • · ,. I : J~ ' • ., .. J ' / - • • /· .' .:·~ ,,., , ,. .,_. \ ;:..,,,•:. : /. . --r . ~- .:..~ "" ··-;-r·· , .. ,-,;-,. . . - ,· · .. .-.--; . .. "- . .. ,.. .. -~) .. ·,.: .,,.··1· . ·.;.; .. ~ .... • .· ~ '/,'t. -~--- , .. ? -- .. ~ --:-r, -y -- .._,,,, - .· . . . .. ; -------- --- ---- TYfE · OF REPORT _,;,. .. CJ. / . . . , . . . ·1 lo. .~ • I /tf}" OR NO. • ,:,: ~ . ~ l. , - • . • . ,1,· • · '. 4.. ' " ' , , } • • • • J • ' ~ 3 6 07 211:; Al'ITICl.t: · · S&l'IIAI. NO . .. - - --t ~ - _:. . ... - .. - -------- · .. :-.A .i , •. ( .· .. ,· .•. . ,~ · -·, .. BRANO . , ' ,I ~ ,.. . - ~- ( '.i ,.· ·-· . .... MOOEI. NO. _ / : l . . . , .. · ; j MISC. OCSCAIPTIO� I (t:Cl.COl.0111 , Silt:. INSCl'IIPTIONS. CAl.18£11, lltVOI.V[l'l,f.TC) 001.1.AII --· ,. . - _.r· .. • ✓ ,-...·: t � \ ,l-'., __ ..J _ , _ _ ---- :· : , _·~ ..: • . - • - - ; · ,.. .., FcR . -- . --_ .(:. ~~)_ :;/:D \ . . ' . ; : : .t.:{ .:.;~- .;· ;. , · -·•- --- - ... - - -.. ·-- • ·• · . - -·- - --·· -- ·- •., t-..J:,,.,~;_✓.! : ~ ·-.. ,. : ,:._ . •' I . • ~ ... :/.~7/1 _ _ _ ___ ,__. ___ __ ·---- ---· ~ 1 : ~·:·:: :-.,.: •1 r !~~ - rF' · )if J/ /) 1 ,J •· ·- .. ~.i . · ' :' !)1; y .l-) LL l-) : -: .. :_i' _ ,,->_,,r _ ·; .'"/.,·' ~~, : /'...; / _ ... '-- , .. --• ·· ,# ·_f ;,ti 1. ~ T . 5 . • ., } J > ./-_..,,, t -. -(· , . j · ' ; -- ) • I • l , . ~J • • • . I , • . '!. ,"- ; /_,1_ _ /.' / /-.1 / ,. 1 :) ,.. i- / :I'_ ,•' ,. .. l · - ~ ,.. 1 ... · ) -1 ✓ • --~ f · . - ' I.: r ·• .... · ,. • .. · .,. • ,/ · r,,, . . ) / / 1rY F .,(_ ; toe 1 _fo~- \_6o'l ~,c.. Go,(L) Pc.. Te.tfPASS_,. !- ···,' I l · ,,.. ~ .. r;:,· --~:.:.;l/ 1 t 1 · '.... t .. . 4. . ... ,. I ~ ... -,/\J•/"·.I' _,;,;;; -·' r { , '-· ,· .- A~ /7 -7 t::· J ·J . , ,.- I: .· · .. ·· , ; . r- K. l.,( tJ ·l· ' •'. , ' • . ' I . • [ _ , t .. -~ .. . . ./ ·" •· ·: ,: c' ,i - · .. ,,.. _:}' I_/ _ ;; , .. ,• . , . - ~ . .. /,, _. ,>r D :.-· .. . - .. ~,,."" _ .,,· ;· )/ ' ,. .,: . 1) ( .. .. .. I I J· ✓ :,::. . .. l ./ . / // ~ - /' c~ · rt) r -..o., S~A(l IS lltQUlll[O, US[ co .. TI .. UATIQH SH[tT. 15 .09 .0. CEDARS-SINAI HOSPITAL MASS ARREST CONTINGENCY PLAN The Animal Research Laboratory of Ceda~s-Sinai Hospital at 2732 Beverly Boulevard, has become a target for demonstrations by local animal rights activist groups. Nearly all of these demonstrations have resulted in mass arrests, the most recent being the arrest of 100 members of the "Friends of Animals" organization on July 21, 1986. These arrests have been primarily for violations of 602 P.C. (Trespass) . The arrestees were, for the most parts, cooperative with officers and there were few negative incidents surrounding the arrests. The demonstrators did, however, make it plain to the arresting officers that they would return, in even larger numbers, on future occasions. It is for this reason that this Contingency Plan was developed. Planning Considerations The main considerations for a Field Commander confronted with a mass arrest situation at Cedars-Sinai Hospital are as follows: 1. Selection of a Command Post. 2. Selection of a staging area for responding officers. 3. Selection and staffing of a field jail to process arrestees. 4. Organizing transportation of officers and arrestees. 5. Developing a tactical plan for the arrest of demonstrators who violate the law. 6. Ensuring prosecution of those arrestees through appropriate booking sections, a well-written mass arrest report, and by recording the violations and arrests on film. 1. Selection of a Command Post The Meyer and Lillian Schuman Family Building, at 8700 Beverly Blvd, is an ideal Command Post location for controlling incidents at the Animal Research Center. It is controlled by Cedars-Sinai Security, who have been extremely helpful and cooperative during past incidents. There are telephones and restrooms on the first floor and the roof area is an excellent location for an observation post. Mr. Roger Sherwood is head of security for Cedars-Sinai Hospital. He ·can be reached telephonically at 213/855-5516. CEDARS-SINAI HOSPITAL -- Mass Arrest Contingency Plan Page 2 6.4 Planning Considerations 2. Selection of a Staging Area for Responding Officers There are three potential staging areas for officers responding to incidents at Cedars-Sinai Hospital. The selection of a staging area should be based primarily on the number of officers needed to control the incident. Officers would normally leave cars at the staging area and be bussed to the scene of the incident. #1 -- Osco's parking lot, 333 S. La Cienega Blvd, no ph driving distance: .3 miles; driving time: 2 minutes This site has room to park up to 30 police vehicles. There is also room on the street for jail buses. Osco's is usually open for business during the day, and has telephone and restrooms facilities. It is the closest staging area to Cedar-Sinai. #2 -- Beverly Center, Service Zone 'B' Subterranean parking structure, 8522 Beverly Blvd; driving distance: .8 miles; driving time: 4 minute~; Beverly Center Security - 213/854-0074 This area has parking for up to 50 police cars. It is under cover and conceals officers form the public view. It has some disadvantages, however: 1. No telephone or restrooms facilities. 2. It is difficult to transmit or receive over hand-held radios. 3. Traffic around the Beverly Center is usually quite congested, making travel to and from staging area difficult. Unless traffic is stopped by officers, buses leaving the staging area· must drive east on Beverly Blvd, south on La Cienega, then west on 3rd Street, to reach Cedars-Sinai. This will cause a delay in response by officers. #3 -- Farmer's Market parking lot, 3rd Street/Fairfax Avenue driving distance: 1.2 miles; driving time: 5 minutes This is the best staging area to use, if a large number of officers are called upon to deal with an incident. There is almost unlimited parking in the north end of the lot, even during weekdays and telephone and restrooms facilities are available at the Farmer's Market Offices. NOTE: If a large number of officers is needed, be sure to request the MERV Unit from Tactical Planning Section, extension 5-4011. There is also a helicopter landing pad located at CBS Studios, which borders the nor~h side of the parking lot. The only disadvantage to this location is that microwave broadcasting from CBS Studios can sometimes make trans mitting or receiving difficult. SEE ADDENDUM #1 FOR A MAP OF STAGING AREAS AND FIELD JAIL SITES. 3. Selection of a Field Jail to Process Arrestees There are three possible field jail locations for use in a mass arrest situation at Cedars-Sinai Hospital. They could also double as staging areas, depending on the tactical situation. #1 -- Carthay Center Elementary School, 6351 W. Olympic Blvd 935-8173; driving distance: 2 miles; driving time: 5 min This site has restrooms and telephone facilities, as well as fenced playground which is accessible by bus from the street. It is relatively easy to secure both ingress to and · egress from the location. The only disadvantage is that its use could be limited during the school year. #2 -- Hancock Park Elementary School, 408 S. Fairfax Avenue 935-5272; driving distance: 1.2 miles; driving time: 5 min This site has the identical advantages and disadvantages as Site #1 (above). #3 -- Wilshire Station parking lot, 4861 W. Venice Blvd driving distance: 3.6 miles; driving time: 12 min While not an ideal site, Wilshire Station's parking lot is a secure alternative field jail site to use when Sites #1 and #2 are unavailable. STAFFING OF THE FIELD JAIL: Normally, Wilshire Area Detectives will staff the field jail. At least one sergeant and eight officers should also be assigned for security purposes. FIELD JAIL PROCEDURES: Arrestees from Cedars-Sinai Hospital are somewhat unique, in that they are normally "Designated Arrestees." That is, persons who have specifically volunteered to be arrested and have identification and bail mqney to ensure minimum time in police custody. As was shown on July 21, 1986, it takes an inordinate amount of time and personnel to process a large group of demonstrators through the entire booking process, and this process effectively negates the usefulness of the field jail. An alternate method which has been approved by Jail Division for field processing of mass arrestees of this type, is as follows: Upon arrival at the filed jail site, each adult arrestee will: 1. Have identification verified. 2. Have a Field Interview Card completed. 3. Be fingerprinted on two FBI (FD249) Print Cards. 4. Have a Release from Custody Report completed and be given the violator's copy with the appropriate court and appearance date indicated. 5. Be released from the field jail unit. The report copy of the Release from Custody Report, with the print cards attached, will be retained in the field jail for the Arrest Report Team. The Arrest Report Team will, after completing the narrative portion of the report, attach a copy of the narrative to each Release from Custody Report. The supervisor of the Arrest Report Team will ensure that DR numbers are bought for each Release from Custody Report and that all related reports are turned in to the Records Unit for processing. JUVENILE ARRESTEES: Juvenile arrestees will normally be processed by Wilshire Area Juvenile Detectives. They will be processed in the same manner as any other juvenile arrestees. 4. Organizing Transportation of Officers and Arrestees Jail buses are the best means of transporting officers and arrestees. Usually, the same buses used to transport officers to the scene can then be used to transport arrestees to the field jail. A minimum of two officers, in addition to the driver, should be permanently assigned to each jail bus. Both officers should be equipped with ROVERS, extra plastic handcuffs and plastic handcuff cutters. Jail buses should be requested from the Jail Division Watch Commander at extension 5-2510. 5. Developing a Tactical Plan for Arresting Demonstrators Who Violate the Law If arrests are to be made, officers at the scene should be organized into three groups: A. Tangle Team (Addendum #2, Photo #2) This is a group of from six to eight officers (preferably SET members); under the supervision of a sergeant who will take arrestees into custody (using Department approved methods to separate arrestees from the human chains, which are often used by demonstrators at Cedar-Sinai Hospital), secure their hands with plastic handcuffs and pass them onto the Custody Team. B. Custody Team (Addendum #2, Photos #3, 4 and 5) This is a group of from eight to ten officers, supervised by a sergeant, who on a "relay" basis take arrestees from Tangle Team officers and transport them to the jail bus. C. Security Team (Addendum #2, Photo #6) The size of this unit will usually be determined by the number and disposition of the demonstrators. It may be as small as, eight to ten officer squads or as large as, a 30 to 40 officer platoon. It should be whatever size necessary to fulfill its mission--that of controlling the majority of the demonstrators, so that the Tangle and Custody Teams can do their jobs unimpeded. NOTE: It is important to remember that there will usually be heavy media coverage of the activity of these three teams, and officers should be advised of this during briefing. 6. Ensuring Prosecution of Arrestees The City Attorney's Office has recommended that Section 602(J) P.C. (Entering Lands w/the Intent to Interfere w/ Lawful Business), is the most appropriate booking section to use on demonstrators who form human chains around the hospital or chain themselves to locations within the hospital (see attached excerpt from Tactical Manual Section E/300--Addendum #3). This is a misdemeanor and a private person's arrest by Cedars-Sinai Security, which is most appropriate. Prior to making arrests, the representative of the hospital should advise demonstrators that their remaining presence at the location is unlawful and that they will be booked if they do not leave. This admonition should be read over a bull horn, or other similar amplification device. It may be necessary, with a large number of demonstrators, to read the admonition more than once. The times that each admonition is read, and arrests begun, should be recorded for use in the Arrest Report. The following is a sample admonition: "Your remaining here is disrupting the lawful business of this facility, and constitutes a violation of Penal Code, Section 602J. If you refuse to leave, you will be arrested and booked for violation of that Section. You are ordered to leave now, either east or west on Beverly Blvd. You have five minutes to leave . '' (Addendum #2, Photo #1) The arrests should be recorded on film by a Scientific Investigation Division (SID) photographer and/or on videotape. A single photographer or the Special Narration and Photography (SNAP) Team, may be obtained from SID Photo Section at extension 5-2541. Finally, an Arrest Report Team of one sergeant and two or three officers should be detailed prior to beginning the arrests. It will be their job to write the narrative of the Mass Arrest Report face sheets. They could double as the Journal Team and keep a running Journal of the operations. A sample Mass Arrest Report is attached (Addendum #4). B~o-T~chriics Laboratories, Fae i l itj_ es ::C n C • Building 1133 · 1 . Chemistry C:f :.ces 2. _ Reception Area 3. Restricted Stora~e 4. Library· 5. Archives 6. Sample .Preparation 7. Forensics/Mcroscopy ~ab. 8. General Chemistry 9. Sample Preparation 10. Molecular Biology 11. Instrumentation Labs. 12. Glassware Prepa:ation 13. Chemical Storag9 14. Equipment Repair R Restrooms U Utilities Bu~1ding 1135-1137 15. Rabbit Housing 16. Animal Food Storage 17. Pyrogen Test Room 18. Quarantine Room 19. Guinea Pig Room 20. Jla-t Roo 21. Aniaal Surgery _ 22. . Storage · 23_ . Cage Washing 24. B{o1097 ·offices 25 .. . Bouse. Trailer 26; Rubi~ Trailer 27. Storage Trailer 28. Boller Roo 29, SU,le .Beceiving 30. Btcroblology Offices . 31. sp,.c:1al~J 111ci;obiology 32. General 111crohioloqy 33. Glassware Preparation 34. La.ainar Flow Clean Rooms 35. Incubators 36. Kedia Storage 37. Kedia Pr•~aration R - Restrooms · U Utilities S Storage Supplies Square Sq,.1are Feet 650 140 40 145 50 95 120 Feet 6,25 40 120 llO 105 185 80 60 150 240 160 240 160 145 325 280 235- 210 170 . 100 80 65 · 170-.- 400 110 200 355 120 135 105 Animal Cap. 132 48 145 156 -950 72 - ' 2 3 4 u 1 8 8 11 · ~r .,_., ,- •n:. 1 9 10 1 1 8 15 ~ 1 7 1 B 19 20 r : J _ 22 37 28 27 25 - 26 . .!O 30 34 34 35 35 30 24 Ci ~ C) 1 -<_0 . ~~ ,f t- , (,,~ ~~ lJ UJ ~ ; ~ '¼ w V z w l..1- ~ H I -r- / ✓/ PLQ_IC ACCESS DRIVE \.JAY 2 SlO~Y APARTt'ENT C01PLEX ~-" 10'1'.61.Df ~G ,,,< , 9,{,'y (t ~ - ,,<_ '< () " "-/ ~/ ,.-:::......-- I r11= T 11S3 'I ' BIOTECH Il'OJST I I ADMIN BUILDING I- L SCALE: .t INCH = 24 .. FT 1 · I I I I I - I I I I I I I 0 I I > _J I I m 3 I I <( I - I I (f) I I z w I I · .. ~ ~ I I I I ~ < <. ~ ~ < t- � V H _J > < H J:: .- 0 z 0£ ~ lL H lO w (fl w w rv v V <( ' w V z w lL ~ H I t- 7' HIGH ~ENCE 15' HIG-f Clt-OER ~ALL OF ADJ BVILDI~ -- - -- - ···- --- ---- - - · --· ·- - - ---- -- ----- --- -·--- 1133 S CRENSHAW BL , l? ~~ : I y i <:t~ ' : /'l'(- A i~ ()" i "✓ -.;"" .... DRIVE WAY ACCESS BIOTEC~1 INDUST I-"'/ ~ q; ' ~ -cJ I .. -.. . - . - - . . -- - -- - . - . - - -- - - - - - - - . - -----. - . -- - - - . -. - . - - - . --- . - - - - . . - . - - . - - - - . . - - - -- . - - . -- ---. -- - -- - --·--- - --. --- ~ 7 ' HIGH FENCE VACANT LOT SCA LE 1 INCH, 24f FT 0 > _J rn 3 <( I (J1 z w ~ ~ I I I I -I I I I I I I I I I ·' I , I • ; ' I I r /131-- .. - . ~ ·-~--- • • I !A ft, I , . , ( 7 • . I ' I . ·~ - ~ ·· -~ · . ~ r-_> ! ~\ ~ .. J I~ --- 1 ..:> · ·--~ - - · - -* t - TO READ AS FOLLOWS: CADRE CALL-UP PROCEDURES The Wilshire Special Events Team (SET) bas been designated as the Operations-Valley/West Bureau Field Command Post Cadre. In this capacity, SET can be called upon to respond to major unusual occurrences (UO) in any of the eight geographical Areas .which make up Valley/West Bureau. Because of this, watch commanders must be familiar with SET call-procedures, both for occurrences in Wilshire, or if the SET is requested to respond to another Area. When the SET is requested to respond to an unusual occurrence, the Watch Command Shall: 1. Check the Watch Assignment Board to determine whether any SET members are currently working. The name magnets of SET members are edged with white bands for easy identification. If any SET members are working, call them in; they will be responsible for notifying the other members of the Team, using the call-up folder in the SET briefcase. 2. If no SET members are working, call-in team members in the order listed on the call-up sheet; the call-up sheet is located in the upper left-hand drawer of the Assistant Watch Commander's desk. 3. In the event of a Wilshire Area unusual occurrence, immediately dispatch any SET members currently on-duty to the Command Post to assist the Field Commander. Have a desk officer call-up off-duty SET members, beginning with supervisors. OFFICER-IN-CHARGE SERGEANT II ROGER DOWIS 714/628-6607 COMMAND POST CADRE P3+1 Chuck Newman P3+1 Nancy Lauer P3+1 Ronnie Cato P3+1 Jim Ross RES Nancy Knight SQUAD 'A' Sgt I Lee Allen P3 Ike Williams P3 Wayne Posner P3 Ted Rankins P3 Richard Andert P3 Eric Pogue P3 Jim Rossum P3 Duane Hayakaw SPECIAL EVENTS TEAM Operations/Radio After-Action Report Personnel Logistics Log SPECIALTY PRIMARY/SECONDARY 0/P 0/L ·O/L 0/L 0/L . 0/L 0/L 0/I P2 Richard Blankenship 0/I P2 Penny Beaman P2 John Celentano P2 Juan Contreras SQUAD 'B' Sgt I P3 P3 P3 P3 P3 P3 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 CODE 0 Eric Davis Gene Coleman Mike Whelan Leon Jackson Bill Urrutia Bernard Barber Derek Odonnel Paola Kreeft Mike Ozaki Keith Nadel Ralph Ruiz Rich Duran Ted McHenry Operations 0/I 0/I 0/I PRIMARY/SECONDARY L 0/P 0/L 0/L 0/L 0/L 0/L 0/L 0/I 0/I 0/I 0/I 0/I 0/I Logistics ASSISTANT OIC SERGEANT BILL FORMAN 213/861-9826 213/839-2125 213/597-0081 213/639-8784 213/779-1234 818/846-1669 TELEPHONE 805/296-4314 818/914-1360 213/666-8555 213/973-0450 818/768-7877 818/507-4415 213/516-8730 213/803-9478 714/592-6834 805/297-0532 818/882-8904 818/334-6692 TELEPHONE 213/491-5646 213/294-0561 213/208-0074 213/734-0929 714/941-2845 213/515-0888 714/597-5657 818/285-9341 805/297-5471 213/640-3755 714/625-1274 714/855-7648 714/623-3080 RANK Chief of Police Deputy Chief Deputy Chief Commander Captain Captain Captain Lieutenant · Lieutenant Sergeant Sergeant Sergeant Sergeant Detective Detective Detective Police Officer Police Officer Police Officer Police Officer Police Officer Police Officer Pkg. Enf. Manager Pkg. Enf. Manager Traffic Supervisor Traffic Supervisor Traffic Supervisor Traffic Officer LAP D HOURLY PAY SCALE PAYGRADE II I III II I II I II+II (Motor) II !+II (Motor) I III II I III+! III r r+·vr (Pilot) II+II (Motor) II I DOT $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ HOURLY PAY SCALE II $ I $ III II I II TIME 1 1/2 TIME 80.84 68.54 58.38 50.20 45.06 42.65 40.41 34.73 $ 52.10 32.91 $ 48.28 32.91 $ 48.28 27.97 $ 41.95 31.17 $ 46.75 27.97 $ 41.95 26.49 $ 39.73 25.09 $ 37.63 31.17 $ 46.75 25.09 $ 37.63 22.51 $ 33.76 21. 33 $ 32.00 52.56 44.74 $ 35.05 . $ 31.26 $ 28.05 $ 23.17 RANK PSR PSR . Sr. Clerk Typist Clerk Typist Sr. Station Officer Station Officer (revised 07/91) CIVILIAN HOURLY PAY SCALE PAYGRADE II I $ $ $ $ $ $ TIME 1 1/2 TIME 14. 36 $ 21. 54 13.34 $ 20.01 15.35 $ 23.02 11.64 $ 17.46 17.50 $ 26.25 14.60 $ 21.90 ( WILSHIRE AREA EXPLORER ·cALL-OUT P. ROGRAM APPROVAL: Capt K. Bushey, Wilshire_ Area C/0 has approved the use of the Law Enforcement Explorers to be deployed to the scenes of Major unusual occurrences. · PU;RPOSE: To assist the Officers/Detectives at the scenes of Major crimes/unusual occurrences, and a119w _ uniformed officers to return to the· field and respond to radio ~alls. - -- ··: .. - .. ·_ · · ·· ::>--::· ·<f::;:·~ ;:.- '. RESPONSIBILITIES: 10 Explorers have been issued beepers & will respond to the .station when called. Use the below schedule when calling out the Explorers. The work times of the Explorers correspond to their school schedule, and reasonable amount of time that a 14/17 year old can dedicate to the program. At the conclusion of the unusual occurrence or at the end of the work schedule (which ever _ comes_ f_ irst) the Explorers shall be transported home. _ CALL-OUT SCHEDULE: :-- - : . ·;_ ~ . , .. - School days, Mon-thur 1600-2000 Weekends, Friday _ 1 600~2400 . · Saturday.. "_:_ ~ :_ ..> _ pgoo.~2100 · · ~ ~ ::'~- --~- <~~,~~L }:-fJ}(J . > _ - - Sunday _ - - - . ;·_ · . .0900-:2000 ... --"•-4·--~ · a -•---·,.··--~-._; ____ ~ Use the above call-out schedule as a guideline~ - Reme· mber, if the··: _ _ -:·:: : --- '., - - - E.O.V!. time is 0200 don't call the Explorers out at O 1 00. By the time the Explorers get to the station, and out to-the field, they "v'1ould have to return home. Use good judgement. ... ·BEEPER INSTRUCTIONS: 1 . Lift phone receiver and listen for dial tone. 2. Dial "9-723-0803" and listen for a high pitched tone. 3. When the tone alert stops, dial in "213288" 4. Listen for a warble tone, "v\Tait for the connection to disconnect. 5. It will take approximately 1-5 minutes for the beepers to go off, and the Explorers will respond to the station directly. INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE FACILITIES EVACUATION PLAN OWB PROJECT WILSHIRE APRIL 27 11 52.90 AREA 1990 ..... . ... . INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE FACILITIES EVACUATION OWB PROJECT WILSHIRE APRIL 27, PLAN 52.90 AREA 1990 , -- ··· - · • • 1. ~ - ~ ·-- - ·· - · •• REPORT FOR OWB PROJECT #44-90 CONTINGENCY PLANS FOR TRAFFIC CONTROL AND EVACUATION OF IRS FACILITIES It,, THE WEST BU~E~U AREA_ Completed by West Traffic Division Project #103-90 Captain Stan Kenslc, Commanding Officer -- --·------··-·- - ----- -- - ···-- -·- ·- --- ·.,-:--~.• - --z..:.~ --·. ::..:a--: •.. . _ .:---=-,_::- :::-_ :--~~-- ·--- ~ --- • -··· - =-.:.~~----- ·· .. .... . ·- --~· :.. - -- . --.. ::-· .:... _-··:_·· --.-·-- - · - . --· · - ' !' - ·· . •• ·· ··- - _; AT'I'KD£NI' CliB p~ 52-90 ~ . >-~ -..;...._ ...,..._ - .. ' ~.. . . ~ ~-· ... ~~- --:-:.:--·_ -___ - .. April 21, 1990 6.5 INTRADEPARTMENTAL CORRESPONDENCE To: Commanding Officer, Operations West Bureau From: Canmanding Officer, West Traffic Division Subject: TRAFAC DIVERSION AND EVACUATION PLANS FOR INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE LOCATIONS IN 'NEST LOS ANGELES AND WILSHIRE AREAS BACKGROUND: During the past two years the Internal Revenue Service office, located at 11500 West Olympic Blvd in the West Los Angeles Area, has been the scene of ttvee separate bombing incidents. The incidents have involved unknown suspect(s) placing explosives and chemicals in motor vehicles and leaving those vehicles in or near the subterranean garage of the facHity. There was also another incident involving the placing of an explosive device on a power pole adjacent to this facBity. The most r~ent . incident involving a vehicle occurred on February 22, 1990. At this incident a large chemical bomb placed inside a vehicle was discovered. Although the bomb ignited a complete detonation fortunately did not occll'. The incident caused by this situation required a large scale evaaJation of citizens, perimeter control and the implementation of a traffic control plan. · The potential for sinilar situation., occurring at this location and the other two I RS facilities located in the West Bureau area require that a detailed cortingency plan for each facility be planned and developed for implementation should another incident of this type 0CCll'. · PURPOSE: West. Traffic Division has contacted representatives from the various pubic service agencies that would be involved in a futtre occwrence at the three IRS locations. After interaction with these officials and examination of the locations, along with studying the existing traffic patterns the attached contingency plans were developed to assist field commanders with traffic diversion, traffic control and evacuation routes in the event that another incident involving explosive and/or 0 chemical devices should occur. - · : :;.>· : --:-_ ·---:-.: -- - -- ·-· - ""'!'- ·.· .. .. ·, ~ - .... :.-. ~ ;.:' . : - .. ........ ... , ...... , . ..,..._ . . _ :_~~:_ . .;--=.,~;,.:;· .. --:.· :.;. - ·-·· ... r. ·~ .: .... .. . - . - ,... =-- ·: .. . - - . · ··, :: - .. t - . :: . .. , . - · . . .-. ....... , ....... . .... ... ~ . . I RS Evacuation Plans Page Two THREAT LOCATIONS: The below locations are the active IRS facilities located wlhin the West. Eueau area: 1. West Los Angeles Area: Reporting District #862 Internal Revenue Service 11500 West Olympic Blvd (First National Bank Building 5th Floa) 2. West Los Angeles Area: Located in Federal enclave West Los Angeles Federal Building 3· . 11000 Wilshire Blvd Wilshre Area: Repating Dis1rict if7 49 Internal Revenue Service 3660 Wilshire Blvd (Hanmi Bari( Building, 3rd Roa) THREAT LEVEL DETERMINATION: In the event that a suspected explosive or chemical device is dscovered at one of the target • locations; it wil be necessary for the fi'st responder or field corrmander to assess the destructive potential of the device. lhe precise nature of a device may not be accurately determined until experts from the Explosive section of SID arrive at the scene, however there are some general guidelines: 1. Explosive Section of SID states that the destructive radius of the device wit vary with the size and type of explosive material involved. A general rule fa a small device s a minimm of 300 feet A barrier should be between the device and deployed personnel. 2. A large scale device, such as the •car-bomb• used on February 22nd would have a destructive radius of between 2000 and 3000 feet. 3. Other factors to be considered in this evacuation pian are: a The size of the area to be evacuated. b. Nanni boundaries of the area. c. Ingress and egress routes for emergency vehicles. d. Nlfflber of personnel available to control the permeter. e. Locations of command posts and evacuation centers. COMMAND RESPONSIBILJTY AND AREA TO BE CONTAINED: The responsibiity for on scene command and management wil, in al probabiUty, faff to the geog-aphic area in which the threat is located. Namally West Traffic Division wit auwne a SIJA)(l't role. To assist the field conmanders in elher West Los Angeles or Wlshire areas, traffic plannilg maps and enlarged street maps have been prepared for use by the comrriand post staff. Large maps (26x24) have been obtained for the divisional watch commanders, the MERV unit and West Traffic watch commanders . . . . . .. . . 7 , . · .. • ',J, -.. ... .- .....-:-. - . . -· · IRS Evacuation Plan page Three / The maps have the two perineter lines of 2000 and 3000 feet marked in orange and green respectively. These perineters agail were determined by the estinates of SID based on thei' estinate of the potential blast zone from the February 22nd device. In completing the traffic diversion and evacuation plan is bued on the "worse case• scenaio and involves the 3000 foot ndJs perineter. In the event that a small« perineter is detamined to be appropriate it wil be an easier man« to recilce the size at the perineter than to expand it. · COMMAND POST LOCATIONS: Station supervisas from West Los Angeles, Wilshi'e and West Traffic were consulted in a discussion regarding potential command post locations for the three IRS facilties. lhe initial command post locations selected are as follows: 1. Stoner Park Recreation Center: Reporting District #861 11759 Misscui Ave. (213) 479-7200 • Location to be used for the IRS FacBity at 11500 Olympic Blvd. •2. National Guard Armory: Reporting District #852 1300 Federal Ave 3. (213) 477-0609 Location to be used for I RS Facility at the Federal Building, 11000 Wilshire Blvd. Ardmore Park Recreation Center: Reporting District #7 49 3250 San Marino Ave (213) 383-7549 * ~ .• Location to be used for I RS Facility at 3660 WIishire Blvd. • After holl' access to these command post location can be obtained by calling the Griffith Park Ranger Stati~. (213) 665-5188. These three command post selections are located outside of the 3000 foot blast zone radius and are strategically located for ease of movement of personnel and equipment to them.· EVACUATION CENTER LOCATIONS: West. Los Angeles and Wilshire Area Watch Commanders indicated that they would seek to activate the Evacuation Carters cmentty listed in thei' standing station plans. The actual site activation is determined by location availabilly. and after consultation with local area Red Cross rep-esentatives. Red Cross assistance can be obtained at the foftowing m.mbers: 1. 2. 3. Disa$t« Services, Westside Chapter: (213) 445-9900 Disaster Services. Central/East Chapter: (213) 484-4303 If chapter offices •e closed notification can be. made by corGICting the Red Cross Headquart~ 2~ ~_?-! nu~ (213) 739-5205. _ . __ ... . . : - :': .. -~ -'-- . .. ·:.?: ~ . ::;~~~~7:· 7'.".~~·: ·. · _. · - - . .;... ·. - __ . _..,.:_,,_.r . •- . . -- .. --- -· .... .. . . . ll t*:~/t?:f ,, _ - _ . ~ ,~:~ · _;:: ~ -:4:: - ~ . . . · -- -- -·-.· -- -- ···.__· ____ , _ _ .-_ .. .. . . ...... -· : ,~: ~-~~~ ~ ;~ .. • ~:-- . •. . · - . .. -~- . ~ ~ ~ : - 4~-;/tJ-?:r~~> _:-~~ . _ -- . -. . . . - · :- ~ --~- - --:. ~-: : ·: .. - - - - , l .;. - : .-. :.. ~ -· ·: .... :- ... - . . · .-,· . .:.:.;-:t ~ ! - ~- " # ~~ -, .. ·t.-·: . . •.. ·:- IRS Evacuation Plan Page Ru EVACUATION SECTORING: In the event of an evacuation declaration, it is reconvnended that the Freid Commander inplement a SECTOR evacuation strategy. In this, the evacuation area is divided into sectors and mission assignments for evacuation will be handled ttvough the Operations Officer to the assigned Sector Officer in-Charge. On the maps for each IRS facility, the effected area within the 3000 foot radius ha been divided into four sectors. TRAFFIC DIVERSION PLAN: The traffic diversion plan has as its prinary objective the order1y and expeditious flow of both vehicular and pedestrian traffic out of the effected areas while amo allowing for the ingress of both personnel and equipment from the various response agencies. Items to be considered by the Faeld Ccmmander are as folows: 1. The initial deployment of patrol, motor and Al officers along wtil civilan traffic COf1rol officers to s:nnary intersections as marked on the maps. The main Traffic Control Points (TCP) are marked on the maps as Blue Dots. Depending on available personnel the F1eld Commander may elect to station personnel at every other intersection and augment perimeter control with motor officers. 2. Upon declaration of a tactical alert, the civilian traffic control officers should be re-deployed to intersections manned by sworn personnel. 3. Utilization of barricades, traffic cones and banner guard tape at intersections to cme in traffic control. On the maps the streets to be initialy blocked by barricades are indicated by Blue Lines. The Bureau of Street Maintainence should be contacted mmec,iately and given direction to deliver these resources to desired locations. 4 . Request a representative of the California Highway Patrol to respond to the Command Post to coordinate closure of effected freeways and redirection of traffic on those freeways. Cal-Trans will only respond to requests to close off-ramps and freeways at the request of the CHP. 5. 6. a One item to keep in mind is that closing freeways is a massive lMldertaking and tm great long range effect on the total traffic pictll'e. Fa example the CHP estimates that for each mint.ae of freeway closwe, 20 mint.aes are requi'ed to retlm the freeway to namal rate of flow. That means that fof a freeway closure of five minutes~ a recovery tine of one how and forty-five minutes will be needed. A representative of the Rapid Transit District (RTO) should be requested to respond to the Command Post in order to coordinate redirection and closing of the various bus routes. In the West. Los Angeles area the Santa Monica Bus Lines shoud also be notified and consulted. In the West Los Angeles Area, an evacuation around the area of the IRS facilty on Olympic Blvd would also require closing the Southern Paciflc Railroad line which IUlS parallel to Elcposition Blvd and enters into the evacuation zone between roughly Sepulveda Blvd and Bundy Ave. The Watch Commander of the Southern Pacific Rd'oad Police (Phone # 213-668-4912) should be contacted inmedlately and informed of the sluation. They wll make arrangemerts fa' track closta"e and also send a represertative to the Command Post, should the Fleld Commander feel this is necessary. ; '--~i~f? . ~ ~......,: . ....,:.,_..;,~- - ... -- " ... -._,. . - --· ,,.. ; ~~ ~,:- •-=-: .. ~- .. -~~ :· . -~~ - ~ - -- -. . . ·'1'.:nw~•!..' . • . ·,-;1 ~~ ... -.~·- ... .. ... ·.-· ,, IRS Evacuadon Plan Page Five Note: Obviously each situation wil have some unique charact8' of Is own. The exact location of the threat, device size, wind conditions, existing envi'ormental factors.time of day, will all be factors that to one <ttvee or ancihel' effect the 1rafflc flow. The Reid Convnander may have to modify the the ca ltil 1g9ncy plans contained in this report to meet the specific problems at the tine of the incidert. SPECIFIC TRAFFIC DIVERSION · AND EVACUATION PLANS: The below plans are guidelines for the Field Commanders rn dealing with the traffic diversion and evacuation needs for the three IRS buildings. Each plan should be routinely consulted and evaluated to ensure that its reconvnendations remain accurate in the C0ll'S8 of tine. ltans such as new buildings, street width changes, changes in residential areas from single famiy to apartmert or condornini1.m unb, or even elinination or additions of new streets would all have an effect_ on this plan. PLAN ONE Internal Revenue Service Building 11500 West Olympic Blvd. RD 862 (5th Floor of National Bank · Building) Boundaries of area roughly affected: Santa Monica Fwy to the South; Sepulveda Blvd to the East; • Neb'aska Ave to the North; and Bundy Drive to the West. Command Post Location; Stoner Park Recreation Center, 11759 Missoui Ave. Outside Sector #1 . . Sectoring; Using the IRS facility as the epicenter the SllTOUnding area is divided into four sectors. Sector #1 the N/W; Sector #2 the NIE; Sector #3 the S/W; and Sector #4 the S/E. The evacuation routes and traffic control considerations for each sector is as follows: Sector #1 ; The main routes to evacuate out of this sector wil be Olympic Blvd Westbound and Barrington Ave Northbound. These main routes will be fed fran the affected secta by Colby Ave, Federal Ave, Barry Ave, Stoner Ave, Granvlle Ave and Westgate Ave for NIB and Mississippi Ave, La Grange Ave, and Misscui Ave fer W/8. - A. Iraffie Control Points; It is recommended that manned traffic control poiru be established at the following locations: a Olympe Blvd and. Bundy Drive to divert E/8 traffic on Olympic Blvd. b. La Grange Ave and Westgate Ave. c. Barrington Ave and Nebruka Ave. d. Federal Ave and Nebraska Ave. B. Traffic Conlrgl Baatcades: It is recanmended that bari:ades be placed at the followi1g locations lS1til sufficient personnel is available to man them: '.# IRS Evacuation Plan Page Six C. Special Considerations; This sector does not pose any unusual problems for evacuation . . The Command Post is within this sector and consideration should also be given to keeping an access street (perhaps Ston« Ave frcm Santa Monica BIYd) clear f« emergency personneJ and equipment. Sector #2: The main routes to evacuate out of this sector wil be Sawtelle Blvd Northbound and Olympic Blvd Eastbound. These main routes will be fed from the affected secta by Butler Ave, Purdue Ave, Corinth Ave and Beloit Ave for NIB and Mississippi Ave, La Grange Ave, and Missoui Ave EJB. A. Traffic Control Points: It is recanmended that mamed Traffic Control Poirts be established at the following locations: a Bl11er Ave and Nebraska Ave. fa SIB traffic. b. Cairth Ave and Nebraska Ave. fa SIB traffic. c. Sawtelle Blvd and Nebraska Ave. for SIB traffic. d . Olympic Blvd and Sepulveda Blvd. Stopping traffic for W/8 and diverting i either N/8 or SIB on Sepulveda B. Traffic Control Barricades: It is reccmmended that Traffic Control Barricades be placed at the following locations until sufficient personnel is available to man them: •• a Purdue Ave and Nebraska Ave. fa SIB traffic. b. The aDey between Corinth Ave and Sawtelle Blvd. at Neb'aska Ave. for SIB traffic. c. Beloit Ave and Nebraska Ave. fa SIB traffic. C. Special Considerations: Thse are two main considerations that fal within this secta: (1) traffic flow as a result of dosing the SIB 405 Fwy, and (2) ensl6ing that excess traffic does not move towards the main E/8 evacuation route of Olympic Blvd. a 405 Fwy Closure: It is reconmended that the 405 (San Diego) Fwy be dosed at the Santa Monica Blvd ottramps and diverted from that poirt. Traffic should be directed either W/8 or E/B onto Santa Monica Blvd to perhaps Over1and Ave and Centinela Ave where traffic can again go SIB and rejoin the freeway. b. Eress Traffic: To cut down on excess traffic coming tOWcl'ds the Olympic BIYd route. it is recommended that a •No Left Tlm• sign be placed at Santa Monica Blvd at Sepulveda Blvd to stop W/8 Santa Morica traffic from ti.ming and a ·No Right Tl.l11" sign at the same location to stop E/8 traffic fran also uning SIB. This wil keep the freeway traffic from effecting the Olympic Blvd and Sepulveda Blvd operations. Sector #3: The main routes to evacuate out of this sector will be Pico Blvd Westbound and Bamgton Ave S<>tihbound with Gateway Blvd mo serving as a mail route fa SIB. These mm routes will be fed frcm the affected zone by Federal Ave. Bany Ave, Col>y Ave SIB and Tennessee Ave and Ayn Ave W/8. A. Traffic Control Poi,U; It is reconmended that manned Traffic Conlrol points be established at the following locations: a Temessee Ave and Bundy Dr for E/8 traffic. - ·- --------- .1. --- IRS Evacuation Plan Page Seven b. Pico Blvd and Bundy Dr. fa E/8 traffic diverting traffic to SIB and N'9 Bundy Dr. c. BarrirYJton Ave and Gateway Blvd. These two main routes intersect and wil need control to stop NIB traffic and to-provide direction for those being evacuated. B. Traffic Control Bauicadffi: It is recommended that Traffic Control Barricajes be placed at the following locations untB sufflciert personnel are available to man them: C. a Exposition Blvd and Bundy Dr. for EJB traffic. b. - Ayers Ave and Bundy Dr. fa E/8 traffic. c. Tennessee Pl and Bundy Dr. for E/8 traffic. Special Considerations: This secta is perhaps the simplest to man, in terms of manpower needed but the most complex to evacuate since the sector is dissected by two main omtacles: (1) the Southern Pacific Rai.,_oad tracks, and (2) the Santa Monica Fwy. In lght of this the following considerations need to be made: a This sector requires notification of Southern Paciftc Raik'oad Police as desal>ed on page four, item #6. · b. Since the Colby Ave and Stoner Ave between Olympic Blvd and the RR Tracks cannot go SIB they wiU have to be evacuated to W/8 Otympic Blvd. It also may be more expeditious to also evacuate Colby Ave and Temessee Ave also W/B on Olympic. c. Due to the topography between the IRS facility and the Santa Monica Fwy we are not recommending a dosure of this freeway as part of the initial plan. Even though the freeway enters into the 3000 foot zone, at no point does it enter the · 2000 foot zone. Unless the size of the device or other circt.mStances warrant closl6e, it is recommended that this freeway be allowed to remain open. To close this freeway removes the major diversion artery and would cause a large <rain on r8$ources for traffic control. d. With item c in mind, it is also recommended that the residences within the 3000 foot zone, but south of the freeway not be evacuated as an initial step. e. Between the RR tracks and the freeway there are several smal streets and cu-de sacs that must be remembered during evacuation. Sector #4: The fflUl rcues to evacuate this sector are Pico and Olympic Blvd's fa Eastbound and Sawtelle and Sepulveda Blvd's for Southb<Uld. These main . routes wil be fed from the affected sector by Buder Ave~ Pwdue Ave and Corinth Ave for SIB and Peart Street and Tennessee Ave for E/8. A. Traffic Control PQircs: It is recommended that manned Traffic Control Points be established at the following locations: a b. Pico Blvd and Sepulveda Blvd. This will divert W/B Pico to ONLY SIB Sepuveda Blvd. Traffic should not be allowed to go NIB towards Olympic Blvd. Sawtelle Blvd and Pearl Street for NIB 11"8fflc. B. · Traffic C<X]t[ol Bao1cadffl: Due to the nab.l'e of this sedor there is not an IJ'g8rt need for 1rafflc cor1r0I bair lcades as an initial step. lhe Field Commander or sector OIC may determine some to be needed as the situation unfolds. . . · · •· . ~ ·- -· ··-- ---- ""' ~~- -· • · .1 ...... -:. =-~~-- -·- ._ ... . , - IRS Evaaaatk)rl Plan Page Eigtt C. Special Considecatiom: Like Sector #3 this sector is dissected by the Southern Pacific Railroad lne. Amo the 405 (San Diego) F_wy aosses this sector. This sector has the ma-e natll'al boundaries than any of the other secta- and as such shoud requi'e less manpower to manage. There are some consideration.1 fo' ttis sector which are: a San Diego Fwy: It is recommended that the NIB San Diego Fwy be closed at the Santa Monica Fwy. Frcrn this location the NIB traffic can be dverted arOt.lld the incident scene in a reasonably rapid manner. b. As the perimeter is initially established it wil be necessary to have a mamed traffic control point at the O~ Blw offramp from the SIB San Diego Fwy. Tiis offramp empties onto Tennessee Ave. Once the Fwy is declared clear then this -traffic control point can be canceled and personnel removed to a safer distance. PLAN TWO IRS Facility at the Federal Building 11000 West WIishire Blvd (Federal Enclave) Boundaries of area roughly affected: Santa Monica Blvd to the South; Malcom Ave to the East; LeConte Ave to the North; and the Wadsworth Hospital Center to the West. • Command Pmt Location: National Guard Annory, 1300 Federal Ave. Outside Sector #3. Sectoring: Using the Federal Building as the epicenter, the sl.lTounding area has been divided into four secta-s. Sector #1 the N/W; Sector #2 the NIE; Sector #3 the S/W; and Sector #4 the S/E. The evacuation routes and traffic control considerations for each sector is as follows: Sector #1: The main routes to evacuate this sector are Sepuveda Blvd for Na-thbound and Wilshire Blvd for Westbound. These main routes will be fed by the various smaD service roads in the federal faciities in this secta. A. Traffic Cootrol Points: It is recommended that manned traffic cor1ro1 points be established at the following locations: · a Sepulveda Blvd and Constitution Ave. This is the enlranC8 for the VA Cemetery. This poirt wil be used to coordinate traffic leaving these facilties and going NIB on Sepulveda Blvd. It wil mo stop SIB traffic on Sepulveda BIW. b. Waterford Street onramp to the SIB 405 Fwy. To stop vehicle from the srnal residential area from entering the freeway at this point. · B. Traffic Control Barricades: Due to the natire d ttis sector no barricades should initially be needed. The Federal Police and sea.my personnel should have adequate barricade r8SOll'ces to handle thei" facility, but loans of this eq~ may have to be made to them. C. Spegal Qmider3lkxJ.,: This sector ha the fewest ctizarls to evacuate. It Is~ 1he VA Cemetery and Hospital facillies. The 406 Fwy does arts this secta and needs ID be accounted for. -- ------ ·---------- --- IRS Evacuation P1an Page Nine a 405 (San Diego) Fwy: It is recommended that the San Diego Fwy be closed fa SIB traffic at Sunset Blvd. The reasons fa this are twofold: (1) The next offramp for SIB. Waterford Street is completely inadequate to handle the entre offloaded volume of the freeway. (2) From Sunset Blvd traffic can be diverted onto ttis major artery around the effected. b. OIiing the initial stages of evacuation t wil be necessary to have manned 1rafflc control points at the Wilshire Blvd off ramps frcm the San Diego Fwy to keep traffic from going E/8 towards the epicerter. To accomplish this the NIB offramp wil need to be closed and the SIB offramp traffic will have to be directed WIB on Wilshire Blvd. When the freeway is declared clear the the personnel can be removed to a safer location. · c. The on-ramp for NIB 405 Fwy from Wilshi'e Blvd could be initially used to clecl' traffic away from the Westwood area until al streelS are clear. Sector #2: The main routes to evacuate this sector wil be Wlshre Blvd Eastbound and · Westwood Blvd and Veteran Ave Northbound. These main routes wBI be fed from the affected sector by the various streets In the Westwood Vllage area going to either Veteran Ave or Wilshire Blvd, depending on which side of . Westwood Blvd they are on. A. Traffic Control Poirtts· It is recommend"ed that the following manned Traffic Control · Points be established at the following locations: . •• a Veteran Ave and Strathmore Ave. for SIB traffic. b. Levering Ave and Le Conte Ave. for SIB traffic. c. Gaytey and and Le Conte Ave. for SIB traffic. d. Westwood Blvd and Le Conte Ave for SIB traffic and to facilitate evacuation N/B on Westwood Blvd. e. Tiverton Ave and Weybum Ave for SIB traffic. f. Wilshi'e Blvd and Malcan Ave. This will stop all WIB traffic on Wilshi'e Blvd and divert it by either reversing it or sending it NIB to meet Hilgard Ave (and from their to Sunset Blvd) or SIB on Macom Ave to rejoin SIB Westwood Blvd. B. Traffic Control Baorad,s: It is recommended that Traffic Corirol Barricades be placed at the following locations until sufficient personnel are available to man them: a Broxton Ave and Le Conte Ave for SIB traffic. b. Hilgard Ave and Weybum Ave for SIB traffic. C. Lincbook Ave and Macom Ave for W/8 traffic. C. Special ConsidE[atiQt'Ji: This sector will be the most difficul to evacuate and manage strictly from the sheer volume of vehicle and people (depending on the tine of day of eotrSe). Wilshire and Westwood Blvd's is perhaps the busiest intersection in terms of volume in the enti'e city. There will be some~ needs in this sector: · .. .. • .:;: ... a Thse will need to be manned traffic cortrol on VVllshi'e Blvd at Westwood BIYd, Gaytey Ave and Veteran Ave for initial evacuation to keep people moving E/8 . away from the scene. • ~. ~ -· :. ··= -.-;;;;.;..~- " .:.-. - : .·.~~~-: : · _ _ -; • . - I • -: •• :•-:-. ::--> ~-----~ -. ~ ~ : ~ :.:.: --•:,~ ~ - ••. -• -:-: .•: ... • -- : • .• · 1 ,_. -- · -- - --- .--- •. ·- --- . ,. - . - ~·_:-_:: ..:...: - ~- ::: -~ . -·~-1.J' :. __ -:- ~-: . .. ... · ·: ._, . --: -- - - -- .. . : ... : .. ... · .--.. - ~ . '.J ,/ I~ Evacuation Plan Page Ten • - - .. . . . . . - - I- - - ' . - - · · • - -, , . .... ... b. Liaison will need to be made with the UCLA Police Departmert and the Beverty HUis Police Department, since our traffic diversion plans will i'npact thei' jurisdictions and personnel will be needed from UCLA to augment LAPD resources. Sector #3: The main routes to evacuate this sector will be Sepulveda Blvd Southbound and Ohio Ave Westbound. These main routes will be fed from the affected secta by the service roads from the federal facilities, Bentley Ave, Camden Ave and Cotner Ave SIB and Massachusetts Ave W/8. · A. Traffic Control Poirts: It is recanmencted that manned Traffic Control Points be · established at the following locations: a Wilshi'e Blvd and Veteran Ave. This wiB st~ al E/8 Wlshire Blvd traffic and divert it either N/8 onto San Vicente Blvd or·SJB on Veteran Ave. b. Ohio Ave and Sawtelle Blvd fa E/8 traffic. c. Sepulveda Blvd and Santa Monica Blvd fa N/8 traffic. d. Camden Ave and Santa Monica Blvd fa N/8 traffic. Traffic Control Banicades: It is recommended that Traffic Control Barricades be. placed at the following locations until sufficient personnel are available to man them: • 8. a Beloit Ave and Massachusetts Ave for N/8 traffic. b. Pontius Ave and Santa Monica Blvd for NIB traffic. c. Bentley Ave and Santa Monica Blvd for N/8 traffic. C. Special Consjderations: This secta has the special problem of the 405 (San Diego) Fwy and the fact that the command post is located in it. There are some considerations for this . area. a San Diego Fwy: It is recommended that the San Diego Fwy be closed for N/8 traffic at the Santa Monica Blvd off ramp. From here traffic would be diverted to W/8 and E/B Santa Monica Blvd's. It is possible that based on the traffic voune and tine of the day that this closure will prove unworkable. Shaud that be the case it is recanmended that the Field Commander giver consideration to closing the freeway for NIB at the Santa Monica Fwy. . b. With the command post located in this sector it is recommended that efforts be made to keep an ingress route open (perhaps Federal Ave from Santa Monica Blvd) .. Sector #4: The mai'l routes to evacuate this sector will be Veteran Ave and Westwood Blvd Southbound and Wilshre Blvd and Ohio Ave Eutbound. These main routes wil be fed from the affected sector by Astton Ave, Wellworth Ave, Rochester Ave and Wikins Ave E/B and Midvale Ave, Kelton Ave, Glendon Ave and Mak:om Ave for SIB. A. Traffic Control Points: It is recanmended that manned Traffic Ccnrol Points be established at the following locations: -· . - : : ··- .. -· ._ . IRS Evacuation Plan Page Eleven a Wellwath Ave and MaJcom Ave for W/8 traffic. b. Ohio Ave and MaJcan Ave fa WIS traffic. c. Westwood Blvd and Massachusetts Ave fa NIB traffic. d. Veteran Ave and Massachusetts Ave for NIB traffic. / B. Traffic Control Baoicadffl: It is recommended that Traffic Control Barricades be placed at the following locations untH sufficient personnel are available to man them: a Greenfield Ave and Massachusetts Ave fa· NIB traffic. b. Kelton Ave and Massachusetts Ave for NIB traffic. c. Midvale Ave and Massachusetts Ave fa NIB traffic. d. Glendon Ave and Holman Ave for N/8 traffic. e. Wikrls Ave and MaJcan Ave for W/8 traffic. f. Rochester Ave and MaJcom Ave for W/8 traffic. C. Special Considerations: lllis sector poses no significart special problems to evacuation. It is mostly residential with adequate roadways to allow fa traffic flow. PLAN THREE Internal Revenue Service Building 3660 West Wilshire Blvd RD 749 (3rd Floor of Hanmi Bank Building) Boundaries of area roughly affected: 9th Street to the South; Alexandria Ave to the East; 4th Street to the North; and St Andrews Place to the West. Command Post Location; Arcmore Recreation Center, 3250 San Marino Ave. Sectoring: Using the IRS facility as the epicenter, the surrounding area is divided into fOll' sectors. Secta #1 is the N/W; Sector #2 is the NIE; Secta #3 is the S/W; and Sector #4 is the SIE. The evaaJation · routes and traffic control considerations fa each sector is as follows: Sector #1: The main routes to evacuate this sector will be Western Ave Northbound and Wilshire Blvd Westbound. These main rotaes wil be fed fran the affected sector by Hobart Blvd,. Oxford Ave, Serrano Ave, and Manhattan Plac~ N/8 and 4th, 5th, and 6th Streets W/8. A. . Traffic Control Points: It is recommended that manned Traffic eor.ro1 Pons be established at the following locations: a Hobart BIYd and 4th Street for SIB traffic. b. Serrano Ave and 4th Street fa SIB traffic. c. Western Ave and 4th Street This wll stop SIB traffic and dvert I E/8 and W/8 onto 4th Street and also facilitate evacuation traffic NIB on Western Ave. d. 5th Street and Manhattan Pl for E/8 traffic. e. 6th Street and St. Aro'ews Pl for E/8 traffic. - -. - . . . . -- ·-- IRS Evacuation Plan Page Twelve f. Wilshire Blvd and Gramercy Pl to Divert E/8 Wilvwe traffic to NIB Gramercy PL g. WIishire Blvd and Wilton Pl to stQP E/8 traffic and divert it to NIB and SIB traffic. B. Traffic Control Barricades: It is recommended that Traffic Conlrol Barricades be placed at the following locations until sufficient personnel are available to man them: .c. a Oxfad Ave and 4th Street for SIB traffic. b. The alley between Western Ave and Manhattan Place at 5th Street fa SIB traffic. Special Consid«ation,: This sector should pose no significant evacuation a traffic control problems. It is possible, depending on existing traffic voltme or tine of day that Western Ave may have to be closed at 3-d Street instead of 4th Street, silce 3rd Street has a geater capacity for traffic diversion. Sector #2: The main routes to evacuate this sector will be Namandie Ave Northbound and Wilshire Blvd Eastbound. These main routes will be fed from the affected sector by Harvard Blvd, Kingsley Dr, Aranae Ave, and Mar~ Ave NIB and 4th, 5th, and 6th Streets E/8. A. Traffic Control Points: It is recommended that manned Traffic Control Points be established at the following locations: a b. c. d. e. Kingsley Dr and 4th Street for SIB traffic. Normandie Ave and 4th Street. This wm stop traffic fa SIB and divert it E/8. This point will also help facilitate evacuation traffic NIB. 5th Street and Mafl)()Sa Ave fa W/8 traffic. 6th Street and Alexandria Ave for W/8 traffic. Wilshire Blvd and Alexandria Ave. This will stop W/8 traffic and divert it· N/8 on Alexan<tia Ave or reverse it back onto Wilshire Blvd. This point will also he~ facilitate evacuation traffic for E/8. B. Traffic Control Banjcades: It is recommended that Traffic Control Barricades be placed at the following locations untH sufficient personnel are available to man them: a Harvard Blvd and 4th Street fa SIB traffic. b. Arctnore Ave and 4th Street ta SIB traffic. c. Special Coosideratiors: This secta also poses few special problems. lhe mcm itan will be that the evacuation zone crosses over into the area of Operations Cenb'al Bll'eau and some personnel from that bureau will be needed to augment owe personnel. Sector #3: The main routes to evacuate this sector wiU be Wilshire Blvd Westt>otnt and Western Ave Southbound. These main routes wiD be fed from the affected sector by Graham Street 7th Street, 8th Street and 9th Street W/8 and Hobart Blvd, Serrano Ave, Oxford Ave, Manhattan Place and St Aro'ews Place SIB. A. Traffic corcro1 Points: It is reccmmended that manned Traffic Control Points be established at the following locations: · ~ IRS Evacuadon Plan Page Thi1een a Ingraham Ave and St. Araews Pl for E/8 traffic. b. 7th Street and St. Andrews Pl for E/B traffic. c. 8th Street and St. Andrews Pl fot E/B traffic. d. Western Ave and 9th Street. This wll stop NIB traffic and divert it to W/8 91h Street. This poirt wil also help faciltate evacuation traffic from SJB. e. Serrano Ave and 9th Street for NIB traffic. B. Traffic Control Barrtac:1es: It is reccmmended that Traffic Control Barricades be placed at the following locations until sufficient personnel are available to man them: a Oxford Ave and 9th Street for NIB traffic. b. Hobart Blvd and 9th Street for NIB traffic. C. Special Considerations: This sector poses no significant problems to evacuation. Sector #4: The main routes to evacuate this secter wYI be Wlshre Blvd East>ound and Normandie Ave-lrolo Ave Southbound. These main routes will be fed from the affected sector by 7th, 8th and 9th Streets E/8 and Harva-d Blvd, Kingsley Or, Ardmore Ave for S/8. A. Traffic Control Points: It is recanmended that manned Traffie Control Poitts be established at the following locations: a Harvard Blvd and 9th Street for NIB traffic. b. Arcmore Ave and 9th Street for NIB traffic. c. 8th Street and Ncrmandie Pl fer W/8 traffic. d. Mar.,osa Ave and 8th Street fer NIB traffic. B. Traffic Control Barricades: It is recommended that Traffic Control Barrk:ades be placed at the following locations until sufficiert personnel are available to man them: a Kingsley Ave and 9th Street for NIB traffic. b. lrolo Ave and 9th Street for NIB traffic. C. SpeciaJ Comiderations; Agajn this sector aosses <N« no Operatia IS Central Blreau and that bu'eau wiU need to provide personnel to augment owe rescuces. The old Ambmssada Hotel complex provides a large nallral ban1er in ttis sedor. Since the ccmmand post falls within this sector it is reconvnended that an ifVess be k~ dear (perhaps Ardmore Ave) for personnel and equipment. ··---- - -- ·- ·- · - ··· · - . . . . . .. .. . :· :· . :.-. •; .. ·· ... . : .. .. : ... . .. _.. . . IRS Evaa 18110n Plan Page Fourteen · CONCLUSION: - . , _...,__ .:. .... _ .... These plans should be used as guidelines by the Field Canrnandera and the Sector OIC's. / Obviously ev«y possl>le contingency cannot be accounted for, but this plan should be the foundation for the evacuation of people from the affected area and for control of 1raftlc arOtl'ld _the· perinetars. A/ ~~<) -·~ Stan Kensic, Captain, Commanding Officer, West Traffic Division --·- ~ ::":" ._ . ~ -::- :-::-=-:_ _. · _ •. -. - ~-=-· ·· .·~ ... ~ -. - . . r :<:~$' ._ -. ' EVACUATION DISPERSAL PLAN PROJECT: IRS Bomb Threat - Evacuation Plan (OWB #52.90) BACKGROUND Beginning in March of 1986, a series of bombing attacks directed against various Internal Revenue Service (IRS) facilities has occurred in the Southern California Area. These attacks have taken the form of pipe bombings, homemade mortar attacks, power pole bombings, a car bomb in an underground garage, and a truck bomb in the West Los Angeles Area. All of these attacks have been directed against the IRS by unknown persons. RESPONSIBILITY Should an actual explosive device be located, Criminal Conspiracy Section, Detective Support Division, and Fi~earms and Explosives Section, Scientific Investigation Division, shall be immediately notified. Notification concerning a bomb threat shall be made by phone when possible. Every effort should be made to avoid transmitting by means likely to result in any information becoming public knowledge. Criminal Conspiracy Section maintains city-wide responsibility of all bombings, attempted bombings, and bomb threats, however, should an IRS facility become the intended target of a bomb, or bomb threat, agents for the IRS, Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) and the Federal Protective Service Police would share investigative · responsibility. The Los Angeles Police and Fire Departments have concurrent jurisdiction in emergencies involving evacuation within the City. Usually, th~ decision whether to evacuate, will be made by the agency with primary control responsibility of the incident. Regarding a bombing of an IRS facility, the Department will maintain primary responsibility. INITIAL RESPONSE - STAGE I Once the decision is made to cause an evacuation of the affected area, the field commander should initiate a tactical alert. Personnel normally deployed on any given watch in Wilshire Area will be insufficient to control the incident. Having declared a tactical alert, the Field Commander will have provided for a ready manpower reserve and prevented a depletion of field personnel. Wilshire has pre-designated the Scottish Rites Temple, 4357 Wilshire Boulevard, as its command post site (See Page 4). A secondary staging area will be established at the Wilshire Ebell Theatre, 4401 W. 8th Street (See Page 5). The command post will consist of the following personnel: EVACUATION DISPERSAL PLAN 6.4 Page 2 Field Commander Executive Officer Radio Officer Journal Officer Personnel Officer Logistics Officer Intelligence Officer Perimeter Supervisor Liaison Supervisor (LAFD/DOT/RTD/Red Cross/School District) NOTE: The· command post should have access to LAFD Maps #493 and 517. The primary responsibility of the Command Post will be to establish the perimeter of the affected area. This perimeter will encompass a one-half mile radius around the IRS facility, 3660 Wilshire Boulevard. The affected area will be that area contained within the following boundaries: 3rd Avenue to the north, St. Andrews Place on the west, San Marino Street on the south, and Catalina Street (Rampart Divisi6n to the east (See Addendum #1). Initial response units shall be deployed at the major egress and ingress routes as follows: Western Avenue at 3rd Street Western Avenue at San Marino Street Wilshire Boulevard at St. Andrews Place Wilshire Boulevard at Catalina Street Normandie Avenue at 3rd Street Normandie Avenue at San Marino Street Initial Response: 12 officers SECONDARY RESPONSE - STAGE II As officers become available, they shall be deployed from the Command Post to close down the remaining intersections along the perimeter. Total perimeter control will require 40 officers. The allocation of officers along the perimeter should be decreased as positions are supplemented by other resources (DOT, Explorers and barricades). TRAFFIC DIVERSION The diversion of traffic from the affected area will be diverted in accordance with the attached West Traffic Division Traffic Control Plan. EVACUATION DISPERSAL PLAN 6.4 Page 3 EVACUATION - STAGE I The evacuation plan shall be implemented by initially sectoring the affected area. This will consist of four quadrants surrounding the focal point of the threats (See Addendum #2). Each section will be assigned an evacuation detail consisting of two units (16 total officers). They will evacuate their designated sectors, beginning at the incident and moving outward. The officers will door knock or utilize their vehicle Public Address System as appropriate. Should there be the luxury of sufficient time, evacuation information can be broadcast through local radio and television stations by using the Emergency Broadcast System by contacting Detective Headquarters Division. Of special concern to Wilshire Area, is the large segment of Korean speaking citizens. A direct resource into the Korean community is Radio Korea U.S.A. The station, located at 2201 W. Olympic Boulevard, can be reached by phoning 213/487-1300. The command post press relations officer, should establish direct contact with the station manager, Mr. Moor, and provide him with updated information concerning the following: Type of evacuation; Best available routes out of the area; Location of evacuation centers, and Anticipated duration of the incident. WALK-OUT EVACUATION POINTS Should Wilshire Division experience a daytime evacuation, the large commuter population along Wilshire Boulevard can be expected to simply drive home. Loca1 ··residents will be relocated to nearby evacuation centers. Should the evacuation be a nighttime occurrence, the problem will expand to include sheltering for displaced persons. Initially, the community will be instructed to •Utilize walk-out evacuation points. These locations are, in essence, collection centers, all within a reasonable walking distance of the affected community. The actual centers are either public schools or public parks (See Page 6). Southern California Rapid Transit District (RTD) buses will be dispatched to the evacuation centers to provide transportation out of the area. (An RTD Dispatch Supervisor can be accessed 24-hours at 972-4634.) Those people requiring specially designated handicap buses will be transported by the Los Angeles Unified School District (LAUSD) (See Page 7). EVACUATION DISPERSAL PLAN 6.4 Page 4 Displaced persons will be transported from the walk-out evacuation centers to secondary collection/sheltering locations (See Page 6). These secondary evacuation centers are all public school · sites. The coordination of sheltering is the primary responsibility of the Red Cross and they will work in conjunction with the LAUSD and the Park . Rangers to provide food and shelter at the evacuation centers. During a nighttime or prolonged incident, these sources should be contacted to initiate sheltering procedures. Should the evacuation create a need for additional sheltering, the RTD will begin transporting displaced persons out of the area to major relocation centers, i.e., the Los Angeles Convention Center. COMMAND POST SITES 1. ·2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Area Name Address Phone Phone Wilshire Scottish Rites Temple 4357 Wilshire Boulevard, Los Angeles, 90010 213/937-2566 Emergency contacts: George Ingrahm 213/939-9468 ·Gaylord Roten 213/838-5170 Kelly Christensen 714/827-1018 NOTE: Mr. Ingrahm's ETA would be less than 30 minutes Thomas Guide Reference Page 43, 2-C Reporting District 727 Nearest major intersections Wilshire Blvd./Crenshaw Blvd. VEHICLE PARKING 9. Two-level parking area - 349 designated parking spaces/passenger vehicles. 10. Lighting Good 11. Security Enclosed parking area PERSONNEL AREAS 12. Briefing/assembly area (number of personnel) Main auditorium: 1,731 seating capacity NOTE: Smaller meeting rooms: 300 seating capacity 13. Toilet facilities: 1 on each floor (Total= 5) 14. Dining facilities: 1,880 seating capacity 15. Sleeping area - Numerous meeting rooms could be converted for sleeping purposes. ·No cots available. EVACUATION DISPERSAL PLAN 6.4 Page 5 SECONDARY STAGING AREA 1. Wilshire Ebel! Theatre 2. Address 4401 W. 8th Street, Los Angeles 3. Phone 213/939-1128 4. Contact person: Michael Kirkwood (Manager) VEHICLE PARKING 5. Two parking lots - 80 designated parking spaces each/passenger vehicles 6. Security - Unsecured parking lot, 24-hour access 7. Lighting - Good COLLATERAL COMMAND POSTS Los Angeles Fire Department The LAFD will establish their casualty collection point on the grounds of the Ambassador Hotel (Wilshire Boulevard at Catalina Street). Evacuation of caiualties is the responsibility of the Fire Department. Pre-designated emergency hospitals: I. East Side a. Central Receiving b. Hollywood Presbyterian c. Good Samaritan d. California Hospital e. County U.S.C. I I . West Side a. Cedars-Sinai b. Mid-Way c. Brotman d. U.C.L.A. Rampart Division Rampart will establish its command post site at one of two locations. They will utilize either Berendo Jr. High, 1157 S. Berendo or Virgil Jr. High, 152 N. Vermont Avenue. EVACUATION DISPERSAL PLAN 6.4 Page 6 Walk-Out Evacuation Centers Ardmore Recreation Center Shatto Recreation Center Lafayette Park Hobart Elementary Virgil Jr. High Berendo Jr. High Wilton Place Elementary Secondary Evacuation Centers Los Angeles High Mount Vernon Jr. High Berendo Jr. High Virgil Jr. High Third Stage Evacuation Centers 3250 San Marino Street 3191 W. 4th Street 625 S. Lafayette Park Place 980 S. Hobart Boulevard 152 N. Vermont Avenue 1157 S. Berendo 745 S. Wilton Place 4600 W. Olympic Boulevard 4066 W. 17th Street 1157 S. Berendo 152 N. Vermont Avenue McArthur Park 2230 W. 6th Street Los Angeles Convention Center Los Angeles City College Sheltering - Red Cross (Primary responsibility) Contact Person: Dale La Forest - Disaster, Training & Planning Specialist Emergency 24-hour number: Main Dispatch Central take-in and response Service~ Provided: 1. Sheltering 383-7549 386-8877 387-9426 386-8661 388-0347 382-1343 389-1181 937-3210 733-2157 382-1343 388-0347 387-2705 739-5211 739-5205 a. Red Cross will coordinate with the Los Angeles Unified School District and the Department of Parks and Recreation to establish sheltering for displaced persons. 2. Canteen and meal service a. Food service determined by the size and duration of the incident 3. Sleeping Accommodations a. Cots would be provided for long-term displaced persons as needed EVACUATION DISPERSAL PLAN 6.4 Page 7 Sheltering - Los Angeles Unified School District Contact Person: Jerry Kurilich - Supervisor Emergency Services 213/625-4933 Emergency or off-hours: On-duty Watch Commander, L.A.U.S.D. Police Department 213/625~6631 Services Provided: a. Shelter b. Food c. Transportation d. Security (Evacuation Centers) Sheltering - Animal Regulation Contact Person: Lieutenant Michael - Disaster Coordinator 435-5765 (inside: 213/222-7138) 893-8404 Emergency 24-hour number: North Central District Office 213/485-5765 Special Problem Locations within the Perimeter Nursing Homes: None Retirement Hotels: Normandie Wilshire Retirement Hotel 605 S. Normandie Avenue, Los Angeles 213/383-1351 NOTE: All persons at this location are reported to be ambulatory. Persons on Life-Support Systems Those people dependent upon life-support systems are monitored by the Department of Water and Power. Responsibility is divided between those systems based upon water service or power service. EVACUATION DISPERSAL PLAN 6.4 Page 8 To obtain information on life-support dependent persons, contact: Linda Nasitka Water Operations 481-6092 Chris Blake Power Operations 481-6029 Persons within the perimeter on water support systems: None Persons within the perimeter on power support systems: None This information should be updated yearly along .with the Wilshire Standing Plans. Handicapped Persons (Wheelchairs, etc.) Information relating to handicapped persons requiring assistanc~ during the evacuation should be immediately forwarded to the Command Post . . Special buses equipped to assist the handicapped are available through the Los Angeles Unified School District. From 0500 - 2200 hours, contact: Supervisor Patterson or Supervisor Fienstein From 2200 - 0500 hours, contact: Main dispatcher Hazardous Material Locations Contact Person: Captain Massey Technical Services Unit Hazardous Material Section Los Angeles Fire Department Hazardous material locations within the perimeter: 227-4406 227-4488 485-7218 None NOTE: This information should be updated yearly along with the Wilshire standing_plans. Notification In the event any consular office within the evacuation area is evacuated, the Director of Office of Special Services, shall be notified. INTRADEPARTMENTAL CORRESPONDENCE December 4, 1989 6.4 TO: FROM: SUBJECT: Commanding Officer, Operations-West Bureau Commanding Officer, Wilshire Area WILSHIRE AREA TACTICAL PLAN FOR OPERATION RESCUE DECEMBER 9, 1989 On December 8, 1989, Operation Rescue is expected to stage massive demonstrations in Southern California. Attached is the Wilshire Area tactical plan to police any demonstrated held in Wilshire Area. Questions regarding this 'plan should be directed to Sergeant I Howard Silvertein or Senior Lead Officer Michell Walsh, Wilshire Patrol Division at extension 5-4024. KEITH D. BUSHEY, Captain Commanding Officer Wilshire Area ABORTION CLINICS LOCATED IN OPERATIONS WEST BUREAU PACIFIC AREA: Family Planning Center 1501 Pacific Av WEST LOS ANGELES AREA: Southern California Women's Medical Group 11600 Wilshire Bl #400 Family Planning Associates Medical Group 12304 Santa Monica Bl #12 Center for Women's Care 12304 Santa Monica Bl #118 WILSHIRE AREA: Koryo Health Foundation (No abortions) 3544 W Olympic Bl Women's Medical Groupe of L.A. 1828 S Western Av Women's Medical Center of L.A. 5985 W Pico Bl Family Planning Associates 6000 San Vicente Midland Medical Center 3827 W Washington Bl HOLLYWOOD AREA: · None 392-4147 477-7555 820-8084 826-0818 · 731-0686 731-2191 937-0911 937-1390 731-3127 BACKGROUND WILSHIRE DIVISIONAL TACTICAL PLAN FOR OPERATION RESCUE - DECEMBER 9, 1989 Wilshire personnel have identified four (4) locations in Wilshire Division that are potential targets for Operation Rescue demonstrators. There are: 1. 2. 3. 4 . Women's Medical Group of Los Angeles 1828 S. Western Avenue Women's Medical Center of Los Angeles 5985 W. Pico Blvd. Family Planning Associates 6000 San Vicente Midland Medical Center 3827 W. Washington Blvd. 731-2191 937-0911 937-1390 731-3127 Satellite staging areas for these clinics are: 1. 2. Staging Area - A Carthay Center Elementary School 6351 W. Olympic Boulevard Staging Area - B Mt. Vernon Junior High School 4066 W. 17th Street 935-8173 733-2157 TACTICAL PLAN FOR OPERATION RESCUE 6.4 Page 2 The four clinics that will be open on December 9, 1989, are: 1. 2. 3 . 4. Women's Medical Group of Los Angeles 1828 S. Western Avenue Women's Medical Center of Los Angeles 5985 W. Pico Blvd. Family Planning Associates 6000 San Vicente Midland Medical Center 3827 W. Washington Blvd. THREAT ASSESSMENT 731-2191 937-0911 937-1390 731-3127 In examining the threat assessment for this operation, the three major involved groups need to be discussed. These are the anti-abortion group, the pro-abortion group, and the abortion clinics' staff personnel and patients. ANTI-ABORTION GROUP Operation Rescue is a coalition of numerous anti-abortion groups, many ~f which roots in the fundamentalist religious movement. They are deeply committed to the eventual overturning of the Roe vs Wade Decision which in effect legalized abortion in the United States. They see demonstration at abortion clinics as serving a two-fold purpose: 1. Raising awareness of and support for overturning Roe vs Wade. 2 . Preventing abortions from being performed for as long as the clinics are shut down by demonstrators. TACTICS USED BY OPERATION RESCUE Operation Rescue is a coalition of numerous anti-abortion groups ~ many of which have roots in the fundamentalist religious movement. They are deeply committed to the eventual overturning of the Roe vs Wade Decision which in effect legalized abortion in the United States. They see demonstrations at abortion clinics as serving a two-fold purpose: TACTICAL PLAN FOR OPERATION RESCUE 6.4 Page 3 1. Raising awareness of, and support for overturning Roe vs Wade. 2. Preventing abortions from being performed during the time in which clinics are shut down by the demonstrators. TACTICS USED BY OPERATION RESCUE Operation Rescue is exceptibnally well organized, with a cadre of control personnel who could be termed "professional demonstrators." These people have organized massive anti-abortion demonstrations in Atlanta, New York, Oakland and Sunnyvale. They have a military-like organizational intra-structure that allows them to control the actions of the numerous demonstration tactics that have been developed by dissident groups since the early 1960's and they can be expected to utilize these tactics when confronted by the police. These tactics include, but are not limited to: · 1. Chaining demonstrators in front of entrances~ 2. Crawling between officers' legs when confronted. 3. Lying in front of jail buses or crawling under the seats of jail buses or going limp in the aisles. The organized nature of Operation Rescue's demonstration tactics will pose the most significant challenge to control operations by law enforcement personnel. PRO-ABORTION GROUP The pro-abortion faction is made up of numerous organizations such as Planned Parenthood, the National Organization for Women (NOW), the ACLU and Gay and Lesbian Organizations. They are as committed and as vocal about their point of view as the anti-abortionists. They can be expected to counter demonstrate at any location Operation Rescue tries to shut down in numbers that could reach several hundred. They have, in past demonstrations, taken an active role in assisting patients . in their attempts to enter the clinics by escorting them through the crowds of anti-abortion demonstrators. While neither group espouses. violence, this tactic offers the greatest potential for a violent confrontation. A lesser threat, but one significant enough to note, is the possibility of rival groups engaging in a shouting match which, due to the emotions involved, generates into a fight. It should be noted, however, that the Pro-Choice/Pro-abortion factions have not previous·ly encouraged civil disobedience or law violations. TACTICAL PLAN FOR OPERATION RESCUE 6.4 Page 4 ABORTION CLINIC STAFF PERSONNEL AND PATIENT Management personnel at abortion clinics in Wilshire Division have been interviewed to determined whether or not they will remain open on December 9. Should Operation Rescue demonstrate at their facilities, all clinics are willing to effect private persons' arrest if required and have signed crime reports on file with the Command Post. Liaison has been made with each clinic manager. PURPOSE OF THE OPERATION The purpose of operations conducted by Wilshire Division, in the event of demonstrations by Operation Rescue in Wilshire Division, is to keep the peace, to assure the right of any group involved to peacefully demonstrate, to protect the rights of abortion clinics those services, if violations of the law -0ccur, to effect arrests and pursue prosecution through the criminal justice system. ·It is also the purpose of this plan to meet the changing tactics of Operation Rescue and minimize the potential manpower drain on police resources. PHASES OF OPERATIONAL RESPONSE Phase I Area Day Watch Vice Units will monitor abortion clinics within Wilshire Area. If they become aware of a significant anti-abortion demonstration, they will immediately notify the Field Command Post. Additionally, liaison with the EOC will also be used to obtain intelligence interaction obtained from other sources. In the event that a Wilshire Area clinic becomes the target of an anti-abortion demonstration, thr~e squads from Wilshire Area will initially respond and control the demonstration until the EOC can dispatch Metro and the necessary logistical support units. A satellite command post will be set up at the pre-designated command sites. Wilshire Area manpower will be supplied and 18 officers. Day Watch will provide the remaining officers and supervisors to assemble the three squads. TACTICAL PLAN FOR OPERATION RESCUE 6.4 Page 5 Phase II In the event that there are insufficient officers to control the incident, a tactical alert for OWB will be called. This will provide the following numbers of sergeants and officers. 1 . Hollywood 2 - Sergeants 14 - Officers 2. West Los Angeles 1 " 9 " 3 . Pacific 1 " 5 " 4. West Traffic Div. 2 " 8 " 5. Wilshire Area 1 " 8 " Wilshire Area detectives will staff an on-call Mobile Identification Detail (MID-team). The MID-team detail will remain on on-call status until requested by the field commander through the Detective Commanding Officer, Lieutenant Pannell. In the event of a large amount of arrests, the MID-team will be called upon to assist in the identification and processing of arrestees at Jail Division. Metropolitan Division officers will act as tangle teams to control arrestees at demonstration sites. Tangle team officers will relinquish control of arrestees to . designated area arresting officers. Metropolitan Division officers will not be required to accompany arrestees from the arrest location. An arrest squad of Wilshire officers will be formed. Arresting officers will observe the initial contact between arrestees and tangle team officers. Arresting officers will assume responsibility for arrestees form tangle teams, accompany arrestees in blocks of 10- 20, to Jail Division and process them at Jail Division through MID-teams. Four Metropolitan Division officers per platoon (12) will be trained to prepare the master arrest narrative. The arrest narrative will be complete in scope, including the initial observations and descriptions of violations of the law. Narrative teams will ensure a completed and signed crime report and coordinate any admonitions given to the demonstrators. The arrest narrative will include a detailed diagram of the demonstration location. The completed narrative will be_ submitted to (SRDU) R&I Division, for duplication and inclusion in arrest packages. COMMAND POST LOCATIONS The Wilshire Field Command Post (CP7) will be located at Wilshire Station, 4861 W. Venice Boulevard, 213/485-4021. TACTICAL PLAN FOR OPERATION RESCUE 6.4 Page 6 The pre-selected staging areas are at the £allowing locations: 1. 2. 3 • Wilshire CP7 - 4861 W. Venice Blvd. Carthay Circle Elementary School Staging Area - A 6351 W. Olympic Blvd. · Mt. Vernon Junior High School 4066 W. 17th Street 213/485-4022 213/935-8173 213/733-2157 All staging areas provide restrooms facilities, telephones and a power source for the MERV Unit. ROLL CALL AND BRIEFING The respe.ctive AM Watch and Day Watch commanders will brief their involved officers . TRAFFIC CONTROL A DOT supervisor will be assigned to the command post and will summon sufficient DOT officer to control traffic at any demonstration site. In addition, a sufficient number of explorers will be available to assist DOT personnel with traffic control and command post. COMMUNICATIONS The field command post and all units assigned to any demonstration will operate on Duplex-6 . Because of the potential for overload with only one frequency, officers will be advised to keep radio transmissions to a minimum. EQUIPMENT AND TRANSPORTATION SUPPORT Tactical planning, through the EOC, will provide video crews, buses and MERV equipment as needed. TACTICAL PLAN FOR OPERATION RESCUE 6.4 Page 7 STAFFING The Command Post staff will be as follows: Field Commander Deputy Commander Press Relations Officer Executive Officer Operations Officer Intelligence Officer Personnel Officer Logistics Officer ADDITIONAL Captain I R.E. Kurth Lieutenant I B. Crosley Sergeant I W. Foreman Sergeant I Sergeant I Sergeant IL. Allen P.O. III+l P . O. III+l In the event that Wilshire Area is called upon to function as the Bureau Command Post, the following clinic locations and staging areas will be included: PACIFIC DIVISION - ABORTION CLINIC/STAGING AREA Eve Surgical Center (only actual abortion clinic) 10150 National Blvd. (Abortions only performed on Wednesdays and Fridays, 9-5.) Staging Area A (Pacific) Palms Recreation Center 2950 Overland Avenue 213/838-3838 Staging Area B _ (West Los Angeles) Department of Water & Power 1400 S. Sepulveda Blvd. 213/481-4211 (24-hour phone operator) WEST L.A. DIVISION - ABORTION CLINICS/STAGING AREA Family Planning Association 12304 Santa Monica Blvd., #112 213/820-8084 TACTICAL PLAN FOR OPERATION RESCUE 6.4 Page 8 HOLLYWOOD DIVISION - NO CLINICS IDENTIFIED Staging Area A (Hollywood) Hollywood High School 1521 N. Highland Avenue 213/461-3891 Staging Area B (Hollywood) Fairfax High School 7850 Melrose Avenue 213/651-5200 December 7, 1989 6.4 INTRADEPARTMENTAL CORRESPONDENCE TO: Commanding Officer, Operations-West Bureau FROM: Commanding Officer, Wilshire Area SUBJECT: NEW YEARS EVEN GUNFIRE REPRESSION PROGRAM In accordance with a note from the Commanding Officer, Operations West Bureau, dated November 11, 1989, the following are key elements of the plan by Wilshire Area to assist in reducing the unnecessary gunfire by citizens in celebration of the new year. CONCEPT Education and Prevention Phase Although apprehension of violators is a major concern, education and prevention will be key elements of the Wilshire Area program. The following elements are part of this focus: a. News media ride-along with the supervisor in charge of the special crime _ suppression detail. b. A public service announcement prepared and distributed to local radio and TV stations. (NOTE: If this program is city wide, perhaps Press Relations should prepare an ·announcement for all divisions.) c. Preparation of flyers and handouts to be distributed to block club captains and neighborhood watch meetings, door-to-door handouts in high-risk areas, posting in retail businesses frequented by the public such as markets and liquor stores; and students in elementary, junior and senior high schools. Enforcement Plan The second area of concentration will be the enforcement phase of the operation. The key elements of this phase are as follows: a. Areas of likely occurrence will be identified and a priority list established. The supervisor in charge of the detail will determine those areas to be targeted. NEW YEARS EVEN GUNFIRE REPRESSION PROGRAM 6.4 Page· 2 b. Officers working the detail will be assigned on a cash overtime basis and will work independent of officers assigned to regular watches. They will not be assigned to regular watches. They will not be assigned radio calls and will only respond to calls of an emergency nature. The majority of their effort will be directed toward reducing the unnecessary gunfire by citizens in celebration of the new year. c. Well though out and carefully applied tactical ·measures will be employed to apprehend violators. Additionally, these arrests will be highly publicized as part of what will hopefully be a multi-year consistent and aggressive effort to reverse this ever increasing New Years shooting trend. d. The detail supervisor will be responsible for selecting the personnel, developing a tactical plan and providing additional officer-safety training. I look forward to discussing my thoughts with you at the next commanding officer's staff meeting. The details of Wilshire Area's program will be developed following that meeting. I enthusiastically support this concept and am anxious for the Wilshire Area to play a key role. KEITH D. BUSHEY, Captain Commanding Officer Wilshire Area NEW YEARS EVEN GUNFIRE REPRESSION DETAIL Overview Wilshire Division will deploy a New Years Eve Gun Repression Detail o.n Monday, December 31, 1990.. This task force will consist of twelve officers and two sergeants deployed on the Mid-PM watch. The assigned officers will supplement Wilshire's normal PM and morning watch deployment. For task force purposes, Wilshire has identified two primary zones of enforcement and one secondary zone. Purpose The purpose of this task force is three-fold. Its primary objective is to provide a highly visible law enforcement presence in pre designated area throughout the division. This will hopefully act as a deterrent to would-be violators. Its secondary objective is to serve as a pro-active enforcement team. A concentrated effort will be on apprehending suspects in violation of 246 PC and 12020 PC. The final objective of the task force is to locate and identify suspects who are in violation of 246.3 PC for future prosecution. Operational Plans Roll-call will be held in the Wilshire roll-call room at 1800 hours. All assigned officers will be working on a regular on-duty basis. This is not a cash 0/T assignment. Twelve uniform officers and two uniform sergeants will be deployed as Queen-units in marked black and white vehicles. Officers assigned to the task force will work as a supplement to Wilshire's normal PM and AM watch deployment. They will not be assigned radio calls, but will respond to calls of an emergency nature. Officers will be working in two-man units, and will respond to all incidents with two units working in tandem. The basic responsibility of the task force is to apprehend criminal violators. Due to the potential volatile nature of the assignment, officer-safety cannot be over emphasized. Officer survival tactics must be utilized during each response. The location of a suspect, and the criminal severity of the violation, will be assessed prior to initiating any tactical operation. All efforts will be made to minimize the danger to officers, suspects and the surrounding community. Officers' tactics should be employed in an effort to avoid having misdemeanor offenses escalate into felony, or officer involved-shooting situations. NEW YEARS EVE GUNFIRE REPRESSION DETAIL 6.4 Page 2 Under normal conditions, Wilshire will not establish a Command Post. Should conditions change and officers become involved in a major occurrence, pre-designated Command Post sites have been selected as follows: Goodhew Ambulance Service 5420 W. Jefferson Blvd Wilshire Station 4861 W. Venice Blvd. Korean Sub-Station 8th Street and Irolo Ardomore Park Irolo and Normandie 3rd and Normandie (open parking lot) NEW YEARS EVE GUNFIRE REPRESSION DETAIL 6.4 Page 3 Enforcement Zones Zone I Zone 2 RDs RDs· 772 791 764 783 782 793 773 784 781 794 774 Zone 3 RDs 709 738 749 727 739 759 719 748 728 729 758 Primary enforcement activity will be concentrated in Zones 1 and _ 2. Logistics All vehicles and radios will be supplied by Wilshire Division. NEW YEARS EVE GUNFIRE REPRESSION DETAIL 6.4 Page 4 Assignments Unit Q20 Q21 Q22 Q23 Q30 Q31 Q32 Q33 Officer Shop Rover STANDING PLANS METHANE GAS LEAK 3RD STREET AND FAIRFAX AVENUE Prepared by: Sergeant Jay M. Collins 11111 PREFACE The primary mission of the Police Department at- a disaster is to support the Fire Department in their effort to combat and contain a dangerous situation. The threat may be the devastation of an entire city block to as little as ignited methane flames burning 12-18 inches thorough cracks in the pavement. The Field Commander should be prepared to take whatever measures are necessary, e.g., Perimeter Control, Evacuation, etc. to support the Fire Department in their mission. RESPONSIBILITIES IN A "NUTSHELL" Set-Up Command Post Staging Area Broadcast a situation estimate Establish Perimeter Street Closures Liaison with F.D. - Incident Commander Ingress/Egress Routes Evacuation and Evacuation Centers Perimeter Control Field Jail I. NATURE AND SCOPE OF PROJECT Determine if Standing Plans exist for a potential methane gas explosion at 3rd Street ad Fairfax Avenue. If no plans are available, develop a Standing Plan to meet such a disaster. II. BACKGROUND Previously there have been two serious incidents related to burning methane gas in the vicinity of 3rd Street and Fairfax Avenue. The first incident occurred March 24, 1985, and the second, February 7, 1989. The first occurrence was far more serious than the second, whereby Farme~s Market was forced to remain closed for approximately four days. In an attempt to identify how the Los Angeles Police Department responded to the above emergencies, I checked several Department entities for an "After Action Report." The sources checked were: Wilshire Area, Operations-West Bureau, Tactical Planning Section, Operations Headquarters Bureau - Uniform Services Group and the Department's expert in the area of field command post operations, Sergeant T. Griffith, Tactical Planning Section. No "After Action Report" was retained by any of the above entities. I contacted the Los Angeles Fire Department and spoke to members of the Hazardous Mat~rials Unit, the Disaster Preparedness Unit and Fire Station No. 61. No one within the Fire Department had Standing Plans f~r a methane gas explosion. The Fire Department had what they referred to as a "Multiple Casualty Plan" which would be deployed in the event of an emergency. III. METHODOLOGY Based upon the nature of this project, I gathered several Department publications and repo~ts in an attempt to develop Standing Plans for a methane gas explosion. I reviewed the materials and pieced together a comprehensive plan designed to assist a Police Department Field Commander at the scene of a mature gas explosion. Resources Watch Commander's Guide for Control of Disasters and Other Emergencies Checklist - First Responder - Disasters and Other Emergencies Checklist - Field Command Post & Field Jail Unit The first supervisor to arrive on scene responds to the predesignated Field Command Post and establishes same. Notify Communications Division and give a situation estimate if one has not already been communicated: Type of emergency Location of emergency Type of structures involved Number of additional officers needed: 7 Sergeants 20 Police Officers Field Command Post location Staging Area Access routes for emergency vehicles Assistance required (e . g., ambulance, fire department) Number and type of casualties COMMAND POST LOCATION Farmer's Market parking lot - RD 735 Enter from Fairfax Avenue Farmer's Market west entrance parking lot, south of CBS Studios, directly across from "Best Western Motel" Command Post located: At rear of United States Post Office near telephones and public restrooms Nearby businesses: STAGING AREA The Captain's Wharf Farmer's Market Beauty Salon Farmer's Market Fast Photo Located approximately 50 yards west of C.P. INITIAL PERSONNEL NEEDED FOR INCIDENT 25 Police Officers/Sergeants for street closures and Command Post: Command Post Field Commander Radio Officer· Journal Officer 7 Sergeants: Press Relations Officer Field Commander Personnel Officer Executive Officer Logistics Officer Intelligence Officer Fire Department Liaison 4 Sergeants on perimeter STREET CLOSURES 1st Street & Genessee Avenue Genessee Avenue & 3rd Street Spaulding Avenue & 3rd Street Spaulding Avenue & Blackburn Avenue Ogden Drive & Colgate Avenue Fairfax Avenue & 3rd Street EGRESS/INGRESS Egress W/B - 3rd Street from Fairfax Avenue Ingress E/B - Beverly Blvd. to Fairfax Avenue S/B - Fairfax Avenue to Farmer's Market N/B - La Brea Avenue to Beverly Blvd. W/B - Beverly Blvd. to Fairfax Avenue S/B - Fairfax Avenue to Farmer's Market POSSIBLE EVACUATION CENTERS/LOCATIONS 1. Fairfax High School 2. Hancock Park 3. Pan Pacific Park HOSPITALS 1. Cedars-Sinai Hospital 8700 Beverly Boulevard Los Angeles 855-6517 2. Beverly Hills Medical Center 1177 Beverly Drive Los Angeles 553-5155 OTHER IMPORTANT INFORMATION There is a large shopping center located on the south side of 3rd Street between Fairfax Avenue and Spaulding Avenue. The shopping center is divided into two: "Park La Brea Shopping Center" and "Town & Country Shopping Cente·r." Park La Brea contains the following businesses: Ross Dress for Less Value-Rite Drugs Marinello School of Beauty NEA Fashions Labels Beauty Supply Shoe Repair Town & Country contains the following businesses: K-Mart multiple small 'mom and pop' businesses west of K-Mart Ralph's Grocery Store - -sav-On Drug Store NOTE: At some point an evacuation plan for these businesses may have to be developed. RESOURCES TELEPHONE NUMBERS American Red Cross 213/739-5205 CBS Studios, Mr. Greg Valenzuela 213/852-2345 (H) 818/442-4792 (beeper) 213/968-4874 Department of Water & Power 213/481-1900 Department of Recreation & Parks 213/665-5188 Department of Transportation 818/904-1420 Farmer's Market - Mr. Sheriff Barsoum 113/933-9211 Gilmore Commerce Bank, 6291 West 3rd Street 213/936-6111 Los Angeles City Fire Station No. 61 213/485-6261 Press Relations Officer 213/485-3586 Rapid Transit District (RTD) 213/972-6111 SNIPER ATOP A HIGH-RISE BUILDING Because of the large numbers of high-rise buildings in Wilshire Area, there is a very real possibility of a sniper obtaining a unique vantage point. With a high-powered rifle and scope, the suspect could maintain a definite advantage over pedestrians and vehicular traffic on the ground. If you received a sniper call atop a high-rise building, your . initial objective should be: 1. Safety of the officers and citizens. 2. Evacuating the area. 3. Isolating the area for SWAT. The following are ideas to be considered: 1. Verify with officers and witness(es) statements that you do in fact have an armed barricaded sniper. Determine probable location of sniper. 2. · Determine if there are any injuries. 3. Request SWAT, notify Communications Division of incident and anticipated personnel needs.· 4. Set up a Command Post near a land-line strategic to the location. Assign a journal/radio officer and a personnel officer. Start a log. 5 . . Evacuate the area of all pedestrian and vehicular traffic. All buildings in the suspect's field of fire should be evacuated, if possible. This possibly could include an area all around the building that the suspect is barricaded in. Keep in mind that the suspect could have a rifle with a range of 1,000 yards. 6. Establish a perimeter and_ seal off the area; use maps in the UO van. Instruct officers on the perimeter not to let police units into the perimeter, before first reporting to the - Command Post. 7. Know who, and where personnel have been assigned. 8. Past experience has shown that one of the largest problems will be fire control by officers. It is imperative that positive fire control be maintained. 9. Notify: a. Wilshire Watch Commander b. Wilshire Area Commanding Officers c. Detective Headquarters Division Sniper Page 2 6.4 10. Request an air unit to stand-by. Advise them that the suspect has a high powered rifle. 11. Have Communications assign a clear tac frequency for your exclusive use. Have responding units report on that frequency. 12. Notify the Fire Department of the situation in case of a fire within the perimeter. Ambulance and fire units are not to be allowed within the suspect's field of fire. Request a fire and ambulance unit, Code 2. 13. Evacuate the building in which the suspect is barricaded. Evacuation should be made away from the suspect's line of fire. 14. Obtain floor plans of the building in which the suspect is barricaded. 15. Retain all persons at the Command Post or station who can supply pertinent information. 16. Attempt to identify suspect(s). 17. If the suspect's identity can be ascertained, check his record through Recoids and Identification. 18. Attempt to obtain relative, girlfriend, wife, priest, etc to try to talk the suspect out over the P.A. system or telephone. 19. If you have major streets blocked, request a sig-alert and give alternate routes. 20. If at night, consider having street lights blackened, telephone number (213) 481-6720 (Water and Power Trouble Board - emergencies only). 21. Request sound, light and photo equipment if necessary. 22. Formulate entry, plan with S.W.A.T., if endeavor to secure voluntary surrender of suspect fails. Assign mission; maintain communication. 23. If it is decided that an assault will be made on the building, officers shall not utilize the elevators. 24. Determine if there is a helipad on top of the building in which the suspect is located. This has to be determined because S.W.A.T. will probably assault the building from the top via a helicopter. Sniper Page 3 6.4 25. If there is a great deal of news coverage, either assign a press relations officer or request a representative from Press Relations Section, extension 3586. 26. Be available to brief the responding S.W.A.T. supervisor and have as much intelligence information as possible. 27. At the conclusion, notify Detective Headquarters Division at 485-3261. 28. Complete an After Action Report. ---------@ FARMERS MARKET 6333 W. Third Street, Los Angeles, California 90036 (213) 933-9211 . I • = ....... 1 1 ·11 1 II CP I ~ I SNIPER ATIACK I. OBJECTIVES A. Primary objective: Avoidance of loss of life or serious injury. B. Secondary objective: Apprehension of the sniper. II. EVALUATION AND VERIFICATION A. Evaluate the authenticity of reported sniper fire, unless reported by an identified sworn Department employee. 1. If received via Complaint Board, use call back number to verify the call. If practicable, maintain an open line with the person reporting to obtain an accurate location of the suspect, and current update on the suspect's actions. III. INITIAL RESPONSE AND CONTROL A. Do not respond to the location of the sniper - anticipate "Kill Zone." 1. Have responding units report to a selected staging location and the assign units to specific locations and specific duties. 2. Prepare a map which will depict the exact location of all deployed personnel, and their unit designations. 3. Ensure that deployed personnel have at least one radio available per location/assignment. Utilize vehicle radios whenever possible and CC-units when portable radio equipment is required. B. Maintain "fire control". Inform all responding units not to return suspect's gunfire unless personally directed to do so by a field supervisor. 1. This restriction would not apply in a situation of extreme emergency where preservation of human life is at stake. C. Determine personnel needs - request Tac Alert if watch personnel strength is insufficient. D. Request S.W.A.T. Team via Communications. E. Establish perimeter control to prevent vehicles and pedestrians from entering the involved area. Sniper Attack Page 2 6.4 IV. TACTICAL CONSIDERATIONS A. Determine the need to evacuate the immediate area. B. As soon as possible, achieve high ground security, assigned personnel shall be equipped with CC-unit. C. Request that fire and · ambulance equipment respond to the Command Post. D. S.W.A.T. 1. Brief S.W.A.T. team leader and discuss plan for apprehension of sniper. 2. Assign S.W.A.T. to a specific mission: DO NOT use S.W.A.T. personnel for crowd/perimeter control. E. Determine anticipated duration of the occurrence. -------------- - ------------------, HAZARDOUS MATERIALS INCIDENTS SCOPE OF POLICE DEPARTMENT INVOLVEMENT - The LAFD Incident Commander has authority for controlling the incident and it's effects. The Police Departments mission is to support the LAFD Incident Commander by providing: * * * * A situation estimate. A liaison officer of supervisory rank. Control of emergency vehicle ingress/egress routes outside the contaminated area (cold zone). Evacuation of endangered people located outside the contaminated area (hot or warm zones). Under no circumstances should police personnel enter the contaminated area. Avoid contact with contaminated personnel who must be isolated in the warm zone pending de-contamination. (See "Contaminated Personnel" section in this divider.) AREA WATCH COMMANDER/FIELD COMMANDER RESPONSIBILITIES: * Obtain the current Hazardous Materials Emergency Response Guidebook. * Ensure that a situation estimate has been broadcast to Communications Division . The estimate should address the following: * * * * * * * * * * * * Location of the incident. Type of premises and/or vehicle involved. Ingress/egress routes for emergency vehicles. Property and/or vehicle owner's name. Number of additional personnel required. Size of the involved area (actual an potential) . . Weather conditions including wind direction. Staging area location. Placard information (i.e., warning signs and identification numbers from the involved container, if safely available). Name of material involved, if known. Contact the Department's Hazardous Materials Unit (xS-4011 during normal business hours or DHD at all other times). Ensure that Communications Division has dispatched an Area supervisor to the LAFD Incident Commander's location to keep the FCP informed of necessary directives and intelligence from ~rn. . NOTE: When the LAFD Incident Commander's location is within the contaminated area liaison should be established by having a fire fighter obtain a police ROVER and taking it to one of the LAFD Incident Commander's aides. Hazardous Materials Incidents (continued) - 2 - * Review the GENERAL PROCEDURES divider, and assign someone to be acting Watch Commander. * GO TO THE SCENE AND TAKE COMMAND - Take these dividers with you. * Establish a Field Command Post upwind of the incident. If possible, the FCP should also be on higher ground. The Hazardous Materials Emergency Response Guidebook contains safe distance information. If the incident involved an unknown substance, the FCP must establish at least 2,000 feet away (approximately three city blocks). (See the FCP divider.) * The Field Commander must address the following tactical considerations: Officer-Safety - Following are general survival guidelines to be communicated to responding officers: * Do not drive through the contaminated · area. * Do not eat, drink or smoke near the scene. * Do not use flares; request barricades and banner guard tape. * Do not touch any material or container involved in the incident. * * * * * Treat all materials as toxic or explosive until proven otherwise. Stay upwind of the scene, if possible. Personnel experiencing skin irritation, sore throat, dizziness, should leave the area immediately, as these are the initial symptoms of chemical poisoning. Once isolated, see "Contaminated Personnel" section below. In a BLEVE (Boiling Liquid Expanding Vapor Explosion, i.e., a tanker car or tanker truck on fire) situation, if rescue of downed personnel is to be attempted, always approach from the side of the involved tanker, never from the end of the tanker. On-scene traffic accident investigation shall not commence until the area has been decontaminated. EVACUATION PROCEDURES - See the Special Hazardous Materials evacuation procedures in the EVACUATION divider. Contaminated Personnel: * * * Isolate contaminated personnel (usually in the warm zone). The Fire Department or Health Department may order contaminated personnel to removal all clothing and equipment and be washed down. Clothing, including uniforms and equipment such as leather belts will be collected by LAFD, sealed in plastic bags marked "Contaminated", and .held for de-contamination or disposal by the Department's Hazardous Materials van. · Hazardous Materials Incidents (continued) - 3 - * Any Department personnel who may have become contaminated should receive medical treatment (MT), and report the same on a 15.7 (D/321 - Tactical Manual). News Media Relations - News media personnel desiring to enter the contaminated area (hot or warm zones) should be thoroughly warned by the incident commander and the field commander, in the presence of witnesses, of the dangers of contamination so far as they are known. , There is no authority to stop news media personnel from entering the closed area. After-Action Reporting - Refer to Section D/321.O7 of the Tactical Manual. * If appropriate, see EVACUATION, TACTICAL ALERT/MOBILIZATION, FCP/EOC, and/or SPECIALIZED RESOURCES dividers. Also, see Chapter D/3OO of the Tactical Manual, especially Section D/321 - Contamination Emergencies. I - -- - -------------------- - -~ HAZARDOUS MATERIALS · Section 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. TRANSPORTATION GUIDES Subject HAZARDOUS MATERIALS DEFINITIONS GUIDE FOR SHIPPING PAPERS GUIDE FOR MARKINGS GUIDE FOR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS SHIPPERS GUIDE FOR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS CARRIERS INDICATORS OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS VIOLATIONS - NOTE: This material may be reproduced without special permission from this office. Any comments or recommendations should be sent to: TRAINING RF.SOURCF.S BRANCH (DHM-51) omcE OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS INITIATIVF.S AND TRAINING . HAZARDOUS MATERIALS SAFE'IY RESEARCH AND SPECIAL PROGRAMS ADMINISTRATION U.S. DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION WASHINGTON, DC 20590-0001 Revised: February 1991 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS DEFINITIONS The following definitions have been abstracted from the Code or Federal Regulations, Title 49, Transportation, Parts 100-199. Refer to the referenced sections ror complete details. Note: In column (1), 49 CFR 172.101, Hazardous Materials Table, the ( +) fixes the proper shipping name and hazard class. The name and class do not change whether the material meets or does not meet the definition or that class. (49 CFR 172.lOl(b)(l)) HAZARDOUS MATERIAL • A substance or material, including a hazardous substance, which has been determined by the Secretary or Transportation to be capable or posing an unreasonable risk to health, safety, and property when transported in commerce, and which has been so designated. (See 49 CFR 171.8) MULTIPLE HAZARDS • A material meeting the definition or more than one hazard class and must be classed accordlq to its position on th~ list in 49 CFR l 73.2(a). For example, a material that meets the definition or a nammable liquid and an irritating material would be classed as a flammable liquid. · DOT HAZARD CLASS UN CI.ASS DEFINmON EXPLOS~ CLASS A CLASS B CLASS C •• •• 1 l 1 An Explosive is any chemical compound, mixture, or device which ··is designed to function by explosion, that ls substantially instantaneous with the release or gas and heaL Exception--such compound, mixture, or device which is otherwise specifically classified In Parts 171 • 180. (See 49 CFR 173.SO) Detonating. Maximum hazard. The nine types or Class A explosives are defined _ in 49 CFR 173.53. Flammable hazard. In general, functions by rapid combustion rather than detonation. Included are explosive devices such as special fireworks, Oash powders, etc. (49 CFR 173.88) Minimum hazard • Small arms ammunition, certain types or fireworks and various types of manufactured articles containing restricted quantities or Class A and/or Class B explosives as components. · Included are common fireworks and various types or small arms ammunition manufactured articles which contain restricted quantities of Class A or Class B explosives. (49 CFR 173.100) 1-1 DOT HAZARD CLASS UN CLASS DEFINITION ) BLASTING AGENT 1 Blastf ng Agent • A material deslped for blastln& which bas been tested In accordance with 49 CFR 173.114a(b). It must be so lnsensld.e that there Is very llttle probability or: (1) accidental explosion or (2) &<>1111 from burnlna to detonation. (49 CFR 173.114a(a)) GASES 2 Compressed Gas • Any material or mixture bavln& In- the-container an absolute pressure exceedlna NON- FLAMMABLE GAS 40 psi at 10-r, OR a pressure exceeding UM psi at 130-r; or any liquid nammable material havlq a vapor pressure exceedlna 40 psi at lOOr'. (49 CFR 173.JOO(a)) 2 Non-llguefted Com12ressed Gas • A au (other than gas In solution) which, under the' cbarpcl pressure, Is entirely pseo111 at a temperature ot 10-r. (49 CFR 173.JOO(c)) 2 Llquefted Compressed Gas • A au which, under the . charged pressure, ls partially liquid at a temperature . or 70r". (49 CFR 173.JOO(d)) 2 Com12ressed Gas In solution • A non-llqulfled compressed aas which Is dlssohed In a sol.eat. (49 CFR 173.JOO(e)) 2 F1ammable Compressed Gas • Any compressed ps meetln1 criteria as speclfted In 49 CFR 173.JOO(a) and (b). This lndudes: lower flammability limit, nammablllty limit range, name projection, or name propagation. 2 Nonnammable Gas • An1 comprased ps other than a flammable compressed au. FLAMMABLE UQUID 3 F1ammable Uquld • Any llquld bavlna a Dash point below 100-r. Authorized methods to determine flashpoints are listed In 49 CFR 173.115(d). For •• · exceptions, see 49 CFR 173.ll!(a) • •• 1-2 DOT HAZARD CLASS FLAMMABLE LIQUID COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID FLAMMABLE SOLID ORGANIC PEROXIDE •• UN CLASS DEFINmON •• 3 Pyrophoric Liquid • Any liquid that Ignites spontaneously in dry or moist air at or below l30°F. (49 CFR 173.llS(c)) 3 Combustible Liquid • Any liquid that does not meet any other hazard class, other than ORM-E, having a Dash point at or above 100°F. and below 200°F. For exceptions, see 49 CFR 173.US(b). Authorized methods to determine flashpoints are listed In 49CFR 173.llS(d). ~ceptions are round In 49 CFR 173.118(a). 4 Flammable Solid • Any solid material (other than an explosive) which under normal transportation conditions ls liable to cause fires through friction or retained heat from manufacturing or processing. It can be ignited readily and bums so vigorously and persistently, as to create a serious transportation hazant.·Included in this class are spontaneously combustible and water-reactive material. 4 4 5 (49 CFR 173.150) Soontaneously Combustible Material (solid) • A solid substance (including sludges and pastes) which may undergo spontaneous heating or selr-l&nltion under normal transportation conditions. These materials may Increase in temperature and Ignite when exposed to air. (49 CFR 171.8) Water Reactive Material (solid) • Any solid substance (Including sludges and pastes) which react with water by Igniting or glvina off dangerous quantities of · nammable or toxic gases. ( 49 CFR 171.8) Organic Peroxide • Any oraanic compound containing the bivalent -0·0· structure. It may be considered a derivative of bydn,aen peroxide where one or more of the hydrogen atoms have been replaced by organic radicals. It must be classed as an oraanlc peroxide unless It meets certain criteria listed In 49 CFR 173.lSl(a). 1-3 DOT HAZARD CLASS OXIDIZER POISON A POISON B IRRITATING MATERIAL ETIOLOGIC AGENT RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL CORROSIVE MATERIAL UN CLASS DEFINfflON 5 2 6 6 7 8 An Oxidizer• ..\ substance such as chlorate, permanganate, inorganic peroxide, or a nitrate, that yields oxygen readily to stimulate the combustion or organic matter. (49 CFR 173.151) Extremely Dangerous Poisons • Poisonous gases or liquids--a very small amount or the gas, or vapor or the liquid, mixed with air ls dangerous to Ure. ( 49 CFR 173.326) Less Dangerous Poisons • Substances, liquid or solid (including pastes and semi-solids), other than Class A Poisons or Irritating Materials--· so toxic ( or presumed to be toxic) to man that they are a hazard to health during transportation. (49 CFR 173.343(a)) An Irritating Material• A liquid or solid substance which, upon contact with Ore or air, gives off dangerous or Intensely Irritating fumes. It does not Include any poisonous material, Class A. (49 CFR173.381) An Etiologic agent • A living micro-organism ( or its toxin) which causes (or may cause) human disease, and includes those agents listed in 49 CFR 72.3. (49 CFR 173.386) Radioactive Material• Any .material, or combination or materials, that spontaneously gives off Ionizing radiation. It has a specific activity greater than 0.002 mlcrocuries per gram. ( 49 CFR 173.403) (See 49 CFR 173.403(a) through (z) ror details.) Corrosive Material • A liquid or solid that causes visible destruction or irreversible damage to human skin tissue on contact. Also, It may be a liquid that has a severe corrosion rate on steel. (See 49 CFR 173.240 (a) and (b) ror details.) 1-4 DOT HAZARD CLASS UN CLASS DEFINITION ORM • OTHER REGUI.ATED 9 (l) Any material that may pose an unreasonable risk MATERIALS to health, safety, and property when transported In commerce; and (2) does not meet any of the definitions of the other hazard classes specified In this subchapter; fil: (3) has been reclassed an ORM (specifically or permissively} according to this subchapter. (49 CFR 173.SOO(a)} ORM-A 9 An ORM-A ls material which has an anesthetic, Irritating, noxious, toxic, or other similar property. If the material leau during transportation, passenpn and crew would experience extreme annoyance and discomfort. (49 CFR 173.SOO(b}(l)} ORM-B 9 An ORM-B is material, (including a solid when wet with water), the leakage of which could cause significant damage to the vehicle transporting It. Materials meeting one or both of the following criteria are ORM-8 materials:(1} speciftcally designated by name In 49 CFR 172.101 and/or (2} a liquid substance that has a corrosion rate exceeding 0.250 Inch per year (IPY} on non-clad aluminum. An acceptable test ls described in NACE Standard TM-01-'9. (49 CFR 173.500(b)(2)) ORM-C 9 An ORM-C ls material which has other Inherent characteristics not described as an ORM-A or ORM B, but which make it unsuitable for shipment, unless properly identifted and prepared for transportation. Each ORM-C material Is speclftcally named In 49 CFR 172.101. (49 CFR 173.500(b}(3)) 1-5 DOT HAZARD CLASS ORM-D ORM-E UN CLASS DEFINITION 9 9 An ORM-D ls a material such as a consumer commodity which presents a limited hazard during transportation due to its form, quantity and packaging. It must be a material for which exceptions are provided In f 172.101. Shipping descriptions applicable to ORM-D materials are round In 49 CFR 172.101. (49 CFR 173.500(b)(4)) An ORM• E is a material that Is not included in any other hazard class but ls subject to the requirements or this subchapter. Materials in this class Include: (1) HAZARDOUS WASTE and (2) HAZARDOUS SUBSTANC.:S, as defined in 49 CFR 171.8. (49 CFR 173.SOO(b)(S)) THE FOLLOWING ARE OFFERED TO EXPLAIN SOME OF THE ADDITIONAL TERMS USED IN PREPARATION OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS FOR SHIPMENT. (49 CFR 171.8) DOT TERM EXPLANATION CONSUMER COMMODflY A material that ls packaged or distributed In a form intended or suitable for sale through retail sales agencies. The material ls for use by Individuals for personal care or household use. This term also includes drugs and medicines. ( 49 CFR 171.8) · FLASH POINT lbe minimum temperature at which the flammable vapors or a substance (in contact with a spark or flame) will ignite. For liquids, see 49 CFR 173.115. For solids, see 49 CFR 173.150. FORBIDDEN A material that is prohibited from being offered or accepted for transportation. This prohibition does not apply if these materials are diluted, stabilized, or incorporated in devices AND they are classed in accordance with Part 173 of the subchapter. (See 49 CFR 172.l0l(d)(l)). 1-6 I... .) DOT TERM EXPLANATION HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE A material, Including its mixtures and solutions, that: (1) ls listed In the Appendix to §172.101; (2) is in a quantity, In one package, which equals or exceeds the reportable quantity (RQ) listed In the Appendix to 49 CFR 172.101; (3) when in a mixture or solution ror radlonuclides conform to the appendix to 172.101, Table 2 Is in a concentration by weight, which equals or exceeds the concentration correspondln1 to the RQ or the material as shown In the table of the "hazardous substance• definition in 49 CFR 171.8. This definition does not apply to petroleum products that are lubricants or fuels. (See 40 CFR 300.6.) HAZARDOUS WASTE Any material that ls subject to the Hazardous Waste Manlrest Requirements or the U.S. Environmental Protectlo~ Agency speclfted in the CFR Title 40, Part 262. For answers to questions regarding EPA hazardous waste regulations, call 1-800-424-9346 in Washington, DC • . LIMITED QUANTITY The maximum amount or a hazardous material authorized ror specific labeling and packagin1 exceptions. Consult the section applicable to the. particular hazard class. See 49 CFR 173.118, 173.US(a), 173.153, 173.244, 173.306, 173.345, and 173.364. •THIS HANDOUT IS DESIGNED AS A TRAINING AID FOR ALL INTERESTED PARTIF.S WHO MAY BECOME INVOLVED · WITH HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. IT DOES NOT RELIEVE PERSONS FROM COMPLYING WITH THE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION'S HAZARDOUS MATERIALS REGULATIONS. SPECIFIC CRITERIA FOR HAZARD Cl.ASSES AND REI.ATED DEFINmONS ARE FOUND IN THE CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS (CFR)., TITLE 49, PARTS 100-199. Note: This material may be reproduced without special permission from this office. 1-7 GUIDE FOR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS SHIPPING PAPERS USE OF GUIDE • This Gulde is designed for In-house use when reviewing hazardous materiu shipping paper requirements. However, this document should not be used to determine compllan~ with the U.S. DOT Hazardous Materials Regulations (HMR). 1. DEFINITIONS A Shippini Paper - (49 CFR 171.8) A shipping paper ls a shlpplna order, bill or lading, manifest, or other shipping document serving a similar purpose and containing the Information required by 49 CFR 172.202, 172.203 and 172.204. B. Hazardous Waste Manifest - ( 40 CFR 262.20) A buardous waste manifest Is a document (shipping paper) on which all hazardous waste Is identifted. A copy or the manifest must accompany each shipment of waste from the point of pick-up to the destination. For waste shipments, the hazardous waste manifest satisftes DOT shlpplq paper requirements, If all DOT requirements for shipping papers are met. ( 49 CFR 172.205) 2. SHIPPER'S RESPONSIBILITY - (49 CFR 112.2ooca» The penon otrer1n1 a buardous material for transport has the responsibility to properly prepa". the shippin1 paper. (See also 49 CFR 173.22.) 3. GENERAL ENTRIES ON SHIPPING PAPERS - (49 cFR 112.201) A. Contents - When describing a hazardous material on a shipplna paper, that description must conform to the following requirements: (1) When a hazardous material and other materials are both described on the same shippin1 paper, the hazardous material description entries: (a) Must be entere4 ftrst, or (b) Must be entered In a contrasting color ( or highlighted In a contrastln1 color • for reproduced copies or the shipping paper only), or (c) Must be ldentlfted by the entry •x- placed before the proper shlppina name in a column captioned "HM.•_ The •x- may be replaced by •RQ• (Reportable Quantity), If appropriate. (See Figure 1 on following paae.) (2) The required shipping description on the original shlppln1 paper and all copies must be legible and printed (manually or mechanically) In English. (3) The required description may not contain any code or abbreviation, unless It Is spedftcally authorized or required, such as "UN: United Nations, •NA,• North America, or •Ltd Qty: Umlted Quantity. 2-1 ( 4) A shipping paper may contain additional Information concerning the material provided that the Information Is not inconsistent with the required description. The additional Information must be placed after the basic description required by 49 CFR 172.202(a)(4). (a) When appropriate, the entries "IMO" or "IMO Class" may be entered Immediately before or immediately following the class entry In the basic description. (b) If a material meets the definition or more than one hazard class, the additJonal hazard class(es) may be entered after the hazard class in the basic description. NOTE: The International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) Issues the "Technical Instructions for the Safe Transport of Danaerous Goods by Air" for the lntematlonal transportation or goods by air. The Intematlonal Maritime Organization (IMO) Issues the •1ntematlonal Maritime Dangerous Goocll Code (IMDG)9 for the International transportation of hazardous materials by water. The terms •dangerous goods" and "hazardous materials" are considered synonymous. B. Name of Shipper - A shipping paper for a shipment by water must contain the name or the shipper. C. Emergency Response Telephone Number - A shipping paper must contain an emergency response telephone number, as required by 49 CFR, Subpart G or Part 172. 4. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS DESCRIPTION - (49 CFR 112.202) The shipping description of a hazardous materinl on a shipping paper must include the following Information: A Proper Shipping Name - The name prescribed for material in 49 CFR 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table or 172.102 optional HMT MAY NOT BE ABBREVIATED. (49 CFR 172.202 (a) (1)). B. The Hazard Cass of the Material - The class prescribed for material in 49 CFR HM Table 172.101 or 172.102 Optional HMT. (See 49 CFR 172.202(a)(2).) C. The Identification Number - The number prescribed in the HM Table 172.101 or 172.102 Optional table for the materh•I (preceded by "UN" or "NA,• as appropriate). (49 CFR 172.202(a)(3)) D. The Total Ouantizy By Weight (net or gross, as appropriate) or volume, including the unit of measure, or the hazardous material, except for empty packagings, cyllnden or compressed pses, and packaglnas of greater than 110 gallon capacity. (49 CFR (172.202 (a)(4)) E. Except u otherwise provided in the regulations-;-the.·basic description speclfted in 172.202 (a)(l),(2), and (3) must be in the sequence shown. For example: •Acetone, Flammabl~ liquid, UN 1090." (49 CFR 172.202(b)). 2-2 \ ) · ' F. The total quantity or the material cover_ ed by one description must appear before or after (or both before and after) the basic description. (49- CFR l 72.202(c)) . . (l) Abbreviations may be used to specify the type or packaging and units or measure or the total quantity. For example: 10 ctns. Paint, Flanunable Liquid, UN 1263, 500 lbs. (49 CFR l 72.202(c)(l)). (2) Type or packaging and destination marks may be entered in any appropriate manner before or after the basic description. (49 CFR 172.202(c)(2)). S. ADDITIONAL DESCRIPTION REQUIREMENTS (49 cFR 112.203) (ALL MODF.S) A Exemptions - Each shipping paper issued in connection with shipment made under an exemption must bear the notation "DOT-E" followed by the exemption number assigned (Example: DOT-E 4648). Place the exemption number adjacent to the description to which the exemption applies. (49 CFR 172.203 (a)) B. Limited Quantities - Descriptions for materials offered as "Umited Quantities" must Include the words "Umited Quantities" or "Ltd Qty" following the basic description. (49 CFR 172.203(b)) C. Hazardous Substances ( 49 CFR 172.203( c)) (l) If the proper shipping name (for a material that is a hazardous substance) does not identify the hazardous substance by name, the following shall be entered, in parentheses, in association with the basic description: (a) Name of the hazardous substance from the Appendix to the 49 CFR 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table, or (b) For waste streams, the waste stream number (A "waste stream" ls a hazardous waste [liquid, sludge, solid, gas] continuously generated from a manufacturing process. Such waste will be listed in either 40 CFR 261.31 or 40 CFR 261.32, and will be assigned an EPA waste stream number), or (c) For wastes exhibiting an EPA characteristic or ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity, or EP toxicity the letters "EPA" followed by the word "ignitability," "corrosivity," "reactivity," or "EP toxicity" or the corresponding "D" number, as appropriate. · (2) The letten "RQ" (Reportable Quantity) shall be entered on the shipping paper either before or after the basic description required by 49 CFR 172.202 for each hazardous substance. (See definition in 49 CFR 171.8.) Example: "RQ, Cresol, Corrosive Material, UN 2076"; or "Hazardous Substance, Solid, n.o.s., ORM-E, NA 9188 (Adipic Acid), RQ." D. Radioactive Materials - For additional description requirements for radioactive materials, refer to 49 CFR 172.203(d). 2-3 GUIDE FOR MARKINGS USE OF GUIDE - This guide was prepared as an aid to shippers and carriers of hai.ardous materials. It does · not contain or refer to all of the DOT requirements for marking. For specific details, refer to appropriate Section of Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Parts 100-199. MARKING - means placing on the outside of a shipping container, one or more of the following: the proper shipping name, hazard claM, identification number, instructions, caution, and/or weight. Marking also includes any required specification marks on the inside or outside shipping container. DESCRIPTIVE INFORMATION I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS (49 CFR 172300-172.304) A Unless Specifically Excepted, all packages of hai.ardous materials must be marked with: l. The proper shipping name. 2. UN or NA Identification number of the contents (49 CFR 172101 or 49 CFR rn.102, Hazardous Materials Tables.) 3. If the inhalation toxicity of any material in a package falls within the criteria specified - in 49 CFR 173.3a(b )(2), the package shall be marked "lnhalation Hazard" in cWOciation with the required label(s). 4. The name and address of either th~ ~nsignee or ~nsignor. B. All markinp must be: l. Durable and· in English, printed or affixed to the surface of the package or on a label, tag or sign. 2. On a background of a sharply contrasting color, and unobscured by labels or attachments. 3. Placed away from other marking that could reduce effectiveness. II. SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS A. HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES (49 CFR 172324) 1. For a package of 110 gallons or less that contains a hai.ardous substance that is not identified by the proper shipping name, one of the following must be entered, in parentheses, in mociation with the proper shipping name: a. Name of the hai.ardous substance from Appendix to 49 CFR 172101, or b. For waste streams, the waste stream number or c. For waste exhibiting an EPA characteristic of ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity, or EP toxicity, the letters EPA followed by "ignitability," or "corrosivity," or "reactivity," or "EP toxicity," or the correspo_ nding •o• number, as appropriate. 2 :Each package with a capacity of 110 gallons or le.u that contains a hazardous substance must display "RQ" in aMOCiation with the proper shipping name. 3-1 B. LIQUID HAZARDOUS MATERIALS (49 CFR 172.312) 1. Must be packed with the closures of the inside packaging in the upright position. 2 Must have marking "TI·IIS SIDE UP" or "TI-IIS END UP" on the outside packaging. 3. Should use arrow symbol on the outside packaging to show upright orientation of packages. (See ANSI Standard MH6.11968 "Pictorial Marking for Handling Goods.") C. CONTAINERS-OVERPACKS 1. nie outside container (overpack) must be marked in aa:ordance with 49 CFR 173.25. D. CONTAINER-CYLINDERS 1. All cylinders must be marked in aa:ordance with 49 CFR 173.34 and 49 CFR 173.301 through 173.306. 2 Reinspected and Retested Cylinders must be marked in accordance with 49 CFR 173.34(e)(6). III. TANKS A PORT ABLE TANKS ( 49 CFR 172326 and 49 CFR 172332) - Portable tanks must be marked with: 1. Proper shipping name _ - in letters at least 2 inches high and on two opposite sides. 2 Identification number - UN or NA (United Nation or Nonh American) identification number • on: TWO OPPOSITE SIDES (near proper shipping name) .on tanks of less than 1,000 gallons capacity; on EACH SIDE AND EACH END on tanks of more than 1,000 gallon capacity. 3. Name of owner or lessee. 4. All inlets and outlets (except safety relief valves) when carrying compressed gases (DOT-51). 5. Whether or not the inlets and outiets communicate with vapor or liquid ( 49 CFR 178.245-6(b) ). B. CARGO TANKS - HIGHWAY (49 CFR 172328) - Cargo tanks must be marked with: L Identification number - (49 CFR 172101) 2 In addition to identification numbers, cargo tanks transponing compressed gases must be marked with: (a). Proper shipping name or appropriate common name such as "Refrigerant Gas." Letters must be at least 2 inches high on each end and each side. (49 CFR 172101, 172102, and 172328(c)(1)(2)) (b). Inlets and outlets (except safety relief valves) shall be marked to designate whether the inlets and outlets communicate with vapor or liquid, when the tank is filled to its maximum permitted filling density. (49 CFR 178.337-9 for DOT MC 331 tanks) NOTE: When ID numbers are displayed on placards, orange panels are not required. When ID numbers are displayed on orange .panels, or white square-on-point display configurations, appropriate placards are Al.SO REQUIRED. For materials in hazard cl~ for which placards are specified and identification numbers are required, but for which ID numbers may not be displayed on the placards required for the material (49 CFR 172334(a)), ID numbers must be displayed on orange panels or on plain white square on-point display configuration in aw>ciation with the placard. ID numbers on white square-on-point display configuration are considered markinp and the display is !!Q1 a placard. ( 49 CFR 172332, 172.334, 172.336) 3-2 C. TANKS CARS ( 49 CFR 172330) - C.Crtain cal'$ are required to be marked on each side and each end ( 49 CFR 172332 and Parts 173 and 179 for specific details). If required to be marked, they must include: 1. Proper shipping name or appropriate common name in letters at least 4 inches high with at least a S/8• stroke. 2. !Gentification numbers - Display the appropriate numbcr(s) (49 CFR 172101) on placards, orange panels or white square-on-point display configurations. 3. The accilrate name of the contents contained in the tank. NOTE: For requirements for multi-unit tank car tanks, see 49 CFR 172.330(d)-(f). IV. BULK PACKAGING - (other than ponable tanks, cargo tanks, tank cars and multi-unit tank car tanks) 49 CFR 17µ31 A. Includes packages meeting the following criteria: (see 49 CFR 171.8) l. Internal volume greater than 08.9 gallons (450 liters) for liqui~, or 2. A capacity greater than 881.8 pounds (400 kilograms) for solids, or 3. A water capacity greater than l<XX> pounds (453.6 kilograms) for a gas as defined in 49 CFR 173.300. B. Mark packages as prescn"bed in 49 CFR 1 'n.332 or 172.336(b ), as appropriate, with the identification number specified in 172.lOI when authorized: 1. On two opposite sides for packages of l<XX> gallons (3785.4 liters or 133.7 cubic feet) or less capacity. 2. On each side and end for packages greater than l<XX) gallons (3785.4 liters or 133.7 cubic feet) capacity. Identification numbers shall be displayed on orange panels or specified placards, or when appropriate, on white square-on-point display oonflgurations having the same outside dimensions as a placard. 3-3

Linked assets

Los Angeles Webster Commission records, 1931-1992

Conceptually similar

PDF

West Bureau, West Los Angeles, Standing plans and Mobilization rosters, 1992-05

PDF

LAPD Southeast area mobilization roster and standing plans, 1992-04-19/1992-05-16

PDF

Central Bureau, Rampart Area, Standing Plans and Mobilization Rosters, 1992-04-19/1992-05-16

PDF

Northeast Area, Standing plans and Mobilization rosters, 1992-04/1992-05

PDF

LAPD, Adminstrative vice division mobilization roster and standing emergency plans, 1992-04-19/1992-05-16

PDF

LAPD, Anti-terrorist division mobilization roster and procedural manual, 1992-04-19/1992-05-16

PDF

Mobile Digital Terminal (MDT) Transmissions, 77th Division, 1992-04-29

PDF

South Bureau documents, 1992-04-22/1992-05-04

PDF

Devonshire division documents, 1992-04-22/1992-05-04

PDF

West Valley division documents, 1992-04-22/1992-05-04

PDF

Pacific documents, 1992-04-22/1992-05-04

PDF

West Los Angeles documents, 1992-04-22/1992-05-04

PDF

Chronology Task Force, LAPD documents, Wilshire, 1992-04-04/1992-04-26

PDF

Central division documents, 1992-04-22/1992-05-04

PDF

The progressives and the police, 1973

PDF

Foothill division documents, 1992-04-22/1992-05-04

PDF

Episcopal Development Corp., receipt, 1970 Jan. 30

PDF

Rampart division documents, 1992-04-22/1992-05-04

PDF

Chronology Task Force, LAPD documents, Hollywood, 1992-04/1992-05

PDF

Chronology Task Force, LAPD documents, incident reports, 1992-04-29/1992-05-02

Description

Standing plans and mobilization rosters maintained by the LAPD's Wilshire Division, 1992 April 19 - May 16. PART OF SERIES: This series consists of materials related to the LAPD's emergency and disaster planning measures. Included are standing plans, mobilization records, and rally points from several of the LAPD's geographic divisions, as well as manuals, lesson plans, and curricula developed by the LAPD for emergency procedures. PART OF SUBSERIES: Materials related to emergency and disaster planning measures. Included are standing plans, mobilization records, and rally points collected from the LAPD's West Bureau; copies of the city's Earthquake Prediction Response Plan and Emergency Operations Master Plan; and standards and procedures developed by the LAPD's Anti-Terrorist Division.

Asset Metadata

Core Title West Bureau, Wilshire Area, Standing plans and Mobilization rosters, 1992-04-19/1992-05-16

Publisher University of Southern California (original)

Tag OAI-PMH Harvest

Format 546 p. (format), application/pdf (imt), comprehensive plans (reports) (aat), rosters (aat)

Language English

Contributor The collection was given to the University of Southern California on October 30, 1992 by the Special Advisor to the Board of Police Commissioners of the City of Los Angeles. (provenance)

Permanent Link (DOI) https://doi.org/10.25549/webster-c100-66498

Unique identifier UC11426893

Identifier box 31 (box),web-box31-17_18.pdf (filename),folder 17 - folder 18 (folder),webster-c100-66498 (legacy record id),Emergency and Disaster Planning Measures Developed by the LAPD (series),Index Box C and D (series)

Legacy Identifier web-box31-17_18.pdf

Dmrecord 66498

Format 546 p. (format),application/pdf (imt),comprehensive plans (reports) (aat),rosters (aat)

Rights This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ All requests for permission to publish or quote from manuscripts must be submitted in writing to the Manuscripts Librarian. Permission for publication is given on behalf of Special Collections as the owner of the physical items and is not intended to include or imply permission of the copyright holder, which must also be obtained.

Type texts

Copyright This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ All requests for permission to publish or quote from manuscripts must be submitted in writing to the Manuscripts Librarian. Permission for publication is given on behalf of Special Collections as the owner of the physical items and is not intended to include or imply permission of the copyright holder, which must also be obtained.

Source Los Angeles Webster Commission records, 1931-1992 (collection), University of Southern California (contributing entity)

Access Conditions Contact: Special Collections, Doheny Memorial Library, Libraries, University of Southern California, Los Angeles, CA 90089-0189; specol@usc.edu; phone (213) 740-5900; fax (213) 740-2343

Repository Name USC Libraries Special Collections

Repository Location Doheny Memorial Library, Los Angeles, CA 90089-0189

Repository Email specol@lib.usc.edu